Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout065184-PM1 - Construction-Related - Contract - Dave & Busters, Inc. and Jerry Kachel Builder, Inc.FoRTWORTH PROJECT MANUAL FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Dave & Buster's Fort Worth IPRC Record No. IPRC25-0135 City Project No. 106406 FID No. 30114-0200431-106406-EO7685 File No. K-3367 X File No. X-28688 Mattie Parker Jesus "Jay" Chapa Mayor City Manager Christopher P. Harder, P.E. Director, Water Department Lauren Prieur Director, Transportation and Public Works Department Prepared for The City of Fort Worth Jume 2026 JM Civil Engineering 1101 South Central Expressway, Allen, 7X 75013, Suite 215 Firm No. F-19504 FIRM NO. F-19504 OF ........... . �JOHN THOMAS MEASELS / OFFICIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY FT. WORTH, TX 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 8 SECTION 00 0010 TABLE OF CONTENTS DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the project final document.] Division 00 - General Conditions Last Revised 0021 13 Instructions to Bidders 03/20/2020 00 41 00 Bid Form 04/02/2014 00 42 43 Proposal Form Unit Price Use DAP Version 05/22/2019 0045 11 Bidders Pre ualification's 0045 12 Prequalification Statement 09/01/2015 00 45 26 Contractor Compliance with Workers' Compensation Law 04/02/2014 00 52 43 Agreement 06/16/2016 00 61 25 Certificate of Insurance 07/01/2011 00 62 13 Performance Bond 01/31/2012 00 62 14 Payment Bond 01/31/2012 00 62 19 Maintenance Bond 01/31/2012 00 72 00 General Conditions 11/15/2017 00 73 00 1 Supplementary Conditions 07/01/2011 0073 10 Standard City Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded Projects 01/10/2013 [Include appropriate Sections below. Strike-thru if not used.] Division 01- General Requirements Last Revised 01 1100 Surntnary of Work 12/20/2012 01 2500 Substitution Procedures 08/30/2013 01 31 19 Preconstruction Meeting 08/30/2013 01 31 20 Project Meetings 07/01/2011 01 3233 Preconstruction Video 08/30/2013 01 3300 Submittals 08/30/2013 01 35 13 Special Project Procedures 08/30/2013 01 45 23 Testing and Inspection Services 03/20/2020 01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls 07/01/2011 01 5526 Street Use Permit and Modifications to Traffic Control 07/01/2011 01 57 13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 07/01/2011 01 60 00 Product Requirements 03/20/2020 01 66 00 Product Storage and Handling Requirements 04/07/2014 01 70 00 Mobilization and Remobilization 04/07/2014 01 7123 Construction Staking 04/07/2014 01 74 23 Cleaning 04/07/2014 01 77 19 Closeout Requirements 04/07/2014 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data 04/07/2014 01 78 39 Project Record Documents 04/07/2014 CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 106406 Revised March 20, 2020 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS NONE ARE MODIFIED Page 2ofs Technical Specifications which have been modified by the Engineer specifically for this Project; hard copies are included in the Project's Contract Documents [List the Specifications which have been modified for this specific project and strike through the Specifications that were not modified. If none are modified, then write the word "NONE" to signer as such for this complete section.] NONE ARE MODIFIED Date Division 02 - Existing Conditions Modified 0241 13 Selective Site Demolition 0241 14 Utility Removal/Abandonment 0241 15 Paving Removal Division 03 - Concrete Division 26 - Electrical 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 2605 10 Demolition for Electrical Systems 26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 43 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems Division 31 - F,arthwork 31 1000 Site Clearing 31 23 23 Borrow 31 24 00 Embankments 31 25 00 Erosion and Sediment Control 31 37 00 Ri ra Division 32 - Exterior improvements 32 01 29 Concrete Paving Repair 32 11 29 Lime Treated Base Courses 32 11 33 Cement Treated Base Courses Aspkak 32 13 13 Concrete Paving 32 13 20 Concrete Sidewalks, Driveways and Barrier Free Ramps 32 1373 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 32 16 13 Concrete Curb and Gutters and Valley Gutters 32 17 23 Pavement Markings CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 106406 Revised March 20, 2020 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 8 Division 33 - Utilities 33 01 30 Sewer and Manhole Testing 33 01 31 Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 33 04 40 Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 33 04 50 Cleaning of Sewer Mains 3305 10 Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill 33 05 13 Frame, Cover and Grade Rings - Cast Iron 3305 14 Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures to Grade 3305 16 Concrete Water Vaults 33 05 24 Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate 33 11 12 Poly in 1 Chloride PVC Pressure Pipe 33 12 10 Water Services 1-inch to 2-inch 33 12 11 Large Water Meters 33 1220 Resilient Seated Gate Valve 33 1221 AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves 33 1225 Connection to Existing Water Mains 33 1230 Combination Air Valve Assemblies for Potable Water Systems 33 1240 1 Fire Hydrants CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 106406 Revised March 20, 2020 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 8 33 31 20 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe Polyvinyl Chloride PVC Closed Profile Gravity Sanitary Sewer — Pipe 3339 10 Cast -in -Place Concrete Manholes 33 39 20 Precast Concrete Manholes 33 39 60 E ox Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures 3341 10 Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe/Culverts 3349 10 Cast -in -Place Manholes and Junction Boxes 33 49 20 Curb and Drop Inlets 33 49 40 Storm Drainage Headwalls and Win walls CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 106406 Revised March 20, 2020 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 8 Technical Specifications listed below are included for this Project by reference and can be viewed/downloaded from the City's website at: http://fortworthtexas.gov/tpw/contractors/ or https:Happs.fortworthtexas.gov/Prof ectResources/ [Only list the Standard Specifications the Engineer has determined are appropriate for this specific project and strike through the Specifications not applicable to the project.] Division 02 - Existing Conditions Last Revised 0241 13 Selective Site Demolition 12/20/2012 0241 14 Utility Removal/Abandonment 12/20/2012 0241 15 Paving Removal 02/02/2016 Division 03 - Concrete 03 30 00 Cast -In -Place Concrete 12/20/2012 03 80 00 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 12/20/2012 Division 26 - Electrical 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 11/22/2013 2605 10 Demolition for Electrical Systems 12/20/2012 26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 12/20/2012 26 05 43 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems 07/01/2011 Division 31 - Earthwork 31 1000 Site Clearing 12/20/2012 31 23 23 Borrow 01/28/2013 31 24 00 Embankments 01/28/2013 31 25 00 Erosion and Sediment Control 12/20/2012 31 3700 Ri ra 12/20/2012 Division 32 - Exterior Improvements Cn 3201 29 Concrete Paving Repair 12/20/2012 32 11 29 Lime Treated Base Courses 12/20/2012 32 1133 Cement Treated Base Courses 12/20/2012 32 13 13 Concrete Paving 12/20/2012 32 13 20 Concrete Sidewalks, Driveways and Barrier Free Rams 06/05/2018 CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 106406 Revised March 20, 2020 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 8 32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 12/20/2012 32 16 13 Concrete Curb and Gutters and —Valley Gutters 10/05/2016 32 1723 Pavement Markings 11/22/2013 erpmeTete 3291 19 Topsoil Placement and Finishing of Parkways 12/20/2012 3292 13 Hydro -Mulching, Seeding, and Sodding 12/20/2012 Division 33 - Utilities 33 01 30 Sewer and Manhole Testing 12/20/2012 33 0131 Closed Circuit Television CCTV Inspection 03/03/2016 33 04 40 Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 02/06/2013 33 04 50 Cleaning of Sewer Mains 12/20/2012 3305 10 Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill 12/12/2016 33 05 13 Frame, Cover and Grade Rings — Cast Iron 01/22/2016 3305 14 Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures to Grade 12/20/2012 3305 16 Concrete Water Vaults 12/20/2012 33 11 12 Polyvinyl Chloride PVC Pressure Pie 11/16/2018 33 12 10 Water Services 1-inch to 2-inch 02/14/2017 33 1220 Resilient Seated Gate Valve 12/20/2012 33 1221 AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves 12/20/2012 33 1225 Connection to Existing Water Mains 02/06/2013 CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 106406 Revised March 20, 2020 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 7 of 8 33 1240 Fire Hydrants 01/03/2014 33 31 20 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pie 06/19/2013 Pol vinyl Chloride PVC Closed Profile Gravity Sanitary Sewer 33 Pipe 33 31 50 Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Line 04/26/2013 33 39 20 Precast Concrete Manholes 12/20/2012 33 39 60 E oxy Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures 12/20/2012 3341 10 Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe/Culverts 07/01/2011 3349 10 Cast -in -Place Manholes and Junction Boxes 12/20/2012 33 49 20 Curb and Drop Inlets 12/20/2012 33 49 40 Storm Drainage Headwalls and Win walls 07/01/2011 CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 106406 Revised March 20, 2020 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Appendix to be included for all projects] Page 8 of 8 Appendix [Include appropriate Sections below. Delete Sections not used.] GC-4.01 Availability of Lands GC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions GC-4.04 Underground Facilities GC-4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site GC-6.06.13 Minority and Women Owned Business Enterprise Compliance GC-6.07 Wage Rates (If required by City) GC-6.09 Permits and Utilities GC-6.24 Nondiscrimination GR-01 60 00 Product Requirements (Required for all Water and Sewer projects) END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 106406 Revised March 20, 2020 00 52 43 - 1 Developer Awarded Project Agreement Page I of 4 1 SECTION 00 52 43 2 AGREEMENT 3 THIS AGREEMENT, authorized on 06/11/26 is made by and between the Developer, (Dave & 4 Buster's Inc), authorized to do business in Texas ("Developer") , and Jerry Kachel Builder, Inc., 5 authorized to do business in Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized representative, 6 ("Contractor"). 7 Developer and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as 8 follows: 9 Article 1. WORK 10 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the 11 Project identified herein. 12 Article 2. PROJECT 13 The project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is 14 generally described as follows: 15 IPRC25-0135 Dave & Busters Development 16 City Project No. 10640 17 Article 3. CONTRACT PRICE 18 Developer agrees to pay Contractor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract 19 Documents an amount in current funds of Five hundred twenty-two thousand two hundred one 20 and three cents' Dollars ($ 522,201.03 ). 21 Article 4. CONTRACT TIME 22 4.1 Final Acceptance. 23 The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 178 working days after the date 24 when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 12.04 of the Standard 25 City Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded Projects. 26 4.2 Liquidated damages 27 Contractor recognizes that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that Developer 28 will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in 29 Paragraph 4.1 above, plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 10 of 30 the Standard City Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded 31 Projects. The Contractor also recognizes the delays, expense and difficulties involved in 32 proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by the Developer if the Work is not 33 completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Contractor agrees 34 that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty), Contractor shall pay 35 Developer 0.00 Dollars ($0.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in 36 Paragraph 4.1 for Final Acceptance until the City issues the Final Letter of Acceptance. 37 Article 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 38 5.1 CONTENTS: 39 A. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between Developer and 40 Contractor concerning the Work consist of the following: CITY OF FORT WORTH IPRC25-0135 Dave & Buster's STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS City Project No. 10640 Revised September 1,2025 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 005243-2 Developer Awarded Project Agreement Page 2 of 4 1. This Agreement. 2. Attachments to this Agreement: a. Bid Form (DAP Version) 1) Proposal Form (DAP Version) 2) Vendor Compliance to State Law Non -Resident Bidder 3) Prequalification Statement 4) State and Federal documents (project specific) b. Current Prevailing Wage Rate Table c. Insurance Certification Form (ACORD) d. Payment Bond (DAP Version) e. Performance Bond (DAP Version) f. Maintenance Bond (DAP Version) g. Power of Attorney for the Bonds h. Worker's Compensation Affidavit i. SBE Small Business Utilization Form 3. Standard City Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded Projects. 4. Supplementary Conditions. 5. Specifications specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of Contents of the Project's Contract Documents. 6. Drawings. 7. Addenda. 8. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. 9. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement and, if issued, become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents: a. Notice to Proceed. b. Field Orders. c. Change Orders. d. Letter of Final Acceptance. CITY OF FORT WORTH IPRC25-0135 Dave & Buster's STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS City Project No. 10640 Revised September 1,2025 005243-3 Developer Awarded Project Agreement Page 3 of 4 73 Article 6. INDEMNIFICATION 74 6.1 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own 75 expense, the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all 76 claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed 77 by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees 78 under this contract. This indemnification provision is specifically intended to operate 79 and be effective even if it is alleged or proven that all or some of the damages being 80 sought were caused, in whole or in part, by anv act, omission or negligence of the city. 81 This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for 82 costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the city in defending against such claims and 83 causes of actions. 84 85 6.2 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, 86 the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage 87 or destruction of property of the city, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work 88 and services to be performed by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, 89 subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this contract. This indemnification 90 provision is specifically intended to operate and be effective even if it is alleged or 91 proven that all or some of the damages being sought were caused, in whole or in part, 92 by anv act, omission or negligence of the city. 93 94 Article 7. MISCELLANEOUS 95 7.1 Terms. 96 Terms used in this Agreement are defined in Article 1 of the Standard City Conditions of 97 the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded Projects. 98 7.2 Assignment of Contract. 99 This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents may not be assigned by the 100 Contractor without the advanced express written consent of the Developer. 101 7.3 Successors and Assigns. 102 Developer and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal 103 representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and 104 obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 105 7.4 Severability. 106 Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be unconstitutional, void or 107 unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be deemed stricken, and all 108 remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon DEVELOPER and 109 CONTRACTOR. 110 7.5 Governing Law and Venue. Ill This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents is performable in the State of 112 Texas. Venue shall be Tarrant County, Texas, or the United States District Court for the 113 Northern District of Texas, Fort Worth Division. CITY OF FORT WORTH IPRC25-0135 Dave & Buster's STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS City Project No. 10640 Revised September 1,2025 114 115 7.6 Authority to Sign. 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 005243-4 Developer Awarded Project Agreement Page 4 of 4 Contractor shall attach evidence of authority to sign Agreement, if other than duly authorized signatory of the Contractor. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Developer and Contractor have executed this Agreement in multiple counterparts. This Agreement is effective as of the last date signed by the Parties ("Effective Date"). Contractor: Developer: Salt I QdGfG/f p ; fly: Scott Rosuck (Jun 12, 2026 11:30:02 CDII (Signature) (Signature) Scott Beam Scott Rosudc (Printed Name) (Printed Name) Title: President Title: Deputy General Counsel Company Name: Jerry Kachel Builder, Inc. Company name: Dave & Buster's Address: Address: 1221 S. Belt Line #500. 6518 Klein Cemetery Road City+/State/Zip: Spring, TX 77379 City/State/Zip: Coppell, TX 75019 06/12/2026 6/12/2026 Date Date CITY OF FORT WORTH IPRC25-0135 Dave & Buster's STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS City Project No. 10640 Revised September 1,2025 DEVELOPMENT BOND GUARANTEEING PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT OF IMPROVEMENTS Bond No. 20BSBJM4175 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, Dave & Buster's Inc., as Principal, and Iiartford Casualty Insurance Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, and fully authorized to transact business in the State of Texas, as surety, are held and firmly bound unto CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS,100 Fort Worth Trail, Fort Worth, Texas, 76102, as Obligee, in the penal sum of $522,201.03 lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEAREAS, Dave & Buster's Inc�has agreed to construct in (DAVE & BUSTER'S 106406 / IPRC25-0135), in the CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS the following improvements: I nfrastructu re components to be covered in the CFA. IE: Water, Sewer, Paving, Storm Drain, Street Lights, Traffic Signal(s WHEREAS, in the event of bankruptcy, default or other nonperformance by Principal, claims against Principal or the development, Obligee may be left without adequate satisfaction. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall construct, or have constructed, the improvements herein described, and shall pay for the cost of all labor, materials and equipment furnished in connection with the construction of said improvements, and shall save the Obligee harmless from any loss, cost or damage by reason of its failure to complete the construction of said improvements or by reason of its failure to pay for the cost of same, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect; and upon receipt of a claim by the City of Fort Worth indicating that the construction of said improvements has not been completed, or that the costs for same have not been paid, the Surety will pay to the City of Fort Worth such amount up to the amount of this bond which will allow the City of Fort Worth to complete construction of said improvements and to pay for the costs of same. We hereby agree with you that the draft(s) drawn under and in compliance with the terms of this bond will be duly honored upon presentation at: (Surety) Hartford Casualty Insurance Cornpany mail code:T-14, (Surety Address) THE HARTFORD BOND, One Hartford Plaza Hartford, Connecticut 06155 Attn: Claims or by facsimile to (surety: Hartford Casualty Insurance Company Fax Number 860-723-4289 confirmed by a phone call at 86-5-7,69-7700 PROVIDED FURTHER, that this bond shall automatically be increased by the amount of any change order, supplemental agreement or amendment which increase the price of the aforementioned contract. PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this bond, the laws of the State of Texas shall apply and that venue shall lie exclusively in Tarrant County, Texas. AND PROVIDED FURTE11, that the said surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no charge, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of any contract for the public affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of such contract. This bond is given pursuant to the provisions of Section 212.073 of the Texas Local Government Code, as such may amended from time to time. Signed, sealed and dated this 22nd day of April , 2026. Dave & Buster's Inc Hartford Casualty Insurance Company Surety By: f Attorney -in -Fact Bonnie Rice Direct Inquiries, Bond Authenticity and Claims to: POWER OF ATTORNEY THE HARTFORD BOND, T-14 One Hartford Plaza Hartford, Connecticut 06155 Bond.Claims(a)thehartford.com call: B88-266-3488 or fax: 860-757-5B35 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT: Agency Name: MARSH USA LLC ® Hartford Fire Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized tinder the laws of the State of Connecticut ® Hartford Casualty Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana ® Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut ❑ Hartford Insurance Company of the Midwest, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana having their home office in Hartford, Connecticut, (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Companies") do hereby make, constitute and appoint, up to the amount of Unlimited: Bonnie Rice of Knoxville, TN their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety(ies) only as delineated above by ®, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. In Witness Whereof, and as authorized by a Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies on May 23, 2016 the Companies have caused these presents to be signed by its Assistant Vice President and its corporate seals to be hereto affixed, duly attested by its Assistant Secretary. Further, pursuant to Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Companies, the Companies hereby unambiguously affirm that they are and will be bound by any mechanically applied signatures applied to this Power of Attorney. S..p..jv'VY� INS,. `•„._ �Fcaxn��',., 40%.n_ -a•. :qi ,6 /roauRA :aa, �`` 1979 SEAL 0 Phyllis A. Clark, Assistant Secretary Joelle L. LaPierre. Assistant Vice President STATE OF FLORIDA ss. Lake Mary COUNTY OF SEMINOLE On this 1st day of March, 2024, before me personally came Joelle L. LaPierre, to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that (s)he resides in Seminole County, State of Florida; that (s)he is the Assistant Vice President of the Companies, the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that (s)he knows the seals of the said corporations; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed by authority of the Boards of Directors of said corporations and that (s)he signed his/her name thereto by like authority ,J'j Mariiluuzz Arce C� �' 0,• My Commission HH 287363 Expires July I3, 2026 I, the undersigned, Assistant Vice President of the Companies, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is still in full force effective as of April 22, 2026 Signed and sealed in Lake Mary, Florida. Carat' .. , �(r\ NSG s J'�SV INS6,y �' °''•. .` ."u'r''; ""oRnur"'y�re: 7 _ `Z�'Jy�`,•40RPOAI!! !�,,: ¢ iSE =`•. a. • :ryF " outl4R?• �= s fi 1919 y, ti'•........•`,o SEAL i /NO�ARA 'r..R%AIpRY14• • ,*„ �r�A1•,,,,110 �� ...... Keith D. Dozois, Assistant Vice President Revisd: My 31.2024 HARTFORD CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY Indianapolis, Indiana Financial Statement, December 31, 2024 Statutory Basis ASSETS U.S. Government Bonds ................. Bonds of Other Governments .......... State, County and Municipal Bonds... Miscellaneous Bonds ............ Stocks............................... Short Term Investments ................. $ 20,872,053 11, 247, 066 866, 320, 296 1,344,380,047 2,780.037 0 $ 2,245,599,499 Real Estate ................................... $ 0 Cash ........................................... 870,896 Agents' Balances (Under 90 Day) ...... 51,190,932 Other Invested Assets ..................... 401,633 Miscellaneous ............................... 426,074,597 Total Admitted Assets ................... $ 2,724,137,557 STATE OF FLORIDA SEMINOLE COUNTY SS. CITY OF LAKE MARY LIABILITIES Reserve for Claims and Claim Expense ............. Reserve for Unearned Premiums Reserve for Taxes, License and Fees .......................... Miscellaneous Liabilities.....—.... Total Liabilities ........................ $ ............ 1, 386, 559, 970 .............. 378,177, 623 ......... .... 6,182,650 26,538,789 .............. $ 1,797,459,032 Capital Paid in $ 4,800,000 Surplus ................ 921,878,525 Surplus as regards Policyholders........... Total Liabilities, Capital and Surplus ................................. $ 926,678,525 $ 2,724,137,557 Joelle L. LaPierre, Assistant Vice President and Phyllis A. Clark, Assistant Secretary of the Hartford Casualty Insurance Company, being duly sworn, each deposes and say that the foregoing is a true and correct statement of the said company's financial condition as of December 31, 2024. Subscribed and sworn to before me this 11th day of March, 2025. Notary Public �;i �u'^•.• MARILUZ ARCE Notary Public • State o1 Florida Commission : HH 287363 an?J My Comm. Expires Jul 13, 2026 Bonded through National Notary Assn. Form CS-19-37 HC printed In U.S.A. oelle L. LaPierre, Assistant Vice President *yllis�A. Clark, Assistant Secretary 00 42 43 BFD PROPOSAL Page 1 of 6 SECTION 00 42 43 PROPOSALFORM UNIT PRICE BID Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY PROJECT NO. 106406 Bidder's Applicatioi Project Item Information Bidder's Proposal Unit 1 - Water Improvements Bidlist Item No. Description Specification Section No. Unit of Measure Bid Quantity Unit Price Bid Value 1 Trench Safety 3305 10 LF 201 $4.00 $804.00 2 Fire Hydrant Stem Extension 3305 14 EA 2 $750.00 $1,500.00 3 16" Water Pipe 33 11 10, LF 134 $108.00 $14,472.00 4 6" PVC Water Pipe 33 11 12 LF 25 $80.001 $2,000.00 5 12" PVC Water Pipe 33 11 12 LF 42 $131.00 $5,502.00 6 Relocate Fire Hydrant EA 1 $7,000.00 $7,000.00 7 6" Gate Valve 33 1220 EA 2 $1,438.00 $2,876.00 8 12" Gate Valve 33 1220 EA 1 $6,860.00 $6,860.00 9 16" Cut -in Gate Valve w/ Vault 33 1220 EA 1 $16,150.00 $16,150.00 10 1" Water Service 33 1210 EA 1 $4,000.001 $4,000.00 11 6" PVC Water Pipe, Select Backfill 33 11 12 LF 25 $80.00 $2,000.00 12 12" Water Pipe, CLSM Backfill 33 11 10, LF 42 $95.00 $3,990.00 13 16" PVC C905 Water Pipe, CLSM Backfill 33 11 12 LF 134 $37.00 $4,958.00 14 2" Water Service (Domestic) 33 1210 LF 26 $211.54 $5,500.04 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Sub -Total Unit 1 - $77,612.04 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/30/2021 0041 00 Bid Pr W.l W.,kb..k.,I, 00 42 43 BID PROPOS,M Page 2 oI G SECTION 00 42 43 PROPOSALFORM UNIT PRICE BID Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY PROJECT NO. 106406 Bidder's Applicatioi Project Item Information Bidder's Proposal Unit II - Sewer Improvements Bidlist Item No. Description Specification Section No. Unit of Measure Bid Quantity Unit Price Bid Value 1 8" PVC Sewer Pipe, 16' to 18' (Misc Only) 33 31 20 LF 39 $88.00 $3,432.00 2 8" Sewer Pipe, Select Backfill 33 11 10, LF 39 $87.00 $3,393.00 3 Epoxy Manhole Liner 33 39 60 VF 33 $75.00 $2,475.00 4 4' Manhole 3339 10, EA 2 $10,200.00 $20,400.00 5 Trench Safety 3305 10 LF 78 $4.00 $312.00 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Sub -Total Unit 1 - $30,012 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/30/2021 00 61 00 Bid P p,al W,,kW,k..I, 00 42 43 BID PROPOSAL Page 3 of 6 SECTION 00 42 43 PROPOSALFORM UNIT PRICE BID Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY PROJECT NO. 106406 Bidder's Application Project Item Information Bidder's Proposal Unit III - Drainage Improvements Bidlist Item No. Description Specification Section No. Unit of Measure Bid Quantity Unit Price Bid Value 1 4' Manhole 33 39 10, EA 2 $27,750.00 $55,500.00 2 5' Manhole 33 39 10, EA 2 $11,750.00 $23,500.00 3 6' Manhole 33 39 10, EA 1 $13,750.00 $13,750.00 4 15' Type 2 Inlet 33 49 20 EA 1 $9,250.00 $9,250.00 5 21" RCP, Class III 3341 10 LF 95 $131.00 $12,445.00 6 24" RCP, Class I11 3341 10 LF 177 $131.00 $23,187.00 7 36" RCP, Class III 3341 10 LF 45 $186.00 $8,370.00 8 Medium Stone Riprap, dry 31 3700 Sy 254 $15.00 $3,810.00 9 36" Flared Headwall, 1 pipe 33 49 40 EA 1 $2,480.00 $2,480.00 10 Trench Safety 3305 10 LF 317 $4.00 $1,269 00 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Sub -Total Unit 1 - $153,560 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/30/2021 UU 41 UU Bid Proposal Workbook,kl 00 42 43 BID PROPOSAL Page 4 o f 6 SECTION 00 42 43 PROPOSALFORM UNIT PRICE BID Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY PROJECT NO. 106406 Bidder's Application Project Item Information Bidder's Proposal Unit IV- Paving Improvements Bidlist Item No. Description Specification Section No. Unit of Measure Bid Quantity Unit Price Bid Value 1 Remove Rip Rap 0241 13 SF 600 $0.83 $498.00 2 Remove Sidewalk 0241 13 SF 4,269 $3.00 $12,807.00 3 Remove Asphalt Pvmt 0241 15 SY 935 $31.00 $28,985.00 4 Remove 24" Storm Line 0241 14 LF 107 $56.00 $5,992.00 5 Remove 4' Grate Inlet 0241 14 EA 1 $1,350.00 $1,350.00 6 Remove Headwall/SET 0241 14 EA 1 $1,350.00 $1,350.00 7 Remove Conc Pvmt 0241 15 SY 98 $34.00 $3,332.00 8 9" Conc Pvmt 32 13 13 SY 867 $86.00 $74,562.00 9 7" Conc Pvmt 32 1320 SF t,809 $8.11 $14,670.99 10 4" Conc Sidewalk 32 1320 SF 2,814 $7.00 $19,698.00 11 6" Conc Curb and Gutter 32 16 13 LF 532 $7.00 $3,724.00 12 Type III Barricade EA 1 $800.00 $800.00 13 6" Lime Treatment 32 11 29 SY 1,390 $10.40 $14,456.00 14 Hydrated Lime TON 30 $620.00 $18,600.00 15 Concrete Pavement Replacement SY 322 $86.00 $27,692.00 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Sub -Total Unit 1 - $228,516.99 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/30 OU 31 011 Hid Pivpus'nl Werkhi�ok.xl�.x 00 42 43 BIDPROPOSAL Page 5 of 6 SECTION 00 42 43 PROPOSALFORM UNIT PRICE BID Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY PROJECT NO. 106406 Bidder's Application Project Item Information Bidder's Proposal Unit VI- Street Light Improvements Bidlist Item No. Description Specification Section No. Unit of Measure Bid Quantity Unit Price Bid Value 1 Relocate Signal Head Assembly 3441 10 EA 1 $1,300.00 $1,300.00 2 Furnish/Install Ground Box Type B, w/Apron 3441 10 EA 3 $2,500.00 $7,500.00 3 Install Type 33A Arm 3441 20 EA 1 $1,850.00 $1,850.00 4 Rdwy Ilium TY 18 Pole 34 41 20 EA 1 $12,000.00 $12,000.00 5 Ped Pole (10'-14') Spread Footing Foundation 3441 10 EA 2 $2,000.00 $4,000.00 6 LED Lighting Fixture 344120 EA 1 $1,100.00 $1,100.00 7 2" CONDT PVC SCH 80 (T) 26 05 33 LF 190 $25.00 $4,750.00 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Sub -Total Unit 1- $32,500 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/30/2021 General Contractor: Number Of Working Days Title Of Signatory: Date: Signature: Name: Jerry Kachel Builder, Inc. 178 Secretary/Treasurer March 10, 2026 J7swlfh JB Smith W 4100 Bid Proposal Wo&wA-.LL 0045 11 -1 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS Page 1 of 3 SECTION 00 45 11 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS 1. Summary. All contractors are required to be prequalified by the City prior to submitting bids. To be eligible to bid the contractor must submit Section 00 45 12, Prequalification Statement for the work type(s) listed with their Bid. Any contractor or subcontractor who is not prequalified for the work type(s) listed must submit Section 00 45 13, Bidder Prequalification Application in accordance with the requirements below. The prequalification process will establish a bid limit based on a technical evaluation and financial analysis of the contractor. The information must be submitted seven (7) days prior to the date of the opening of bids. For example, a contractor wishing to submit bids on projects to be opened on the 7th of April must file the information by the 31st day of March in order to bid on these projects. In order to expedite and facilitate the approval of a Bidder's Prequalification Application, the following must accompany the submission. a. A complete set of audited or reviewed financial statements. (1) Classified Balance Sheet (2) Income Statement (3) Statement of Cash Flows (4) Statement of Retained Earnings (5) Notes to the Financial Statements, if any b. A certified copy of the firm's organizational documents (Corporate Charter, Articles of Incorporation, Articles of Organization, Certificate of Formation, LLC Regulations, Certificate of Limited Partnership Agreement). c. A completed Bidder Prequalification Application. (1) The firm's Texas Taxpayer Identification Number as issued by the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts. To obtain a Texas Taxpayer Identification number visit the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts online at the following web address www.window.state.tx.us/taxpennit/ and fill out the application to apply for your Texas tax ID. (2) The firm's e-mail address and fax number. (3) The firm's DUNS number as issued by Dun & Bradstreet. This number is used by the City for required reporting on Federal Aid projects. The DUNS number may be obtained at www.dnb.com. d. Resumes reflecting the construction experience of the principles of the firm for firms submitting their initial prequalification. These resumes should include the size and scope of the work performed. e. Other information as requested by the City. 2. Prequalification Requirements a. Financial Statements. Financial statement submission must be provided in accordance with the following: (1) The City requires that the original Financial Statement or a certified copy be submitted for consideration. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised April 2, 2014 0045 11 -2 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS Page 2 of 3 (2) To be satisfactory, the financial statements must be audited or reviewed by an independent, certified public accounting firm registered and in good standing in any state. Current Texas statues also require that accounting firms performing audits or reviews on business entities within the State of Texas be properly licensed or registered with the Texas State Board of Public Accountancy. (3) The accounting firm should state in the audit report or review whether the contractor is an individual, corporation, or limited liability company. (4) Financial Statements must be presented in U.S. dollars at the current rate of exchange of the Balance Sheet date. (5) The City will not recognize any certified public accountant as independent who is not, in fact, independent. (6) The accountant's opinion on the financial statements of the contracting company should state that the audit or review has been conducted in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. This must be stated in the accounting firm's opinion. It should: (1) express an unqualified opinion, or (2) express a qualified opinion on the statements taken as a whole. (7) The City reserves the right to require a new statement at any time. (8) The financial statement must be prepared as of the last day of any month, not more than one year old and must be on file with the City 16 months thereafter, in accordance with Paragraph 1. (9) The City will determine a contractor's bidding capacity for the purposes of awarding contracts. Bidding capacity is determined by multiplying the positive net working capital (working capital = current assets — current liabilities) by a factor of 10. Only those statements reflecting a positive net working capital position will be considered satisfactory for prequalification purposes. (10) In the case that a bidding date falls within the time a new financial statement is being prepared, the previous statement shall be updated with proper verification. b. Bidder Prequalification Application. A Bidder Prequalification Application must be submitted along with audited or reviewed financial statements by firms wishing to be eligible to bid on all classes of construction and maintenance projects. Incomplete Applications will be rejected. (1) In those schedules where there is nothing to report, the notation of "None" or "N/A" should be inserted. (2) A minimum of five (5) references of related work must be provided. (3) Submission of an equipment schedule which indicates equipment under the control of the Contractor and which is related to the type of work for which the Contactor is seeking prequalification. The schedule must include the manufacturer, model and general common description of each piece of equipment. Abbreviations or means of describing equipment other than provided above will not be accepted. 3. Eligibility to Bid a. The City shall be the sole judge as to a contractor's prequalification. b. The City may reject, suspend, or modify any prequalification for failure by the contractor to demonstrate acceptable financial ability or performance. c. The City will issue a letter as to the status of the prequalification approval. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised April 2, 2014 0045 11 -3 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS Page 3 of 3 d. If a contractor has a valid prequalification letter, the contractor will be eligible to bid the prequalified work types until the expiration date stated in the letter. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised April 2, 2014 0045 12 DAP PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT Page 1 of 1 SECTION 00 4512 DAP — PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT Each Bidder is required to complete the information below by identifying the prequalified contractors and/or subcontractors whom they intend to utilize for the major work type(s) listed. In the "Major Work Type" box provide the complete major work type and actual description as provided by the Water Department for water and sewer and TPW for paving Major Work Type Contractor/Subcontractor Company Name Prequalification Expiration Date Site water, sewer and utility work. Includes 12" water extension, 8" sewer and Xterra Siteworks, LLC 11 /30/26 manhole, and storm drainage extension Installing lime treatment Mid South Construction LLC Relocation of light pole and installation of additional light pole Road Solutions, LLC 11 /12/26 The undersigned hereby certifies that the contractors and/or subcontractors described in the table above are currently prequalified for the work types listed. BIDDER: Jerry Kachel Builder, Inc. 6518 Klein Cemetery Road, Spring, TX 77379 (281) 370-6049 BY: JB Smith .7 , art (Signature) TITLE: Secretary/Treasurer DATE: END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT— DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 0045 12_Prequalification Statement 2015_DAP.docx Form Version September 1, 2015 006125-1 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Page 1 of 1 I SECTION 00 6125 2 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 3 4 5 6 [Assembler: For Contract Document execution, remove this page and replace with standard 7 ACORD Certificate of Insurance form.] 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised July 1, 2011 GRANITEREff INC. BOND #: GRTX75097 Maintenance Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That We, the undersigned, Jerry Kachel Builder, Inc. 6518 Klein Cemetery Rd., Spring, TX 77379 as Principal and Granite Re, Inc., 14001 Quailbrook Drive, Oklahoma City, OK 73134, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota and duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas , as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto: City of Fort Worth 100 Fort Worth Trail, Fort Worth, TX 76102 in the penal sum of Five Hundred Twenty Two Thousand Two Hundred One Dollars And Thirty Three Cents($522,201.33), for the payment of which well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns. Signed this 15 day of June , 2026 THE CONDITION OF THE ABOVE OBLIGATION IS SUCH, That whereas, the above named Principal did on 06/15/2026 enter into a contract with the City of Fort Worth 100 Fort Worth Trail, Fort Worth, TX 76102 for Right of way - David & Busters #207, - South Ft. Worth (Burleson), TX. 251 E. McAlister Road, Burleson, TX 76028 AND, WHEREAS, the specifications of said construction contract provide that upon final acceptance by Obligee said Principal shall furnish a maintenance bond for the sum amounting to One Hundred percent ( 100 %) of the contract price, and to remain in full force and effect for the period of Two ( 2 ) year(s) from the date of acceptance, as therein stated in said specifications; the said work having been duly accepted by said obligee. NOW, THEREFORE THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, That if the Principal shall make good all defects appearing in the work performed by Principal due to faulty workmanship or materials which may develop during the period of Two ( 2 ) year(s) from the date of completion and final acceptance of said work, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Jerry Kachel Builder, Inc. Principal By: Title: Granite Re, Inc. _ S u rety By: Kenneth D. Whittington, Attorney -in -Fact GR0709-24 GRANITE RE, INC. GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY Know all Men by these Presents: That GRANITE RE, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of MINNESOTA and having its principal office at the City of OKLAHOMA CITY in the State of OKLAHOMA does hereby constitute and appoint: KENNETH D. WHITTINGTON; KYLE MCDONALD its true and lawful Attorney-in-Fact(s) for the following purposes, to wit: To sign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, and to respectively do and perform any and all acts and things set forth in the resolution of the Board of Directors of the said GRANITE RE, INC. a certified copy of which is hereto annexed and made a part of this Power of Attorney; and the said GRANITE RE, INC, through us, its Board of Directors, hereby ratifies and confirms all and whatsoever the said: KENNETH D. WHITTINGTON; KYLE MCDONALD may lawfully do in the premises by virtue of these presents. In Witness Whereof, the said GRANITE RE, INC. has caused this instrument to be sealed with its corporate seal, duly attested by the signatures of its President and Assistant Secretary, this 31't day of July, 2023. UpY\I�k q@ uC � STATE OF OKLAHOMA - Kenneth D. Whittit ton, President } s'' �"� ) SS: Z, Z COUN-1Y OF OKLAHOMA ) Kyl R McDonald, Assistant Secretary On this 3l't day of July, 2023, before me personally came Kenneth D. Whittington, President of the GRANITE RE, INC. Company and Kyle P. McDonald, Assistant Secretary of said Company, with both of whom I am personally acquainted, who being by me severally duly sworn, said, that they, the said Kenneth D. Whittington and Kyle P. McDonald were respectively the President and the Assistant Secretary of GRANITE RE, INC., the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing Power of Attorney; that they each knew the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said Power of Attorney was such corporate seal, that it was so fixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that they signed their name thereto by like order as President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of the Company. My Commission Expires. - April 21. 2027 Commission 4: 11003620 GRANITE RE, INC. Certificate Notary Public THE UNDERSIGNED, being the duly elected and acting Assistant Secretary of Granite Re, Inc., a Minnesota Corporation, HEREBY CERTIFIES that the following resolution is a true and correct excerpt from the July 15, 1987, minutes of the meeting of the Board of Directors of Granite Re, Inc. and that said Power of Attorney has not been revoked and is now in full force and effect. "RESOLVED, that the President, any Vice President, the Assistant Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President shall each have authority to appoint individuals as attorneys -in -fact or under other appropriate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the Company in the course of its business. On any instrument making or evidencing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking of the Company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided, however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has subscribed this Certificate and affixed the corporate seal of the Corporation this June 15 , 2026 . ®rL—. Kyle P. McDonald, Assistant Secretary GR-40 Ed.06-24 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS Article 1 — Definitions and Terminology ..................................... 1.01 Defined Terms.......................................................... 1.02 Terminology............................................................. Page 1 1 6 Article2 — Preliminary Matters......................................................................................................................... 7 2.01 Copies of Documents.................................................................................................................... 7 2.02 Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed................................................................ 7 2.03 Starting the Work.......................................................................................................................... 8 2.04 Before Starting Construction........................................................................................................ 8 2.05 Preconstruction Conference.......................................................................................................... 8 2.06 Public Meeting.............................................................................................................................. 8 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules.................................................................................................... 8 Article 3 — Contract Documents: Intent, Amending, Reuse .............. 3.01 Intent............................................................................... . 3.02 Reference Standards........................................................ 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ......................... 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents..... 3.05 Reuse of Documents....................................................... 3.06 Electronic Data................................................................ Article 4 — Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions; Reference Points...........................................................................................................11 4.01 Availability of Lands..................................................................................................................11 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions..........................................................................................12 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions.............................................................................12 4.04 Underground Facilities...............................................................................................................13 4.05 Reference Points.........................................................................................................................14 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site..............................................................................14 Article 5 — Bonds and Insurance.....................................................................................................................16 5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers...................................................................................................16 5.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds.......................................................................16 5.03 Certificates of Insurance.............................................................................................................16 5.04 Contractor's Insurance................................................................................................................18 5.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace...........................................................19 Article 6 — Contractor's Responsibilities........................................................................................................19 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence...............................................................................................19 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 6.02 Labor; Working Hours................................................................................................................ 20 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment........................................................................................... 20 6.04 Project Schedule.......................................................................................................................... 21 6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals"....................................................................................................... 21 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others....................................................................24 6.07 Wage Rates..................................................................................................................................25 6.08 Patent Fees and Royalties........................................................................................................... 26 6.09 Permits and Utilities.................................................................................................................... 27 6.10 Laws and Regulations................................................................................................................. 27 6.11 Taxes...........................................................................................................................................28 6.12 Use of Site and Other Areas....................................................................................................... 28 6.13 Record Documents......................................................................................................................29 6.14 Safety and Protection.................................................................................................................. 29 6.15 Safety Representative.................................................................................................................. 30 6.16 Hazard Communication Programs............................................................................................. 30 6.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification............................................................................................... 30 6.18 Submittals....................................................................................................................................31 6.19 Continuing the Work................................................................................................................... 32 6.20 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee..........................................................................32 6.21 Indemnification......................................................................................................................... 33 6.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services..............................................................................34 6.23 Right to Audit.............................................................................................................................. 34 6.24 Nondiscrimination.......................................................................................................................35 Article7 - Other Work at the Site................................................................................................................... 35 7.01 Related Work at Site................................................................................................................... 35 7.02 Coordination................................................................................................................................36 Article 8 - City's Responsibilities................................................................................................................... 36 8.01 Communications to Contractor................................................................................................... 36 8.02 Furnish Data................................................................................................................................36 8.03 Pay When Due............................................................................................................................ 36 8.04 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests................................................................................... 36 8.05 Change Orders.............................................................................................................................36 8.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals.............................................................................................. 36 8.07 Limitations on City's Responsibilities....................................................................................... 37 8.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition.................................................................... 37 8.09 Compliance with Safety Program............................................................................................... 37 Article 9 - City's Observation Status During Construction........................................................................... 37 9.01 City's Project Manager............................................................................................................ 37 9.02 Visits to Site................................................................................................................................ 37 9.03 Authorized Variations in Work.................................................................................................. 38 9.04 Rejecting Defective Work..........................................................................................................38 9.05 Determinations for Work Performed..........................................................................................38 9.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ..................... 38 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 Article 10 - Changes in the Work; Claims; Extra Work ................................................ 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work............................................................... 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work........................................................... 10.03 Execution of Change Orders....................................................................... 10.04 Extra Work.................................................................................................. 10.05 Notification to Surety.................................................................................. 10.06 Contract Claims Process............................................................................. Article 11 - Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work; Plans Quantity Measurement- 11.01 Cost of the Work..................................................................................................... 11.02 Allowances.............................................................................................................. 11.03 Unit Price Work...................................................................................................... 11.04 Plans Quantity Measurement.................................................................................. Article 12 - Change of Contract Price; Change of Contract Time ................................. 12.01 Change of Contract Price............................................................................ 12.02 Change of Contract Time............................................................................ 12.03 Delays.......................................................................................................... Article 13 - Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work - 13.01 Notice of Defects.................................................................................................... 13.02 Access to Work....................................................................................................... 13.03 Tests and Inspections.............................................................................................. 13.04 Uncovering Work.................................................................................................... 13.05 City May Stop the Work......................................................................................... 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work............................................................ 13.07 Correction Period.................................................................................................... 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work............................................................................... 13.09 City May Correct Defective Work......................................................................... ..38 ..38 .. 39 .. 39 .. 39 .. 39 .. 40 .41 ..41 ..43 .. 44 .. 45 Article 14 - Payments to Contractor and Completion....................................................................................52 14.01 Schedule of Values...................................................................................................................... 52 14.02 Progress Payments...................................................................................................................... 52 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title................................................................................................... 54 14.04 Partial Utilization........................................................................................................................ 55 14.05 Final Inspection...........................................................................................................................55 14.06 Final Acceptance......................................................................................................................... 55 14.07 Final Payment..............................................................................................................................56 14.08 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release........................................................ 56 14.09 Waiver of Claims........................................................................................................................ 57 Article 15 - Suspension of Work and Termination........................................................................................ 57 15.01 City May Suspend Work.............................................................................................................57 15.02 City May Terminate for Cause................................................................................................... 58 15.03 City May Terminate For Convenience....................................................................................... 60 Article16 - Dispute Resolution...................................................................................................................... 61 16.01 Methods and Procedures.............................................................................................................61 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 Article17 — Miscellaneous.............................................................................................................................. 62 17.01 Giving Notice.............................................................................................................................. 62 17.02 Computation of Times................................................................................................................ 62 17.03 Cumulative Remedies................................................................................................................. 62 17.04 Survival of Obligations............................................................................................................... 63 17.05 Headings......................................................................................................................................63 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 1 of 63 ARTICLE 1— DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in these General Conditions or in other Contract Documents, the terms listed below have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof, and words denoting gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter. Said terms are generally capitalized or written in italics, but not always. When used in a context consistent with the definition of a listed -defined term, the term shall have a meaning as defined below whether capitalized or italicized or otherwise. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda —Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement —The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between City and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Application for Payment —The form acceptable to City which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos —Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Award — Authorization by the City Council for the City to enter into an Agreement. 6. Bid —The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 7. Bidder —The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to City. 8. Bidding Documents —The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda). 9. Bidding Requirements —The advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements. 10. Business Day — A business day is defined as a day that the City conducts normal business, generally Monday through Friday, except for federal or state holidays observed by the City. 11. Calendar Day — A day consisting of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 2 of 63 12. Change Order —A document, which is prepared and approved by the City, which is signed by Contractor and City and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 13. City— The City of Fort Worth, Texas, a home -rule municipal corporation, authorized and chartered under the Texas State Statutes, acting by its governing body through its City Manager, his designee, or agents authorized under his behalf, each of which is required by Charter to perform specific duties with responsibility for final enforcement of the contracts involving the City of Fort Worth is by Charter vested in the City Manager and is the entity with whom Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 14. City Attorney — The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. 15. City Council - The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. 16. City Manager — The officially appointed and authorized City Manager of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. 17. Contract Claim —A demand or assertion by City or Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Time, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Contract Claim. 18. Contract The entire and integrated written document between the City and Contractor concerning the Work. The Contract contains the Agreement and all Contract Documents and supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. 19. Contract Documents Those items so designated in the Agreement. All items listed in the Agreement are Contract Documents. Approved Submittals, other Contractor submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. 20. Contract Price The moneys payable by City to Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 21. Contract Time —The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Milestones, if any and (ii) complete the Work so that it is ready for Final Acceptance. 22. Contractor —The individual or entity with whom City has entered into the Agreement. 23. Cost of the Work —See Paragraph 11.01 of these General Conditions for definition. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 3 of 63 24. Damage Claims — A demand for money or services arising from the Project or Site from a third parry, City or Contractor exclusive of a Contract Claim. 25. Day or day — A day, unless otherwise defined, shall mean a Calendar Day. 26. Director of Aviation — The officially appointed Director of the Aviation Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 27. Director of Parks and Community Services — The officially appointed Director of the Parks and Community Services Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 28. Director of Planning and Development — The officially appointed Director of the Planning and Development Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 29. Director of Transportation Public Works — The officially appointed Director of the Transportation Public Works Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 30. Director of Water Department — The officially appointed Director of the Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 31. Drawings —That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 32. Effective Date of the Agreement —The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 33. Engineer —The licensed professional engineer or engineering firm registered in the State of Texas performing professional services for the City. 34. Extra Work — Additional work made necessary by changes or alterations of the Contract Documents or of quantities or for other reasons for which no prices are provided in the Contract Documents. Extra work shall be part of the Work. 35. Field Order — A written order issued by City which requires changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price, Contract Time, or the intent of the Engineer. Field Orders are paid from Field Order Allowances incorporated into the Contract by funded work type at the time of award. 36. Final Acceptance — The written notice given by the City to the Contractor that the Work specified in the Contract Documents has been completed to the satisfaction of the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 4 of 63 37. Final Inspection — Inspection carried out by the City to verify that the Contractor has completed the Work, and each and every part or appurtenance thereof, fully, entirely, and in conformance with the Contract Documents. 38. General Requirements —Sections of Division 1 of the Contract Documents. 39. Hazardous Environmental Condition —The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, Radioactive Material, or other materials in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto. 40. Hazardous Waste —Hazardous waste is defined as any solid waste listed as hazardous or possesses one or more hazardous characteristics as defined in the federal waste regulations, as amended from time to time. 41. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 42. Liens —Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 43. Major Item — An Item of work included in the Contract Documents that has a total cost equal to or greater than 5% of the original Contract Price or $25,000 whichever is less. 44. Milestone —A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate Contract Time prior to Final Acceptance of the Work. 45. Notice of Award —The written notice by City to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, City will sign and deliver the Agreement. 46. Notice to Proceed —A written notice given by City to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work specified in Contract Documents. 47. PCBs —Polychlorinated biphenyls. 48. Petroleum Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non -Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 49. Plans — See definition of Drawings. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 5 of 63 50. Project Schedule —A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, in accordance with the General Requirements, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Time. 51. Project —The Work to be performed under the Contract Documents. 52. Project Manager —The authorized representative of the City who will be assigned to the Site. 53. Public Meeting — An announced meeting conducted by the City to facilitate public participation and to assist the public in gaining an informed view of the Project. 54. Radioactive Material —Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 55. Regular Working Hours — Hours beginning at 7:00 a.m. and ending at 6:00 p.m., Monday thru Friday (excluding legal holidays). 56. Samples —Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 57. Schedule of Submittals —A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 58. Schedule of Values —A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 59. Site —Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by City upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights -of -way, permits, and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by City which are designated for the use of Contractor. 60. Specifications —That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. Specifications may be specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, if not attached, may be incorporated by reference as indicated in the Table of Contents (Division 00 00 00) of each Project. 61. Subcontractor —An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 6 of 63 62. Submittals All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 63. Substantial Completion — The stage in the progress of the Project when the Work is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents for Final Inspection. 64. Successful Bidder —The Bidder submitting the lowest and most responsive Bid to whom City makes an Award. 65. Superintendent — The representative of the Contractor who is available at all times and able to receive instructions from the City and to act for the Contractor. 66. Supplementary Conditions —That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 67. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or Subcontractor. 68. Underground Facilities All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including but not limited to, those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 69 Unit Price Work —See Paragraph 11.03 of these General Conditions for definition. 70. Weekend Working Hours — Hours beginning at 9:00 a.m. and ending at 5:00 p.m., Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, as approved in advance by the City. 71. Work —The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction including any Change Order or Field Order, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 72. Working Day — A working day is defined as a day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays authorized by the City for contract purposes, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor will permit the performance of the principal unit of work underway for a continuous period of not less than 7 hours between 7 a.m. and 6 p.m. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraph 1.023 through E are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 7 of 63 1. The Contract Documents include the terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed" or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of judgment by City. In addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of City as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). C. Defective: 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. has been damaged prior to City's written acceptance. D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide: 1. The word "Furnish" or the word "Install" or the word "Perform" or the word "Provide" or the word "Supply," or any combination or similar directive or usage thereof, shall mean furnishing and incorporating in the Work including all necessary labor, materials, equipment, and everything necessary to perform the Work indicated, unless specifically limited in the context used. E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 — PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Copies of Documents City shall furnish to Contractor one (1) original executed copy and one (1) electronic copy of the Contract Documents, and four (4) additional copies of the Drawings. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. 2.02 Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed The Contract Time will commence to run on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given no earlier than 14 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement, unless agreed to by both parties in writing. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 8 of 63 2.03 Starting the Work Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences to run. 2.04 Before Starting Construction Baseline Schedules: Submit in accordance with the Contract Documents, and prior to starting the Work. 2.05 Preconstruction Conference Before any Work at the Site is started, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstruction Conference as specified in the Contract Documents. 2.06 Public Meeting Contractor may not mobilize any equipment, materials or resources to the Site prior to the Public Meeting if scheduled by the City. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to City in accordance with the Schedule Specification as provided in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that reasonably may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result will be provided whether or not specifically called for, at no additional cost to City. C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by City. D. The Specifications may vary in form, format and style. Some Specification sections may be written in varying degrees of streamlined or declarative style and some sections may be relatively narrative by comparison. Omission of such words and phrases as "the Contractor shall," "in conformity with," "as shown," or "as specified" are intentional in streamlined sections. Omitted words and phrases shall be supplied by inference. Similar types of provisions may appear in various parts of a section or articles within a part depending on the format of the CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 9 of 63 section. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any variation of form, format or style in making Contract Claims. E. The cross referencing of specification sections under the subparagraph heading "Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to:" and elsewhere within each Specification section is provided as an aid and convenience to the Contractor. The Contractor shall not rely on the cross referencing provided and shall be responsible to coordinate the entire Work under the Contract Documents and provide a complete Project whether or not the cross referencing is provided in each section or whether or not the cross referencing is complete. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, or code, or any instruction of a Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of City, Contractor, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to City, or any of its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein against all applicable field measurements and conditions. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to City any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from City before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. 2. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable Law or Regulation, (b) any standard, specification, manual, or code, or (c) any instruction of any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to City in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 10 of 63 6.17.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.04. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to City for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof B. Resolving Discrepancies: 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, or the instruction of any Supplier (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents). 2. In case of discrepancies, figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions, Plans shall govern over Specifications, Supplementary Conditions shall govern over General Conditions and Specifications, and quantities shown on the Plans shall govern over those shown in the proposal. 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by a Change Order. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work not involving a change in Contract Price or Contract Time, may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: 1. A Field Order; 2. City's review of a Submittal (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.18.C); or 3. City's written interpretation or clarification. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer, including electronic media editions; or 2. reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of City and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 11 of 63 B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. 3.06 Electronic Data A. Unless otherwise stated in the Supplementary Conditions, the data furnished by City or Engineer to Contractor, or by Contractor to City or Engineer, that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies included in the Contract Documents (also known as hard copies) and other Specifications referenced and located on the City's on-line electronic document management and collaboration system site. Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will be at the user's sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. B. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data's creator. ARTICLE 4 — AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.01 Availability of Lands A. City shall furnish the Site. City shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. City will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. The City has obtained or anticipates acquisition of and/or access to right-of-way, and/or easements. Any outstanding right-of-way and/or easements are anticipated to be acquired in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements. 2. The City has or anticipates removing and/or relocating utilities, and obstructions to the Site. Any outstanding removal or relocation of utilities or obstructions is anticipated in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated by others. B. Upon reasonable written request, City shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 12 of 63 C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports known to City of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site; and 2. those drawings known to City of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities). B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Contractor may not make any Contract Claim against City, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 13 of 63 then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A), notify City in writing about such condition. B. Possible Price and Time Adjustments Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time if- 1. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final commitment to City with respect to Contract Price and Contract Time by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or 2. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of the examination of the Contract Documents or the Site; or 3. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A. 4.04 Underground Facilities A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to City or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including City, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. City and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data provided by others; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all such information and data; b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; c. coordination and adjustment of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including City, during construction; and d. the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Not Shown or Indicated: 1. If an Underground Facility which conflicts with the Work is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 14 of 63 Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give notice to that owner and to City. City will review the discovered Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change may be required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such discovered Underground Facility. 2. If City concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Change Order may be issued to reflect and document such consequences. 3. Verification of existing utilities, structures, and service lines shall include notification of all utility companies a minimum of 48 hours in advance of construction including exploratory excavation if necessary. 4.05 Reference Points A. City shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in City's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. City will provide construction stakes or other customary method of marking to establish line and grades for roadway and utility construction, centerlines and benchmarks for bridgework. Contractor shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations. Contractor shall report to City whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations. The City shall be responsible for the replacement or relocation of reference points or property monuments not carelessly or willfully destroyed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify City in advance and with sufficient time to avoid delays. B. Whenever, in the opinion of the City, any reference point or monument has been carelessly or willfully destroyed, disturbed, or removed by the Contractor or any of his employees, the full cost for replacing such points plus 25% will be charged against the Contractor, and the full amount will be deducted from payment due the Contractor. 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify those reports and drawings known to City relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at the Site. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Contractor may not make any Contract Claim against City, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 15 of 63 construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible. D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A); and (iii) notify City (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). City may consider the necessity to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after City has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered written notice to Contractor: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered suitable for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed. F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then City may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. City may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by City's own forces or others. G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06. G shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 16 of 63 ARTICLE 5 — BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds, in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253 or successor statute, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor shall furnish maintenance bonds in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security to protect the City against any defects in any portion of the Work described in the Contract Documents. Maintenance bonds shall remain in effect for two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance by the City. C. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by an agent or attorney -in -fact must be accompanied by a sealed and dated power of attorney which shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney -in -fact signed each bond. D. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 5.02.C, Contractor shall promptly notify City and shall, within 30 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01 and 5.02.C. 5.03 Certificates of Insurance Contractor shall deliver to City, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (other evidence of insurance requested by City or any other additional insured) in at least the minimum amount as specified in the Supplementary Conditions which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain. The certificate of insurance shall document the City, and all identified entities named in the Supplementary Conditions as "Additional Insured" on all liability policies. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 17 of 63 2. The Contractor's general liability insurance shall include a, "per project" or "per location", endorsement, which shall be identified in the certificate of insurance provided to the City. 3. The certificate shall be signed by an agent authorized to bind coverage on behalf of the insured, be complete in its entirety, and show complete insurance carrier names as listed in the current A.M. Best Property & Casualty Guide 4. The insurers for all policies must be licensed and/or approved to do business in the State of Texas. Except for workers' compensation, all insurers must have a minimum rating of A-: VII in the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide or have reasonably equivalent financial strength and solvency to the satisfaction of Risk Management. If the rating is below that required, written approval of City is required. 5. All applicable policies shall include a Waiver of Subrogation (Rights of Recovery) in favor of the City. In addition, the Contractor agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the Engineer (if applicable), and each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions 6. Failure of the City to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure of the City to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's obligation to maintain such lines of insurance coverage. 7. If insurance policies are not written for specified coverage limits, an Umbrella or Excess Liability insurance for any differences is required. Excess Liability shall follow form of the primary coverage. 8. Unless otherwise stated, all required insurance shall be written on the "occurrence basis". If coverage is underwritten on a claims -made basis, the retroactive date shall be coincident with or prior to the date of the effective date of the agreement and the certificate of insurance shall state that the coverage is claims -made and the retroactive date. The insurance coverage shall be maintained for the duration of the Contract and for three (3) years following Final Acceptance provided under the Contract Documents or for the warranty period, whichever is longer. An annual certificate of insurance submitted to the City shall evidence such insurance coverage. 9. Policies shall have no exclusions by endorsements, which, neither nullify or amend, the required lines of coverage, nor decrease the limits of said coverage unless such endorsements are approved in writing by the City. In the event a Contract has been bid or executed and the exclusions are determined to be unacceptable or the City desires additional insurance coverage, and the City desires the contractor/engineer to obtain such coverage, the contract price shall be adjusted by the cost of the premium for such additional coverage plus 10%. 10. Any self -insured retention (SIR), in excess of $25,000.00, affecting required insurance coverage shall be approved by the City in regards to asset value and stockholders' equity. In CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 18 of 63 lieu of traditional insurance, alternative coverage maintained through insurance pools or risk retention groups, must also be approved by City. 11. Any deductible in excess of $5,000.00, for any policy that does not provide coverage on a first -dollar basis, must be acceptable to and approved by the City. 12. City, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to review the insurance requirements and to make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage's and their limits when deemed necessary and prudent by the City based upon changes in statutory law, court decision or the claims history of the industry as well as of the contracting party to the City. The City shall be required to provide prior notice of 90 days, and the insurance adjustments shall be incorporated into the Work by Change Order. 13. City shall be entitled, upon written request and without expense, to receive copies of policies and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or modifications of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions necessary to conform the policy and endorsements to the requirements of the Contract. Deletions, revisions, or modifications shall not be required where policy provisions are established by law or regulations binding upon either party or the underwriter on any such policies. 14. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for Contractor's insurance. 5.04 Contractor's Insurance A. Workers Compensation and Employers' Liability. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance coverage with limits consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers' Compensation Act (Texas Labor Code, Ch. 406, as amended), and minimum limits for Employers' Liability as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees. B. Commercial General Liability. Coverage shall include but not be limited to covering liability (bodily injury or property damage) arising from: premises/operations, independent contractors, products/completed operations, personal injury, and liability under an insured contract. Insurance shall be provided on an occurrence basis, and as comprehensive as the current Insurance Services Office (ISO) policy. This insurance shall apply as primary insurance with respect to any other CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 19 of 63 insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the City. The Commercial General Liability policy, shall have no exclusions by endorsements that would alter of nullify premises/operations, products/completed operations, contractual, personal injury, or advertising injury, which are normally contained with the policy, unless the City approves such exclusions in writing. For construction projects that present a substantial completed operation exposure, the City may require the contractor to maintain completed operations coverage for a minimum of no less than three (3) years following the completion of the project (if identified in the Supplementary Conditions). C. Automobile Liability. A commercial business auto policy shall provide coverage on "any auto", defined as autos owned, hired and non -owned and provide indemnity for claims for damages because bodily injury or death of any person and or property damage arising out of the work, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. D. Railroad Protective Liability. If any of the work or any warranty work is within the limits of railroad right-of-way, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements identified in the Supplementary Conditions. E. Notification of Policy Cancellation: Contractor shall immediately notify City upon cancellation or other loss of insurance coverage. Contractor shall stop work until replacement insurance has been procured. There shall be no time credit for days not worked pursuant to this section. 5.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace If City has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the City shall so notify the Contractor in writing within 10 Business Days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested). Contractor shall provide to the City such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the City may reasonably request. If Contractor does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents, the City shall notify the Contractor in writing of such failure prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. ARTICLE 6 — CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 20 of 63 B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent, English- speaking, Superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to City. The Superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communication given to or received from the Superintendent shall be binding on Contractor. C. Contractor shall notify the City 24 hours prior to moving areas during the sequence of construction. 6.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during Regular Working Hours. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work beyond Regular Working Hours or for Weekend Working Hours without City's written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld). Written request (by letter or electronic communication) to perform Work: for beyond Regular Working Hours request must be made by noon at least two (2) Business Days prior 2. for Weekend Working Hours request must be made by noon of the preceding Thursday 3. for legal holidays request must be made by noon two Business Days prior to the legal holiday. 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, Contractor required testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of City. If required by City, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 21 of 63 C. All materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. D. All items of standard equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be the latest model at the time of bid, unless otherwise specified. 6.04 Project Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Project Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07 and the General Requirements as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. Contractor shall submit to City for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07 and the General Requirements) proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Time. Such adjustments will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 2. Contractor shall submit to City a monthly Project Schedule with a monthly progress payment for the duration of the Contract in accordance with the schedule specification 0132 16. Proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will change the Contract Time shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Adjustments in Contract Time may only be made by a Change Order. 6.05 Substitutes and "Or -Equals " A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or -equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to City for review under the circumstances described below. "Or -Equal " Items: If in City's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by City as an "or -equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in City's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named i£ a. the City determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 22 of 63 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; and 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the City or increase in Contract Time; and 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2. Substitute Items: a. If in City's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or -equal" item under Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it may be submitted as a proposed substitute item. b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow City to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by City from anyone other than Contractor. c. Contractor shall make written application to City for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application shall comply with Section 0125 00 and: 1) shall certify that the proposed substitute item will: a) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design; b) be similar in substance to that specified; c) be suited to the same use as that specified; and 2) will state: a) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice Contractor's achievement of final completion on time; b) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with City for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item; CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 23 of 63 c) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; and 3) will identify: a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified; b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; and 4) shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and Damage Claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change. B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by City. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow City, in City's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall make written application to City for review in the same manner as those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2. C. City's Evaluation: City will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.13. City may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. City will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until City's review is complete, which will be evidenced by a Change Order in the case of a substitute and an accepted Submittal for an "or -equal." City will advise Contractor in writing of its determination. D. Special Guarantee: City may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee, warranty, or other surety with respect to any substitute. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City and anyone directly or indirectly employed by them from and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys fees) arising out of the use of substituted materials or equipment. E. City's Cost Reimbursement: City will record City's costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.B. Whether or not City approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor may be required to reimburse City for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor may also be required to reimburse City for the charges for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with City) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. F. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or -equal" at Contractor's expense. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 24 of 63 G. City Substitute Reimbursement: Costs (savings or charges) attributable to acceptance of a substitute shall be incorporated to the Contract by Change Order. H. Time Extensions: No additional time will be granted for substitutions. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work of a value not less than 35% of the value embraced on the Contract, unless otherwise approved by the City. B. Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, against whom City may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection (excluding those acceptable to City as indicated in Paragraph 6.06.C). C. The City may from time to time require the use of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities on the project, and will provide such requirements in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Small Business Goal Compliance: It is City policy to foster competition, expand the supplier base, and promote and encourage the participation of small business firms in the City's contracting opportunities. If the Contract Documents provide for a small business goal, Contractor shall comply with the City's Small Business Ordinance (as amended) by the following: 1. Contractor shall, upon request by City, provide complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a contracted small business and payment therefor. 2. Contractor will not make additions, deletions, or substitutions of accepted small businesses without written consent of the City. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of Contract and may result in debarment. 3. Contractor shall, upon request by City, allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records, or files in the possession of the Contractor that will substantiate the actual work performed by the small business(es). Material misrepresentation of any nature may be grounds for termination of the Contract in accordance with Paragraph 15.02.A. Any such misrepresentation may be grounds for the disqualification of the Contractor to bid on future contracts with the City for a period of not less than one year. E. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between City and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity; nor CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 25 of 63 2. shall create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. F. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. G. All Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work shall communicate with City through Contractor. H. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of City. 6.07 Wage Rates A. Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (as amended), including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these Contract Documents. B. Penalty for Violation. A Contractor or any Subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023. C. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information, including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023, Texas Government Code, by a Contractor or Subcontractor, the City shall make an initial determination, before the 31 st day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the City's determination that there is good cause to believe the Contractor or Subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the violation. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 26 of 63 D. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker does not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to Paragraph C above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11 th day after the date that arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the persons. The City is not a parry in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. E. Records to be Maintained. The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work provided for in this Contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Paragraph 6.23, Right to Audit, shall pertain to this inspection. F. Affadavit. Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code related to paying prevailing wage rates on completion of the project. G. Posting of Wage Rates. The Contractor shall post prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at all times. H. Subcontractor Compliance. The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its Subcontractors to comply with Paragraphs A through G above. 6.08 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of City, its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by City in the Contract Documents. Failure of the City to disclose such information does not relieve the Contractor from its obligations to pay for the use of said fees or royalties to others. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 27 of 63 the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.09 Permits and Utilities A. Contractor obtained permits and licenses. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses except those provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract Documents. City shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement, except for permits provided by the City as specified in 6.09.13. City shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work. B. City obtained permits and licenses. City will obtain and pay for all permits and licenses as provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract Documents. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to carry out the provisions of the permit. If the Contractor initiates changes to the Contract and the City approves the changes, the Contractor is responsible for obtaining clearances and coordinating with the appropriate regulatory agency. The City will not reimburse the Contractor for any cost associated with these requirements of any City acquired permit. The following are permits the City will obtain if required: 1. Texas Department of Transportation Permits 2. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Permits 3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Permits 4. Railroad Company Permits C. Outstanding permits and licenses. The City anticipates acquisition of and/or access to permits and licenses. Any outstanding permits and licenses are anticipated to be acquired in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding permits and licenses. 6.10 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, the City shall not be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 28 of 63 court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor's responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.02. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time. 6.11 Taxes A. On a contract awarded by the City, an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant to Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H, Sections 151.301-335 (as amended), the Contractor may purchase, rent or lease all materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance of this contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption certificate to comply with State Comptroller's Ruling .007. Any such exemption certificate issued to the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to and shall comply with the provision of State Comptroller's Ruling .011, and any other applicable rulings pertaining to the Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H. B. Texas Tax permits and information may be obtained from: https://comptroller. texas. gov/taxes/permit/ 6.12 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. At any time when, in the judgment of the City, the Contractor has obstructed or closed or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street, right-of-way, or easement greater than is necessary for proper execution of the Work, the City may require the Contractor to finish the section on which operations are in progress before work is commenced on any additional area of the Site. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 29 of 63 3. Should any Damage Claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly attempt to resolve the Damage Claim. 4. Pursuant to Paragraph 6.21, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against City. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Site Maintenance Cleaning: 24 hours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the City, if the Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as the City deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written notice (by letter or electronic communication), and the costs of such direct action, plus 25 % of such costs, shall be deducted from the monies due or to become due to the Contractor. D. Final Site Cleaning: Prior to Final Acceptance of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by City or adjacent property owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition or better all property disturbed by the Work. E. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.13 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site or in a place designated by the Contractor and approved by the City, one (1) record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all accepted Submittals will be available to City for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, any operation and maintenance manuals, and Submittals will be delivered to City prior to Final Inspection. Contractor shall include accurate locations for buried and imbedded items. 6.14 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 30 of 63 take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of City's safety programs, if any. D. Contractor shall inform City of the specific requirements of Contractor's safety program, if any, with which City's employees and representatives must comply while at the Site. E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.14.A.2 or 6.14.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. F. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and City has accepted the Work. 6.15 Safety Representative Contractor shall inform City in writing of Contractor's designated safety representative at the Site. 6.16 Hazard Communication Programs Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 6.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give City prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 31 of 63 changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If City determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Change Order may be issued. B. Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the City to rectify any discrepancies, omissions, or correction necessary to conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the City shall give the Contractor written notice that such work or changes are to be performed. The written notice shall direct attention to the discrepant condition and request the Contractor to take remedial action to correct the condition. In the event the Contractor does not take positive steps to fulfill this written request, or does not show just cause for not taking the proper action, within 24 hours, the City may take such remedial action with City forces or by contract. The City shall deduct an amount equal to the entire costs for such remedial action, plus 25%, from any funds due or become due the Contractor on the Project. 6.18 Submittals A. Contractor shall submit required Submittals to City for review and acceptance in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be identified as City may require. 1. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements. 2. Data shown on the Submittals will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show City the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable City to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.18.C. 3. Submittals submitted as herein provided by Contractor and reviewed by City for conformance with the design concept shall be executed in conformity with the Contract Documents unless otherwise required by City. 4. When Submittals are submitted for the purpose of showing the installation in greater detail, their review shall not excuse Contractor from requirements shown on the Drawings and Specifications. 5. For -Information -Only submittals upon which the City is not expected to conduct review or take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. 6. Submit required number of Samples specified in the Specifications. 7. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as City may require to enable City to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.18.C. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 32 of 63 B. Where a Submittal is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to City's review and acceptance of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. City's Review: 1. City will provide timely review of required Submittals in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to City. City's review and acceptance will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. City's review and acceptance will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and acceptance of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. City's review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 and City has given written acceptance of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Submittal. City's review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 6.19 Continuing the Work Except as otherwise provided, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Project Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with City. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as City and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.20 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to City that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. City and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor's warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 33 of 63 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by City; 2. recommendation or payment by City of any progress or final payment; the issuance of a certificate of Final Acceptance by City or any payment related thereto by City; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by City; 5. any review and acceptance of a Submittal by City; 6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 7. any correction of defective Work by City. D. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the Work and pay for any damage to other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified and shall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond, complying with the requirements of Article 5.02.13. The City will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 6.21 Indemnification A. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED. IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT. OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the City in defending against such claims and causes of actions. B. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage or destruction of property of the City, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 34 of 63 SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED. IN WHOLE OR IN PART. BY ANY ACT. OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. 6.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, City will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and Submittals prepared by such professional. Submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to City. C. City shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided City has specified to Contractor performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.22, City's review and acceptance of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. City's review and acceptance of Submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.18.C. 6.23 Right to Audit A. The Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this Contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all necessary Contractor facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall give Contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. B. Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of such Subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract, and further, that City shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 35 of 63 Subcontractor facilities, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall give Subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. C. Contractor and Subcontractor agree to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the City. The City agrees to reimburse Contractor for the cost of the copies as follows at the rate published in the Texas Administrative Code in effect as of the time copying is performed. 6.24 Nondiscrimination A. The City is responsible for operating Public Transportation Programs and implementing transit - related projects, which are funded in part with Federal financial assistance awarded by the U.S. Department of Transportation and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), without discriminating against any person in the United States on the basis of race, color, or national origin. B. Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended: Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations as further defined in the Supplementary Conditions for any project receiving Federal assistance. ARTICLE 7 — OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 7.01 Related Work at Site A. City may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with City's employees, or other City contractors, or through other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner, and City, if City is performing other work with City's employees or other City contractors, proper and safe access to the Site, provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of City and the others whose work will be affected. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to City in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects in the work provided by others. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 36 of 63 7.02 Coordination A. If City intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; 2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall have authority for such coordination. ARTICLE 8 — CITY'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Communications to Contractor Except as otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall issue all communications to Contractor. 8.02 Furnish Data City shall timely furnish the data required under the Contract Documents. 8.03 Pay When Due City shall make payments to Contractor in accordance with Article 14. 8.04 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests City's duties with respect to providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to City's identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by City in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.05 Change Orders City shall execute Change Orders in accordance with Paragraph 10.03. 8.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals City's responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.03. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 37 of 63 8.07 Limitations on City's Responsibilities A. The City shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. City will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. City will notify the Contractor of applicable safety plans pursuant to Paragraph 6.14. 8.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition City's responsibility with respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 4.06. 8.09 Compliance with Safety Program While at the Site, City's employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor's safety programs of which City has been informed pursuant to Paragraph 6.14. ARTICLE 9 — CITY'S OBSERVATION STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.01 City's Project Manager City will provide one or more Project Manager(s) during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of City's Project Manager during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents. The City's Project Manager for this Contract is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. 9.02 Visits to Site A. City's Project Manager will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as City deems necessary in order to observe the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, City's Project Manager will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. City's Project Manager will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. City's Project Manager's efforts will be directed toward providing City a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. B. City's Project Manager's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on authority and responsibility in the Contract Documents including those set forth in Paragraph 8.07. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 38 of 63 9.03 Authorized Variations in Work City's Project Manager may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on City and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. 9.04 Rejecting Defective Work City will have authority to reject Work which City's Project Manager believes to be defective, or will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. City will have authority to conduct special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Article 13, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. 9.05 Determinations for Work Performed Contractor will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Work performed. City's Project Manager will review with Contractor the preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written recommendation. City's written decision will be final (except as modified to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data). 9.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. City will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. B. City will render a written decision on any issue referred. C. City's written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on the Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.06. ARTICLE 10 — CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS; EXTRA WORK 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, City may, at any time or from time to time, order Extra Work. Upon notice of such Extra Work, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). Extra Work shall be memorialized by a Change Order which may or may not precede an order of Extra work. B. For minor changes of Work not requiring changes to Contract Time or Contract Price, a Field Order may be issued by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 39 of 63 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 6.17. 10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. City and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering: changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by City pursuant to Paragraph 10.01.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08 or City's correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed. 10.04 Extra Work A. Should a difference arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work, or as to the payment thereof, and the City insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written orders and shall keep accurate account of the actual reasonable cost thereof. Contract Claims regarding Extra Work shall be made pursuant to Paragraph 10.06. B. The Contractor shall furnish the City such installation records of all deviations from the original Contract Documents as may be necessary to enable the City to prepare for permanent record a corrected set of plans showing the actual installation. C. The compensation agreed upon for Extra Work whether or not initiated by a Change Order shall be a full, complete and final payment for all costs Contractor incurs as a result or relating to the change or Extra Work, whether said costs are known, unknown, foreseen or unforeseen at that time, including without limitation, any costs for delay, extended overhead, ripple or impact cost, or any other effect on changed or unchanged work as a result of the change or Extra Work. 10.05 Notification to Surety If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted by the Contractor to reflect the effect of any such change. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 40 of 63 10.06 Contract Claims Process A. City's Decision Required: All Contract Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, shall be referred to the City for decision. A decision by City shall be required as a condition precedent to any exercise by Contractor of any rights or remedies he may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Contract Claims. B. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of each Contract Claim shall be delivered by the Contractor to City no later than 15 days after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The responsibility to substantiate a Contract Claim shall rest with the parry making the Contract Claim. 2. Notice of the amount or extent of the Contract Claim, with supporting data shall be delivered to the City on or before 45 days from the start of the event giving rise thereto (unless the City allows additional time for Contractor to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Contract Claim). 3. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.01. 4. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.02. 5. Each Contract Claim shall be accompanied by Contractor's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the Contractor believes it is entitled as a result of said event. 6. The City shall submit any response to the Contractor within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless Contract allows additional time). C. City's Action: City will review each Contract Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the Contractor, if any, take one of the following actions in writing: 1. deny the Contract Claim in whole or in part; 2. approve the Contract Claim; or notify the Contractor that the City is unable to resolve the Contract Claim if, in the City's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the City to do so. For purposes of further resolution of the Contract Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 41 of 63 D. City's written action under Paragraph 10.06.0 will be final and binding, unless City or Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such action or denial. E. No Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 10.06. ARTICLE 11— COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK; PLANS QUANTITY MEASUREMENT 11.01 Cost of the Work A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in Paragraph 11.01.13, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order, the costs to be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work. Such costs shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.01.13, and shall include but not be limited to the following items: 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by City and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include; a. salaries with a 55% markup, or b. salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of Regular Working Hours, Weekend Working Hours, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by City. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. 3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by City, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 42 of 63 4. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by City, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to City and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to City, who will then determine, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.01. 5. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 6. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable not covered under Paragraph 6.11, as imposed by Laws and Regulations. d. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. e. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work, provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of City. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor's fee. f The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. g. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone and communication services at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 43 of 63 h. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.0l.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch offices other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind. C. Contractor's Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.01.C. D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to Paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.13, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to City an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 11.02 Allowances A. Specified Allowance: It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to City. B. Pre -bid Allowances: 1. Contractor agrees that: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 44 of 63 a. the pre -bid allowances include the cost to Contractor of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and b. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the pre -bid allowances have been included in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance: Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of City. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by City subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.05. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Work described in the Contract Documents, or reasonably inferred as required for a functionally complete installation, but not identified in the listing of unit price items shall be considered incidental to unit price work listed and the cost of incidental work included as part of the unit price. D. City may make an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 12.01 i£ 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work. E. Increased or Decreased Quantities: The City reserves the right to order Extra Work in accordance with Paragraph 10.01. 1. If the changes in quantities or the alterations do not significantly change the character of work under the Contract Documents, the altered work will be paid for at the Contract unit price. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 45 of 63 2. If the changes in quantities or alterations significantly change the character of work, the Contract will be amended by a Change Order. If no unit prices exist, this will be considered Extra Work and the Contract will be amended by a Change Order in accordance with Article 12. 4. A significant change in the character of work occurs when: a. the character of work for any Item as altered differs materially in kind or nature from that in the Contract or b. a Major Item of work varies by more than 25% from the original Contract quantity. 5. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is more than 125% of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may request an adjustment to the unit price on the portion of the work that is above 125%. 6. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is less than 75% of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may request an adjustment to the unit price. 11.04 Plans Quantity Measurement A. Plans quantities may or may not represent the exact quantity of work performed or material moved, handled, or placed during the execution of the Contract. The estimated bid quantities are designated as final payment quantities, unless revised by the governing Section or this Article. B. If the quantity measured as outlined under "Price and Payment Procedures" varies by more than 25% (or as stipulated under "Price and Payment Procedures" for specific Items) from the total estimated quantity for an individual Item originally shown in the Contract Documents, an adjustment may be made to the quantity of authorized work done for payment purposes. The party to the Contract requesting the adjustment will provide field measurements and calculations showing the final quantity for which payment will be made. Payment for revised quantity will be made at the unit price bid for that Item, except as provided for in Article 10. C. When quantities are revised by a change in design approved by the City, by Change Order, or to correct an error, or to correct an error on the plans, the plans quantity will be increased or decreased by the amount involved in the change, and the 25% variance will apply to the new plans quantity. D. If the total Contract quantity multiplied by the unit price bid for an individual Item is less than $250 and the Item is not originally a plans quantity Item, then the Item may be paid as a plans quantity Item if the City and Contractor agree in writing to fix the final quantity as a plans quantity. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 46 of 63 E. For callout work or non -site specific Contracts, the plans quantity measurement requirements are not applicable. ARTICLE 12 — CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order will be determined as follows: where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03); or 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum or unit price (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.0l.C.2), and shall include the cost of any secondary impacts that are foreseeable at the time of pricing the cost of Extra Work; or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum or unit price is not reached under Paragraph 12.013.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01.C). C. Contractor's Fee: The Contractor's additional fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.0l.A.1, 11.0l.A.2. and 11.0l.A.3, the Contractor's additional fee shall be 15 percent except for: 1) rental fees for Contractor's own equipment using standard rental rates; 2) bonds and insurance; b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.0l.A.4 and 11.0l.A.5, the Contractor's fee shall be five percent (5%); 1) where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 12.0l.C.2.a and 12.0l.C.2.b is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 47 of 63 tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.0l.A.1 and 11.0l.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent (5%) of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor, however in no case shall the cumulative total of fees paid be in excess of 25%; no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 11.0I.A.6, and 11.01.13; d. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to City for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor's fee by an amount equal to five percent (5%) of such net decrease. 12.02 Change of Contract Time A. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. B. No extension of the Contract Time will be allowed for Extra Work or for claimed delay unless the Extra Work contemplated or claimed delay is shown to be on the critical path of the Project Schedule or Contractor can show by Critical Path Method analysis how the Extra Work or claimed delay adversely affects the critical path. 12.03 Delays A. Where Contractor is reasonably delayed in the performance or completion of any part of the Work within the Contract Time due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Contract Claim is made therefor. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by City, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph. B. If Contractor is delayed, City shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. C. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time for delays within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. D. The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work, except when direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City to provide information or material, if any, which is to be furnished by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 48 of 63 ARTICLE 13 — TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Notice of Defects Notice of all defective Work of which City has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. Defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 13.02 Access to Work City, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor's safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.03 Tests and Inspections A. Contractor shall give City timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. If Contract Documents, Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any of the Work (or part thereof) to be inspected, tested, or approved, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such independent inspections, tests, retests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish City the required certificates of inspection or approval; excepting, however, those fees specifically identified in the Supplementary Conditions or any Texas Department of Licensure and Regulation (TDLR) inspections, which shall be paid as described in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, re -tests, or approvals required for City's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, re -tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to City. D. City may arrange for the services of an independent testing laboratory ("Testing Lab") to perform any inspections or tests ("Testing") for any part of the Work, as determined solely by City. 1. City will coordinate such Testing to the extent possible, with Contractor; 2. Should any Testing under this Section 13.03 D result in a "fail", "did not pass" or other similar negative result, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying for any and all retests. Contractor's cancellation without cause of City initiated Testing shall be deemed a negative result and require a retest. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 49 of 63 Any amounts owed for any retest under this Section 13.03 D shall be paid directly to the Testing Lab by Contractor. City will forward all invoices for retests to Contractor. 4. If Contractor fails to pay the Testing Lab, City will not issue Final Payment until the Testing Lab is paid. E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, uncover such Work for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor's expense. G. Contractor shall have the right to make a Contract Claim regarding any retest or invoice issued under Section 13.03 D. 13.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the Contract Documents or specific instructions by the City, it must, if requested by City, be uncovered for City's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. B. If City considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by City or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at City's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as City may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); or City shall be entitled to accept defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.08 in which case Contractor shall still be responsible for all costs associated with exposing, observing, and testing the defective Work. 2. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. 13.05 City May Stop the Work If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, City may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of City to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of City to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 50 of 63 Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. Promptly after receipt of written notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work pursuant to an acceptable schedule, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, additional testing, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). Failure to require the removal of any defective Work shall not constitute acceptance of such Work. B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair City's special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. 13.07 Correction Period A. If within two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor's use by City or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 6.10.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to City and in accordance with City's written instructions: 1. repair such defective land or areas; or 2. correct such defective Work; or if the defective Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of City's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, City may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 51 of 63 C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Acceptance of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Contract Documents. D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work may be required to be extended for an additional period of one year after the end of the initial correction period. City shall provide 30 days written notice to Contractor should such additional warranty coverage be required. Contractor may dispute this requirement by filing a Contract Claim, pursuant to Paragraph 10.06. E. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, City prefers to accept it, City may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to City's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Final Acceptance, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. 13.09 City May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from City to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by City in accordance with Paragraph 13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, City may, after seven (7) days written notice to Contractor, correct, or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, City shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, City may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment incorporated in the Work, stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow City, City's representatives, agents, consultants, employees, and City's other contractors, access to the Site to enable City to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 52 of 63 costs) incurred or sustained by City in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of City's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09. ARTICLE 14 — PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.01 Schedule of Values The Schedule of Values for lump sum contracts established as provided in Paragraph 2.07 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to City. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.02 Progress Payments A. Applications for Payments: 1. Contractor is responsible for providing all information as required to become a vendor of the City. 2. At least 20 days before the date established in the General Requirements for each progress payment, Contractor shall submit to City for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that City has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate insurance or other arrangements to protect City's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to City. 4. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 5. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as described in subsection C. unless otherwise stipulated in the Contract Documents. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 53 of 63 B. Review of Applications: 1. City will, after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment or return the Application to Contractor indicating reasons for refusing payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. City's processing of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will be based on City's observations of the executed Work, and on City's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of City's knowledge: a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Final Acceptance, the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final determination of quantities and classifications for Work performed under Paragraph 9.05, and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation). 3. Processing any such payment will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to City in the Contract Documents; or b. there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by City or entitle City to withhold payment to Contractor; or c. Contractor has complied with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work. 4. City may refuse to process the whole or any part of any payment because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, and revise or revoke any such payment previously made, to such extent as may be necessary to protect City from loss because: a. the Work is defective or completed Work has been damaged by the Contractor or subcontractors requiring correction or replacement; b. discrepancies in quantities contained in previous applications for payment; c. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; d. City has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.09; or CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 54 of 63 e. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02.A. C. Retainage: 1. For contracts less than $400,000 at the time of execution, retainage shall be ten percent (10%). 2. For contracts greater than $400,000 at the time of execution, retainage shall be five percent (5%). D. Liquidated Damages. For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the time specified in the Contract Documents, the sum per day specified in the Agreement will be assessed against the monies due the Contractor, not as a penalty, but as damages suffered by the City. E. Payment: Contractor will be paid pursuant to the requirements of this Article 14 and payment will become due in accordance with the Contract Documents. F. Reduction in Payment: 1. City may refuse to make payment of the amount requested because: a. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to City to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; b. there are other items entitling City to a set-off against the amount recommended; or c. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs 14.02.B.4.a through 14.02.B.4.e or Paragraph 15.02.A. 2. If City refuses to make payment of the amount requested, City will give Contractor written notice stating the reasons for such action and pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. City shall pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by City and Contractor, when Contractor remedies the reasons for such action. 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to City no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 55 of 63 14.04 Partial Utilization A. Prior to Final Acceptance of all the Work, City may use or occupy any part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which City determines constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work. City at any time may notify Contractor in writing to permit City to use or occupy any such part of the Work which City determines to be ready for its intended use, subject to the following conditions: 1. Contractor at any time may notify City in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use. 2. Within a reasonable time after notification as enumerated in Paragraph 14.05.A.1, City and Contractor shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If City does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, City will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. 3. Partial Utilization will not constitute Final Acceptance by City. 14.05 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work is Substantially Complete in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Within 10 days, City will schedule a Final Inspection with Contractor. 2. City will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective ("Punch List Items"). Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. B. No time charge will be made against the Contractor between said date of notification to the City of Substantial Completion and the date of Final Inspection. Should the City determine that the Work is not ready for Final Inspection, City will notify the Contractor in writing of the reasons and Contract Time will resume. 2. Should the City concur that Substantial Completion has been achieved with the exception of any Punch List Items, Contract Time will resume for the duration it takes for Contractor to achieve Final Acceptance. 14.06 Final Acceptance Upon completion by Contractor to City's satisfaction, of any additional Work identified in the Final Inspection, City will issue to Contractor a letter of Final Acceptance. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 56 of 63 14.07 Final Payment A. Application for Payment: 1. Upon Final Acceptance, and in the opinion of City, Contractor may make an application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.03; b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; c. a list of all pending or released Damage Claims against City that Contractor believes are unsettled; and d. affidavits of payments for employees, subcontractors, and suppliers; and complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to City) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. B. Payment Becomes Due: 1. After City's acceptance of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, requested by Contractor, less previous payments made and any sum City is entitled, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and payable. 2. After all Damage Claims have been resolved: a. directly by the Contractor or; b. Contractor provides evidence that the Damage Claim has been reported to Contractor's insurance provider for resolution. 3. The making of the final payment by the City shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue thereafter. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release A. If final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if City so confirms, City may, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for Payment, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by City for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in Paragraph 14.02.C, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 5.02, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 57 of 63 portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to City with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Contract Claims. B. Partial Retainage Release. For a Contract that provides for a separate vegetative establishment and maintenance, and test and performance periods following the completion of all other construction in the Contract Documents for all Work locations, the City may release a portion of the amount retained provided that all other work is completed as determined by the City. Before the release, all submittals and final quantities must be completed and accepted for all other work. An amount sufficient to ensure Contract compliance will be retained. 14.09 Waiver of Claims The acceptance of final payment will constitute a release of the City from all claims or liabilities under the Contract for anything done or furnished or relating to the work under the Contract Documents or any act or neglect of City related to or connected with the Contract. ARTICLE 15 — SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERn'IINATION 15.01 City May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, City may suspend the Work or any portion thereof by written notice to Contractor and which may fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. During temporary suspension of the Work covered by these Contract Documents, for any reason, the City will make no extra payment for stand-by time of construction equipment and/or construction crews. B. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the Project due to causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and should it be determined by mutual consent of the Contractor and City that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not available within a reasonable period of time, Contractor may request an extension in Contract Time, directly attributable to any such suspension. C. If it should become necessary to suspend the Work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such a manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily nor become damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary. D. Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving his equipment off the job and returning the necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the City that construction may be resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the Contractor of moving the equipment and no profit will be allowed. Reimbursement may not be allowed if the equipment is moved to another construction project for the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 58 of 63 15.02 City May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events by way of example, but not of limitation, may justify termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, failure to adhere to the Project Schedule established under Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04, or failure to adhere to the City's Business Diversity Enterprise Ordinance #20020-12-2011established under Paragraph 6.06.D); 2. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of City; or 4. Contractor's violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents; or 5. Contractor's failure to promptly make good any defect in materials or workmanship, or defects of any nature, the correction of which has been directed in writing by the City; or 6. Substantial indication that the Contractor has made an unauthorized assignment of the Contract or any funds due therefrom for the benefit of any creditor or for any other purpose; or 7. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt, or otherwise financially unable to carry on the Work satisfactorily; or 8. Contractor commences legal action in a court of competent jurisdiction against the City. B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02A. occur, City will provide written notice to Contractor and Surety to arrange a conference with Contractor and Surety to address Contractor's failure to perform the Work. Conference shall be held not later than 15 days, after receipt of notice. 1. If the City, the Contractor, and the Surety do not agree to allow the Contractor to proceed to perform the construction Contract, the City may, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, declare a Contractor default and formally terminate the Contractor's right to complete the Contract. Contractor default shall not be declared earlier than 20 days after the Contractor and Surety have received notice of conference to address Contractor's failure to perform the Work. 2. If Contractor's services are terminated, Surety shall be obligated to take over and perform the Work. If Surety does not commence performance thereof within 15 consecutive calendar days after date of an additional written notice demanding Surety's performance of its CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 59 of 63 obligations, then City, without process or action at law, may take over any portion of the Work and complete it as described below. a. If City completes the Work, City may exclude Contractor and Surety from the site and take possession of the Work, and all materials and equipment incorporated into the Work stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor or Surety but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as City may deem expedient. 3. Whether City or Surety completes the Work, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by City arising out of or resulting from completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to City. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by City will be incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph, City shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. 4. Neither City, nor any of its respective consultants, agents, officers, directors or employees shall be in any way liable or accountable to Contractor or Surety for the method by which the completion of the said Work, or any portion thereof, may be accomplished or for the price paid therefor. 5. City, notwithstanding the method used in completing the Contract, shall not forfeit the right to recover damages from Contractor or Surety for Contractor's failure to timely complete the entire Contract. Contractor shall not be entitled to any claim on account of the method used by City in completing the Contract. 6. Maintenance of the Work shall continue to be Contractor's and Surety's responsibilities as provided for in the bond requirements of the Contract Documents or any special guarantees provided for under the Contract Documents or any other obligations otherwise prescribed by law. C. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.13, Contractor's services will not be terminated if Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice. D. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by City, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of City against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by City will not release Contractor from liability. E. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 5.02, the termination procedures of that bond shall not supersede the provisions of this Article. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 60 of 63 15.03 City May Terminate For Convenience A. City may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of City, terminate the Contract. Any termination shall be effected by mailing a notice of the termination to the Contractor specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective. Receipt of the notice shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established when the letter is placed in the United States Postal Service Mail by the City. Further, it shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established that such termination is made with just cause as therein stated; and no proof in any claim, demand or suit shall be required of the City regarding such discretionary action. B. After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the City, the Contractor shall: 1. Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination; 2. place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services or facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the Work under the Contract as is not terminated; 3. terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the Work terminated by notice of termination; 4. transfer title to the City and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any, directed by the City: a. the fabricated or unfabricated parts, Work in progress, completed Work, supplies and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the performance of, the Work terminated by the notice of the termination; and b. the completed, or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property which, if the Contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to the City. 5. complete performance of such Work as shall not have been terminated by the notice of termination; and 6. take such action as may be necessary, or as the City may direct, for the protection and preservation of the property related to its contract which is in the possession of the Contractor and in which the owner has or may acquire the rest. C. At a time not later than 30 days after the termination date specified in the notice of termination, the Contractor may submit to the City a list, certified as to quantity and quality, of any or all items of termination inventory not previously disposed of, exclusive of items the disposition of which has been directed or authorized by City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 61 of 63 D. Not later than 15 days thereafter, the City shall accept title to such items provided, that the list submitted shall be subject to verification by the City upon removal of the items or, if the items are stored, within 45 days from the date of submission of the list, and any necessary adjustments to correct the list as submitted, shall be made prior to final settlement. E. Not later than 60 days after the notice of termination, the Contractor shall submit his termination claim to the City in the form and with the certification prescribed by the City. Unless an extension is made in writing within such 60 day period by the Contractor, and granted by the City, any and all such claims shall be conclusively deemed waived. F. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; and 3. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. G. In the event of the failure of the Contractor and City to agree upon the whole amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of the Work, the City shall determine, on the basis of information available to it, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by reason of the termination and shall pay to the Contractor the amounts determined. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. ARTICLE 16 — DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either City or Contractor may request mediation of any Contract Claim submitted for a decision under Paragraph 10.06 before such decision becomes final and binding. The request for mediation shall be submitted to the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 10.06.E. B. City and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be commenced within 60 days of filing of the request. C. If the Contract Claim is not resolved by mediation, City's action under Paragraph 10.06.0 or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.06.C.3 or 10.06.13 shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, City or Contractor: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 62 of 63 1. elects in writing to invoke any other dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; or 2. agrees with the other party to submit the Contract Claim to another dispute resolution process; or 3. gives written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the Contract Claim to a court of competent jurisdiction. ARTICLE 17 — MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given i£ 1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended; or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. B. Business address changes must be promptly made in writing to the other party. C. Whenever the Contract Documents specifies giving notice by electronic means such electronic notice shall be deemed sufficient upon confirmation of receipt by the receiving party. 17.02 Computation of Times When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday the next Working Day shall become the last day of the period. 17.03 Cumulative Remedies The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 63 of 63 17.04 Survival of Obligations All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 17.05 Headings Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: September 1,2025 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Pagel of 8 SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS [Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] Supplementary Conditions These Supplementary Conditions modify and supplement Section 00 72 00 - General Conditions, and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions of the General Conditions that are modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect as so modified or supplemented. All provisions of the General Conditions which are not so modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect. Defined Terms The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the meaning assigned to them in the General Conditions, unless specifically noted herein. Modifications and Supplements The following are instructions that modify or supplement specific paragraphs in the General Conditions and other Contract Documents. SC-3.03B.2, "Resolving Discrepancies" Plans govern over Specifications. SC-4.01 A Easement limits shown on the Drawing are approximate and were provided to establish a basis for bidding. Upon receiving the final easements descriptions, Contractor shall compare them to the lines shown on the Contract Drawings. SC-4.01A.L, "Availability of Lands" The following is a list of known outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements to be acquired, if any as of [Month Day, Year this document was prepared]: Outstanding Right -Of -Way, and/or Easements to Be Acquired PARCEL OWNER NUMBER <If there is none then write "None"> TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, and do not bind the City. If Contractor considers the final easements provided to differ materially from the representations on the Contract Drawings, Contractor shall within five (5) Business Days and before proceeding with the Work, notify City in writing associated with the differing easement line locations. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised September 19, 2025 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 2 of 8 SC-4.01A.2, "Availability of Lands" Utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated The following is list of utilities and/or obstructions that have not been removed, adjusted, and/or relocated as of [Month Day, Year this document was prepared] EXPECTED UTILITY AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF OWNER ADJUSTMENT <If there is none then write "None "> ..... ............................................. The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, and do not bind the City. SC-4.02A., "Subsurface and Physical Conditions" The following are reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: A [list any kind of Technical document. If none then write "None'] Report No. , dated , prepared by [name of company preparing the report], [optional note when applicable] a sub - consultant of [name of the prime designer], a consultant of the City, providing additional information on [the subject the report is about] The following are drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site of the Work: [List each drawing applicable to this specific project: Sheet Title, Date, Firm prepared by. If none then write "None'] SC-4.06A., "Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site" The following are reports and drawings of existing hazardous environmental conditions known to the City: [List any kind of Technical Document or Drawing meeting the above specific to this Project. If none then write "None"] [Add following section if FederaUState funded project utilizing TxDOT specifications] SC-5.02 Performance Payment, and Maintenance Bonds Delete 5.02 B SC-5.03A., "Certificates of Insurance" The entities listed below are "additional insureds as their interest may appear" including their respective officers, directors, agents and employees. (1) City (2) Consultant: [Insert full legal name of Engineering Company(s) or Architect(s) performing construction phase services. If none then write "None'] (3) Other: [Insert full legal name of additional entity(s) that City requires to be an additional insured, i.e. Landowner, Railroad, Etc. If none then write "Alone"] CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised September 19, 2025 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 3 of 8 [Obtain approval for the limits shown for SC 5.04A thru 5.04D. from City before finalizing Contract Documents] SC-5.04A., "Contractor's Insurance" The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph GC-5.04 shall provide the following coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 5.04A. Workers' Compensation, under Paragraph GC-5.04A. Statutory limits Employer's liability $100,000 each accident/occurrence $100,000 Disease - each employee $500, 000 Disease -policy limit SC-5.04B., "Contractor's Insurance" 5.04B. Commercial General Liability, under Paragraph GC-5.0413. Contractor's Liability Insurance under Paragraph GC-5.04B., which shall be on a per project basis covering the Contractor with minimum limits o£ $1,000,000 each occurrence $2,000,000 aggregate limit The policy must have an endorsement (Amendment — Aggregate Limits of Insurance) making the General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site. The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide "X", "C", and "U" coverage's. Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the Certificate of Insurance. SC 5.04C., "Contractor's Insurance" 5.04C. Automobile Liability, under Paragraph GC-5.04C. Contractor's Liability Insurance under Paragraph GC-5.04C., which shall be in an amount not less than the following amounts: (1) Automobile Liability - a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any Auto", defined as autos owned, hired and non -owned. $1,000,000 each accident on a combined single limit basis. Split limits are acceptable if limits are at least: $250, 000 Bodily Injury per person / $500, 000 Bodily Injury per accident / $100,000 Property Damage SC-5.04D., "Contractor's Insurance" The Contractor's construction activities will require its employees, agents, subcontractors, equipment, and material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks [owned and operated by Railroad company name. If none then write "None' J. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised September 19, 2025 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 4 of 8 The Contractor shall conduct its operations on railroad properties in such a manner as not to interfere with, hinder, or obstruct the railroad company in any manner whatsoever in the use or operation of its/their trains or other property. Such operations on railroad properties may require that Contractor to execute a "Right of Entry Agreement" with the particular railroad company or companies involved, and to this end the Contractor should satisfy itself as to the requirements of each railroad company and be prepared to execute the right -of -entry (if any) required by a railroad company. The requirements specified herein likewise relate to the Contractor's use of private and/or construction access roads crossing said railroad company's properties. The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.041) of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts, issued by companies satisfactory to the City and to the Railroad Company for a term that continues for so long as the Contractor's operations and work cross, occupy, or touch railroad property: (1) General Aggregate: (2) Each Occurrence: $Confirm Limits with Railroad $Confirm Limits with Railroad Required for this Contract Not required for this Contract <Provide an `X" next to the appropriate selection above based on the Contract requirements> With respect to the above outlined insurance requirements, the following shall govern: 1. Where a single railroad company is involved, the Contractor shall provide one insurance policy in the name of the railroad company. However, if more than one grade separation or at -grade crossing is affected by the Project at entirely separate locations on the line or lines of the same railroad company, separate coverage may be required, each in the amount stated above. 2. Where more than one railroad company is operating on the same right-of-way or where several railroad companies are involved and operated on their own separate rights -of -way, the Contractor may be required to provide separate insurance policies in the name of each railroad company. 3. If, in addition to a grade separation or an at -grade crossing, other work or activity is proposed on a railroad company's right-of-way at a location entirely separate from the grade separation or at -grade crossing, insurance coverage for this work must be included in the policy covering the grade separation. 4. If no grade separation is involved but other work is proposed on a railroad company's right-of-way, all such other work may be covered in a single policy for that railroad, even though the work may be at two or more separate locations. No work or activities on a railroad company's property to be performed by the Contractor shall be commenced until the Contractor has furnished the City with an original policy or policies of the insurance for each railroad company named, as required above. All such insurance must be approved by the City and each affected Railroad Company prior to the Contractor's beginning work. The insurance specified above must be carried until all Work to be performed on the railroad right-of-way has been completed and the grade crossing, if any, is no longer used by the Contractor. In addition, insurance must be carried during all maintenance and/or repair work performed in the railroad right-of-way. Such insurance must name the railroad company as the insured, together with any tenant or lessee of the railroad company operating over tracks involved in the Project. SC-6.04., "Project Schedule" Project schedule shall be tier <1, 2, 3, 4, or 5> for the project CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised September 19, 2025 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 5 of 8 SC-6.07 A.., "Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates" The following is the prevailing wage rate table(s) applicable to this project and is provided in the Appendixes: <List the prevailing wage rate table(s) applicable to the type of construction being provided in this contract> A copy of the table is also available by accessing the City's website at: https://apps.fortworthtexas.gov/Pro*ectResources/ You can access the file by following the directory path: 02-Construction Documents/Specifications/Div00 — General Conditions SC-6.09., "Permits and Utilities" SC-6.09A., "Contractor obtained permits and licenses" The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the Contractor: <If none then write "None ". 1. <List all known permits or licenses that are being provided by the Contractor to TCEQ> 2. <List all other known permits or licenses that are being provided by the Contractor> SC-6.09B. "City obtained permits and licenses" The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the City: <If none then write "None". 3. <List all known permits or licenses that are being provided by the City to TxDO7,> 4. <List all known permits or licenses that are being provided by the City to USACE> 5. <List all known permits or licenses that are being provided by the City to TCEQ> 6. <List all known permits or licenses that are being provided by the City to Railroad> SC-6.09C. "Outstanding permits and licenses" The following is a list of known outstanding permits and/or licenses to be acquired, if any as of [Month Day, Year this document was prepared]: Outstanding Permits and/or Licenses to Be Acquired OWNER PERMIT OR LICENSE AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION <If there is none then write "None '5 <Insert the following if FederaState funded project utilizing TxDOT specifications> 6.20 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee Revise Section D as follows: The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the Work and pay for any damage to other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified. The City will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised September 19, 2025 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 6 of 8 <Insert the following if Federal assistance is provided for in this Contract> SC-6.24B., "Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended" During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor") agrees as follows: 1. Compliance with Regulations: The Contractor shall comply with the Regulation relative to nondiscrimination in Federally -assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter, "DOT") Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract. 2. Nondiscrimination: The Contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin, in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The Contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by 49 CFR, section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations. 3. Solicitations for Subcontractors, Including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontactor or supplier shall be notified by the Contractor of the Contractor's obligations under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin. 4. Information and Reports: The Contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information and its facilities as may be determined by City or the Texas Department of Transportation to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information the contractor shall so certify to the City, or the Texas Department of Transportation, as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. 5. Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this Contract, City shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the Texas Department of Transportation may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: a. withholding of payments to the Contractor under the Contract until the Contractor complies, and/or b. cancellation, termination or suspension of the Contract, in whole or in part. 6. Incorporation of Provisions: The Contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (6) in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as City or the Texas Department of Transportation may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for non-compliance: Provided, however, that, in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request City to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of City, and, in addition, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. Additional Title VI requirements can be found in the Appendix. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised September 19, 2025 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 7 of 8 SC-7.02., "Coordination" The individuals or entities listed below have contracts with the City for the performance of other work at the Site: <Populate the table below with the required information. If none then write `None "> Vendor Scope of Work Coordination Authority <List ull Vendor Name> <List services being rovided> <List "CITY"> SC-8.01, "Communications to Contractor" <Identify any specific communication coordination requirement and/or list any Section that requires such specific coordination requirement> SC-9.01., "City's Project Manager" The City's Project Manager for this Contract is <Insert Name>, or his/her successor pursuant to written notification from the Director of <Insert Managing Department>. SC-13.03C., "Tests and Inspections" <List any tests and/or inspections that are required by another body of jurisdiction being covered by the City, if none then write `None "> SC-16.01C.1, "Methods and Procedures" <List any dispute resolution process that may govern for this Contract other than that provided for Article 16 of the General Conditions, if none then write `None "> END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1/22/2016 F. Griffin SC-9.01., "City's Project Representative" wording changed to City's Project Manager. 3/9/2020 D.V. Magana SC-6.07, Updated the link such that files can be accessed via the City's website. 10/06/23 Michael Owen SC-6.07, Allow affidavit regarding paying prevailing wages to be submitted on completion of job, as opposed to with each progress report 3/08/24 Michael Owen Removed revisions related to affidavit, as those changes have been made in General Conditions SC-5.02 Added notes to reviewer to delete Maintenance Bond if using T specifications 9/19/25 Michael OwenxDOT SC 6.20 Revised Contractors General Warranty and Guarantee language if using TxDOT specifications CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised September 19, 2025 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 8 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised September 19, 2025 STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT FOR DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT FOR DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Article 1 — Definitions and Terminology.......................................................................................................... I 1.01 Defined Terms...............................................................................................................................1 1.02 Terminology..................................................................................................................................5 Article2 — Preliminary Matters......................................................................................................................... 6 2.01 Before Starting Construction........................................................................................................6 2.02 Preconstruction Conference..........................................................................................................6 2.03 Public Meeting.............................................................................................................................. 6 Article 3 — Contract Documents and Amending............................................................................................... 6 3.01 Reference Standards..................................................................................................................... 6 3.02 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents..................................................................6 Article4 — Bonds and Insurance....................................................................................................................... 7 4.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers..................................................................................................... 7 4.02 Perfonnance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds........................................................................ 7 4.03 Certificates of Insurance............................................................................................................... 7 4.04 Contractor's Insurance.................................................................................................................. 9 4.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace...........................................................12 Article 5 — Contractor's Responsibilities........................................................................................................12 5.01 Supervision and Superintendent.................................................................................................12 5.02 Labor; Working Hours................................................................................................................13 5.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment...........................................................................................13 5.04 Project Schedule..........................................................................................................................14 5.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals".......................................................................................................14 5.06 Pre -Qualification of Bidders (Prime Contractors and Subcontractors).....................................16 5.07 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others...................................................................16 5.08 Wage Rates..................................................................................................................................18 5.09 Patent Fees and Royalties...........................................................................................................19 5.10 Laws and Regulations.................................................................................................................19 5.11 Use of Site and Other Areas.......................................................................................................19 5.12 Record Documents......................................................................................................................20 5.13 Safety and Protection.................................................................................................................. 21 5.14 Safety Representative.................................................................................................................21 5.15 Hazard Communication Programs............................................................................................. 22 5.16 Submittals....................................................................................................................................22 5.17 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee..........................................................................23 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 5.18 Indemnification........................................................................................................................... 24 5.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services.............................................................................. 24 5.20 Right to Audit: ............................................................................................................................ 25 5.21 Nondiscrimination.......................................................................................................................25 Article 6 - Other Work at the Site...................................................................................................................26 6.01 Related Work at Site...................................................................................................................26 Article 7 - City's Responsibilities...................................................................................................................26 7.01 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals.............................................................................................. 26 7.02 Limitations on City's Responsibilities....................................................................................... 26 7.03 Compliance with Safety Program...............................................................................................27 Article 8 - City's Observation Status During Construction...........................................................................27 8.01 City's Project Representative.....................................................................................................27 8.02 Authorized Variations in Work.................................................................................................. 27 8.03 Rejecting Defective Work..........................................................................................................27 8.04 Determinations for Work Performed..........................................................................................28 Article9 - Changes in the Work.....................................................................................................................28 9.01 Authorized Changes in the Work............................................................................................... 28 9.02 Notification to Surety..................................................................................................................28 Article 10 - Change of Contract Price; Change of Contract Time................................................................28 10.01 Change of Contract Price............................................................................................................28 10.02 Change of Contract Time............................................................................................................28 10.03 Delays..........................................................................................................................................28 Article 11 - Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work ...................... 29 11.01 Notice of Defects........................................................................................................................29 11.02 Access to Work........................................................................................................................... 29 11.03 Tests and Inspections..................................................................................................................29 11.04 Uncovering Work....................................................................................................................... 30 11.05 City May Stop the Work.............................................................................................................30 11.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work................................................................................ 30 11.07 Correction Period........................................................................................................................30 11.08 City May Correct Defective Work............................................................................................. 31 Article12 - Completion.................................................................................................................................. 32 12.01 Contractor's Warranty of Title................................................................................................... 32 12.02 Partial Utilization........................................................................................................................ 32 12.03 Final Inspection...........................................................................................................................32 12.04 Final Acceptance.........................................................................................................................33 Article 13 - Suspension of Work ............................... 13.01 City May Suspend Work ....................... Article 14 - Miscellaneous ......................................... 14.01 Giving Notice ......................................... CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 ......................................................................... 33 ......................................................................... 33 34 34 14.02 Computation of Times................................................................................................................ 34 14.03 Cumulative Remedies................................................................................................................. 34 14.04 Survival of Obligations...............................................................................................................35 14.05 Headings......................................................................................................................................35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 1 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 1 of 35 ARTICLE 1— DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in these General Conditions or in other Contract Documents, the terms listed below have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof, and words denoting gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter. Said terms are generally capitalized or written in italics, but not always. When used in a context consistent with the defmition of a listed -defined term, the term shall have a meaning as defined below whether capitalized or italicized or otherwise. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Agreement - The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between Developer and Contractor covering the Work 2. Asbestos —Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 3. Business Day — A business day is defined as a day that the City conducts normal business, generally Monday through Friday, except for federal or state holidays observed by the City. 4. Buzzsaw — City's on-line, electronic document management and collaboration system. 5. Calendar Day — A day consisting of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. 6. City— The City of Fort Worth, Texas, a Texas home -rule municipal corporation, acting by, its governing body through its City Manager, his designee, or agents authorized pursuant to its duly authorized charter on his behalf. 7. Community Facilities Agreement (CFA) A Contract between the Developer and the City for the Construction of one or more following public facilities within the City public right-of- way or easement: Water, Sanitary Sewer, Street, Storm Drain, Street Light, and Street Signs. A CFA may include private facilities within the right-of-way dedicated as private right-of- way or easement on a recorded plat. 8. Contract —The entire and integrated written document incorporating the Contract Documents between the Developer, Contractor, and/or City concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. 9. Contract Documents —Those items that make up the contract and which must include the Agreement, and it's attachments such as standard construction specifications, standard City Conditions, other general conditions of the Developer, including: a. An Agreement CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 2 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 2 of 35 b. Attachments to the Agreement i. Bid Form ii. Vendor Compliance with State Law Non -Resident Bidder iii. Prequalification Statement C. Current Prevailing Wage Rates Table (if required by City) d. Insurance Accord Form e. Payment Bond f. Performance Bond g. Maintenance Bond h. Power of Attorney for Bonds I . Workers Compensation Affidavit j . MWBE Commitment Form( If required by City) k. General Conditions 1. Supplementary Conditions M. The Standard City Conditions n. Specifications specifically made part of the Contract Documents by attachment, if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of Contents of the Project's Contract Documents o. Drawings P. Documentation submitted by contractor prior to Notice of Award. q. The following which may be delivered or issued after the effective date if the Agreement and, if issued become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents i. Notice to Proceed ii. Field Orders iii. Change Orders iv. Letters of Final Acceptance r. Approved Submittals, other Contractor submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. 10. Contractor —The individual or entity with whom Developer has entered into the Agreement. 11. Day or day — A day, unless otherwise defined, shall mean a Calendar Day. 12. Developer — An individual or entity that desires to make certain improvements within the City of Fort Worth 13. Drawings —That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 14. Engineer —The licensed professional engineer or engineering firm registered in the State of Texas performing professional services for the Developer. 15. Final Acceptance — The written notice given by the City to the Developer and/or Contractor that the Work specified in the Contract Documents has been completed to the satisfaction of the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 3 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 3 of 35 16. Final Inspection — Inspection carried out by the City to verb that the Contractor has completed the Work, and each and every part or appurtenance thereof, fully, entirely, and in conformance with the Contract Documents. 17. General Requirements —A part of the Contract Documents between the Developer and a Contractor. 18. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 19. Liens —Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 20. Milestone —A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate Contract Time prior to Final Acceptance of the Work. 21. Non -Participating Change Order —A document, which is prepared for and reviewed by the City, which is signed by Contractor, and Developer, and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 22. Participating Change Order —A document, which is prepared for and approved by the City, which is signed by Contractor, Developer, and City and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 23. Plans — See definition of Drawings. 24. Project Schedule —A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, in accordance with the General Requirements, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Time. 25. Project —The Work to be performed under the Contract Documents. 26. Project Representative —The authorized representative of the City who will be assigned to the Site. 27. Public Meeting — An announced meeting conducted by the Developer to facilitate public participation and to assist the public in gaining an informed view of the Project. 28. Regular Working Hours — Hours beginning at 7:00 a.m. and ending at 6:00 p.m., Monday thru Friday (excluding legal holidays). 29. Samples Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 4 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 4 of 35 30. Schedule of Submittals —A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 31. Site —Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by City or Developer upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights -of -way, permits, and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by City or Developer which are designated for the use of Contractor. 32. Specifications —That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. Specifications may be specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, if not attached, may be incorporated by reference as indicated in the Table of Contents (Division 00 00 00) of each Project. 33. Standard City Conditions — That part of the Contract Documents setting forth requirements of the City. 34. Subcontractor An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 35. Submittals All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 36. Superintendent — The representative of the Contractor who is available at all times and able to receive instructions from the City and/or Developer and to act for the Contractor. 37. Supplementary Conditions —That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements the General Conditions. 38. Supplier —A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or Subcontractor. 39. Underground Facilities All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including but not limited to, those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 40. Weekend Working Hours — Hours beginning at 9: 00 a.m. and ending at 5: 00 p.m., Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, as approved in advance by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 5 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 5 of 35 41. Work —The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction including any Participating Change Order, Non -Participating Change Order, or Field Order, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 42. Working Day — A working day is defined as a day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays authorized by the City for contract purposes, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor will permit the performance of the principal unit of work underway for a continuous period of not less than 7 hours between 7 a.m. and 6 p. m. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraph 1.02.13 through D are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. Defective: 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. has been damaged prior to City's written acceptance. C. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide: 1. The word "Furnish" or the word "Install" or the word "Perform" or the word "Provide or the word "Supply," or any combination or similar directive or usage thereof, shall mean furnishing and incorporating in the Work including all necessary labor, materials, equipment, and everything necessary to perform the Work indicated, unless specifically limited in the context used. D. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 6 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 6 of 35 ARTICLE 2 — PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Before Starting Construction Baseline Schedules: Submit to City in accordance with the Contract Documents, and prior to starting the Work. New schedules will be submitted to City when Participating Change Orders or Non - Participating Change Orders occur. 2.02 Preconstruction Conference Before any Work at the Site is started, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstruction Conference as specified in the Contract Documents. 2.03 Public Meeting Contractor may not mobilize any equipment, materials or resources to the Site prior to Contractor attending the Public Meeting as scheduled by the City. ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND AMENDING 3.01 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to City, or any of its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.02 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by a Participating Change Order or a Non -Participating Change Order. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work not involving a change in Contract Price or Contract Time, may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: 1. A Field Order; CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 7 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 7 of 35 1. City's or Engineer's review of a Submittal (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 5.16.C); or 2. City's written interpretation or clarification. ARTICLE 4 — BONDS AND INSURANCE 4.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverage so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided Section 4.04. 4.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds in the name of Developer and City, in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253 or successor statute, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor shall furnish maintenance bonds in the name of Developer and City in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security to protect the City against any defects in any portion of the Work described in the Contract Documents. Maintenance bonds shall remain in effect for two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance by the City. C. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by an agent or attorney -in -fact must be accompanied by a sealed and dated power of attorney which shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney -in -fact signed each bond. D. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 4.02.C, Contractor shall promptly notify City and shall, within 30 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.02.C. 4.03 Certificates of Insurance Contractor shall deliver to Developer and City, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified in these Standard City Conditions certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by City or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 8 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 8 of 35 1. The certificate of insurance shall document the City, an as "Additional Insured" on all liability policies. 2. The Contractor's general liability insurance shall include a, "per project" or "per location", endorsement, which shall be identified in the certificate of insurance provided to the City. 3. The certificate shall be signed by an agent authorized to bind coverage on behalf of the insured, be complete in its entirety, and show complete insurance carrier names as listed in the current A.M. Best Property & Casualty Guide 4. The insurers for all policies must be licensed and/or approved to do business in the State of Texas. Except for workers' compensation, all insurers must have a minimum rating of A-: VII in the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide or have reasonably equivalent financial strength and solvency to the satisfaction of Risk Management. If the rating is below that required, written approval of City is required. 5. All applicable policies shall include a Waiver of Subrogation (Rights of Recovery) in favor of the City. In addition, the Contractor agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the Engineer (if applicable), and each additional insured identified in these Standard City Conditions. Failure of the City to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure of the City to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's obligation to maintain such lines of insurance coverage. 6. If insurance policies are not written for specified coverage limits, an Umbrella or Excess Liability insurance for any differences is required. Excess Liability shall follow form of the primary coverage. 7. Unless otherwise stated, all required insurance shall be written on the "occurrence basis". If coverage is underwritten on a claims -made basis, the retroactive date shall be coincident with or prior to the date of the effective date of the agreement and the certificate of insurance shall state that the coverage is claims -made and the retroactive date. The insurance coverage shall be maintained for the duration of the Contract and for three (3) years following Final Acceptance provided under the Contract Documents or for the warranty period, whichever is longer. An annual certificate of insurance submitted to the City shall evidence such insurance coverage. 8. Policies shall have no exclusions by endorsements, which, neither nullify or amend, the required lines of coverage, nor decrease the limits of said coverage unless such endorsements are approved in writing by the City. In the event a Contract has been bid or executed and the exclusions are determined to be unacceptable or the City desires additional insurance coverage, and the City desires the contractor/engineer to obtain such coverage, the contract price shall be adjusted by the cost of the premium for such additional coverage plus 10%. 9. Any self -insured retention (SIR), in excess of $25,000.00, affecting required insurance coverage shall be approved by the City in regards to asset value and stockholders' equity. In CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 9 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 9 of 35 lieu of traditional insurance, alternative coverage maintained through insurance pools or risk retention groups, must also be approved by City. 10. Any deductible in excess of $5,000.00, for any policy that does not provide coverage on a first -dollar basis, must be acceptable to and approved by the City. 11. City, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to review the insurance requirements and to make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage's and their limits when deemed necessary and prudent by the City based upon changes in statutory law, court decision or the claims history of the industry as well as of the contracting party to the City. The City shall be required to provide prior notice of 90 days, and the insurance adjustments shall be incorporated into the Work by Change Order. 12. City shall be entitled, upon written request and without expense, to receive copies of policies and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or modifications of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions necessary to conform the policy and endorsements to the requirements of the Contract. Deletions, revisions, or modifications shall not be required where policy provisions are established by law or regulations binding upon either party or the underwriter on any such policies. 13. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for Contractor's insurance. 4.04 Contractor's Insurance A. Workers Compensation and Employers' Liability. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance coverage with limits consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers' Compensation Act (Texas Labor Code, Ch. 406, as amended), and minimum limits for Employers' Liability as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees. 3. The limits of liability for the insurance shall provide the following coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations a. Statutory limits b. Employer's liability CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10-10 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 10 of 35 1) $100,000 each accident/occurrence 2) $100,000 Disease - each employee 3) $500,000 Disease - policy limit B. Commercial General Liability. Coverage shall include but not be limited to covering liability (bodily injury or property damage) arising from: premises/operations, independent contractors, products/completed operations, personal injury, and liability under an insured contract. Insurance shall be provided on an occurrence basis, and as comprehensive as the current Insurance Services Office (ISO) policy. This insurance shall apply as primary insurance with respect to any other insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the City. The Commercial General Liability policy, shall have no exclusions by endorsements that would alter of nullify premises/operations, products/completed operations, contractual, personal injury, or advertising injury, which are normally contained with the policy, unless the City approves such exclusions in writing. 1. For construction projects that present a substantial completed operation exposure, the City may require the contractor to maintain completed operations coverage for a minimum of no less than three (3) years following the completion of the project 2. Contractor's Liability Insurance under this Section which shall be on a per project basis covering the Contractor with minimum limits o£ a. $1,000,000 each occurrence b. $2,000,000 aggregate limit 3. The policy must have an endorsement (Amendment — Aggregate Limits of Insurance) making the General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site. 4. The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide "X", "C", and "U" coverage's. Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the Certificate of Insurance. C. Automobile Liability. A commercial business auto policy shall provide coverage on "any auto", defined as autos owned, hired and non -owned and provide indemnity for claims for damages because bodily injury or death of any person and or property damage arising out of the work, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. 1. Automobile Liability, Contractor's Liability Insurance under this Section, which shall be in an amount not less than the following amounts: a. Automobile Liability - a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any Auto", defined as autos owned, hired and non -owned. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 11 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 11 of35 1) $1, 000, 000 each accident on a combined single limit basis. Split limits are acceptable if limits are at least: 2) $250,000 Bodily Injury per person 3) $500,000 Bodily Injury per accident / 4) $100,000 Property Damage D. Railroad Protective Liability. If any of the work or any warranty work is within the limits of railroad right-of-way, the Contractor shall comply with the following requirements: 1. The Contractor's construction activities will require its employees, agents, subcontractors, equipment, and material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks owned and operated by: Write the name of the railroad company. (If none, then write none) 2. The Contractor shall conduct its operations on railroad properties in such a manner as not to interfere with, hinder, or obstruct the railroad company in any manner whatsoever in the use or operation of its/their trains or other property. Such operations on railroad properties may require that Contractor to execute a "Right of Entry Agreement" with the particular railroad company or companies involved, and to this end the Contractor should satisfy itself as to the requirements of each railroad company and be prepared to execute the right -of -entry (if any) required by a railroad company. The requirements specified herein likewise relate to the Contractor's use of private and/or construction access roads crossing said railroad company's properties. 3. The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04D of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts, issued by companies satisfactory to the City and to the Railroad Company for a term that continues for so long as the Contractor's operations and work cross, occupy, or touch railroad property: a. General Aggregate: b. Each Occurrence: : Enter limits provided by Railroad Company (If none, write none) Enter limits provided by Railroad Company (If none, write none) 4. With respect to the above outlined insurance requirements, the following shall govern: a. Where a single railroad company is involved, the Contractor shall provide one insurance policy in the name of the railroad company. However, if more than one grade separation or at -grade crossing is affected by the Project at entirely separate locations on the line or lines of the same railroad company, separate coverage may be required, each in the amount stated above. b. Where more than one railroad company is operating on the same right-of-way or where several railroad companies are involved and operated on their own separate rights -of - CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 12 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 12 of 35 way, the Contractor may be required to provide separate insurance policies in the name of each railroad company. c. If, in addition to a grade separation or an at -grade crossing, other work or activity is proposed on a railroad company's right-of-way at a location entirely separate from the grade separation or at -grade crossing, insurance coverage for this work must be included in the policy covering the grade separation. d. If no grade separation is involved but other work is proposed on a railroad company's right-of-way, all such other work may be covered in a single policy for that railroad, even though the work may be at two or more separate locations. 5. No work or activities on a railroad company's property to be performed by the Contractor shall be commenced until the Contractor has furnished the City with an original policy or policies of the insurance for each railroad company named, as required above. All such insurance must be approved by the City and each affected Railroad Company prior to the Contractor's beginning work. 6. The insurance specified above must be carried until all Work to be performed on the railroad right-of-way has been completed and the grade crossing, if any, is no longer used by the Contractor. In addition, insurance must be carried during all maintenance and/or repair work performed in the railroad right-of-way. Such insurance must name the railroad company as the insured, together with any tenant or lessee of the railroad company operating over tracks involved in the Project. E. Notification of Policy Cancellation: Contractor shall immediately notify City upon cancellation or other loss of insurance coverage. Contractor shall stop work until replacement insurance has been procured. There shall be no time credit for days not worked pursuant to this section. 4.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace If City has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the Developer and City shall so notify the Contractor in writing within 10 Business Days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested). Contractor shall provide to the City such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the Developer or City may reasonably request. If Contractor does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents, the Developer or City shall notify the Contractor in writing of such failure prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. ARTICLE 5 — CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 5.01 Supervision and Superintendent A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 13 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 13 of35 Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent, English- speaking, Superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to City. The Superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communication given to or received from the Superintendent shall be binding on Contractor. C. Contractor shall notify the City 24 hours prior to moving areas during the sequence of construction. 5.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during Regular Working Hours. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work beyond Regular Working Hours or for Weekend Working Hours without City's written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld). Written request (by letter or electronic communication) to perform Work: 1. for beyond Regular Working Hours request must be made by noon at least two (2) Business Days prior 2. for Weekend Working Hours request must be made by noon of the preceding Thursday 3. for legal holidays request must be made by noon two Business Days prior to the legal holiday. 5.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, Contractor required testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of City. If required by City, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 14 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 14 of 35 C. All materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. 5.04 Project Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Project Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.01 and the General Requirements as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. Contractor shall submit to City for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.01 and the General Requirements) proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule. 2. Proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will change the Contract Time shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 9. Adjustments in Contract Time for projects with City participation shall be made by participating change orders. 5.05 Substitutes and "Or -Equals" A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or -equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to City for review under the circumstances described below. 1. "Or -Equal " Items: If in City's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by City as an "or -equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in City's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 5.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if. a. City determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; and 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the City or increase in Contract Time; and CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 15 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 15 of35 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2. Substitute Items: a. If in City's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or -equal" item under Paragraph 5.05.A.1, it may be submitted as a proposed substitute item. b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow City to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by City from anyone other than Contractor. c. Contractor shall make written application to City for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application shall comply with Section 0125 00 and: 1) shall certify that the proposed substitute item will: i. perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design; ii. be similar in substance to that specified; iii. be suited to the same use as that specified; and 2) will state: i. the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice Contractor's achievement of final completion on time; ii. whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with City for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item; iii. whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; and 3) will identify: i. all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified; ii. available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; and CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 16 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 16 of 35 4) shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and Damage Claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change. B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by City. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow City, in City's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall make written application to City for review in the same manner as those provided in Paragraph 5.05.A.2. C. City's Evaluation: City will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 5.05.A and 5.05.13. City may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. City will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until City's review is complete, which will be evidenced by a Change Order in the case of a substitute and an accepted Submittal for an "or -equal." City will advise Contractor in writing of its determination. D. Special Guarantee: City may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee, warranty, or other surety with respect to any substitute. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City and anyone directly or indirectly employed by them from and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys fees) arising out of the use of substituted materials or equipment. E. City's Cost Reimbursement: City will record City's costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 5.05.A.2 and 5.05.13. Whether or not City approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor may be required to reimburse City for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor may also be required to reimburse City for the charges for making changes in the Contract Documents. F. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or -equal" at Contractor's expense. G. Substitute Reimbursement: Costs (savings or charges) attributable to acceptance of a substitute shall be incorporated to the Contract by Participating Change Order. 5.06 Pre -Qualification of Bidders (Prime Contractors and Subcontractors) A. The Contractor and any subcontractors are required to be prequalified for the work types requiring pre -qualification 5.07 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Minority and Women Owned Business Enterprise Compliance: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 17 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 17 of 35 ❑ Required for this Contract. (Check this box if there is any City Participation) ❑ Not Required for this Contract. It is City policy to ensure the full and equitable participation by Minority and Women Business Enterprises (MWBE) in the procurement of goods and services on a contractual basis. If the Contract Documents provide for a MWBE goal, Contractor is required to comply with the intent of the City's MWBE Ordinance (as amended) by the following: 1. Contractor shall, upon request by City, provide complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a MWBE on the Contract and payment therefor. 2. Contractor will not make additions, deletions, or substitutions of accepted MWBE without written consent of the City. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of Contract and may result in debarment in accordance with the procedures outlined in the Ordinance. 3. Contractor shall, upon request by City, allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records, or files in the possession of the Contractor that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MWBE. Material misrepresentation of any nature will be grounds for termination of the Contract. Any such misrepresentation may be grounds for disqualification of Contractor to bid on future contracts with the City for a period of not less than three years. B. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between City and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity; nor 2. shall create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. C. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. D. All Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work shall communicate with City through Contractor. E. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of these Contract CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 18 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 18 of35 Documents, Contractor shall provide City contract numbers and reference numbers to the Subcontractors and/or Suppliers. 5.08 Wage Rates ❑ Required for this Contract. ❑ Not Required for this Contract. A. Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (as amended), including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these Contract Documents. B. Penalty for Violation. A Contractor or any Subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023. C. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information, including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023, Texas Government Code, by a Contractor or Subcontractor, the City shall make an initial determination, before the 31 st day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the City's determination that there is good cause to believe the Contractor or Subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the violation. D. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker does not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to Paragraph C above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 1 lth day after the date that arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. E. Records to be Maintained. The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 19 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 19 of 35 occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work provided for in this Contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Paragraph 6.23, Right to Audit, shall pertain to this inspection. F. Progress Payments. With each progress payment or payroll period, whichever is less, the Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. G. Posting of Wage Rates. The Contractor shall post prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at all times. H. Subcontractor Compliance. The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its Subcontractors to comply with Paragraphs A through G above. 5.09 Patent Fees and Royalties A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 5.10 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, the City shall not be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor's responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.01. 5.11 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 20 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 20 of 35 other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. At any time when, in the judgment of the City, the Contractor has obstructed or closed or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street, right-of-way, or easement greater than is necessary for proper execution of the Work, the City may require the Contractor to finish the section on which operations are in progress before work is commenced on any additional area of the Site. 3. Should any Damage Claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly attempt to resolve the Damage Claim. 4. Pursuant to Paragraph 5.18, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against City. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Site Maintenance Cleaning: 24 hours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the City or Developer, if the Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as the City deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written notice (by letter or electronic communication), and shall be entitled to recover its cost in doing so. The City may withhold Final Acceptance until clean-up is complete and cost are recovered. D. Final Site Cleaning: Prior to Final Acceptance of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by City or adjacent property owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition or better all property disturbed by the Work. E. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 5.12 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site or in a place designated by the Contractor and approved by the City, one (1) record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 21 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 21 of 35 Samples and a counterpart of all accepted Submittals will be available to City for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, any operation and maintenance manuals, and Submittals will be delivered to City prior to Final Inspection. Contractor shall include accurate locations for buried and imbedded items. 5.13 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of City's safety programs, if any. D. Contractor shall inform City of the specific requirements of Contractor's safety program, if any, with which City's employees and representatives must comply while at the Site. E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 5.13.A.2 or 5.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. F. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and City has accepted the Work. 5.14 Safety Representative Contractor shall inform City in writing of Contractor's designated safety representative at the Site. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 22 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 22 of 35 5.15 Hazard Communication Programs Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 5.16 Submittals A. Contractor shall submit required Submittals to City for review and acceptance. Each submittal will be identified as required by City. 1. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements. 2. Data shown on the Submittals will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show City the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable City to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 5.16.C. 3. Submittals submitted as herein provided by Contractor and reviewed by City for conformance with the design concept shall be executed in conformity with the Contract Documents unless otherwise required by City. 4. When Submittals are submitted for the purpose of showing the installation in greater detail, their review shall not excuse Contractor from requirements shown on the Drawings and Specifications. 5. For -Information -Only submittals upon which the City is not expected to conduct review or take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. 6. Submit required number of Samples specified in the Specifications. 7. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as City may require to enable City to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 5.16.C. B. Where a Submittal is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to City's review and acceptance of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. City's Review: 1. City will provide timely review of required Submittals in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to City. City's review and acceptance will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 23 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 23 of 35 2. City's review and acceptance will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and acceptance of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. City's review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 and City has given written acceptance of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Submittal. City's review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 5.17 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to City that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. City and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor's warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by City; 2. recommendation or payment by City or Developer of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Final Acceptance by City or any payment related thereto by City; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by City; 5. any review and acceptance of a Submittal by City; 6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 24 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 24 of 35 7. any correction of defective Work by City. D. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the Work and pay for any damage to other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified and shall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond, complying with the requirements of Article 4.02.B. The City will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 5.18 Indemnification A. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the City in defending against such claims and causes of actions. B. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage or destruction of property of the City, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. 5.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, City will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and Submittals prepared by such professional. Submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 25 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 25 of 35 C. City shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided City has specified to Contractor performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 5.19, City's review and acceptance of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. City's review and acceptance of Submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 5.16.C. 5.20 Right to Audit: A. The City reserves the right to audit all projects utilizing City funds B. The Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this Contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all necessary Contractor facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall give Contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. C. Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of such Subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract, and further, that City shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all Subcontractor facilities, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall give Subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. D. Contractor and Subcontractor agree to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the City. The City agrees to reimburse Contractor for the cost of the copies as follows at the rate published in the Texas Administrative Code in effect as of the time copying is performed. 5.21 Nondiscrimination A. The City is responsible for operating Public Transportation Programs and implementing transit - related projects, which are funded in part with Federal financial assistance awarded by the U.S. Department of Transportation and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), without discriminating against any person in the United States on the basis of race, color, or national origin. B. Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended: Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations as further defined in the Supplementary Conditions for any project receiving Federal assistance. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 26 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 26 of 35 ARTICLE 6 — OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 6.01 Related Work at Site A. City may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with City's employees, or other City contractors, or through other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner, and City, if City is performing other work with City's employees or other City contractors, proper and safe access to the Site, provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of City and the others whose work will be affected. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to City in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects in the work provided by others. ARTICLE 7 — CITY'S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals City's responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 11.03. 7.02 Limitations on City's Responsibilities A. The City shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. City will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. City will notify the Contractor of applicable safety plans pursuant to Paragraph 5.13. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 27 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 27 of 35 7.03 Compliance with Safety Program While at the Site, City's employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor's safety programs of which City has been informed pursuant to Paragraph 5.13. ARTICLE 8 — CITY'S OBSERVATION STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 8.01 City's Project Representative City will provide one or more Project Representative(s) during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of City's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents. A. City's Project Representative will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as City deems necessary in order to observe the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, City's Project Representative will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. City's Project Representative will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. City's Project Representative's efforts will be directed toward providing City a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. B. City's Project Representative's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on authority and responsibility in the Contract Documents. 8.02 Authorized Variations in Work City's Project Representative may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on City Developer, and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. 8.03 Rejecting Defective Work City will have authority to reject Work which City's Project Representative believes to be defective, or will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. City will have authority to conduct special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Article 11, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 28 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 28 of 35 8.04 Determinations for Work Performed Contractor will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Work performed. City's Project Representative will review with Contractor the preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written recommendation. City's written decision will be final (except as modified to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data). ARTICLE 9 — CHANGES IN THE WORK 9.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, City may, at any time or from time to time, order Extra Work. Upon notice of such Extra Work, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). Extra Work shall be memorialized by a Participating Change Order which may or may not precede an order of Extra work. B. For minor changes of Work not requiring changes to Contract Time or Contract Price on a project with City participation, a Field Order may be issued by the City. 9.02 Notification to Surety If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted by the Contractor to reflect the effect of any such change. ARTICLE 10 — CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME 10.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Participating Change Order for projects with City participation. 10.02 Change of Contract Time A. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Participating Change Order for projects with City participation. 10.03 Delays A. If Contractor is delayed, City shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 29 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 29 of 35 ARTICLE 11— TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 11.01 Notice of Defects Notice of all defective Work of which City has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. Defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 11.02 Access to Work City, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor's safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 11.03 Tests and Inspections A. Contractor shall give City timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. If Contract Documents, Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any of the Work (or part thereof) to be inspected, tested, or approved, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such independent inspections, tests, retests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish City the required certificates of inspection or approval; excepting, however, those fees specifically identified in the Supplementary Conditions or any Texas Department of Licensure and Regulation (TDLR) inspections, which shall be paid as described in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, re -tests, or approvals required for City's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, re -tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations approved by City. D. City may arrange for the services of an independent testing laboratory ("Testing Lab") to perform any inspections or tests ("Testing") for any part of the Work, as determined solely by City. 1. City will coordinate such Testing to the extent possible, with Contractor; 2. Should any Testing under this Section 11.03 D result in a "fail", "did not pass" or other similar negative result, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying for any and all retests. Contractor's cancellation without cause of City initiated Testing shall be deemed a negative result and require a retest. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 30 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 30 of 35 3. Any amounts owed for any retest under this Section 11.03 D shall be paid directly to the Testing Lab by Contractor. City will forward all invoices for retests to Developer/Contractor. 4. If Contractor fails to pay the Testing Lab, City will not issue a letter of Final Acceptance until the Testing Lab is Paid E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, uncover such Work for observation. 11.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the Contract Documents or specific instructions by the City, it must, if requested by City, be uncovered for City's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. 11.05 City May Stop the Work If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, City may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of City to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of City to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 11.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. Promptly after receipt of written notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work pursuant to an acceptable schedule, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, additional testing, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). Failure to require the removal of any defective Work shall not constitute acceptance of such Work. B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 11.06 or Paragraph 11.07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair City's special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. 11.07 Correction Period A. If within two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 31 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 31 of 35 Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor's use by City or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 5.10.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to City and in accordance with City's written instructions: 1. repair such defective land or areas; or 2. correct such defective Work; or 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of City's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, City may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. C. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 11.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work may be required to be extended for an additional period of one year after the end of the initial correction period. City shall provide 30 days written notice to Contractor and Developer should such additional warranty coverage be required. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 11.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 11.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 11.08 City May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from City to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by City in accordance with Paragraph 11.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, City may, after seven (7) days written notice to Contractor and the Developer, correct, or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 11.09, City shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, City may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment incorporated in the Work, stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor but which are CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 32 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 32 of 35 stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow City, City's representatives, agents, consultants, employees, and City's other contractors, access to the Site to enable City to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by City in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of City's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 11.09. ARTICLE 12 — COMPLETION 12.01 Contractor's Warranty of Title Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment will pass to City no later than the time of Final Acceptance and shall be free and clear of all Liens. 12.02 Partial Utilization A. Prior to Final Acceptance of all the Work, City may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which City, determines constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by City for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work. City at any time may notify Contractor in writing to permit City to use or occupy any such part of the Work which City determines to be ready for its intended use, subject to the following conditions: 1. Contractor at any time may notify City in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use. 2. Within a reasonable time after notification as enumerated in Paragraph 14.05.A.1, City and Contractor shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If City does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, City will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. 3. Partial Utilization will not constitute Final Acceptance by City. 12.03 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work is complete in accordance with the Contract Documents: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 33 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 33 of 35 1. within 10 days, City will schedule a Final Inspection with Contractor. 2. City will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 12.04 Final Acceptance A. Upon completion by Contractor to City's satisfaction, of any additional Work identified in the Final Inspection, City will issue to Contractor a letter of Final Acceptance upon the satisfaction of the following: 1. All documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.03; 2. consent of the surety, if any, to Final Acceptance; 3. a list of all pending or released Damage Claims against City that Contractor believes are unsettled; and 4. affidavits of payments and complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to City) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. 5. after all Damage Claims have been resolved: a. directly by the Contractor or; b. Contractor provides evidence that the Damage Claim has been reported to Contractor's insurance provider for resolution. 6. Issuing Final Acceptance by the City shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue thereafter. ARTICLE 13 — SUSPENSION OF WORK 13.01 City May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, City may suspend the Work or any portion thereof by written notice to Contractor and which may fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. During temporary suspension of the Work covered by these Contract Documents, for any reason, the City will stop contract time on City participation projects. B. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the Project due to causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and should it be determined by mutual consent of the Contractor and City that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 34 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 34 of 35 available within a reasonable period of time, Contractor may request an extension in Contract Time, directly attributable to any such suspension. C. If it should become necessary to suspend the Work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such a manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily nor become damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary. ARTICLE 14 — MISCELLANEOUS 14.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if 1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended; or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. B. Business address changes must be promptly made in writing to the other party. C. Whenever the Contract Documents specifies giving notice by electronic means such electronic notice shall be deemed sufficient upon confirmation of receipt by the receiving party. 14.02 Computation of Times When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday the next Working Day shall become the last day of the period. 14.03 Cumulative Remedies The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 35 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 35 of 35 14.04 Survival of Obligations All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 14.05 Headings Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 011100-1 SUMMARY OF WORK SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Page 1 of 3 1. Summary of Work to be performed in accordance with the Contract Documents B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Work Covered by Contract Documents Work is to include furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment, and performing all Work necessary for this construction project as detailed in the Drawings and Specifications. B. Subsidiary Work Any and all Work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the project, such as conditions imposed by the Drawings or Contract Documents in which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal and the item is not a typical unit bid item included on the standard bid item list, then the item shall be considered as a subsidiary item of Work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal for various bid items. C. Use of Premises 1. Coordinate uses of premises under direction of the City. 2. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of materials and equipment stored on the Site. Use and occupy only portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places or other rights -of -way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the City. a. A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid delay in the construction operations. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 01 11 00 - 2 SUMMARY OF WORK Page 2 of 3 b. Excavated and waste materials shall be stored in such a way as not to interfere with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property. c. If the street is occupied by railroad tracks, the Work shall be carried on in such manner as not to interfere with the operation of the railroad. 1) All Work shall be in accordance with railroad requirements set forth in Division 0 as well as the railroad permit. D. Work within Easements 1. Do not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously obtained permission from the owner of such property. 2. Do not store equipment or material on private property unless and until the specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the Contractor and a copy furnished to the City. 3. Unless specifically provided otherwise, clear all rights -of -way or easements of obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the Work as a part of the project construction operations. 4. Preserve and use every precaution to prevent damage to, all trees, shrubbery, plants, lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements, to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences and to all other public or private property adjacent to the Work. 5. Notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the public or private lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the Work. a. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the Work. b. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies and any corporation, company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants, whose land or interest in land might be affected by the Work. c. Be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or execution of the Work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or equipment. 6. Fence a. Restore all fences encountered and removed during construction of the Project to the original or a better than original condition. b. Erect temporary fencing in place of the fencing removed whenever the Work is not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to provide site security. c. The cost for all fence work within easements, including removal, temporary closures and replacement, shall be subsidiary to the various items bid in the project proposal, unless a bid item is specifically provided in the proposal. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 01 11 00 - 3 SUMMARY OF WORK Page 3 of 3 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 012500-1 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES SECTION 0125 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Page 1 of 4 The procedure for requesting the approval of substitution of a product that is not equivalent to a product which is specified by descriptive or performance criteria or defined by reference to 1 or more of the following: a. Name of manufacturer b. Name of vendor c. Trade name d. Catalog number 2. Substitutions are not "or -equals". B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Request for Substitution - General 1. Within 30 days after award of Contract (unless noted otherwise), the City will consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of those specified. 2. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in Specifications by means of references to names of manufacturers and vendors, trade names, or catalog numbers. a. When this method of specifying is used, it is not intended to exclude from consideration other products bearing other manufacturer's or vendor's names, trade names, or catalog numbers, provided said products are "or -equals," as determined by City. 3. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable substitutions under the following conditions: a. Or -equals are unavailable due to strike, discontinued production of products meeting specified requirements, or other factors beyond control of Contractor; or, Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 012500-2 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 2 of 4 b. Contractor proposes a cost and/or time reduction incentive to the City. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. See Request for Substitution Form (attached) B. Procedure for Requesting Substitution 1. Substitution shall be considered only: a. After award of Contract b. Under the conditions stated herein 2. Submit 3 copies of each written request for substitution, including: a. Documentation 1) Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents 2) Data relating to changes in construction schedule, when a reduction is proposed 3) Data relating to changes in cost b. For products 1) Product identification a) Manufacturer's name b) Telephone number and representative contact name c) Specification Section or Drawing reference of originally specified product, including discrete name or tag number assigned to original product in the Contract Documents 2) Manufacturer's literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed product with Contract Documents 3) Itemized comparison of original and proposed product addressing product characteristics including, but not necessarily limited to: a) Size b) Composition or materials of construction c) Weight d) Electrical or mechanical requirements 4) Product experience a) Location of past projects utilizing product b) Name and telephone number of persons associated with referenced projects knowledgeable concerning proposed product c) Available field data and reports associated with proposed product 5) Samples a) Provide at request of City. b) Samples become the property of the City. c. For construction methods: 1) Detailed description of proposed method 2) Illustration drawings C. Approval or Rejection 1. Written approval or rejection of substitution given by the City 2. City reserves the right to require proposed product to comply with color and pattern of specified product if necessary to secure design intent. 3. In the event the substitution is approved, the resulting cost and/or time reduction will be documented by Change Order in accordance with the General Conditions. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 012500-3 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 3 of 4 4. No additional contract time will be given for substitution. Substitution will be rejected i£ a. Submittal is not through the Contractor with his stamp of approval b. Request is not made in accordance with this Specification Section c. In the City's opinion, acceptance will require substantial revision of the original design d. In the City's opinion, substitution will not perform adequately the function consistent with the design intent 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In making request for substitution or in using an approved product, the Contractor represents that the Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed product, and has determined that it is adequate or superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which it is intended 2. Will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, to include building modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for Work to be complete in all respects 4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently arise 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 EXHIBIT A REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM: TO: 012500-4 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 4 of 4 PROJECT: DATE: We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above project: SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM Proposed Substitution: Reason for Substitution: Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Fill in Blanks Below: A. Will the undersigned contractor pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? B. What effect does substitution have on other trades? C. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item? D. Differences in product cost or product delivery time? E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: Equal Better (explain on attachment) The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the specified item. Submitted By: For Use by City Signature as noted Firm Address Date Telephone For Use by City: Approved City Recommended Recommended _ Not recommended _Received late By Date Remarks Date Rejected Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 1 2 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 01 31 19 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING 013119-1 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 1 of 3 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Provisions for the preconstruction meeting to be held prior to the start of Work to 7 clarify construction contract administration procedures 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 16 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 17 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 A. Coordination 1. Attend preconstruction meeting. 2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 3. Meeting administered by City may be tape recorded. a. If recorded, tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for future reference. B. Preconstruction Meeting 1. A preconstruction meeting will be held within 14 days after the execution of the Agreement and before Work is started. a. The meeting will be scheduled and administered by the City. 2. The Project Representative will preside at the meeting, prepare the notes of the meeting and distribute copies of same to all participants who so request by fully completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of the meeting. 3. Attendance shall include: a. Project Representative b. Contractor's project manager c. Contractor's superintendent d. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire to invite or the City may request CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 1, 2025 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 013119-2 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 2 of 3 e. Other City representatives f. Others as appropriate 4. Construction Schedule a. Prepare baseline construction schedule in accordance with Section 0132 16 and provide at Preconstruction Meeting. b. City will notify Contractor of any schedule changes upon Notice of Preconstruction Meeting. 5. Preliminary Agenda may include: a. Introduction of Project Personnel b. General Description of Project c. Status of right-of-way, utility clearances, easements or other pertinent permits d. Contractor's work plan and schedule e. Contract Time f. Notice to Proceed g. Construction Staking h. Progress Payments i. Extra Work and Change Order Procedures j. Field Orders k. Disposal Site Letter for Waste Material 1. Insurance Renewals in. Payroll Certification n. Material Certifications and Quality Control Testing o. Public Safety and Convenience p. Documentation of Pre -Construction Conditions q. Weekend Work Notification r. Legal Holidays s. Trench Safety Plans t. Confined Space Entry Standards u. Coordination with the City's representative for operations of existing water systems v. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan w. Coordination with other Contractors x. Early Warning System y. Contractor Evaluation z. Special Conditions applicable to the project aa. Damages Claims bb. Submittal Procedures cc. Substitution Procedures dd. Correspondence Routing ee. Record Drawings ff. Temporary construction facilities gg. Final Acceptance hh. Final Payment ii. Questions or Comments CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 1, 2025 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 013119-3 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 3 of 3 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 6 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 7 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 8 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 12 13 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 9/1/2025 M Owen Deleted Section 1.4 B.5..hh, due to new Small Business Ordinance Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 1, 2025 013120-1 PROJECT MEETINGS Page 1 of 3 SECTION 013120 PROJECT MEETINGS [Specifier: This Specification is intended.for use on projects designated as Tier 3 or Tier 4.1 17 '�I If �!U ►�I `I �I 7:�i1 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Provisions for project meetings throughout the construction period to enable orderly review of the progress of the Work and to provide for systematic discussion of potential problems B. Deviations this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination 1. Schedule, attend and administer as specified, periodic progress meetings, and specially called meetings throughout progress of the Work. 2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 3. Meetings administered by City may be tape recorded. a. If recorded, tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for future reference. 4. Meetings, in addition to those specified in this Section, may be held when requested by the City, Engineer or Contractor. B. Pre -Construction Neighborhood Meeting 1. After the execution of the Agreement, but before construction is allowed to begin, attend 1 Public Meeting with affected residents to: a. Present projected schedule, including construction start date b. Answer any construction related questions 2. Meeting Location a. Location of meeting to be determined by the City. 3. Attendees Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 013120-2 PROJECT MEETINGS Page 2 of 3 a. Contractor b. Project Representative c. Other City representatives 4. Meeting Schedule a. In general, the neighborhood meeting will occur within the 2 weeks following the pre -construction conference. b. In no case will construction be allowed to begin until this meeting is held. C. Progress Meetings 1. Formal project coordination meetings will be held periodically. Meetings will be scheduled and administered by Project Representative. 2. Additional progress meetings to discuss specific topics will be conducted on an as - needed basis. Such additional meetings shall include, but not be limited to: a. Coordinating shutdowns b. Installation of piping and equipment c. Coordination between other construction projects d. Resolution of construction issues e. Equipment approval 3. The Project Representative will preside at progress meetings, prepare the notes of the meeting and distribute copies of the same to all participants who so request by fully completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of each meeting. 4. Attendance shall include: a. Contractor's project manager b. Contractor's superintendent c. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire to invite or the City may request d. Engineer's representatives e. City's representatives f. Others, as requested by the Project Representative Preliminary Agenda may include: a. Review of Work progress since previous meeting b. Field observations, problems, conflicts c. Items which impede construction schedule d. Review of off -site fabrication, delivery schedules e. Review of construction interfacing and sequencing requirements with other construction contracts £ Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule g. Revisions to construction schedule h. Progress, schedule, during succeeding Work period i. Coordination of schedules j. Review submittal schedules k. Maintenance of quality standards 1. Pending changes and substitutions in. Review proposed changes for: 1) Effect on construction schedule and on completion date 2) Effect on other contracts of the Project n. Review Record Documents o. Review monthly pay request Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 013120-3 PROJECT MEETINGS Page 3 of 3 p. Review status of Requests for Information 6. Meeting Schedule a. Progress meetings will be held periodically as determined by the Project Representative. 1) Additional meetings may be held at the request of the: a) City b) Engineer c) Contractor 7. Meeting Location a. The City will establish a meeting location. 1) To the extent practicable, meetings will be held at the Site. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 013233-1 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO Page 1 of 2 SECTION 0132 33 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for: a. Preconstruction Videos B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preconstruction Video 1. Produce a preconstruction video of the site/alignment, including all areas in the vicinity of and to be affected by construction. a. Provide digital copy of video upon request by the City. 2. Retain a copy of the preconstruction video until the end of the maintenance surety period. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 013233-2 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO Page 2 of 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 SECTION 0133 00 SUBMITTALS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 013300-1 SUBMITTALS Page 1 of 8 General methods and requirements of submissions applicable to the following Work -related submittals: a. Shop Drawings b. Product Data (including Standard Product List submittals) c. Samples d. Mock Ups B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination 1. Notify the City in writing, at the time of submittal, of any deviations in the submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Coordination of Submittal Times a. Prepare, prioritize and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performing the related Work or other applicable activities, or within the time specified in the individual Work Sections, of the Specifications. b. Contractor is responsible such that the installation will not be delayed by processing times including, but not limited to: a) Disapproval and resubmittal (if required) b) Coordination with other submittals c) Testing d) Purchasing e) Fabrication f) Delivery g) Similar sequenced activities c. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 01 33 00 - 2 SUBMITTALS Page 2 of 8 d. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other contractor. B. Submittal Numbering When submitting shop drawings or samples, utilize a 9-character submittal cross- reference identification numbering system in the following manner: a. Use the first 6 digits of the applicable Specification Section Number. b. For the next 2 digits number use numbers 01-99 to sequentially number each initial separate item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number. c. Last use a letter, A-Z, indicating the resubmission of the same drawing (i.e. A=2nd submission, B=3rd submission, C=4th submission, etc.). A typical submittal number would be as follows: CIxICZ1I1Zla1�: 1) 03 30 00 is the Specification Section for Concrete 2) 08 is the eighth initial submittal under this Specification Section 3) B is the third submission (second resubmission) of that particular shop drawing C. Contractor Certification 1. Review shop drawings, product data and samples, including those by subcontractors, prior to submission to determine and verify the following: a. Field measurements b. Field construction criteria c. Catalog numbers and similar data d. Conformance with the Contract Documents Provide each shop drawing, sample and product data submitted by the Contractor with a Certification Statement affixed including: a. The Contractor's Company name b. Signature of submittal reviewer c. Certification Statement 1) `By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions, catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each item with other applicable approved shop drawings." D. Submittal Format 1. Fold shop drawings larger than 8 1/2 inches x 11 inches to 8 I/2 inches x 1 linches. 2. Bind shop drawings and product data sheets together. 3. Order a. Cover Sheet 1) Description of Packet 2) Contractor Certification b. List of items / Table of Contents c. Product Data /Shop Drawings/Samples /Calculations E. Submittal Content 1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 01 33 00 - 3 SUBMITTALS Page 3 of 8 2. The Project title and number 3. Contractor identification 4. The names of: a. Contractor b. Supplier c. Manufacturer 5. Identification of the product, with the Specification Section number, page and paragraph(s) 6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such 7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials 8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers 9. Identification by highlighting of deviations from Contract Documents 10. Identification by highlighting of revisions on resubmittals 11. An 8-inch x 3-inch blank space for Contractor and City stamps F. Shop Drawings 1. As specified in individual Work Sections includes, but is not necessarily limited to: a. Custom -prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation (working) drawings b. Scheduled information c. Setting diagrams d. Actual shopwork manufacturing instructions e. Custom templates f. Special wiring diagrams g. Coordination drawings h. Individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including: 1) Performance curves and certifications i. As applicable to the Work 2. Details a. Relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure b. Where correct fabrication of the Work depends upon field measurements 1) Provide such measurements and note on the drawings prior to submitting for approval. G. Product Data 1. For submittals of product data for products included on the City's Standard Product List, clearly identify each item selected for use on the Project. 2. For submittals of product data for products not included on the City's Standard Product List, submittal data may include, but is not necessarily limited to: a. Standard prepared data for manufactured products (sometimes referred to as catalog data) 1) Such as the manufacturer's product specification and installation instructions 2) Availability of colors and patterns 3) Manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability 4) Roughing -in diagrams and templates 5) Catalog cuts 6) Product photographs Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 01 33 00 - 4 SUBMITTALS Page 4 of 8 7) Standard wiring diagrams 8) Printed performance curves and operational -range diagrams 9) Production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications 10) Mill reports 11) Product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended spare -parts listing and printed product warranties 12) As applicable to the Work H. Samples As specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to: a. Physical examples of the Work such as: 1) Sections of manufactured or fabricated Work 2) Small cuts or containers of materials 3) Complete units of repetitively used products color/texture/pattern swatches and range sets 4) Specimens for coordination of visual effect 5) Graphic symbols and units of Work to be used by the City for independent inspection and testing, as applicable to the Work I. Do not start Work requiring a shop drawing, sample or product data nor any material to be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such item. 1. Fabrication performed, materials purchased or on -site construction accomplished which does not conform to approved shop drawings and data is at the Contractor's risk. 2. The City will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies required to accomplish conformity. 3. Complete project Work, materials, fabrication, and installations in conformance with approved shop drawings, applicable samples, and product data. J. Submittal Distribution Electronic Distribution a. Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be uploaded to City's Buzzsaw site, or another external FTP site approved by the City. b. Shop Drawings 1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. 2) Hard Copies a) 3 copies for all submittals b) If Contractor requires more than 1 hard copy of Shop Drawings returned, Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed above. c. Product Data 1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. 2) Hard Copies a) 3 copies for all submittals d. Samples 1) Distributed to the Project Representative 2. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution) Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 01 33 00 - 5 SUBMITTALS Page 5 of 8 a. Shop Drawings 1) Distributed to the City 2) Copies a) 8 copies for mechanical submittals b) 7 copies for all other submittals c) If Contractor requires more than 3 copies of Shop Drawings returned, Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed above. b. Product Data 1) Distributed to the City 2) Copies a) 4 copies c. Samples 1) Distributed to the Project Representative 2) Copies a) Submit the number stated in the respective Specification Sections. 3. Distribute reproductions of approved shop drawings and copies of approved product data and samples, where required, to the job site file and elsewhere as directed by the City. a. Provide number of copies as directed by the City but not exceeding the number previously specified. K. Submittal Review I. The review of shop drawings, data and samples will be for general conformance with the design concept and Contract Documents. This is not to be construed as: a. Permitting any departure from the Contract requirements b. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details, dimensions, and materials c. Approving departures from details furnished by the City, except as otherwise provided herein 2. The review and approval of shop drawings, samples or product data by the City does not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard to the fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. a. All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor, and the City will have no responsibility therefore. 3. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the Work with all other associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes, for techniques of assembly and for performing Work in a safe manner. 4. If the shop drawings, data or samples as submitted describe variations and show a departure from the Contract requirements which City finds to be in the interest of the City and to be so minor as not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for performance, the City may return the reviewed drawings without noting an exception. 5. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under I of the following codes: a. Code 1 1) "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" is assigned when there are no notations or comments on the submittal. a) When returned under this code the Contractor may release the equipment and/or material for manufacture. b. Code 2 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 01 33 00 - 6 SUBMITTALS Page 6 of 8 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED". This code is assigned when a confirmation of the notations and comments IS NOT required by the Contractor. a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the final product. c. Code 3 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED/RESUBMIT". This combination of codes is assigned when notations and comments are extensive enough to require a resubmittal of the package. a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the final product. b) This resubmittal is to address all comments, omissions and non -conforming items that were noted. c) Resubmittal is to be received by the City within 15 Calendar Days of the date of the City's transmittal requiring the resubmittal. d. Code 4 1) "NOT APPROVED" is assigned when the submittal does not meet the intent of the Contract Documents. a) The Contractor must resubmit the entire package revised to bring the submittal into conformance. b) It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor to meet the Contract Documents. 6. Resubmittals a. Handled in the same manner as first submittals 1) Corrections other than requested by the City 2) Marked with revision triangle or other similar method a) At Contractor's risk if not marked b. Submittals for each item will be reviewed no more than twice at the City's expense. 1) All subsequent reviews will be performed at times convenient to the City and at the Contractor's expense, based on the City's or City Representative's then prevailing rates. 2) Provide Contractor reimbursement to the City within 30 Calendar Days for all such fees invoiced by the City. c. The need for more than 1 resubmission or any other delay in obtaining City's review of submittals, will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract Time. 7. Partial Submittals a. City reserves the right to not review submittals deemed partial, at the City's discretion. b. Submittals deemed by the City to be not complete will be returned to the Contractor, and will be considered "Not Approved" until resubmitted. c. The City may at its option provide a list or mark the submittal directing the Contractor to the areas that are incomplete. 8. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to constitute a change to the Contract Documents, then written notice must be provided thereof to the City at least 7 Calendar Days prior to release for manufacture. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 01 33 00 - 7 SUBMITTALS Page 7 of 8 9. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the City, the Contractor may carry out the construction in accordance therewith and no further changes therein except upon written instructions from the City. 10. Each submittal, appropriately coded, will be returned within 30 Calendar Days following receipt of submittal by the City. L. Mock ups 1. Mock Up units as specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to, complete units of the standard of acceptance for that type of Work to be used on the Project. Remove at the completion of the Work or when directed. M. Qualifications 1. If specifically required in other Sections of these Specifications, submit a P.E. Certification for each item required. N. Request for Information (RFI) 1. Contractor Request for additional information a. Clarification or interpretation of the contract documents b. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between Contract Documents c. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between the Drawings and Specifications 1) Identify the conflict and request clarification 2. Use the Request for Information (RFI) form provided by the City. 3. Numbering of RFI a. Prefix with "RFI" followed by series number, "-xxx", beginning with "01" and increasing sequentially with each additional transmittal. 4. Sufficient information shall be attached to permit a written response without further information. 5. The City will log each request and will review the request. a. If review of the project information request indicates that a change to the Contract Documents is required, the City will issue a Field Order or Change Order, as appropriate. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 01 33 00 - 8 SUBMITTALS Page 8 of 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.4.K.8. Working Days modified to Calendar Days Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 013513-1 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 1 of 8 1 SECTION 0135 13 2 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 3 [Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] 4 PART1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. The procedures for special project circumstances that includes, but is not limited to: 8 a. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation 9 b. Work near High Voltage Lines 10 c. Confined Space Entry Program 11 d. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. 12 e. Water Department Notification 13 f. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction 14 g. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers 15 h. Coordination within Railroad permits areas 16 i. Dust Control 17 j. Employee Parking 18 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 19 1. None. 20 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 21 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 22 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 23 3. Section 33 12 25 — Connection to Existing Water Mains 24 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 25 A. Measurement and Payment 26 1. Coordination within Railroad permit areas 27 a. Measurement 28 1) Measurement for this Item will be by lump sum. 29 b. Payment 30 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 31 will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for Railroad Coordination. 32 c. The price bid shall include: 33 1) Mobilization 34 2) Inspection 35 3) Safety training 36 4) Additional Insurance 37 5) Insurance Certificates 38 6) Other requirements associated with general coordination with Railroad, 39 including additional employees required to protect the right-of-way and 40 property of the Railroad from damage arising out of and/or from the 41 construction of the Project. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11.2022 013513-2 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 2 of 8 1 2. Railroad Flagmen 2 a. Measurement 3 1) Measurement for this Item will be per working day. 4 b. Payment 5 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 6 will be paid for each working day that Railroad Flagmen are present at the 7 Site. 8 c. The price bid shall include: 9 1) Coordination for scheduling flagmen 10 2) Flagmen 11 3) Other requirements associated with Railroad 12 3. All other items 13 a. Work associated with these Items is considered subsidiary to the various Items 14 bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 15 1.3 REFERENCES 16 A. Reference Standards 17 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 18 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 19 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 20 2. Health and Safety Code, Title 9. Safety, Subtitle A. Public Safety, Chapter 752. 21 High Voltage Overhead Lines. 22 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 23 A. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation 24 1. When work in the right-of-way which is under the jurisdiction of the Texas 25 Department of Transportation (TxDOT): 26 a. Notify the Texas Department of Transportation prior to commencing any work 27 therein in accordance with the provisions of the permit 28 b. All work performed in the TxDOT right-of-way shall be performed in 29 compliance with and subject to approval from the Texas Department of 30 Transportation 31 B. Work near High Voltage Lines 32 1. Regulatory Requirements 33 a. All Work near High Voltage Lines (more than 600 volts measured between 34 conductors or between a conductor and the ground) shall be in accordance with 35 Health and Safety Code, Title 9, Subtitle A, Chapter 752. 36 2. Warning sign 37 a. Provide sign of sufficient size meeting all OSHA requirements. 38 3. Equipment operating within 10 feet of high voltage lines will require the following 39 safety features 40 a. Insulating cage -type of guard about the boom or arm 41 b. Insulator links on the lift hook connections for back hoes or dippers 42 c. Equipment must meet the safety requirements as set forth by OSHA and the 43 safety requirements of the owner of the high voltage lines 44 4. Work within 6 feet of high voltage electric lines 45 a. Notification shall be given to: Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11.2022 013513-3 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 3 of 8 1 1) The power company (example: ONCOR) 2 a) Maintain an accurate log of all such calls to power company and record 3 action taken in each case. 4 b. Coordination with power company 5 1) After notification coordinate with the power company to: 6 a) Erect temporary mechanical barriers, de -energize the lines, or raise or 7 lower the lines 8 c. No personnel may work within 6 feet of a high voltage line before the above 9 requirements have been met. 10 C. Confined Space Entry Program 11 1. Provide and follow approved Confined Space Entry Program in accordance with 12 OSHA requirements. 13 2. Confined Spaces include: 14 a. Manholes 15 b. All other confined spaces in accordance with OSHA's Permit Required for 16 Confined Spaces 17 DELETE the below item, if not required for project. The following link is to Fact Sheet re: Air 18 Permitting: 19 https://www.tceq.texas.aov/assets/public/permitting/air/factsheets/permit-factsheet.pdf 20 D. TCEQ Air Permit 21 1. Obtain TCEQ Air Permit for construction activities per requirements of TCEQ. 22 E. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. 23 1. When Contract Documents permit on the project the following will apply: 24 a. Public Notification 25 1) Submit notice to City and proof of adequate insurance coverage, 24 hours 26 prior to commencing. 27 2) Minimum 24 hour public notification in accordance with Section 0131 13 28 F. Water Department Coordination 29 1. During the construction of this project, it will be necessary to deactivate, for a 30 period of time, existing lines. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with 31 the Water Department to determine the best times for deactivating and activating 32 those lines. 33 2. Coordinate any event that will require connecting to or the operation of an existing 34 City water line system with the City's representative. 35 a. Coordination shall be in accordance with Section 33 12 25. 36 b. If needed, obtain a hydrant water meter from the Water Department for use 37 during the life of named project. 38 c. In the event that a water valve on an existing live system be turned off and on 39 to accommodate the construction of the project is required, coordinate this 40 activity through the appropriate City representative. 41 1) Do not operate water line valves of existing water system. 42 a) Failure to comply will render the Contractor in violation of Texas Penal 43 Code Title 7, Chapter 28.03 (Criminal Mischief) and the Contractor 44 will be prosecuted to the full extent of the law. 45 b) In addition, the Contractor will assume all liabilities and 46 responsibilities as a result of these actions. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11.2022 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 013513-4 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 4 of 8 G. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction 1. Prior to beginning construction on any block in the project, on a block by block basis, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending construction to the front door of each residence or business that will be impacted by construction. The notice shall be prepared as follows: a. Post notice or flyer and City of Fort Worth Door Hangers, 7 days prior to beginning any construction activity on each block in the project area. 1) Prepare flyer on the Contractor's letterhead and include the following information: a) Name of Project b) City Project No (CPN) c) Scope of Project (i.e. type of construction activity) d) Actual construction duration within the block e) Name of the contractor's foreman and phone number f) Name of the City's inspector and phone number g) City's after-hours phone number 2) A sample of the `pre -construction notification' flyer is attached as Exhibit A. 3) City of Fort Worth Door Hangers will be provided to the Contractor for distribution with their notice. 4) Submit schedule showing the construction start and finish time for each block of the project to the inspector. 5) Deliver flyer to the City Inspector for review prior to distribution. b. No construction will be allowed to begin on any block until the flyer and door hangers are delivered to all residents of the block. H. Public Notification of Temporary Water Service Interruption during Construction 1. In the event it becomes necessary to temporarily shut down water service to residents or businesses during construction, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending interruption to the front door of each affected resident. 2. Prepared notice as follows: a. The notification or flyer shall be posted 24 hours prior to the temporary interruption. b. Prepare flyer on the contractor's letterhead and include the following information: 1) Name of the project 2) City Project Number 3) Date of the interruption of service 4) Period the interruption will take place 5) Name of the contractor's foreman and phone number 6) Name of the City's inspector and phone number c. A sample of the temporary water service interruption notification is attached as Exhibit B. d. Deliver a copy of the temporary interruption notification to the City inspector for review prior to being distributed. e. No interruption of water service can occur until the flyer has been delivered to all affected residents and businesses. f. Electronic versions of the sample flyers can be obtained from the Project Construction Inspector. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11.2022 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 013513-5 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 5 of 8 1. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers (USAGE) At locations in the Project where construction activities occur in areas where USACE permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated permit. J. Coordination within Railroad Permit Areas 1. At locations in the project where construction activities occur in areas where railroad permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated railroad permit. This includes, but is not limited to, provisions for: a. Flagmen b. Inspectors c. Safety training d. Additional insurance e. Insurance certificates f. Other employees required to protect the right-of-way and property of the Railroad Company from damage arising out of and/or from the construction of the project. Proper utility clearance procedures shall be used in accordance with the permit guidelines. 2. Obtain any supplemental information needed to comply with the railroad's requirements. 3. Railroad Flagmen a. Submit receipts to City for verification of working days that railroad flagmen were present on Site. K. Dust Control 1. Use acceptable measures to control dust at the Site. a. If water is used to control dust, capture and properly dispose of waste water. b. If wet saw cutting is performed, capture and properly dispose of slurry. L. Employee Parking 1. Provide parking for employees at locations approved by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11.2022 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 013513-6 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 6 of 8 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 6 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 7 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 8 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 11 12 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.4.13— Added requirement of compliance with Health and Safety Code, Title 9. 8/31/2012 D. Johnson Safety, Subtitle A. Public Safety, Chapter 752. High Voltage Overhead Lines. 1.4.E — Added Contractor responsibility for obtaining a TCEQ Air Permit Remove references to Air Pollution watch Days and NCTCOG Clean construction 3/11/2022 M Owen Specification requirements. Clarify need for Door Hangers under in addition to contractor notification of public. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11.2022 01 35 13 - 7 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 EXHIBIT A (To be printed on Contractor's Letterhead) Date: CPN No.: Project Name: Mapsco Location: Limits of Construction: Page 7 of 8 THIS IS TO INFORM YOU THAT UNDER A CONTRACT WITH THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, OUR COMPANY WILL WORK ON UTILITY LINES ON OR AROUND YOUR PROPERTY. CONSTRUCTION WILL BEGIN APPROXIMATELY SEVEN DAYS FROM THE DATE OF THIS NOTICE. IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT ACCESS, SECURITY, SAFETY OR ANY OTHER ISSUE, PLEASE CALL: MC. <CONTRACTOR'S SUPERINTENDENT> AT <TELEPHONE NO.> OR MC. <CITY INSPECTOR> AT < TELEPHONE NO.> AFTER 4:30 PM OR ON WEEKENDS, PLEASE CALL (817) 392 8306 PLEASE KEEP THIS FLYER HANDY WHEN YOU CALL CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11. 2022 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 1 2 3 4 01 35 13-8 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 8 of 8 EXHIBIT B FoRTWORTH. Daft. DOE NO. XXXX Project !!acne: NOTICE OF TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE INTERRUPTION DUE TO UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS IN YOUR NEIGHBORHOOD, YOUR WATER SERVICE WILL BE INTERRUPTED ON BETWEEN THE HOURS OF AND IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT THIS SHUT -OUT, PLEASE CALL: MR. AT (CONTRACTORS SUPERINTENDENT) (TELEPHONE NUMBER) OR MR. (CITY INSPECTOR) AT (TELEPHONE NUMBER) THIS INCONVENIENCE WILL BE AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE. THANK YOU, CONTRACTOR Dane & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11. 2022 01 45 23 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES Page 1 of 2 SECTION 0145 23 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Testing and inspection services procedures and coordination B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. a. Contractor is responsible for performing, coordinating, and payment of all Quality Control testing. b. City is responsible for performing and payment for first set of Quality Assurance testing. 1) If the first Quality Assurance test performed by the City fails, the Contractor is responsible for payment of subsequent Quality Assurance testing until a passing test occurs. a) Final acceptance will not be issued by City until all required payments for testing by Contractor have been paid in full. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Testing 1. Complete testing in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Coordination a. When testing is required to be performed by the City, notify City, sufficiently in advance, when testing is needed. b. When testing is required to be completed by the Contractor, notify City, sufficiently in advance, that testing will be performed. 3. Distribution of Testing Reports a. Electronic Distribution 1) Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be uploaded to the City's document management system, or another external FTP site approved by the City. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 9, 2020 01 45 23 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES Page 2 of 2 2) Upload test reports to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. 3) Hard Copies a) 1 copy for all submittals submitted to the Project Representative b. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution) 1) Tests performed by City a) Distribute 1 hard copy to the Contractor 2) Tests performed by the Contractor a) Distribute 3 hard copies to City's Project Representative 4. Provide City's Project Representative with trip tickets for each delivered load of Concrete or Lime material including the following information: a. Name of pit b. Date of delivery c. Material delivered B. Inspection 1. Inspection or lack of inspection does not relieve the Contractor from obligation to perform work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3/9/2020 D.V. Magana Removed reference to Buzzsaw and noted that electronic submittals be uploaded through the City's document management system. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 9, 2020 015000-1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 1 of 4 1 SECTION 0150 00 2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Provide temporary facilities and controls needed for the Work, including, but not 7 necessarily limited to: 8 a. Temporary utilities 9 b. Sanitary facilities 10 c. Storage Sheds and Buildings 11 d. Dust control 12 e. Temporary fencing of the construction site 13 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 14 1. None. 15 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 16 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 17 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 18 3. Specification 33 04 30 — Temporary Water Facilities 19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20 A. Measurement and Payment 21 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 22 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 23 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 24 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 25 A. Temporary Utilities 26 1. Obtaining Temporary Service 27 a. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services. 28 b. Abide by rules and regulations of utility service companies or authorities 29 having jurisdiction. 30 c. Be responsible for utility service costs until Work is approved for Final 31 Acceptance. 32 1) Included are fuel, power, light, heat and other utility services necessary for 33 execution, completion, testing and initial operation of Work. 34 2. Water 35 a. Contractor to provide water required for and in connection with Work to be 36 performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices or other use as 37 required for the completion of the Work. 38 b. Provide and maintain adequate supply of potable water for domestic 39 consumption by Contractor personnel and City's Project Representatives. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/19/2025 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 015000-2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 2 of 4 c. If required, provide temporary water service needed to maintain customer service to the public during project, in accordance with Section 33 04 30 — Temporary Water Services. d. Coordination 1) Contact City 1 week before water for construction is desired e. Contractor Payment for Construction Water 1) Obtain construction water meter(s) from City for payment of water usage associated with construction water as billed by City's established rates. 3. Electricity and Lighting a. Provide and pay for electric powered service as required for Work, including testing of Work. 1) Provide power for lighting, operation of equipment, or other use. b. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to maintain operations during scheduled shutdown. 4. Telephone a. Provide emergency telephone service at Site for use by Contractor personnel and others performing work or furnishing services at Site. 5. Temporary Heat and Ventilation a. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of Work. b. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions. B. Sanitary Facilities 1. Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on Site. a. Comply with regulations of State and local departments of health. 2. Enforce use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at job site. a. Enclose and anchor sanitary facilities. b. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. c. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause nuisance or health problem. d. Haul sewage and waste off -site at no less than weekly intervals and properly dispose in accordance with applicable regulation. 3. Locate facilities near Work Site and keep clean and maintained throughout Project. 4. Remove facilities at completion of Project C. Storage Sheds and Buildings 1. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight, weatherproof storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. 2. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off ground. 3. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner. a. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification, inspection and inventory. 4. Equip building with lockable doors and lighting, and provide electrical service for equipment space heaters and heating or ventilation as necessary to provide storage environments acceptable to specified manufacturers. 5. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from temporary and existing buildings. 6. Remove building from site prior to Final Acceptance. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/19/2025 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 015000-3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 3 of 4 1 D. Temporary Fencing 2 1. Provide and maintain for the duration or construction when required in contract 3 documents 4 E. Dust Control 5 1. Contractor is responsible for maintaining dust control through the duration of the 6 project. 7 a. Contractor remains on -call at all times 8 b. Must respond in a timely manner 9 F. Temporary Protection of Construction 10 1. Contractor or subcontractors are responsible for protecting Work from damage due 11 to weather. 12 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 17 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 18 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 19 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 20 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 21 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 22 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 23 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 24 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 25 3.4 INSTALLATION 26 A. Temporary Facilities 27 1. Maintain all temporary facilities for duration of construction activities as needed. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/19/2025 015000-4 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 4 of 4 1 3.5 [REPAIR] / [RESTORATION] 2 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION 3 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 4 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 5 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 6 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 7 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 8 A. Temporary Facilities 9 1. Remove all temporary facilities and restore area after completion of the Work, to a 10 condition equal to or better than prior to start of Work. 11 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 12 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 13 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 14 15 16 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 9119/25 M Owen 1.1. C. — Referenced 33 04 30 Temporary Water Facilities 1.4. A. 2. — Provided clarification re; temporary water service for the public Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/19/2025 01 55 26 -1 STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 1 of 3 1 SECTION 0155 26 2 STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Administrative procedures for: 7 a. Street Use Permit 8 b. Modification of approved traffic control 9 c. Removal of Street Signs 10 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 11 1. None. 12 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 13 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 14 2. Division 1— General Requirements 15 3. Section 34 71 13 — Traffic Control 16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 A. Measurement and Payment 18 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 19 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 20 1.3 REFERENC ES 21 A. Reference Standards 22 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 23 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 24 specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 25 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 26 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 27 A Traffic Control 28 1. General 29 a. Contractor shall minimize lane closures and impact to vehicular/pedestrian 30 traffic. 31 b. When traffic control plans are included in the Drawings, provide Traffic 32 Control in accordance with Drawings and Section 34 71 13. 33 c. When traffic control plans are not included in the Drawings, prepare traffic 34 control plans in accordance with Section 34 71 13 and submit to City for 35 review. 36 1) Allow minimum 10 working days for review of proposed Traffic Control. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 22, 2021 01 55 26 - 2 STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 2 of 3 1 2) A traffic control "Typical" published by City of Fort Worth, the Texas 2 Manual Unified Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD) or Texas Department 3 of Transportation (TxDOT) can be used as an alternative to preparing 4 project/site specific traffic control plan if the typical is applicable to the 5 specific project/site. 6 B. Street Use Permit 7 1. Prior to installation of Traffic Control, a City Street Use Permit is required. 8 a. To obtain Street Use Permit, submit Traffic Control Plans to City 9 Transportation and Public Works Department. 10 1) Allow a minimum of 5 working days for permit review. 11 2) It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate review of Traffic Control 12 plans for Street Use Permit, such that construction is not delayed. 13 C. Modification to Approved Traffic Control 14 1. Prior to installation traffic control: 15 a. Submit revised traffic control plans to City Department Transportation and 16 Public Works Department. 17 1) Revise Traffic Control plans in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 18 2) Allow minimum 5 working days for review of revised Traffic Control. 19 3) It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate review of Traffic Control 20 plans for Street Use Permit, such that construction is not delayed. 21 D. Removal of Street Sign 22 1. If it is determined that a street sign must be removed for construction, then contact 23 City Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division to 24 remove the sign. 25 E. Temporary Signage 26 1. In the case of regulatory signs, replace permanent sign with temporary sign meeting 27 requirements of the latest edition of the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control 28 Devices (MUTCD). 29 2. Install temporary sign before the removal of permanent sign. 30 3. When construction is complete, to the extent that the permanent sign can be 31 reinstalled, contact the City Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs 32 and Markings Division, to reinstall the permanent sign. 33 F. Traffic Control Standards 34 1. Traffic Control Standards can be found on the City's website. 35 1.5 SUBNHTTALS [NOT USED] 36 A. Submit all required documentation to City's Project Representative. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 22, 2021 01 55 26 - 3 STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 3 of 3 1 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 6 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 10 11 12 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.4 A. Added language to emphasize minimizing of lane closures and impact to traffic. 3/22/2021 M Owen 1.4 A. 1. c. Added language to allow for use of published traffic control "Typicals" if applicable to specific project/site. 1.4 F. 1) Removed reference to Buzzsaw 1.5 Added language re: submittal of permit Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 22, 2021 015713-1 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 1 of 3 SECTION 015713 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Procedures for Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 3. Section 3125 00 — Erosion and Sediment Control 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Construction Activities resulting in less than 1 acre of disturbance a. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Construction Activities resulting in greater than 1 acre of disturbance a. Measurement and Payment shall be in accordance with Section 3125 00. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 1. Notice of Intent: NOI 2. Notice of Termination: NOT 3. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan: SWPPP 4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: TCEQ 5. Notice of Change: NOC A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. Integrated Storm Management (iSWM) Technical Manual for Construction Controls 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. General 1. Contractor is responsible for resolution and payment of any fines issued associated with compliance to Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 015713-2 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 2 of 3 B. Construction Activities resulting in: 1. Less than 1 acre of disturbance a. Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 3125 00 and Drawings. 2. 1 to less than 5 acres of disturbance a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction Permit is required b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 1) TCEQ Small Construction Site Notice Required under general permit TXR150000 a) Sign and post at job site b) Prior to Preconstruction Meeting, send 1 copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392- 6088. 2) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with: a) Section 3125 00 b) The Drawings c) TXR150000 General Permit d) SWPPP e) TCEQ requirements 5 acres or more of Disturbance a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction Permit is required b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 1) Prepare a TCEQ NOI form and submit to TCEQ along with required fee a) Sign and post at job site b) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088. 2) TCEQ Notice of Change required if making changes or updates to NOI 3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with: a) Section 3125 00 b) The Drawings c) TXR150000 General Permit d) SWPPP e) TCEQ requirements 4) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of TCEQ have been met a TCEQ Notice of Termination can be submitted. a) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. SWPPP 1. Submit in accordance with Section 0133 00, except as stated herein. a. Prior to the Preconstruction Meeting, submit a draft copy of SWPPP to the City as follows: 1) 1 copy to the City Project Manager a) City Project Manager will forward to the City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division for review Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 015713-3 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 3 of 3 B. Modified SWPPP 1. If the SWPPP is revised during construction, resubmit modified SWPPP to the City in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 SECTION 0160 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 2 1. References for Product Requirements and City Standard Products List B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES [NOT USED] 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. A list of City approved products for use is available through the City's website at: https://apps.fortworthtexas.gov/ProjectResources/ and following the directory path; 02 - Construction Documents/Standard Products List B. Only products specifically included on City's Standard Product List in these Contract Documents shall be allowed for use on the Project. 1. Any subsequently approved products will only be allowed for use upon specific approval by the City. C. Any specific product requirements in the Contract Documents supersede similar products included on the City's Standard Product List. 1. The City reserves the right to not allow products to be used for certain projects even though the product is listed on the City's Standard Product List. D. Although a specific product is included on City's Standard Product List, not all products from that manufacturer are approved for use, including but not limited to, that manufacturer's standard product. E. See Section 0133 00 for submittal requirements of Product Data included on City's Standard Product List. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED[ 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 9, 2020 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 2 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 10/12/12 D. Johnson Modified Location of City's Standard Product List 3/9/2020 D.V. Magafia Removed reference to Buzzsaw and noted that the City approved products list is accessible through the City's website. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 9, 2020 016600-1 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 4 SECTION 0166 00 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Scheduling of product delivery 2. Packaging of products for delivery 3. Protection of products against damage from: a. Handling b. Exposure to elements or harsh environments B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY AND HANDLING A. Delivery Requirements 1. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation and to avoid prolonged storage. 2. Provide appropriate personnel and equipment to receive deliveries. 3. Delivery trucks will not be permitted to wait extended periods of time on the Site for personnel or equipment to receive the delivery. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 016600-2 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 4 4. Deliver products or equipment in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons or other containers designed and constructed to protect the contents from physical or environmental damage. 5. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer, item and installation location. 6. Provide manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling. B. Handling Requirements 1. Handle products or equipment in accordance with these Contract Documents and manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. C. Storage Requirements 1. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of these Specifications. 2. Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. a. Place loose soil materials and materials to be incorporated into Work to prevent damage to any part of Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of Work and to utility service company installations in vicinity of Work. 3. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause minimum inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants and occupants. a. Arrange storage to provide easy access for inspection. 4. Restrict storage to areas available on construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Drawings, or approved by City's Project Representative. 5. Provide off -site storage and protection when on -site storage is not adequate. a. Provide addresses of and access to off -site storage locations for inspection by City's Project Representative. 6. Do not use lawns, grass plots or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of owner or other person in possession or control of premises. 7. Store in manufacturers' unopened containers. 8. Neatly, safely and compactly stack materials delivered and stored along line of Work to avoid inconvenience and damage to property owners and general public and maintain at least 3 feet from fire hydrant. 9. Keep public and private driveways and street crossings open. 10. Repair or replace damaged lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements to satisfaction of City's Project Representative. a. Total length which materials may be distributed along route of construction at one time is 1,000 linear feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by City's Project Representative. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 016600-3 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 4 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 ERECTION [NOT USED] 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections 1. Inspect all products or equipment delivered to the site prior to unloading. B. Non -Conforming Work 1. Reject all products or equipment that are damaged, used or in any other way unsatisfactory for use on the project. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION A. Protect all products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written directions. B. Store products or equipment in location to avoid physical damage to items while in storage. C. Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly dry if required by the manufacturer. 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 01 66 00 - 4 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 4 of 4 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 01 70 00 - 1 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 1 of 6 1 SECTION 0170 00 2 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION 3 [Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] 4 PART1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 1. Mobilization and Demobilization a. Mobilization 1) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to the Site 2) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation at the Site 3) Premiums paid for performance and payment bonds 4) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to another location within the designated Site 5) Relocation of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation from 1 location to another location on the Site. b. Demobilization 1) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies away from the Site including disassembly 2) Site Clean-up 3) Removal of all buildings and/or other facilities assembled at the Site for this Contract c. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of work that are for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. 2. Remobilization a. Remobilization for Suspension of Work specifically required in the Contract Documents or as required by City includes: 1) Demobilization a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies from the Site including disassembly or temporarily securing equipment, supplies, and other facilities as designated by the Contract Documents necessary to suspend the Work. b) Site Clean-up as designated in the Contract Documents 2) Remobilization a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to the Site necessary to resume the Work. b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation at the Site necessary to resume the Work. 3) No Payments will be made for: a) Mobilization and Demobilization from one location to another on the Site in the normal progress of performing the Work. b) Stand-by or idle time c) Lost profits CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 22, 2016 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 017000-2 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 2 of 6 1 3. Mobilizations and Demobilization for Miscellaneous Projects 2 a. Mobilization and Demobilization 3 1) Mobilization shall consist of the activities and cost on a Work Order basis 4 necessary for: 5 a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating 6 supplies to the Site for the issued Work Order. 7 b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's 8 operation at the Site for the issued Work Order 9 2) Demobilization shall consist of the activities and cost necessary for: 10 a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating 11 supplies from the Site including disassembly for each issued Work 12 Order 13 b) Site Clean-up for each issued Work Order 14 c) Removal of all buildings or other facilities assembled at the Site for 15 each Work Oder 16 b. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of 17 work for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. 18 4. Emergency Mobilizations and Demobilization for Miscellaneous Projects 19 a. A Mobilization for Miscellaneous Projects when directed by the City and the 20 mobilization occurs within 24 hours of the issuance of the Work Order. 21 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 22 1. None. 23 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 24 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 25 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 26 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 27 A. Measurement and Payment [Consult City Department/Division for direction on if 28 Mobilization pay item to be included or the item should be subsidiary. Include the 29 appropriate Section 1.2 A. 1.] 30 1. Mobilization and Demobilization [If subsidiary] 31 a. Measure 32 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 33 b. Payment 34 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 35 are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other compensation will be 36 allowed. 37 [OR] 38 1. Mobilization and Demobilization [If bid item included for Mobilization — 39 Consultant to provide a maximum % of adjusted contract amount based on the 40 anticipated mobilization costs to limit the amount bid for this item] 41 a. Measure 42 1) This Item will be measured by the lump sum or each as the work 43 progresses. Mobilization is calculated on the base bid only and will not be 44 paid for separately on any additive alternate items added to the Contract. 45 2) Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to the various bid items. 46 b. Payment Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 22, 2016 017000-3 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 3 of 6 1 1) For this Item, the adjusted Contract amount will be calculated as the total 2 Contract amount less the lump sum for mobilization. Mobilization shall be 3 made in partial payments as follows: 4 a) When 1% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 5 earned, 50% of the mobilization lump sum bid or [Insert % the maximum 6 allowed] % of the total Contract amount, whichever is less, will be paid. 7 b) When 5% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 8 earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid or [Insert the maximum 9 allowed]% of the total Contract amount, whichever is less, will be paid. 10 Previous payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. 11 c) When 10% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 12 earned, 100% of the mobilization lump sum bid or [Insert the maximum 13 allowed]% of the total Contract amount, whichever is less, will be paid. 14 Previous payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. 15 d) A bid containing a total for "Mobilization" in excess of [Insert 16 maximum allowed] % of total contract shall be considered unbalanced 17 and a cause for consideration of rejection. 18 e) The Lump Sum bid for "Mobilization — Paving/Drainage" shall NOT 19 include any cost or sum for mobilization items associated with 20 water/sewer items. Those costs shall be included in the various 21 water/sewer bid Items. Otherwise the bid Items shall be considered 22 unbalanced and a cause for consideration of rejection. 23 f) The Lump Sum bid for "Mobilization — Paving" shall NOT include 24 any cost or sum for mobilization items associated with drainage items. 25 Those costs shall be included in the "Mobilization — Drainage" Lump 26 Sum bid Item. Otherwise the bid Items shall be considered unbalanced 27 and a cause for consideration of rejection. 28 g) The Lump Sum bid for "Mobilization — Drainage" shall NOT 29 include any cost or sum for mobilization items associated with paving 30 items. Those costs shall be included in the "Mobilization — Paving" 31 Lump Sum bid Item. Otherwise the bid Items shall be considered 32 unbalanced and a cause for consideration of rejection. 33 2) The work performed and materials furnished for demobilization in 34 accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other 35 compensation will be allowed. 36 [OR] 37 1. Mobilization and Demobilization [If multiple "Mobilization " bid items are used 38 due to different, funding (ex. Water and Sewer and Paving and/or Drainage) — 39 Provide detail of each bid item - Consultant to provide detail for each bid item 40 (typically Water/Sewer will be subsidiary and Paving/Drainage will be LS, with 41 possibly separate bid items for Paving and Drainage due to funding).] 42 a. Measure 43 1) This item for Water/Sewer improvements is considered subsidiary to the 44 various Items bid. 45 2) "Mobilization — Paving," "Mobilization — Drainage," and/or "Mobilization 46 — Paving/Drainage" will be measured by the lump sum or each as the work 47 progresses. Mobilization is calculated on the base bid only and will not be 48 paid for separately on any additive alternate items added to the Contract. 49 3) Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to the various bid items. 50 b. Payment Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 22, 2016 017000-4 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 4 of 6 1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 2 for Water/Sewer improvements are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no 3 other compensation will be allowed. 4 2) "Mobilization — Paving," "Mobilization — Drainage," and/or "Mobilization 5 — Paving/Drainage", the adjusted Contract amount will be calculated as the 6 total Contract amount for paving, drainage or paving/drainage improvements 7 less the lump sum for mobilization. Mobilization shall be made in partial 8 payments as follows: 9 a) When 1% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 10 earned, 50% of the mobilization lump sum bid or [Insert `1 the maximum 11 allowed] % of the total paving, drainage, or paving/drainage Contract 12 amount, whichever is less, will be paid. 13 b) When 5% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 14 earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid or [Insert the maximum 15 allowed]% of the total paving, drainage, or paving/drainage Contract 16 amount, whichever is less, will be paid. Previous payments under the Item 17 will be deducted from this amount. 18 c) When 10% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 19 earned, 100% of the mobilization lump sum bid or [Insert the maximum 20 allowed]% of the total paving, drainage, or paving/drainage Contract 21 amount, whichever is less, will be paid. Previous payments under the Item 22 will be deducted from this amount. 23 d) A bid containing a total for "Mobilization" in excess of [Insert 24 maximum allowed] % of total paving, drainage or paving/drainage 25 contract shall be considered unbalanced and a cause for consideration 26 of rejection. 27 3) The work performed and materials furnished for demobilization in 28 accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other 29 compensation will be allowed. 30 2. Remobilization for suspension of Work as specifically required in the Contract 31 Documents 32 a. Measurement 33 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each remobilization performed. 34 b. Payment 35 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 36 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 37 price per each "Specified Remobilization" in accordance with Contract 38 Documents. 39 c. The price shall include: 40 1) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.2.a.1) 41 2) Remobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.2.a.2) 42 d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this 43 Item. 44 3. Remobilization for suspension of Work as required by City 45 a. Measurement and Payment 46 1) This shall be submitted as a Contract Claim in accordance with Article 10 47 of Section 00 72 00. 48 2) No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated 49 with this Item. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 22, 2016 017000-5 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 5 of 6 1 4. Mobilizations and Demobilizations for Miscellaneous Projects 2 a. Measurement 3 1) Measurement for this Item shall be for each Mobilization and 4 Demobilization required by the Contract Documents 5 b. Payment 6 1) The Work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 7 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 8 price per each "Work Order Mobilization" in accordance with Contract 9 Documents. Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to mobilization 10 and shall not be paid for separately. 11 c. The price shall include: 12 1) Mobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.1) 13 2) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.2) 14 d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this 15 Item. 16 5. Emergency Mobilizations and Demobilizations for Miscellaneous Projects 17 a. Measurement 18 1) Measurement for this Item shall be for each Mobilization and 19 Demobilization required by the Contract Documents 20 b. Payment 21 1) The Work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 22 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 23 price per each "Work Order Emergency Mobilization" in accordance with 24 Contract Documents. Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to 25 mobilization and shall not be paid for separately. 26 c. The price shall include 27 1) Mobilization as described in Section 1.LA.4.a) 28 2) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.2) 29 d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this 30 Item. 31 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 32 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 33 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 35 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 38 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 39 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 40 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 22, 2016 017000-6 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 6 of 6 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 3 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 11/22/16 Michael Owen 1.2 Price and Payment Procedures - Revised specification, including blue text, to make specification flexible for either subsidiary or paid bid item for Mobilization. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 22, 2016 FORT WORTH, Section 01 71 23.01- Attachment A Survey Staking Standards February 2017 O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\0171 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 1 of 22 These procedures are intended to provide a standard method for construction staking services associated with the City of Fort Worth projects. These are not to be considered all inclusive, but only as a general guideline. For projects on TXDOT right-of-way or through joint TXDOT participation, adherence to the TXDOT Survey Manual shall be followed and if a discrepancy arises, the TXDOT manual shall prevail. (http://onlinemanuals.txdot.gov/txdotmanuals/ess/ess.pdf) If you have a unique circumstance, please consult with the project manager, inspector, or survey department at 817-392-7925. Table of Contents I. City of Fort Worth Contact Information II. Construction Colors III. Standard Staking Supplies IV. Survey Equipment, Control, and Datum Standards V. Water Staking VI. Sanitary Sewer Staking VII. Storm Staking VIII. Curb and Gutter Staking IX. Cut Sheets X. As -built Survey O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\0171 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 2 of 22 I. Survey Department Contact Information Physical and mailing address: 8851 Camp Bowie West Boulevard Suite 300 Fort Worth, Texas 76116 Office: (817) 392-7925 Survey Superintendent, direct line: (817) 392-8971 II. Construction Colors The following colors shall be used for staking or identifying features in the field. This includes flagging, paint of laths/stakes, paint of hubs, and any identification such as pin flags if necessary. Utility Color PROPOSED EXCAVATION WHITE ALL ELECTRIC AND CONDUITS POTABLE WATER GAS OR OIL YELLOW TELEPHONE/FIBER OPTIC ORANGE SURVEY CONTROL POINTS, BENCHMARKS, PROPERTY CORNERS, RIGHT-OF-WAYS, AND ALL PAVING INCLUDING CURB, SIDEWALK, BUILDING CORNERS PINK SANITARY SEWER IRRIGATION AND RECLAIMED WATER III. Standard Staking Supplies Item Minimum size Lath/Stake 36" tall Wooden Hub (2"x2" min. square preferred) 6" tall Pin Flags (2.5" x 3.5" preferred) 21" long Guard Stakes Not required PK or Mag nails 1" long Iron Rods (1/2" or greater diameter) 18" long Survey Marking Paint Water -based Flagging 1" wide Marking Whiskers (feathers) 6" long Tacks (for marking hubs) 3/4" long 0:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 3 of 22 IV. Survey Equipment, Control, and Datum Standards A. City Benchmarks All city benchmarks can be found here: http://fortworthtexas.gov/itsolutions/GIS/ Look for 'Zoning Maps'. Under 'Layers' , expand 'Basemap Layers', and check on 'Benchmarks'. B. Conventional or Robotic Total Station Equipment I. A minimum of a 10 arc -second instrument is required. II. A copy of the latest calibration report may be requested by the City at any time. It is recommended that an instrument be calibrated by certified technician at least 1 occurrence every 6 months. C. Network/V.R.S. and static GPS Equipment I. It is critical that the surveyor verify the correct horizontal and vertical datum prior commencing work. A site calibration may be required and shall consist of at least 4 control points spaced evenly apart and in varying quadrants. Additional field checks of the horizontal and vertical accuracies shall be completed and the City may ask for a copy of the calibration report at any time. II. Network GPS such as the Western Data Systems or SmartNet systems may be used for staking of property/R.O.W, forced -main water lines, and rough -grade only. No GPS staking for concrete, sanitary sewer, storm drain, final grade, or anything that needs vertical grading with a tolerance of 0.25' or less is allowed. D. Control Points Set All control points set shall be accompanied by a lath with the appropriate Northing, Easting, and Elevation (if applicable) of the point set. Control points can be set rebar, 'X' in concrete, or any other appropriate item with a stable base and of a semi -permanent nature. A rebar cap is optional, but preferred if the cap is marked 'control point' or similar wording. Datasheets are required for all control points set. Datasheet should include: A. Horizontal and Vertical Datum used, Example: N.A.D.83, North Central Zone 4202, NAVD 88 Elevations B. Grid or ground distance. — If ground, provide scale factor used and base point coordinate, Example: C.S.F.=0.999125, Base point=North: 0, East=O C. Geoid model used, Example: GEOID12A 0:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\0171 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 4 of 22 E. Preferred Grid Datum Although many plan sets can be in surface coordinates, the City's preferred grid datum is listed below. Careful consideration must be taken to verify what datum each project is in prior to beginning work. It is essential the surveyor be familiar with coordinate transformations and how a grid/surface/assumed coordinate system affect a project. Projected Coordinate System: NAD_1983_StatePlane_Texas_North_Central_FIPS_4202_Feet Projection: Lam bert_Conformal_Conic False_Easting: 1968500.00000000 False —Northing: 6561666.66666667 Central Meridian:-98.50000000 Standard Parallel 1: 32.13333333 Standard Parallel 2: 33.96666667 Latitude —Of —Origin: 31.66666667 Linear Unit: Foot US Geographic Coordinate System: GCS_North_American_1983 Datum: D North American 1983 Prime Meridian: Greenwich Angular Unit: Degree Note: Regardless of what datum each particular project is in, deliverables to the City must be converted/translated into this preferred grid datum. 1 copy of the deliverable should be in the project datum (whatever it may be) and 1 copy should be in the NAD83, TX North Central 4202 zone. See Preferred File Naming Convention below F. Preferred Deliverable Format Axt csv dwg .job G. Preferred Data Format P,N,E,Z,D,N Point Number, Northing, Easting, Elevation, Description, Notes (if applicable) H. Preferred File Naming Convention This is the preferred format: City Project Number Description_Datum.csv Example for a oroiect that has surface coordinates which must be translated: File 1: C1234 As -built of Water on Main Street Grid NAD83 TXSP 4202.csv O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\0171 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 5 of 22 File 2: C1234_As-built of Water on Main Street —Project Specific Datum.csv Example Control Stakes O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\0171 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 6 of 22 �t m 1016 CP V Q Z Ul J C!i W J LCJ 0 u EL. = 100.00' N=5000,00 E=5000.00 C:j W 7 ~ W OU O = L� i _ 0 Cn W J O Li ~ W CC X m w Cr- CL O V. Water Staking Standards O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\0171 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 7 of 22 A. Centerline Staking — Straight Line Tangents I. Offset lath/stakes every 200' on even stations II. Painted blue lath/stake only, no hub is required III. Grade is to top of pipe (T/P) for 12" diameter pipes or smaller IV. Grade to flow line (F/L) for 16" and larger diameter pipes V. Grade should be 3.50' below the proposed top of curb line for 10" and smaller diameter pipes VI. Grade should be 4.00' below the proposed top of curb line for 12" and larger diameter pipes VII. Cut Sheets are required on all staking and a copy can be received from the survey superintendent Optional: Actual stakes shall consist of a 60D nail or hub set with a whisker B. Centerline Staking - Curves I. If arc length is greater than 100', POC (Point of Curvature) offset stakes should be set at a 25' interval II. Same grading guidelines as above III. Staking of radius points of greater than 100' may be omitted C. Water Meter Boxes I. 7.0' perpendicular offset is preferred to the center of the box II. Center of the meter should be 3.0' behind the proposed face of curb III. Meter should be staked a minimum of 4.5' away from the edge of a driveway IV. Grade is to top of box and should be +0.06' higher than the proposed top of curb unless shown otherwise on the plans D. Fire Hydrants I. Center of Hydrant should be 3.0' behind proposed face of curb II. Survey offset stake should be 7.0' from the center and perpendicular to the curb line or water main III. Grade of hydrants should be +0.30 higher than the adjacent top of curb E. Water Valves & Vaults I. Offsets should be perpendicular to the proposed water main II. RIM grades should only be provided if on plans Example Water Stakes O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\0171 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 8 of 22 7' 0/S �- W/L 7' 0/S � W CA En �y y uS pG V � U' N Z Y En o r z a� �W>w WLn J (n z of LO U pal 7 f w STA=1+72.81 C-3.81 Q1017 EL- 101,16' m � � w 0 Y W ry W CY Z L9 Q J LL O Z VI. Sanitary Sewer Stakin 1 r �o t Y U N J J m W J U m C Z o z z � C. W vi + W w a 7' ao I- W a�l F Z Z� m0 Li , f Wo C � Ix 0 O U 10 0/S W/L 5TA=0tQa1 F C-3.78 1 0 3�GY'Y w o Y R Zed W tote - 106.0 m a` � IL z �Q3� a z_ q w v d W m 7 J = m = m 7 S Z 0:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\0171 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 9 of 22 A. Centerline Staking — Straight Line Tangents I. Inverts shall be field verified and compared against the plans before staking II. Painted green lath/stake WITH hub and tack or marker dot, no flagging required III. 1 offset stake between manholes if manholes are 400' or less apart IV. Offset stakes should be located at even distances and perpendicular to the centerline V. Grades will be per plan and the date of the plans used should be noted VI. If multiple lines are at one manhole, each line shall have a cut/fill and direction noted VII. Stakes at every grade break VIII. Cut sheets are required on all staking Optional: Actual stakes shall consist of a 60D nail or hub set with a whisker B. Centerline Staking — Curves I. If arc length is greater than 100', POC (Point of Curvature) offset stakes should be set at a 25' interval ll. Staking of radius points of greater than 100' may be omitted C. Sanitary Sewer Manholes I. 2 offset stakes per manhole for the purpose of providing alignment to the contractor II. Flowline grade should be on the lath/stake for each flowline and direction noted III. RIM grade should only be on the stake when provided in the plans O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\0171 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 10 of 22 L_J �— ca z 0 < � � W rr p c� 4 U) E* M a�� 4 12 O/S L 53 Example Sanitary Sewer Stakes �t nu- l STA=3+71"L I u C-4a 5-Z C-4- a� C-9a 3?A-3+7fo 14 w C-Sa i ti��ll tiJ W a L G � Q � C-3- 0.-0Y d= � (,4j i�Oz�z �Z�L �f N �rf r U 7' 0/3 SS W Ld l+ � x Lt U- f LL W 0 0 :);s C SS II I CSiA-Oi00`jII C-sU II <y La la y� nF z v. HLL 4 NC W W a 1L F a 4 �tf 7 t� W catOi i v0 L/�;� - J LJa r- C-J 1 _:j EE6c� gnu �o uN u b tr Wx_' 0 z P Q u} r W 1 J =aa sa 4 W = O LL U LL�;IC F T 2 TE a? LL d 1 l]G 19 O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\0171 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 11 of 22 VII. Storm Sewer & Inlet StakinjR A. Centerline Staking — Straight Line Tangents I. 1 offset stake every 200' on even stations II. Grades are to flowline of pipe unless otherwise shown on plans III. Stakes at every grade break IV. Cut sheets are required on all staking Optional: Actual stakes shall consist of a 60D nail or hub set with a whisker B. Centerline Staking — Curves I. If arc length is greater than 100', POC (Point of Curvature) offset stakes should be set at a 25' interval II. Staking of radius points of greater than 100' may be omitted C. Storm Drain Inlets I. Staking distances should be measured from end of wing II. Standard 10' Inlet = 16.00' total length III. Recessed 10' Inlet = 20.00' total length IV. Standard double 10' inlet = 26.67' total length V. Recessed double 10' inlet = 30.67' total length D. Storm Drain Manholes I. 2 offset stakes per manhole for the purpose of providing alignment to the contractor II. Flowline grade should be on the lath/stake for each flowline and direction noted III. RIM grade should only be on the stake when provided in the plans O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\0171 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 12 of 22 Example Storm Inlet Stakes FRONT (SIDE FACING CL) BACK (90E FAaNNG R.ELW.) PONE ♦ l9tl I� HL9 ELEVATION m i HUB WITH TACK BACK OF CURI3 FLOYLINE EDGE OF PAVEMENT a 0 0a D m m z r 1 z IDENTIFIES MICH END OF THE WINO } BEING STAKED NO FLAGGING REQUIRED IN LIEU OF PINK FAINTED LATH II INLET STATION } (IF NOTED ON PLANS) C T,O' IDENTIFIES GRADE TO TOP OF CURB O IDENTIFIES GRADE TO FLDMINE BACK (5E3E FADNG R.QW_) POINT 0 I�I HUB ElEVATUN n FRONT (SIDE FACING q) 0 01 rn 0 1 th Ilk I Imo_ DISTANCES FOR INLETS �L STANDARD 10' - 16' RECESSED W - 2d STANDARD DOUBLE 10' - 26.67 REOEBSED DOUBLE 10_ =36_67 I I BAil+: OF INLET I N� Cy �I MARIF�OLE � I FACE OF INLET ' FACE OF INLET ' EDGE OF PAVF}AENT I I EDGE OF PAVEMENT O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\0171 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 13 of 22 IDENTFIES HHICH END OF THE YANG BEING STAKED BACK OF CURB FLOWUNE — — — EDGE OF PAVEMENT VIII. Curb and Gutter Staking A. Centerline Staking — Straight Line Tangents V. 1 offset stake every 50' on even stations VI. Grades are to top of curb unless otherwise shown on plans VII. Stakes at every grade break VIII. Cut sheets are required on all staking Optional: Actual stakes shall consist of a 60D nail or hub set with a whisker B. Centerline Staking — Curves III. If arc length is greater than 100', POC (Point of Curvature) offset stakes should be set at a 25' interval IV. Staking of radius points of greater than 100' may be omitted 0:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\0171 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 14 of 22 Example Curb & Gutter Stakes FRONT (SIDE FACING CL) 0 o FRONT mmnFlEs END FRONT �S6E FACING T.' JG OF e/ FRONT T: ,CET,T a (SIDE FACING Eocn IES START PC POW 51pE FACING ¢} w O= :JP'�'ATUPE { ig G BC 7m7 BA CK I� O � � o BAP � mounFlEs or�sEr I� ro -- (SIDE FACING R.O.W.) BACK CF CURB OR F/C TJC v o F FOR FACE OF CURB [1 ^+ 1 a I I I I PCINT # 1�4� 5 sic. III I in III I III I - ICE7ITIRES GRAOE IS II (TJ�) T>; POP OF CUM o I I I I ND GRXK ON HUB ESE+.:�.nar, o + RADIUS PQMS— l l NO FLAGGING REQUIRED 1 ti t IN LIEU OF PINK PAINTED LATH Ir1� I I —� TOP OF C:IIkE BACK OF CURB` FACE OF CURB I — I — Q� QSE9 FLO KI NE EDGE OF PAVEMENT Example Curb & Gutter Stakes at Intersection O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\0171 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 15 of 22 m &-� � / 7& §}• z ,B u -Z j( �«\ 2�� '� 41 //2R \ \°w Al §2$ 2 AIL �-- �I� y` \ Ir ® / »®»�LLJ �§ /)5 «3 \{ { ! § ee = _. § § agw® \a§IL _ _ ¥ _,a _e =� _ 'Wn « I5 d _ w 2» f 0 4`E 2®Z \ % s \ } / u q 2»k ; ) )�ƒ ; `k.. _��§ e§ /r � /z � ogpea- + Governance PmRaGT mpogwspec Re\api lDli r C pDeli w Div 01\0171 23.IE01 «Game« A Survey Stakingaanda@ydoa Page 16 of 22 IX. Cut Sheets Date: A. Date of field work B. Staking Method (GPS, total station) C. Project Name D. City Project Number (Example: C01234) E. Location (Address, cross streets, GPS coordinate) F. Survey company name G. Crew chief name H. A blank template can be obtained from the survey superintendent (see item I above) Standard City Cut Sheet City Project Number: Project Name: ❑ TOTAL Staking Method: ❑ GPS STATION ❑ OTHER LOCATION: CONSULTANT/CONTRACTOR SURVEY CREW INITIALS ALL GRADES ARE TO FLOWLINE OR TOP OF CURB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PT # STATION OFFSET -LT/+RT DESCRIPTION PROP. GRADE STAKED ELEV. -CUT + FILL 0:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 17 of 22 X. As -built Survey A. Definition and Purpose The purpose of an as -built survey is to verify the asset was installed in the proper location and grade. Furthermore, the information gathered will be used to supplement the City's GIS data and must be in the proper format when submitted. See section IV. As -built survey should include the following (additional items may be requested): Manholes Top of pipe elevations every 250 feet Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. (All Fittings) Cathodic protection test stations Sampling stations Meter boxes/vaults (All sizes) Fire lines Fire hydrants Gate valves (rim and top of nut) Plugs, stub -outs, dead-end lines Air Release valves (Manhole rim and vent pipe) Blow off valves (Manhole rim and valve lid) Pressure plane valves Cleaning wyes Clean outs Casing pipe (each end) Inverts of pipes Turbo Meters O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\0171 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 18 of 22 B. Example Deliverable A hand written red line by the field surveyor is acceptable in most cases. This should be a copy of the plans with the point number noted by each asset. If the asset is missing, then the surveyor should write "NOT FOUND" to notify the City. 0:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\0171 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 19 of 22 O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\0171 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 20 of 22 Sr - A DX,00 - IF WL ff. C:A7LW Rai STA,&47A - OWL IF,'DYD W :SON FRDF.I2•WATER jZAW k la's r fa-rMIRl2 ktgaiAmir 0(, N,sy{rI,Y]G63J Srfi Qt7M - IZWL (le"D DR) HELfNE & SAME EA'IST. WE VALVE a MMCCA MMELT TO EXIST A'WATER INSTAII_ Fl_T 57afID S,LME F 1VALVE N5 OC+559a.t75� NK L"M4.m &/J,A flLK 6 LOT 2 Me— 1W rcw.• tuirama. REMOVE EXIST. 10 WATER ra •rf�/ rem Of 0 0 t�$9"jUo7 SMOM25 - 8WL1s IMSTAV, r-Oy BAM7M TEE {p � rsave VAVE4w f-FFRE' J fI LF 8'WNr UW " " F :I rr sr. •• rr �o °P PROPOSED R€Ma'E & SALYASE secs 'f*�. SANTAJRY S% EXASi G+r VAUE _ �. �, SEE Sl-lM STAU, LDl, A 045-VFRr, W#D �+� c a 5wu anarmrwsm (39i'O{7.48.?9 r,w STA[MJf11Y1 - 11r WL 1FLWB I IMSTAU. iLIZAE-1 MUD SLEEVE 51 Lh OF PWATER PME awNELT ra L=r. IT WAM;r N%9dJ143.9:.}7 arw-1LW STA"2118—raW, dMs"1 AU. t 1a AS'YERI. B,,, I- 0,W VER1:9Eim N•�4Y055.�y9CT N2.�55.7 c-+�3C3.&813 1=•2c�.7'A'A°3TU O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 21 of 22 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 22 of 22 $LK 29 3�P$ Clw,hn AC W.FM warn Wu-w, 3 6 EA O:\Sp I5.WlrAV SEWER SERIhCE W/ Clf_ANOlfT � AulMrry RD. W. FM E. f jd erwnrmnme r. Wm:'l�lipmg °'L 52Ash `�+l 0 x� QZ COQ z-W� 4 ,r rP wm . O 4 • L 3659 L-3fi54 EX. ay IY,v ' ome y ' • Pasy 6 rmma �` STAWJD - 8'55 UNE A EXIST..SrAQIML-3A1- EXJST. SFAI-ML-.3554 FF_ ,' FXISr-5SVH CoNsrAtIcr 5 Lr of ass U9E RiN5T.4'DfASSYH 1NCL4'C1= CW-CaUA4 & YH fNSENr W/ LORfnakw rrorLC m CONNECT PROP. H'ss (NW) IXA9NECT PROP. w SS OVELSW3 TO rMr.SSMFL Nfi°4w(s.s?52 E-2.'M5=1 ru RELIOVE OriSf.. W saw SEWER LOT 2 r�rl cw� CITY MAP NO. 2018-380, 201E MAPSCO PAGE NO.74N. S. T 0 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 23 of 23 1\01 71 Obviously the .csv or .txt file cannot be signed/sealed by a surveyor in the format requested. This is just an example and all this information should be noted when delivered to the City so it is clear to what coordinate system the data is in. POINT NO. NORTHING EASTING E1Fv. DESCRIPTION 1 6946257.189 2296079,165 726.09 55MH RIM 7 tieG-� � 2 6946250.893 2296062.141 725,668 GV RIM 3 6946307.399 2296033306 726.85 GV RIM C�iC�>i,- 1t E 4 6946220.582 2296011,D75 723,358SSMH RIM 5 6946195.23 2296015,116 722,123 GV RIM /�J 6 6946190,528 2296022.721 722,325 FH c i f 4 7 6946136.012 2295992 115 719.448 WM RIM 8 694fs002.267 2295919.133 713.331 WM RIM TX, 9 6946003.0S6 2295933.418 713,652 CO RIM 10 6945984.677 2295380 52 711.662 SSMH RIM 11 6945995.473 2295869.892 710.046 WM RIM 12 6945895,077 2295860.962 707.72 WM RIM r t�C 13 6945895.591 2295862.188 708.205 WM RIM 14 6945934.286 2295941.925 709.467 WM RIM 15 6945936,727 2295830.441 710.084 CO 'RIM CCG{�A ti j s 16 694SS35.678 2295799,707 707.774 SSMH RIM 17 6945811.488 2295827.011 708.392 SSMH RIM 18 6945759.776 2295758,643 711.218 55MH RIM 19 6945768.563 2295778.424 710.CS6 GV RIM 20 6945743.318 2295788.392 710.631 Gv RIM 21 6945723.219 2295754.394 712.849 GV RIM 22 G945682.21 2295744.22 716.686 WM RIM 23 6945621902 2295669.471 723.76 WM RIM 24 694.9643 4n7 2295736.03 719.737 CO RIM C LI 25 6945571059 2295655,195 727.514 55MH RIM Pq 26 6945539498 2295667.S03 729.123 WM RIM TG° 27 6945519,834 2295619.49 732.689 WIN RIM cc 28 6945417879 2295580.27 740.521WMRIM L l ST tJ 29 6945456.557 2295643.145 736.451 CO RIM �� 30 6945397,356 2295597.101 740.756 GV RIM 7}} 17 (Isi 31 6945370,688 2295606.793 740.976 GV RIM 32 6945383.53 2295610.559 740.408 FI I 33 6945321.228 2295551.105 746.34 WM RIM 34 6945319.365 2795539.77E 746.777 CO RIM 35 6945242,289 2295570.715 748.454 WM RIM 36 37 6945233.624 694S206.483 2'95544.626 2295529.3c5 749.59 SSMH RIM 751.05E WM RIM n 38 6945142.015 2295557.666 750.853 WM RIM 39 6945113.445 2295520.335 751.871 WM RIM 40 6945049 02 2295527.345 752.257 SSMH RIM i O67 41 6945041.024 2295552.675 751.79 WM RIM G� 42 6945038.878 2295552.147 751.88 WM RIM 43 694S006,397 2295518.135 752.615 WM RIM st# - 44 6944944,782 2795520.635 752.801 WM RIM 45 6944943.432 2295556.479 752.156 WM RIM 46 6944960,416 229SS34.397 752.086 SSMH RIM O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 24 of 24 C. Other preferred as -built deliverable Some vendors have indicated that it is easier to deliver this information in a different format. Below is an example spreadsheet that is also acceptable and can be obtained by request from the survey superintendent. O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\0171 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 25 of 25 - �— ----- ----- ----- ----- ------ ---- ----- ----- ----- ---- ---- ---- ----- ----- iLL a -Q G L 1 F 1 n"1 t�..-__ III C _____ __ _______ _ _______ _ _____ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- - la"L a O:\Specs-Stds Governance Process\Temporary Spec Files\Capital Delivery\Cap Delivery Div 01\01 71 23.16.01_Attachment A_Survey Staking Standards.docx Page 26 of 26 017123-1 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 1 of 8 SECTION 017123 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Requirements for construction staking and construction survey B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment Construction Staking a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for "Construction Staking". 2) Payment for "Construction Staking" shall be made in partial payments prorated by work completed compared to total work included in the lump sum item. c. The price bid shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1) Verification of control data provided by City. 2) Placement, maintenance and replacement of required stakes and markings in the field. 3) Preparation and submittal of construction staking documentation in the form of "cut sheets" using the City's standard template. Construction Survey a. Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other compensation will be allowed. 3. As -Built Survey a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for "As -Built Survey". Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 14, 2018 017123-2 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 2 of 8 2) Payment for "Construction Staking" shall be made in partial payments prorated by work completed compared to total work included in the lump sum item. c. The price bid shall include, but not be limited to the following:: 1) Field measurements and survey shots to identify location of completed facilities. 2) Documentation and submittal of as -built survey data onto contractor redline plans and digital survey files. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Definitions 1. Construction Survey - The survey measurements made prior to or while construction is in progress to control elevation, horizontal position, dimensions and configuration of structures/improvements included in the Project Drawings. 2. As -built Survey —The measurements made after the construction of the improvement features are complete to provide position coordinates for the features of a project. 3. Construction Staking — The placement of stakes and markings to provide offsets and elevations to cut and fill in order to locate on the ground the designed structures/improvements included in the Project Drawings. Construction staking shall include staking casements and/or right of way if indicated on the plans. 4. Survey "Field Checks" — Measurements made after construction staking is completed and before construction work begins to ensure that structures marked on the ground are accurately located per Project Drawings. B. Technical References 1. City of Fort Worth — Construction Staking Standards (available on City's Buzzsaw website) — 01 71 23.16.01— Attachment A Survey Staking Standards 2. City of Fort Worth - Standard Survey Data Collector Library (fxl) files (available on City's Buzzsaw website). 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Survey Manual, latest revision 4. Texas Society of Professional Land Surveyors (TSPS), Manual of Practice for Land Surveying in the State of Texas, Category 5 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor's selection of a surveyor must comply with Texas Government Code 2254 (qualifications based selection) for this project. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals, if required, shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. B. All submittals shall be received and reviewed by the City prior to delivery of work. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field Quality Control Submittals Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 14, 2018 017123-3 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 3 of 8 1. Documentation verifying accuracy of field engineering work, including coordinate conversions if plans do not indicate grid or ground coordinates. 2. Submit "Cut -Sheets" conforming to the standard template provided by the City (refer to 01 71 23.16.01 — Attachment A — Survey Staking Standards). 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS B. As -built Redline Drawing Submittal 1. Submit As -Built Survey Redline Drawings documenting the locations/elevations of constructed improvements signed and sealed by Registered Professional Land Surveyor (RPLS) responsible for the work (refer to 01 71 23.16.01 — Attachment A — Survey Staking Standards) . 2. Contractor shall submit the proposed as -built and completed redline drawing submittal one (1) week prior to scheduling the project final inspection for City review and comment. Revisions, if necessary, shall be made to the as -built redline drawings and resubmitted to the City prior to scheduling the construction final inspection. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construction Staking 1. Construction staking will be performed by the Contractor. 2. Coordination a. Contact City's Project Representative at least one week in advance notifying the City of when Construction Staking is scheduled. b. It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate staking such that construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. 3. General a. Contractor is responsible for preserving and maintaining stakes. If City surveyors arc required to re -stake for any reason, the Contractor will be responsible for costs to perform staking. If in the opinion of the City, a sufficient number of stakes or markings have been lost, destroyed disturbed or omitted that the contracted Work cannot take place then the Contractor will be required to stake or re -stake the deficient areas. B. Construction Survey 1. Construction Survey will be performed by the Contractor. Coordination a. Contractor to verify that horizontal and vertical control data established in the design survey and required for construction survey is available and in place. General a. Construction survey will be performed in order to construct the work shown on the Construction Drawings and specified in the Contract Documents. b. For construction methods other than open cut, the Contractor shall perform construction survey and verify control data including, but not limited to, the following: 1) Verification that established benchmarks and control are accurate. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 14, 2018 017123-4 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 4 of 8 2) Use of Benchmarks to furnish and maintain all reference lines and grades for tunneling. 3) Use of line and grades to establish the location of the pipe. 4) Submit to the City copies of field notesused to establish all lines and grades, if requested, and allow the City to check guidance system setup prior to beginning each tunneling drive. 5) Provide access for the City, if requested, to verify the guidance system and the line and grade of the carrier pipe. 6) The Contractor remains fully responsible for the accuracy of the work and correction of it, as required. 7) Monitor line and grade continuously during construction. 8) Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each pipe joint and submit daily records to the City. 9) If the installation does not meet the specified tolerances (as outlined in Sections 33 05 23 and/or 33 05 24), immediately notify the City and correct the installation in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. As -Built Survey 1. Required As -Built Survey will be performed by the Contractor. 2. Coordination a. Contractor is to coordinate with City to confirm which features require as - built surveying. b. It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate the as -built survey and required measurements for items that are to be buried such that construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. c. For sewer mains and water mains 12" and under in diameter, it is acceptable to physically measure depth and mark the location during the progress of construction and take as -built survey after the facility has been buried. The Contractor is responsible for the quality control needed to ensure accuracy. 3. General a. The Contractor shall provide as -built survey including the elevation and location (and provide written documentation to the City) of construction features during the progress of the construction including the following: 1) Water Lines a) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for waterlines at the following locations: (1) Minimum every 250 linear feet, including (2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. (3) Fire line tee (4) Plugs, stub -outs, dead-end lines (5) Casing pipe (each end) and all buried fittings 2) Sanitary Sewer a) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for force mains and siphon sanitary sewer lines (non -gravity facilities) at the following locations: (1) Minimum every 250 linear feet and any buried fittings (2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. 3) Stormwater — Not Applicable Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 14, 2018 017123-5 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 5 of 8 b. The Contractor shall provide as -built survey including the elevation and location (and provide written documentation to the City) of construction features after the construction is completed including the following: 1) Manholes a) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each manhole 2) Water Lines a) Cathodic protection test stations b) Sampling stations c) Meter boxes/vaults (All sizes) d) Fire hydrants e) Valves (gate, butterfly, etc.) f) Air Release valves (Manhole rim and vent pipe) g) Blow off valves (Manhole rim and valve lid) h) Pressure plane valves i) Underground Vaults (1) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each Underground Vault. 3) Sanitary Sewer a) Cleanouts (1) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each b) Manholes and Junction Structures (1) Rim and flowlinc elevations and coordinates for each manhole and junction structure. 4) Stormwater — Not Applicable 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. A construction survey will produce, but will not be limited to: 1. Recovery of relevant control points, points of curvature and points of intersection. 2. Establish temporary horizontal and vertical control elevations (benchmarks) sufficiently permanent and located in a manner to be used throughout construction. 3. The location of planned facilities, easements and improvements. a. Establishing final line and grade stakes for piers, floors, grade beams, parking areas, utilities, streets, highways, tunnels, and other construction. b. A record of revisions or corrections noted in an orderly manner for reference. c. A drawing, when required by the client, indicating the horizontal and vertical location of facilities, easements and improvements, as built. 4. Cut sheets shall be provided to the City inspector and Survey Superintendent for all construction staking projects. These cut sheets shall be on the standard city template which can be obtained from the Survey Superintendent (817-392-7925). 5. Digital survey files in the following formats shall be acceptable: a. AutoCAD (.dwg) b. ESRI Shapefile (.shp) Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 14, 2018 017123-6 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 6 of 8 c. CSV file (.csv), formatted with X and Y coordinates in separate columns (use standard templates, if available) 6. Survey files shall include vertical and horizontal data tied to original project control and benchmarks, and shall include feature descriptions PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS A. Tolerances: The staked location of any improvement or facility should be as accurate as practical and necessary. The degree of precision required is dependent on many factors all of which must remain judgmental. The tolerances listed hereafter are based on generalities and, under certain circumstances, shall yield to specific requirements. The surveyor shall assess any situation by review of the overall plans and through consultation with responsible parties as to the need for specific tolerances. a. Earthwork: Grades for earthwork or rough cut should not exceed 0.1 ft. vertical tolerance. Horizontal alignment for earthwork and rough cut should not exceed 1.0 ft. tolerance. b. Horizontal alignment on a structure shall be within .0.1 ft tolerance. c. Paving or concrete for streets, curbs, gutters, parking areas, drives, alleys and walkways shall be located within the confines of the site boundaries and, occasionally, along a boundary or any other restrictive line. Away from any restrictive line, these facilities should be staked with an accuracy producing no more than 0.05ft. tolerance from their specified locations. d. Underground and overhead utilities, such as sewers, gas, water, telephone and electric lines, shall be located horizontally within their prescribed areas or easements. Within assigned areas, these utilities should be staked with an accuracy producing no more than 0.1 ft tolerance from a specified location. e. The accuracy required for the vertical location of utilities varies widely. Many underground utilities require only a minimum cover and a tolerance of 0.1 ft. should be maintained. Underground and overhead utilities on planned profile, but not depending on gravity flow for performance, should not exceed 0.1 ft. tolerance. B. Surveying instruments shall be kept in close adjustment according to manufacturer's specifications or in compliance to standards. The City reserves the right to request a calibration report at any time and recommends regular maintenance schedule be performed by a certified technician every 6 months. 1. Field measurements of angles and distances shall be done in such fashion as to satisfy the closures and tolerances expressed in Part 3.1.A. 2. Vertical locations shall be established from a pre -established benchmark and checked by closing to a different bench mark on the same datum. 3. Construction survey field work shall correspond to the client's plans. Irregularities or conflicts found shall be reported promptly to the City. 4. Revisions, corrections and other pertinent data shall be logged for future reference. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 14, 2018 017123-7 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 7 of 8 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 APPLICATION 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION A. If the Contractor's work damages or destroys one or more of the control monuments/points set by the City, the monuments shall be adequately referenced for expedient restoration. 1. Notify City if any control data needs to be restored or replaced due to damage caused during construction operations. a. Contractor shall perform replacements and/or restorations. b. The City may require at any time a survey "Field Check" of any monument or benchmarks that are set be verified by the City surveyors before further associated work can move forward. 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain all stakes and control data placed by the City in accordance with this Specification. This includes easements and right of way, if noted on the plans. B. Do not change or relocate stakes or control data without approval from the City. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP A. Survey Checks 1. The City reserves the right to perform a Survey Check at any time deemed necessary. 2. Checks by City personnel or 3' party contracted surveyor are not intended to relieve the contractor of his/her responsibility for accuracy. 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 14, 2018 017123-8 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 8 of 8 DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8/31/2012 D. Johnson Added instruction and modified measurement & payment under 1.2; added 8/31/2017 M. Owen definitions and references under 1.3; modified 1.6; added 1.7 closeout submittal requirements; modified 1.9 Quality Assurance; added PART 2 — PRODUCTS ; Added 3.1 Installers; added 3.5 Repair/Restoration; and added 3.8 System Startup. Removed "blue text"; revised measurement and payment sections for Construction Staking and As -Built Survey; added reference to selection compliance with TGC 2/14/2018 M Owen 2254; revised action and Closeout submittal requirements; added acceptable depth measurement criteria; revised list of items requiring as -built survey "during" and "after" construction; and revised acceptable digital survey file format Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 14, 2018 SECTION 0174 23 CLEANING PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 017423-1 CLEANING Page 1 of 4 A. Section Includes: 1. Intermediate and final cleaning for Work not including special cleaning of closed systems specified elsewhere B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 3. Section 32 92 13 — Hydro -Mulching, Seeding and Sodding 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Scheduling 1. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by cleaning process will not fall on newly painted surfaces. 2. Schedule final cleaning upon completion of Work and immediately prior to final inspection. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for those materials. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 017423-2 CLEANING Page 2 of 4 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents 1. Compatible with surface being cleaned 2. New and uncontaminated 3. For manufactured surfaces a. Material recommended by manufacturer 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 APPLICATION [NOT USED] 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING A. General 1. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions. 2. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of governing authorities. 3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains or sewers. 4. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site. 5. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an alternate manner approved by City and regulatory agencies. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 017423-3 CLEANING Page 3 of 4 6. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. 7. Thoroughly clean, sweep, wash and polish all Work and equipment associated with this project. 8. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction of required permanent Work. 9. If project is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City, the City reserves the right to have the cleaning completed at the expense of the Contractor. 10. Do not burn on -site. B. Intermediate Cleaning during Construction 1. Keep Work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of personnel in existing facility operations. 2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 3. Confine construction debris daily in strategically located container(s): a. Cover to prevent blowing by wind b. Store debris away from construction or operational activities c. Haul from site at a minimum of once per week 4. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting. a. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as -needed basis, until Final Acceptance. 5. Prior to storm events, thoroughly clean site of all loose or unsecured items, which may become airborne or transported by flowing water during the storm. C. Interior Final Cleaning 1. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other foreign materials from sight -exposed surfaces. 2. Wipe all lighting fixture reflectors, lenses, lamps and trims clean. 3. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors. 4. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. 5. Ventilating systems a. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated during construction. b. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. 6. Replace all burned out lamps. 7. Broom clean process area floors. 8. Mop office and control room floors. D. Exterior (Site or Right of Way) Final Cleaning 1. Remove trash and debris containers from site. a. Re -seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers in accordance with Section 32 92 13. 2. Sweep roadway to remove all rocks, pieces of asphalt, concrete or any other object that may hinder or disrupt the flow of traffic along the roadway. 3. Clean any interior areas including, but not limited to, vaults, manholes, structures, junction boxes and inlets. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 017423-4 CLEANING Page 4 of 4 4. If no longer required for maintenance of erosion facilities, and upon approval by City, remove erosion control from site. 5. Clean signs, lights, signals, etc. 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 1 2 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 0177 19 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 77 19 -1 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 3 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. The procedure for closing out a contract 7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 —Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1— General Requirements 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A- Measurement and Payment 14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 M, 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Guarantees, Bonds and Affidavits 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until all guarantees, bonds, certificates, licenses and affidavits required for Work or equipment as specked are satisfactorily filed with the City. B. Release of Liens or Claims 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until satisfactory evidence of release of liens has been submitted to the City. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all required documentation to City's Project Representative. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 22, 2021 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 01 77 19 - 2 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 2 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 4 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 5 3.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE 6 A. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, submit: 7 1. Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 0178 39 8 2. Operation and Maintenance Data, if required, in accordance with Section 0178 23 9 B. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, perform final cleaning in accordance with Section 10 01 74 23. 11 C. Final Inspection 12 1. After final cleaning, provide notice to the City Project Representative that the Work 13 is completed. 14 a. The City will make an initial Final Inspection with the Contractor present. 15 b. Upon completion of this inspection, the City will notify the Contractor, in 16 writing within 10 business days, of any particulars in which this inspection 17 reveals that the Work is defective or incomplete. 18 2. Upon receiving written notice from the City, immediately undertake the Work 19 required to remedy deficiencies and complete the Work to the satisfaction of the 20 City. 21 3. The Right-of-way shall be cleared of all construction materials, barricades, and 22 temporary signage. 23 4. Upon completion of Work associated with the items listed in the City's written 24 notice, inform the City that the required Work has been completed. Upon receipt of 25 this notice, the City, in the presence of the Contractor, will make a subsequent Final 26 Inspection of the project. 27 5. Provide all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full 28 operation. These special accessory items include, but are not limited to: 29 a. Specified spare parts 30 b. Adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment 31 c. Initial fill up of all chemical tanks and fuel tanks 32 d. Light bulbs 33 e. Fuses 34 f. Vault keys 35 g. Handwheels 36 h. Other expendable items as required for initial start-up and operation of all 37 equipment 38 D. Notice of Project Completion 39 1. Once the City Project Representative finds the Work subsequent to Final Inspection 40 to be satisfactory, the City will issue a Notice of Project Completion (Green Sheet). 41 E. Supporting Documentation Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 22, 2021 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 01 77 19 - 3 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 3 1. Coordinate with the City Project Representative to complete the following additional forms: a. Final Payment Request b. Statement of Contract Time c. Affidavit of Payment and Release of Liens d. Consent of Surety to Final Payment e. Pipe Report (if required) f. Contractor's Evaluation of City g. Performance Evaluation of Contractor F. Letter of Final Acceptance 1. Upon review and acceptance of Notice of Project Completion and Supporting Documentation, in accordance with General Conditions, City will issue Letter of Final Acceptance and release the Final Payment Request for payment. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3/22/2021 M Owen 3.4 C. Added language to clarify and emphasize requirement to "Clearing ROW" CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 22, 2021 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 017823-1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 1 of 5 SECTION 0178 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Product data and related information appropriate for City's maintenance and operation of products furnished under Contract 2. Such products may include, but are not limited to: a. Traffic Controllers b. Irrigation Controllers (to be operated by the City) c. Butterfly Valves B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Schedule 1. Submit manuals in final form to the City within 30 calendar days of product shipment to the project site. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00 . All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Form 1. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by City personnel. 2. Format a. Size: 8 '/z inches x 11 inches b. Paper 1) 40 pound minimum, white, for typed pages 2) Holes reinforced with plastic, cloth or metal c. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 017823-2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 2 of 5 d. Drawings 1) Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text 2) Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages. e. Provide fly -leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment. 1) Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of equipment. 2) Provide indexed tabs. f. Cover 1) Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". 2) List: a) Title of Project b) Identity of separate structure as applicable c) Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual 3. Binders a. Commercial quality 3-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers b. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings. 4. If available, provide an electronic form of the O&M Manual. B. Manual Content Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order a. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number b. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume c. List, with each product: 1) The name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor or installer 2) A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume 3) Identify area of responsibility of each 4) Local source of supply for parts and replacement d. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. Product Data a. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. b. Annotate each sheet to: 1) Clearly identify specific product or part installed 2) Clearly identify data applicable to installation 3) Delete references to inapplicable information Drawings a. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: 1) Relations of component parts of equipment and systems 2) Control and flow diagrams b. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. c. Do not use Project Record Drawings as maintenance drawings. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: a. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. b. Provide logical sequence of instructions of each procedure. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 017823-3 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 3 of 5 5. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued a. Provide information sheet for City personnel giving: 1) Proper procedures in event of failure 2) Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds C. Manual for Materials and Finishes 1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form. 2. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 1) Catalog number, size, composition 2) Color and texture designations 3) Information required for reordering special manufactured products b. Instructions for care and maintenance 1) Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods 2) Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to product 3) Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance Content, for moisture protection and weather exposure products: a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 1) Applicable standards 2) Chemical composition 3) Details of installation b. Instructions for inspection, maintenance and repair D. Manual for Equipment and Systems 1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: a. Description of unit and component parts 1) Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts b. Operating procedures 1) Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions 2) Regulation, control, stopping, shut -down and emergency instructions 3) Summer and winter operating instructions 4) Special operating instructions c. Maintenance procedures 1) Routine operations 2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 4) Alignment, adjusting and checking d. Servicing and lubrication schedule 1) List of lubricants required e. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions f. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer 1) Predicted life of parts subject to wear 2) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts g. As installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer h. Each contractor's coordination drawings 1) As installed color coded piping diagrams Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 017823-4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 4 of 5 i. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve j. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage k. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 3. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: a. Description of system and component parts 1) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts b. Circuit directories of panelboards 1) Electrical service 2) Controls 3) Communications c. As installed color coded wiring diagrams d. Operating procedures 1) Routine and normal operating instructions 2) Sequences required 3) Special operating instructions e. Maintenance procedures 1) Routine operations 2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 4) Adjustment and checking f. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions g. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage h. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 4. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of City's personnel. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide operation and maintenance data by personnel with the following criteria: 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products 2. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data 3. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 017823-5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 5 of 5 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8/31/2012 D. Johnson 1.5.A.1 —title of section removed Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 017839-1 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 4 SECTION 0178 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Work associated with the documenting the project and recording changes to project documents, including: a. Record Drawings b. Water Meter Service Reports c. Sanitary Sewer Service Reports d. Large Water Meter Reports B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to submitting a request for Final Inspection, deliver Project Record Documents to City's Project Representative. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Accuracy of Records 1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents, making adequate and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly. 2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Contract Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project Record Documents. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 017839-2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 4 3. To facilitate accuracy of records, make entries within 24 hours after receipt of information that the change has occurred. 4. Provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and visible, to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and expensive site measurement, investigation and examination. 1.10 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Maintain the job set of Record Documents completely protected from deterioration and from loss and damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to the final Project Record Documents. 2. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data to the City's approval. a. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the Contract Documents. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Job set 1. Promptly following receipt of the Notice to Proceed, secure from the City, at no charge to the Contractor, 1 complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract. B. Final Record Documents 1. At a time nearing the completion of the Work and prior to Final Inspection, provide the City 1 complete set of all Final Record Drawings in the Contract. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS A. Maintenance of Job Set 1. Immediately upon receipt of the job set, identify each of the Documents with the title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET". Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 017839-3 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 4 2. Preservation a. Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination, and the conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a suitable method for protecting the job set. b. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review by the City, until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents. c. Maintain the job set at the site of work. 3. Coordination with Construction Survey a. At a minimum, in accordance with the intervals set forth in Section 01 71 23, clearly mark any deviations from Contract Documents associated with installation of the infrastructure. 4. Making entries on Drawings a. Record any deviations from Contract Documents. b. Use an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the change by graphic line and note as required. c. Date all entries. d. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected. e. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping changes. Conversion of schematic layouts a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts, and similar items, are shown schematically and are not intended to portray precise physical layout. 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the City's approval. 2) However, design of future modifications of the facility may require accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are shown only schematically on the Drawings. b. Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within 1 inch, the centerline of each run of items. 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the City's approval. 2) Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the Item ("under slab", "in ceiling plenum", "exposed", and the like). 3) Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related reliably to the Specifications. c. The City may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts where, in the City's judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However, do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing by the City. B. Final Project Record Documents Transfer of data to Drawings a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings to the corresponding final documents, coordinating the changes as required. b. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of changes made during construction, and the actual location of items. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 01 78 39 - 4 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 4 c. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas affected. d. Make changes neatly, consistently and with the proper media to assure longevity and clear reproduction. 2. Transfer of data to other Documents a. If the Documents, other than Drawings, have been kept clean during progress of the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the City, the job set of those Documents, other than Drawings, will be accepted as final Record Documents. b. If any such Document is not so approved by the City, secure a new copy of that Document from the City at the City's usual charge for reproduction and handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval of the City. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 1 2 3 PART 1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 02 4113 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 024113-1 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 1 of 5 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Removing sidewalks and steps 7 2. Removing ADA ramps, landings, and detectable warning surfaces 8 3. Removing driveways 9 4. Removing fences 10 5. Removing guardrail 11 6. Removing retaining walls (less than 4 feet tall) 12 7. Removing mailboxes 13 8. Removing rip rap 14 9. Removing miscellaneous concrete structures including porches and foundations 15 10. Disposal of removed materials 16 B. Deviations this from City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 17 1. None. 18 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 19 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 20 Contract 21 2. Division 1— General Requirements 22 3. Section 3123 23 — Borrow 23 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24 A. Measurement and Payment 25 1. Measurement 26 a. Remove Sidewalk: Measure by square foot. 27 b. Remove Steps: measure by the square foot as seen in the plan view only. 28 c. Remove ADA Ramp: measure by each. 29 d. Remove Detectable Warning Surface: measure by each 30 e. Remove Driveway: measure by the square foot by type. 31 f. Remove Fence: measure by the linear foot. 32 g. Remove Guardrail: measure by the linear foot along the face of the rail in place 33 including metal beam guard fence transitions and single guard rail terminal 34 sections from the center of end posts. 35 h. Remove Retaining Wall (less than 4 feet tall): measure by the linear foot 36 i. Remove Mailbox, Remove and Replace Mailbox, and Relocate Mailbox: 37 measure by each. 38 j. Remove Rip Rap: measure by the square foot. 39 k. Remove Miscellaneous Concrete Structure: measure by the lump sum. 40 2. Payment Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 02 41 13 -2 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 2 of 5 1 a. Remove Sidewalk: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, 2 disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. 3 Sidewalk adjacent to or attached to retaining wall (including sidewalk that acts 4 as a wall footing) shall be paid as sidewalk removal. For utility projects, this 5 Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation 6 will be allowed. 7 b. Remove Steps: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, disposal, 8 tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For utility 9 projects, this Item shallbc considered subsidiary to the trench and no other 10 compensation will be allowed. 11 c. Remove ADA Ramp and landing: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, 12 hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute 13 work. Work includes ramp landing removal. For utility projects, this Item shall 14 be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 allowed. d. Remove Detectable Warning Surface: full compensation for removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. Work includes detectable warning surface removal from ramp. e. Remove Driveway: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to remove improved driveway by type. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. f. Remove Fence: full compensation for removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to remove fence. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. g. Remove Guardrail: full compensation for removing materials, loading, hauling, unloading, and storing or disposal; furnishing backfill material; backfilling the postholes; and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. h. Remove Retaining Wall (less than 4 feet tall): full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. Sidewalk adjacent to or attached to retaining wall (including sidewalk that acts as a wall footing) shall be paid as sidewalk removal. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. i. Remove Mailbox: full compensation for removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. j. Remove and Replace Mailbox and Relocate Mailbox: full compensation for removal, hauling, disposal or relocation, and installation or construction of replacement, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work for different types: traditional pipe and mailbox or brick mailbox, at equal or better condition on completion k. Remove Rip Rap: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 02 41 13 -3 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 3 of 5 1 1. Remove Miscellaneous Concrete Structure: full compensation for saw cutting, 2 removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to 3 execute work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to 4 the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. 5 1.3 REFERENCES 6 A. Definitions 7 1. Improved Driveway: Driveway constructed of concrete, asphalt paving or brick unit 8 pavers. 9 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 10 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 15 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 16 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 17 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 18 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 19 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 20 2.2 MATERIALS 21 A. Fill Material: See Section 3123 23. 22 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 23 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 24 PART 3 - EXECUTION 25 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 26 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 27 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 28 3.4 REMOVAL 29 A. Remove Sidewalk 30 1. Remove sidewalk to nearest existing dummy, expansion or construction joint. 31 2. Saw cut when removing to nearest joint is not practical. See 3.4.K 32 B. Remove Steps 33 1. Remove step to nearest existing dummy, expansion or construction joint. 34 2. Sawcut when removing to nearest joint is not practical. See 3.4.K 35 C. Remove ADA Ramp Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 02 41 13 -4 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 4 of 5 1 1. Saw cut existing curb and gutter and pavement prior to wheelchair ramp removal. 2 See 3.4.K 3 2. Remove ramp to nearest existing dummy, expansion or construction joint on 4 existing sidewalk. 5 D. Remove Detectable Warning Surface 6 1. Remove old detectable warning surface from ramp, including either pavers or 7 prefabricated panels 8 2. Clean any glue or residue from the surface 9 E. Remove Driveway 10 1. Sawcut existing drive, curb and gutter and pavement prior to drive removal. See 11 3.4.K. 12 2. Remove drive to nearest existing dummy, expansion or construction joint. 13 3. Saw cut when removing to nearest joint is not practical. See 3.4.K 14 4. Remove adjacent sidewalk to nearest existing dummy, expansion or construction 15 joint on existing sidewalk. 16 F. Remove Fence 17 1. Remove all fence components above and below ground and backfill with acceptable 18 fill material. 19 2. Use caution in removing and salvaging fence materials. 20 3. Salvaged materials may be used to reconstruct fence as approved by City or as 21 shown on Drawings. 22 4. Contractor responsible for keeping animals (livestock, pets, etc.) within the fenced 23 areas during construction operation and while removing fences. 24 G. Remove Guardrail 25 1. Remove rail elements in original lengths. 26 2. Remove fittings from the posts and the metal rail and then pull the posts. 27 3. Do not mar or damage salvageable materials during removal. 28 4. Completely remove posts and any concrete surrounding the posts. 29 5. Furnish backfill material and backfill the hole with material equal in composition 30 and density to the surrounding soilunless otherwise directed. 31 6. Cut off or bend down eyebolts anchored to the dead man to an elevation at least 1- 32 foot below the new subgrade elevation and leave in place along with the dead man. 33 R Remove Retaining Wall (less than 4 feet tall) 34 1. Remove wall to nearest existing joint. 35 2. Saw cut when removing to nearest joint is not practical. See 3AK 36 3. Removal includes all components of the retaining wall including footings. 37 4. Sidewalk adjacent to or attached to retaining wall: See 3.4.A 38 I. Remove Mailbox 39 1. Salvage existing materials for reuse. Mailbox materials may need to be used for 40 reconstruction. 41 J. Remove Rip Rap Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 02 41 13 -5 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 5 of 5 1 1. Remove rip rap to nearest existing dummy, expansion or construction joint. 2 2. Sawcut when removing to nearest joint is not practical. See 3.4.K 3 K Remove Miscellaneous Concrete Structure 4 1. Remove portions of miscellaneous concrete structures including foundations and 5 slabs that do not interfere with proposed construction to 2 feet below the finished 6 ground line. 7 2. Cut reinforcement close to the portion of the concrete to remain in place. 8 3. Break or perforate the bottom of structures to remain to prevent the entrapment of 9 water. 10 L. Sawcut 11 1. Sawing Equipment 12 a. Power -driven 13 b. Manufactured for the purpose of sawing pavement 14 c. In good operating condition 15 d. Shall not spall or fracture the pavement to the removal area 16 2. Sawcut perpendicular to the surface completely through existing pavement. 17 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 18 3.6 REINSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 21 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 22 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 23 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 24 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 25 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 26 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 27 28 29 END OF SECTION Revis ion Log DATE NAME SUMMARYOF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A.2. Modified Payment - Items will be subsidiary to trench on utility projects 3 /1 1 /2022 M Owen/S Hobbs Added measurement and payment for Remove andReplace Mailbox and Relocate Mailbox and Remove Detectable Warning Surface Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 0241 14 - 1 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 1 of 16 OSECTION 02 4114 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Direction for the removal, abandonment or salvaging of the following utilities: a. Cathodic Protection Test Stations b. Water Lines c. Gate Valves d. Water Valves e. Fire Hydrants f. Water Meters and Meter Box g. Water Sampling Station h. Concrete Water Vaults i. Sanitary Sewer Lines j. Sanitary Sewer Manholes k. Sanitary Sewer Junction Boxes 1. Storm Sewer Lines m. Storm Sewer Manhole Risers n. Storm Sewer Junction Boxes o. Storm Sewer Inlets p. Box Culverts q. Headwalls and Safety End Treatments r. Trench Drains B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 3. Section 03 34 13 — Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 4. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 5. Section 33 05 24 — Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate 6. Section 33 11 11 — Ductile Iron Fittings 7. Section 33 11 13 — Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar -wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type 8. Section 33 11 14 — Buried Steel Pipe and Fittings 9. Section 33 12 25 — Connection to Existing Water Mains 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Utility Lines 1. Abandonment of Utility Line by Grouting a. Measurement CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 0241 14 - 2 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 2 of 16 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per cubic yard of existing utility line to be grouted. Measure by tickets showing cubic yards of grout applied. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price per cubic yard of "Line Grouting" for: a) Various types of utility line c. The price bid shall include: 1) Low density cellular grout or CLSM 2) Water 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 2. Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of existing utility line to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement' shall be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of "Remove Line" for: a) Various types of existing utility line b) Various sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of existing utility pipe 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation 4) Hauling 5) Disposal of excess materials 6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 7) Clean-up Utility Line Removal, Same Trench a. Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary the proposed utility line being installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the installation of proposed utility pipe and shall be subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of pipe complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 4. Manhole Abandonment a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each manhole to be abandoned. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement' shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Abandon Manhole" for: CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 0241 14 - 3 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 3 of 16 a) Various diameters b) Various types c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of manhole cone 2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 3) Cutting and plugging of existing sewer lines 4) Concrete 5) Acceptable material for backfilling manhole void 6) Pavement removal 7) Excavation 8) Hauling 9) Disposal of excess materials 10) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 11) Surface restoration 12) Clean-up 5. Cathodic Test Station Abandonment a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each cathodic test station to be abandoned. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement' shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Abandon Cathodic Test Station". c. The price bid shall include: 1) Abandon cathodic test station 2) CLSM 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up B. Water Lines and Appurtenances Installation of a Water Line Pressure Plug a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each pressure plug to be installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement' shall be paid for at the unit price bid for each "Pressure Plug" installed for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing pressure plug 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation 4) Hauling 5) Disposal of excess material 6) Gaskets 7) Bolts and Nuts CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 0241 14 - 4 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 4 of 16 8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 10) Disinfection 11) Testing 12) Clean-up Abandonment of Water Line by Cut and installation of Abandonment Plug a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each cut and abandonment plug installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price bid for each "Water Abandonment Plug" installed for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing abandonment plug 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation 4) Hauling 5) CLSM 6) Disposal of excess material 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 3. Water Valve Removal a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water valve to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Remove Water Valve" for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of valve 2) CLSM 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 4. Water Valve Removal and Salvage a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water valve to be removed and salvaged. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Salvage Water Valve" for: a) Various sizes CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 0241 14 - 5 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 5 of 16 c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and Salvage of valve 2) CLSM 3) Delivery to City 4) Pavement removal 5) Excavation 6) Hauling 7) Disposal of excess materials 8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 9) Clean-up 5. Water Valve Abandonment a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water valve to be abandoned. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Abandon Water Valve" for: a) Various Sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Abandonment of valve 2) CLSM 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 6. Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each fire hydrant to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement' shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Salvage Fire Hydrant'. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and salvage of fire hydrant 2) Delivery to City 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 7. Water Meter Removal and Salvage a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water meter to be removed and salvaged. b. Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 0241 14 - 6 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 6of16 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Salvage Water Meter" for: a) Various sizes 2) If a "Water Meter Service Relocate" is performed in accordance with Section 33 12 10, removal and salvage or disposal of the existing (2-inch or smaller) water meter shall be subsidiary to the cost of the "Water Meter Service Relocate", no other compensation will be allowed. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and salvage of water meter 2) Delivery to City 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up Water Sampling Station Removal and Salvage a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water sampling station to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Salvage Water Sampling Station". c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and salvage of water sampling station 2) Delivery to City 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 9. Concrete Water Vault Removal a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each concrete water vault to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Remove Concrete Water Vault". c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of concrete water vault 2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 3) Removal, salvage and delivery of any valves to City, if applicable 4) Removal, salvage and delivery of any water meters to City, if applicable 5) Pavement removal 6) Excavation CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 0241 14 - 7 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 7of16 7) Hauling 8) Disposal of excess materials 9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 10) Clean-up C. Sanitary Sewer Lines and Appurtenances Abandonment of Sanitary Sewer Line by Cut and installation of Abandonment Plug a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each cut and abandonment plug installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price bid for each "Sewer Abandonment Plug" for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing abandonment plug 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation 4) Hauling 5) CLSM 6) Disposal of excess material 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 2. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Removal a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each sanitary sewer manhole to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Remove Sewer Manhole" for: a) Various diameters c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of manhole 2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 3) Cutting and plugging of existing sewer lines 4) Pavement removal 5) Excavation 6) Hauling 7) Disposal of excess materials 8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 9) Clean-up Sanitary Sewer Junction Structure Removal a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each sanitary sewer junction structure being removed. b. Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 0241 14 - 8 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 8 of 16 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the lump sum bid per each "Remove Sewer Junction Box" location. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of junction box 2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City. 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up D. Storm Sewer Lines and Appurtenances 1. Abandonment of Storm Sewer Line by Cut and installation of Abandonment Plug a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each cut and abandonment plug to be installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement' shall be paid for at the unit price bid for each "Storm Abandonment Plug" installed for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing abandonment plug 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation 4) Hauling 5) CLSM 6) Disposal of excess material 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 2. Storm Sewer Manhole Removal a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each storm sewer manhole to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement' shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Remove Manhole Riser" for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of manhole 2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 0241 14 - 9 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 9of16 3. Storm Sewer Junction Box Removal a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each storm sewer junction structure to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Remove Storm Junction Box" for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of junction box 2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 4. Storm Sewer Junction Structure Removal a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each storm sewer junction structure being removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement' shall be paid for at the lump sum bid per each "Remove Storm Junction Structure" location. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of junction structure 2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess materials 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 5. Storm Sewer Inlet Removal a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each storm sewer inlet to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement' shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Remove Storm Inlet' for: a) Various types b) Various sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of inlet 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 0241 14 - 10 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 10 of 16 4) Hauling 5) Disposal of excess materials 6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 7) Clean-up 6. Storm Sewer Junction Box Removal a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of existing storm sewer box to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of "Remove Storm Junction Box" for all sizes. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of Storm Sewer Box 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation 4) Hauling 5) Disposal of excess materials 6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 7) Clean-up 7. Headwall/SET Removal a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each headwall or safety end treatment (SET) to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Remove Headwall/SET". c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of Headwall/SET 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation 4) Hauling 5) Disposal of excess materials 6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 7) Clean-up 8. Trench Drain Removal a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of storm sewer trench drain to be removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of "Remove Trench Drain" for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of storm sewer line 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 0241 14 - 11 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 11 of 16 4) Hauling 5) Disposal of excess materials 6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 7) Clean-up 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination 1. Contact Inspector and the Water Department Field Operation Storage Yard for coordination of salvage material return. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS4NFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Protect and salvage all materials such that no damage occurs during delivery to the City. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 REMOVAL, SALVAGE, AND ABANDONMENT A. General CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 0241 14-12 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 12 of 16 Manhole Abandonment a. All manholes that are to be taken out of service are to be removed unless specifically requested and/or approved by City. b. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. c. Remove and salvage manhole frame and cover as coordinated with City. d. Deliver salvaged material to the City. e. Cut and plug sewer lines to be abandoned. f. Backfill manhole void in accordance with City Standard Details. B. Water Lines and Appurtenances Water Line Pressure Plugs a. Ductile Iron Water Lines 1) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 2) Plug with an MJ Plug with mechanical restraint and blocking in accordance with Section 33 11 11. 3) Perform Cut and Plug in accordance with Section 33 12 25. b. PVC C900 and C905 Water Lines 1) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 2) Plug with an MJ Plug with mechanical restraint and blocking in accordance with Section 33 11 11. 3) Perform Cut and Plug in accordance with Section 33 12 25. c. Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar Wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type Water Lines 1) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10 2) Plug using: a) A fabricated plug restrained by welding or by a Snap Ring in accordance with Section 33 11 13; or b) A blind flange in accordance with Section 33 11 13 3) Perform Cut and Plug in accordance with Section 33 12 25. d. Buried Steel Water Lines 1) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 2) Plug using: a) A fabricated plug restrained by welding in accordance with Section 33 11 14; or b) A blind flange in accordance with Section 33 11 14 3) Perform Cut and Plug in accordance with Section 33 12 25. 2. Water Line Abandonment Plug a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Plug with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. Water Line Abandonment by Grouting a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Dewater from existing line to be grouted. c. Fill line with Low Density Cellular Grout in accordance with Section 33 05 24 or CLSM in accordance with 03 34 13. d. Dispose of any excess material. 4. Water Line Removal a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Cut existing line from the utility system prior to removal. c. Cut any services prior to removal. d. Remove existing pipe line and properly dispose as approved by City. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 0241 14 - 13 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 13 of 16 5. Water Valve Removal a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Remove and dispose of valve bonnet, wedge and stem. c. Fill valve body with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 6. Water Valve Removal and Salvage a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Remove valve bonnet, wedge and stem. c. Deliver salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage Yard. d. Protect salvaged materials from damage. e. Fill valve body with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 7. Water Valve Abandonment a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Remove the top 2 feet of the valve stack and any valve extensions. c. Fill the remaining valve stack with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 8. Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Remove Fire Hydrant. c. Place abandonment plug on fire hydrant lead line. d. Deliver salvaged fire hydrant to the Water Department Field Operation Storage Yard. e. Protect salvaged materials from damage. 9. Water Meter Removal and Salvage a. Remove and salvage water meter. b. Return salvaged meter to Project Representative. c. City will provide replacement meter for installation. d. Meter Box and Lid 1) Remove and salvage cast iron meter box lid. 2) Remove and dispose of any non -cast iron meter box lid. 3) Return salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage Yard. 4) Remove and dispose of meter box. 10. Water Sample Station Removal and Salvage a. Remove and salvage existing water sample station. b. Deliver salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage Yard. 11. Concrete Water Vault Removal a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Remove and salvage vault lid. c. Remove and salvage valves. d. Remove and salvage meters. e. Deliver salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage Yard. f. Remove and dispose of any piping or other appurtenances. g. Demolish and remove entire concrete vault. h. Dispose of all excess materials. 12. Cathodic Test Station Abandonment a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 0241 14 - 14 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 14 of 16 b. Remove the top 2 feet of the cathodic test station stack and contents. c. Fill any remaining voids with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. C. Sanitary Sewer Lines and Appurtenances Sanitary Sewer Line Abandonment Plug a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Remove and dispose of any sewage. c. Plug with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 2. Sanitary Sewer Line Abandonment by Grouting a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Dewater and dispose of any sewage from the existing line to be grouted. c. Fill line with Low Density Cellular Grout in accordance with Section 33 05 24 or CLSM in accordance with 03 34 13. d. Dispose of any excess material. 3. Sanitary Sewer Line Removal a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Cut existing line from the utility system prior to removal. c. Cut any services prior to removal. d. Remove existing pipe line and properly dispose as approved by City. 4. Sanitary Sewer Manholes Removal a. All sanitary sewer manholes that are to be taken out of service are to be removed unless specifically requested and/or approved by City. b. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. c. Remove and salvage manhole frame and cover. d. Deliver salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage. e. Demolish and remove entire concrete manhole. f. Cut and plug sewer lines to be abandoned. 5. Sanitary Sewer Junction Structure Removal a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Remove and salvage manhole frame and cover. c. Deliver salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage. d. Demolish and remove entire concrete manhole. e. Cut and plug sewer lines to be abandoned. D. Storm Sewer Lines and Appurtenances Storm Sewer Abandonment Plug a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Dewater line. c. Plug with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. Storm Sewer Line Abandonment by Grouting a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Dewater the existing line to be grouted. c. Fill line with Low Density Cellular Grout in accordance with Section 33 05 24 or CLSM in accordance with 03 34 13. d. Dispose of any excess material. Storm Sewer Line Removal a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Remove existing pipe line and properly dispose as approved by City. 4. Storm Sewer Manhole Removal CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 0241 14 - 15 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 15 of 16 a. All storm sewer manholes that are to be taken out of service are to be removed unless specifically requested and/or approved by City. b. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. c. Demolish and remove entire concrete manhole. d. Cut and plug storm sewer lines to be abandoned. 5. Storm Sewer Junction Box and/or Junction Structure Removal a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Demolish and remove entire concrete structure. c. Cut and plug storm sewer lines to be abandoned. 6. Storm Sewer Inlet Removal a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Demolish and remove entire concrete inlet. c. Cut and plug storm sewer lines to be abandoned. 7. Storm Sewer Box Removal a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Cut existing line from the utility system prior to removal. c. Cut any services prior to removal. d. Remove existing pipe line and properly dispose as approved by City. 8. Headwall/SET Removal a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Demolish and remove entire concrete inlet. c. Cut and plug storm sewer lines to be abandoned. 9. Storm Sewer Trench Drain Removal a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Remove existing pipe line and dispose as approved by City. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 0241 14 - 16 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 16 of 16 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/12 D. Johnson 1.2.C.3.c. — Include Frame and Cover in Payment description Throughout — added abandonment of storm and sewer manholes when requested and/or approved by City CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 024115-1 PAVING REMOVAL Page 1 of 6 SECTION 02 4115 PAVING REMOVAL PART1- GENERAL f R0&I 1►11►5XXI� 1 A. Section Includes: Removing concrete paving, asphalt paving and brick paving 2. Removing concrete curb and gutter 3. Removing concrete valley gutter 4. Milling roadway paving 5. Pulverization of existing pavement 6. Disposal of removed materials B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 3. Section 32 1133 - Cement Treated Base Courses 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. Remove Concrete Paving: measure by the square yard from back-to-back of curbs. b. Remove Asphalt Paving: measure by the square yard between the lips of gutters. c. Remove Brick Paving: measure by the square yard. d. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter: measure by the linear foot. e. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter: measure by the square yard f. Wedge Milling: measure by the square yard for varying thickness. g. Surface Milling: measure by the square yard for varying thickness. h. Butt Milling: measured by the linear foot. i. Pavement Pulverization: measure by the square yard. j. Remove Speed Cushion: measure by each. 2. Payment a. Remove Concrete Paving: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. b. Remove Asphalt Paving: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 2, 2016 0241 15 - 2 PAVING REMOVAL Page 2 of 6 c. Remove Brick Paving: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, salvaging, cleaning, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. d. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. e. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. f. Wedge Milling: full compensation for all milling, hauling milled material to salvage stockpile or disposal, tools, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to execute the work. g. Surface Milling: full compensation for all milling, hauling milled material to salvage stockpile or disposal, tools, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to execute the work. h. Butt Milling: full compensation for all milling, hauling milled material to salvage stockpile or disposal, tools, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to execute the work. i. Pavement Pulverization: full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to pulverize, remove and store the pulverized material, undercut the base, mixing, compaction, haul off, sweep, and dispose of the undercut material. j. Remove speed cushion: full compensation for removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor, and incidentals needed to execute the work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. k. No payment for saw cutting of pavement or curbs and gutters will be made under this section. Include cost of such work in unit prices for items listed in bid form requiring saw cutting. 1. No payment will be made for work outside maximum payment limits indicated on plans, or for pavements or structures removed for CONTRACTOR's convenience. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): a. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)) 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 2, 2016 0241 15 - 3 PAVING REMOVAL Page 3 of 6 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT [NOT USED] 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.2 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION A. General: 1. Mark paving removal limits for City approval prior to beginning removal. 2. Identify known utilities below grade - Stake and flag locations. 3.4 PAVEMENT REMOVAL A. General. 1. Exercise caution to minimize damage to underground utilities. 2. Minimize amount of earth removed. 3. Remove paving to neatly sawed joints. 4. Use care to prevent fracturing adjacent, existing pavement. B. Sawing 1. Sawing Equipment. a. Power -driven. b. Manufactured for the purpose of sawing pavement. c. In good operating condition. d. Shall not spall or fracture the pavement structure adjacent to the removal area. 2. Sawcut perpendicular to the surface to full pavement depth, parallel and perpendicular to existing joint. 3. Sawcut parallel to the original sawcut in square or rectangular fashion. 4. If a sawcut falls within 5 feet of an en existing dummy joint, construction joint, saw joint, cold joint, expansion joint, edge of paving or gutter lip, remove paving to that joint, edge or lip. 5. If a pavement edge of a cut is damaged subsequent to saw cutting, saw to a new, neat, straight line for the purpose of removing the damaged area. C. Remove Concrete Paving and Concrete Valley Gutter 1. Sawcut: See 3.4.13. 2. Remove concrete to the nearest expansion joint or vertical saw cut. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 2, 2016 0241 15 - 4 PAVING REMOVAL Page 4 of 6 D. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter 1. Sawcut: See 3.4.13. 2. Minimum limits of removal: 30 inches in length. E. Remove Asphalt Paving 1. Sawcut: See 3.4.13. 2. Remove pavement without disturbing the base material. 3. When shown on the plans or as directed, stockpile materials designated as salvageable at designated sites. 4. Prepare stockpile area by removing vegetation and trash and by providing for proper drainage. F. Milling 1. General a. Mill surfaces to the depth shown in the plans or as directed. b. Do not damage or disfigure adjacent work or existing surface improvements. c. If milling exposes smooth underlying pavement surfaces, mill the smooth surface to make rough. d. Provide safe temporary transition where vehicles or pedestrians must pass over the milled edges. e. Remove excess material and clean milled surfaces. f. Stockpiling of planed material will not be permitted within the right of way unless approved by the City. g. If the existing base is brick and cannot be milled, remove a 5 foot width of the existing brick base. See 3.3.G. for brick paving removal. 2. Milling Equipment a. Power operated milling machine capable of removing, in one pass or two passes, the necessary pavement thickness in a five-foot minimum width. b. Self-propelled with sufficient power, traction and stability to maintain accurate depth of cut and slope. c. Equipped with an integral loading and reclaiming means to immediately remove material cut from the surface of the roadway and discharge the cuttings into a truck, all in one operation. d. Equipped with means to control dust created by the cutting action. e. Equipped with a manual system providing for uniformly varying the depth of cut while the machine is in motion making it possible to cut flush to all inlets, manholes, or other obstructions within the paved area. f. Variable Speed in order to leave the specified grid pattern. g. Equipped to minimize air pollution. 3. Wedge Milling and Surface Milling a. Wedge Mill existing asphalt, concrete or brick pavement from the lip of gutter at a depth of 2 inches and transitioning to match the existing pavement (0-inch cut) at a minimum width of 5 feet. b. Surface Mill existing asphalt pavement to the depth specified, c. Provide a milled surface that provides a uniform surface free from gouges, ridges, oil film, and other imperfections of workmanship with a uniform textured appearance. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 2, 2016 0241 15 - 5 PAVING REMOVAL Page 5 of 6 d. In all situations where the existing H.M.A.C. surface contacts the curb face, the wedge milling includes the removal of the existing asphalt covering the gutter up to and along the face of curb. e. Perform wedge or surface milling operation in a continuous manner along both sides of the street or as directed. 4. Butt Joint Milling a. Mill butt joints into the existing surface, in association with the wedge milling operation. b. Butt joint will provide a full width transition section and a constant depth at the point where the new overlay is terminated. c. Typical locations for butt joints are at all beginning and ending points of streets where paving material is removed. Prior to the milling of the buttjoints, consult with the City for proper location and limits of these joints. d. Butt Milled joints are required on both sides of all railroad tracks and concrete valley gutters, bridge decks and culverts and all other items which transverse the street and end the continuity of the asphalt surface. e. Make each butt joint 20 feet long and milled out across the full width of the street section to a tapered depth of 2 inch. £ Taper the milled area within the 20-feet to a depth from 0-inch to 2-inch at a line adjacent to the beginning and ending points or intermediate transverse items. g. Provide a temporary wedge of asphalt at all butt joints to provide a smooth ride over the bump. G. Remove Brick Paving 1. Remove masonry paving units to the limits specified in the plans or as directed by the City. 2. Salvage existing bricks for re -use, clean, palletize, and deliver to the City Stock pile yard at 3300 Yuma Street or as directed. H. Pavement Pulverization 1. Pulverization a. Pulverize the existing pavement to depth of 8 inches. See Section 32 1133. b. Temporarily remove and store the 8-inch deep pulverized material, then cut the base 2 inches. c. Start 2-inch base cut at a depth of 8 inches from the existing pulverized surface. Cement Application a. Use 3.5% Portland cement. b. See Section 32 1133. 3. Mixing: see Section 32 1133. 4. Compaction: see Section 32 1133. 5. Finishing: see Section 32 1133. 6. Curing: see Section 32 1133. 7. If the existing pavement has a combination of 10 inches of H.M.A.C. and crushed stone/gravel: a. Undercut not required b. Pulverize 10 inches deep. c. Remove 2-inch the total pulverized amount. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 2, 2016 0241 15 - 6 PAVING REMOVAL Page 6 of 6 I. Remove speed cushion 1. Scrape or sawcut speed cushion from existing pavement without damaging existing pavement. 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A — modified payment requirements on utility projects 2/2/2016 F. Griffin 1.2.A.2.b. — Removed duplicate last sentence. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 2, 2016 1 2 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 03 30 00 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000-1 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 1 of 26 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Cast -in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, 7 mixture design, placement procedures and finishes, for the following: 8 a. Piers 9 b. Footings 10 c. Slabs -on -grade 11 d. Foundation walls 12 e. Retaining walls (non TxDOT) 13 f. Suspended slabs 14 g. Blocking 15 h. Cast -in -place manholes 16 i. Concrete vaults for meters and valves 17 j. Concrete encasement of utility lines 18 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 19 1. None. 20 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 21 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 22 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 23 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24 A. Cast -in -Place Concrete 25 1. Measurement 26 a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed. 27 2. Payment 28 a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item 29 are subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed and no other compensation 30 will be allowed. 31 1.3 REFERENCES 32 A. Definitions 33 1. Cementitious Materials 34 a. Portland or Blended hydraulic cements alone or in combination with 1 or more 35 of the following: 36 1) Fly ash 37 2) Other pozzolans 38 3) Ground granulated blast -furnace slag CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Dave &Buster's Fort Worth 106406 Revised June 13, 2025 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 033000-2 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 2 of 26 4) Silica fume b. Subject to compliance with the requirements of this specification B. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation (AASHTO): a. M 182, Burlap Cloth Made from Jute or Kena£ 3. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. ACI 117 Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials b. ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete c. ACI 305.1 Specification for Hot Weather Concreting d. ACI 306.1 Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting e. ACI 308.1 Standard Specification for Curing Concrete f. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete g. ACI 347 Guide to Formwork for Concrete 4. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC): a. 303, Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. 5. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. b. A153, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. c. A193, Standard Specification for Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High -Temperature Service and Other Special Purpose Applications. d. A615, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. e. A706, Standard Specification for Low -Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. £ C31, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. g. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. h. C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. i. C42, Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. j. C94, Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. k. C 109, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-inch or {50-milimeter] Cube Specimens) 1. C 143, Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic -Cement Concrete. in. C171, Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. n. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. o. C172, Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. p. C219, Standard Terminology Relating to Hydraulic Cement. q. C231, Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 033000-3 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 3 of 26 r. C260, Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. s. C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. t. C494, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. u. C595, Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements v. C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete. w. C881, Standard Specification for Epoxy -Resin -Base Bonding Systems for Concrete. x. C989, Standard Specification for Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and Mortars. y. C 1017, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing Flowing Concrete. z. C1059, Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete. aa. C 1064, Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic - Cement Concrete. bb. C1240, Standard Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures. cc. E1155, Standard Test Method for Determining FF Floor Flatness and FL Floor Levelness Numbers. dd. F436, Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers. 6. American Welding Society (AWS). a. D1.1, Structural Welding Code -Steel. b. D 1.4, Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel. 7. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) a. Manual of Standard Practice 8. Texas Department of Transportation a. Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges 30 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 A. Work Included 1. Design, fabrication, erection and stripping of formwork for cast -in -place concrete including shoring, reshoring, falsework, bracing, proprietary forming systems, prefabricated forms, void forms, permanent metal forms, bulkheads, keys, blockouts, sleeves, pockets and accessories. a. Erection shall include installation in formwork of items furnished by other trades. 2. Furnish all labor and materials required to fabricate, deliver and install reinforcement and embedded metal assemblies for cast -in -place concrete, including steel bars, welded steel wire fabric, ties, supports and sleeves. 3. Furnish all labor and materials required to perform the following: a. Cast -in -place concrete b. Concrete mix designs c. Grouting CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 033000-4 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 4 of 26 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS 2 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 3 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 4 specials. 5 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 6 A. Product Data 7 1. Required for each type of product indicated 8 B. Design Mixtures 9 1. For each concrete mixture submit proposed mix designs in accordance with ACI 10 318, chapter 5. 11 2. Submit each proposed mix design with a record of past performance. 12 3. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project condi- 13 tions, weather, test results or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 14 4. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. 15 a. Include this quantity on delivery ticket. 16 C. Steel Reinforcement Submittals for Information 17 1. Mill test certificates of supplied concrete reinforcing, indicating physical and chem- 18 ical analysis. 19 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 22 A. Manufacturer Qualifications 23 1. A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products and that com- 24 plies with ASTM C94 requirements for production facilities and equipment 25 2. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed 26 Concrete Production Facilities" 27 B. Source Limitations 28 1. Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same 29 manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from 1 source and obtain admixtures through 30 1 source from a single manufacturer. 31 C. ACI Publications 32 1. Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Docu- 33 ments: 34 a. ACI 301 Sections 1 through 5 35 b. ACI117 36 D. Concrete Testing Service 37 1. Engage a qualified independent testing lab to perform material evaluation tests. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Dave &Buster's Fort Worth 106406 Revised June 13, 2025 033000-5 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 5 of 26 1 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 2 A. Steel Reinforcement 3 1. Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. 4 2. Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement. 5 B. Waterstops 6 1. Store waterstops under cover to protect from moisture, sunlight, dirt, oil and other 7 contaminants. 8 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 A.Weather Conditions 1. Place concrete when concrete temperature is between 407 and 957 when meas- ured in accordance with ASTM C 1064 at point of placement. 2. Hot Weather Concreting a. When first concrete temperature reading is over 95°F (but under 100°F), no more trucks shall be loaded at the plant. Truck already in transit can place con- crete. Concrete shall not be placed when concrete temperature is above 100°F under any circumstances. b. Contractor, at his or her option and expense, may continue to load trucks if ice or other effective cooling methods are used to lower temperatures. The resultant temperatures shall be in the acceptable range. 3. Cold Weather Concreting a. No concrete shall be placed when ambient temp in shade and away from artifi- cial heat is below 40°F and falling. Concrete may be placed when ambient temp is above 35°F and rising. Unless the City Project Manager or designee approves placement to continue, suspend concreting operations if a descending air tem- perature in the shade and away from artificial heat falls below 40°F. Do not re- sume concreting operations until an ascending air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat reaches 35°F and rising. Contractor should take all the precautions necessary to prevent freezing of concrete. Frozen concrete must be removed and replaced. 4. It is to be distinctly understood that the contractor is responsible for the quality and strength of the concrete placed under any weather conditions. B. Time: Place concrete after sunrise and no later than sunset shall permit the finishing of the pavement in natural light, or as directed by the City. 34 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 35 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 36 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED OR OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 37 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 38 A. Manufacturers CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 033000-6 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 6 of 26 1 1. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements 2 apply to product selection: 3 a. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that 4 may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products 5 specified. 6 b. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, 7 manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work 8 include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 9 B. Form -Facing Materials 10 1. Rough -Formed Finished Concrete 11 a. Plywood, lumber, metal or another approved material 12 b. Provide lumber dressed on at least 2 edges and 1 side for tight fit. 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 2. Chamfer Strips a. Wood, metal, PVC or rubber strips b. 3/4-inch x 3/4-inch, minimum 3. Rustication Strips a. Wood, metal, PVC or rubber strips b. Kerfed for ease of form removal 4. Form -Release Agent a. Commercially formulated form -release agent that will not bond with, stain or adversely affect concrete surfaces b. Shall not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces c. For steel form -facing materials, formulate with rust inhibitor. 5. Form Ties a. Factory -fabricated, removable or snap -off metal or glass -fiber -reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. b. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of exposed concrete surface. c. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete surface. d. Furnish ties with integral water -barrier plates to walls indicated to receive dampproofing or waterproofing. C. Steel Reinforcement 1. Reinforcing Bars a. ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed D. Reinforcement Accessories Smooth Dowel Bars a. ASTM A615, Grade 60, steel bars (smooth) b. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. 2. Bar Supports a. Bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 033000-7 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 7 of 26 I b. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic or precast concrete according 2 to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than 3 concrete and as follows: 4 1) For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports 5 contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic -protected steel wire or CRSI 6 Class 2 stainless -steel bar supports. 7 2) For slabs -on -grade, provide sand plates, horizontal runners or precast 8 concrete blocks on bottom where base material will not support chair legs 9 or where vapor barrier has been specified. 10 E. Embedded Metal Assemblies 11 1. Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36 12 2. Headed Studs: Heads welded by full -fusion process, as furnished by TRW Nelson 13 Stud Welding Division or approved equal 14 F. Expansion Anchors 15 1. Available Products 16 a. Wej-it Bolt, Wej-it Corporation, Tulsa, Oklahoma 17 b. Kwik Bolt II, Hilti Fastening Systems, Tulsa, Oklahoma 18 c. Trubolt, Ramset Fastening Systems, Paris, Kentucky 19 G. Adhesive Anchors and Dowels 20 1. Adhesive anchors shall consist of threaded rods anchored with an adhesive system 21 into hardened concrete or grout -filled masonry. 22 a. The adhesive system shall use a 2-component adhesive mix and shall be 23 injected with a static mixing nozzle following manufacturer's instructions. 24 b. The embedment depth of the rod shall provide a minimum allowable bond 25 strength that is equal to the allowable yield capacity of the rod, unless otherwise 26 specified. 27 2. Available Products 28 a. Hilti HIT HY 150 Max 29 b. Simpson Acrylic -Tie 30 c. Powers Fasteners AC 100+ Gold 31 3. Threaded Rods: ASTM A193 32 a. Nuts: ASTM A563 hex carbon steel 33 b. Washers: ASTM F436 hardened carbon steel 34 c. Finish: Hot -dip zinc coating, ASTM A153, Class C 35 H. Inserts 36 1. Provide metal inserts required for anchorage of materials or equipment to concrete 37 construction where not supplied by other trades: 38 a. In vertical concrete surfaces for transfer of direct shear loads only, provide 39 adjustable wedge inserts of malleable cast iron complete with bolts, nuts and 40 washers. 41 1) Provide 3/4-inch bolt size, unless otherwise indicated. 42 b. In horizontal concrete surfaces and whenever inserts are subject to tension 43 forces, provide threaded inserts of malleable cast iron furnished with full depth 44 bolts. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Dave &Buster's Fort Worth 106406 Revised June 13, 2025 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 033000-8 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 8 of 26 1) Provide 3/4-inch bolt size, unless otherwise indicated. I. Concrete Materials Cementitious Material a. Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source, throughout Project: 1) Portland Cement, Blended hydraulic Cement a) ASTM C150, Type I/II, gray b) ASTM C595, Type IL cement c) Supplement with the following: (1) Fly Ash (a) ASTM C618, Class C or F (2) Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag (a) ASTM C989, Grade 100 or 120. 2) Silica Fume a) ASTM C1240, amorphous silica 3) Normal -Weight Aggregates a) ASTM C33, Class 3S coarse aggregate or better, graded b) Provide aggregates from a single source. 4) Maximum Coarse -Aggregate Size a) 3/4-inch nominal 5) Fine Aggregate a) Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement 6) Water a) ASTM C94 and potable J. Admixtures 1. Air -Entraining Admixture a. ASTM C260 2. Chemical Admixtures a. Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other ad- mixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. b. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. c. Water -Reducing Admixture 1) ASTM C494, Type A d. Retarding Admixture 1) ASTM C494, Type B e. Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture 1) ASTM C494, Type D f. High -Range, Water -Reducing Admixture 1) ASTM C494, Type F g. High -Range, Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture 1) ASTM C494, Type G h. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture 1) ASTM C1017, Type II K. Waterstops 1. Self -Expanding Butyl Strip Waterstops CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 033000-9 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 9 of 26 a. Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, butyl rubber with sodium bentonite or other hydrophilic polymers, for adhesive bonding to concrete, 3/4- inch x 1-inch. b. Available Products 1) Colloid Environmental Technologies Company; Volclay Waterstop-RX 2) Concrete Sealants Inc.; Conseal CS-231 3) Greenstreak; Swellstop 4) Henry Company, Sealants Division; Hydro -Flex 5) JP Specialties, Inc.; Earthshield Type 20 6) Progress Unlimited, Inc.; Superstop 7) TCMiraDRI; Mirastop L. Curing Materials 1. Absorptive Cover a. AASHTO M182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 ounces/square yard when dry 2. Moisture -Retaining Cover a. ASTM C171, polyethylene film or white burlap -polyethylene sheet 3. Water a. Potable 4. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound a. ASTM C309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating b. Available Products 1) Anti -Hydro International, Inc.; AH Curing Compound #2 DR WB 2) Burke by Edoco; Aqua Resin Cure 3) ChemMasters; Safe -Cure Clear 4) Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior Company; W.B. Resin Cure 5) Dayton Superior Corporation; Day Chem Rez Cure (J-I I-W) 6) Euclid Chemical Company (The); Kurez DR VOX 7) Kaufman Products, Inc.; Thinfilm 420 8) Lambert Corporation; Aqua Kure -Clear 9) L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; L&M Cure R 10) Meadows, W. R., Inc.; 1100 Clear 11) Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Resin Cure E 12) Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Resi-Chem Clear Cure 13) Tamms Industries, Inc.; Horncure WB 30 14) Unitex; Hydro Cure 309 15) US Mix Products Company; US Spec Maxcure Resin Clear 16) Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi-Vex Enviocure 100 M. Related Materials 1. Bonding Agent a. ASTM C1059, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene 2. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 033000-10 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 10 of 26 I a. ASTM C881, 2-component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding 2 to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to 3 suit requirements, and as follows: 4 1) Types I and II, non -load bearing 5 2) IV and V, load bearing, for bonding 6 3) Hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete 7 3. Reglets 8 a. Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.0217-inch thick, galvanized steel sheet 9 b. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete 10 or debris. 11 4. Sleeves and Blockouts 12 a. Formed with galvanized metal, galvanized pipe, polyvinyl chloride pipe, fiber 13 tubes or wood 14 5. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages 15 a. Sized as required 16 b. Shall be of strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing 17 concrete 18 N. Repair Materials 19 1. Repair Underlayment 20 a. Cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling product that can be applied in 21 thicknesses of 1/8 inch or greater 22 1) Do not feather. 23 b. Cement Binder 24 1) ASTM C150, C595, Portland cement, Portland -Limestone Cement or hy- 25 draulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C219 26 c. Primer 27 1) Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, condi- 28 tions, and application 29 d. Aggregate 30 1) Well -graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as 31 recommended by underlayment manufacturer 32 e. Compressive Strength 33 1) Not less than 4100 psi at 28 days when tested according to 34 ASTM C 109/C 109M 35 2. Repair Overlayment 36 a. Cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling product that can be applied in 37 thicknesses of 1/8 inch or greater 38 1) Do not feather. 39 b. Cement Binder 40 1) ASTM C150, C595, Portland cement, Portland -Limestone Cement or hy- 41 draulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C219 42 c. Primer 43 1) Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, 44 and application 45 d. Aggregate CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Dave &Buster's Fort Worth 106406 Revised June 13, 2025 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 033000-11 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 11 of 26 1) Well -graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recom- mended by topping manufacturer e. Compressive Strength 1) Not less than 5000 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C109 O. Concrete Mixtures, General 1. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. a. Required average strength above specified strength 1) Based on a record of past performance a) Determination of required average strength above specified strength shall be based on the standard deviation record of the results of at least 30 consecutive strength tests in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 5.3 by the larger amount defined by formulas 5-1 and 5-2. 2) Based on laboratory trial mixtures a) Proportions shall be selected on the basis of laboratory trial batches prepared in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 5.3.3.2 to produce an average strength greater than the specified strength fc by the amount defined in table 5.3.2.2. 3) Proportions of ingredients for concrete mixes shall be determined by an in- dependent testing laboratory or qualified concrete supplier. 4) For each proposed mixture, at least 3 compressive test cylinders shall be made and tested for strength at the specified age. a) Additional cylinders may be made for testing for information at earlier ages. 2. Cementitious Materials a. Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than Portland ce- ment or Blended hydraulic cement in concrete as follows, unless specified oth- erwise: 1) Fly Ash: 25 percent 2) Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent 3) Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag: 50 percent 4) Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag: 50 percent 5) Portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 per- cent 6) Silica Fume: 10 percent 7) Combined Fly Ash, Pozzolans, and Silica Fume: 35 percent with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 per- cent 8) Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolans, Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag, and Silica Fume: 50 percent with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 percent 3. Limit water-soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to: a. 0.30 percent by weight of cement if concrete will have no exposure to chlorides (typical) b. 0.15 percent by weight if concrete will be exposed to chlorides CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 033000-12 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 12 of 26 1 c. 1.0 percent by weight if concrete will have no exposure to chlorides and will be 2 continually dry and protected. 3 4. Admixtures 4 a. Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 5 b. Do not use admixtures which have not been incorporated and tested in accepted 6 mixes. 7 c. Use water -reducing high -range water -reducing or plasticizing admixture in 8 concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 9 d. Use water -reducing and retarding admixture when required by high 10 temperatures, low humidity or other adverse placement conditions. 11 e. Use water -reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy -use 12 industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, 13 and concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. 14 f. Use corrosion -inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated. 15 P. Concrete Mixtures 16 1. Refer to TxDOT "Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of 17 Highways, Streets, and Bridges" for: 18 a. Culverts 19 b. Headwalls 20 c. Wingwalls 21 2. Proportion normal -weight concrete mixture as follows: 22 a. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3,000 psi at 28 days 23 b. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.50 24 c. Slump Limit: 5 inches, or 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 25 inches before adding high -range water -reducing admixture or plasticizing 26 admixture, plus or minus 1 inch 27 d. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 3/4- 28 inch nominal maximum aggregate size 29 Q. Fabricating Reinforcement 30 1. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 31 R. Fabrication of Embedded Metal Assemblies 32 1. Fabricate metal assemblies in the shop. Holes shall be made by drilling or 33 punching. Holes shall not be made by or enlarged by burning. Welding shall be in 34 accordance with AWS D1.1. 35 2. Metal assemblies exposed to earth, weather or moisture shall be hot dip galvanized. 36 All other metal assemblies shall be either hot dip galvanized or painted with an 37 epoxy paint. Repair galvanizing after welding with a Cold Galvanizing compound 38 installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Repair painted 39 assemblies after welding with same type of paint. 40 S. Concrete Mixing 41 1. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to 42 ASTM C94, and furnish batch ticket information. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Dave &Buster's Fort Worth 106406 Revised June 13, 2025 033000-13 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 13 of 26 1 a. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 degrees Fahrenheit, reduce mixing 2 and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is 3 above 90 degrees Fahrenheit, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. 4 2. Project -Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete 5 according to ASTM C94/C94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum -type 6 batch machine mixer. 7 a. For mixer capacity of 1 cubic yard or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2 8 minutes, but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any 9 part of batch is released. 10 b. For mixer capacity larger than 1 cubic yard, increase mixing time by 15 11 seconds for each additional 1 cubic yard. 12 c. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating 13 Project identification name and number, date, mixture type, mixture time, 14 quantity, and amount of water added. Record approximate location of final 15 deposit in structure. 16 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 17 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18 PART 3 - EXECUTION 19 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 20 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 21 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 22 3.4 INSTALLATION 23 A. Formwork 24 1. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to 25 support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might 26 be applied, until structure can support such loads. 27 2. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, 28 alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. 29 a. Vertical alignment 30 1) Lines, surfaces and arises less than 100 feet in height - 1 inch. 31 2) Outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joints in concrete 32 exposed to view less than 100 feet in height - 1/2 inch. 33 3) Lines, surfaces and arises greater than 100 feet in height - 1/1000 times the 34 height but not more than 6 inches. 35 4) Outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joints in concrete 36 exposed to view greater than 100 feet in height - 1/2000 times the height 37 but not more than 3 inches. 38 b. Lateral alignment 39 1) Members -I inch. 40 2) Centerline of openings 12 inches or smaller and edge location of larger 41 openings in slabs - 1/2 inch. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Dave &Buster's Fort Worth 106406 Revised June 13, 2025 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 033000-14 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 14 of 26 3) Sawcuts, joints, and weakened plane embedments in slabs - 3/4 inch. c. Level alignment 1) Elevation of slabs -on -grade - 3/4 inch. 2) Elevation of top surfaces of formed slabs before removal of shores - 3/4 inch. 3) Elevation of formed surfaces before removal of shores - 3/4 inch. d. Cross -sectional dimensions: Overall dimensions of beams, joists, and columns and thickness of walls and slabs. 1) 12 inch dimension or less - plus 1/2 inch to minus 1/4 inch. 2) Greater than 12 inch to 3 foot dimension - plus 1/2 inch to minus 3/8 inch. 3) Greater than 3 foot dimension - plus 1 inch to minus 3/4 inch. e. Relative alignment 1) Stairs a) Difference in height between adjacent risers - 1/8 inch. b) Difference in width between adjacent treads - 1/4 inch. c) Maximum difference in height between risers in a flight of stairs - 3/8 inch. d) Maximum difference in width between treads in a flight of stairs - 3/8 inch. 2) Grooves a) Specified width 2 inches or less - 1/8 inch. b) Specified width between 2 inches and 12 inches - 1/4 inch. 3) Vertical alignment of outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joint grooves in concrete exposed to view - 1/4 inch in 10 feet. 4) All other conditions - 3/8 inch in 10 feet. 3. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows: a. Class B, 1/4 inch for smooth -formed finished surfaces. b. Class C, 1/2 inch for rough -formed finished surfaces. 4. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. 5. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. a. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. b. Do not use rust -stained steel form -facing material. 6. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. 7. Construct formwork to cambers shown or specified on the Drawings to allow for structural deflection of the hardened concrete. Provide additional elevation or camber in formwork as required for anticipated formwork deflections due to weight and pressures of concrete and construction loads. 8. Foundation Elements: Form the sides of all below grade portions of beams, pier caps, walls, and columns straight and to the lines and grades specified. Do no earth form foundation elements unless specifically indicated on the Drawings. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 033000-15 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 15 of 26 9. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. 10. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. 11. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. 12. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. 13. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. 14. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form -release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement, anchoring devices, and embedded items. a. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces are scheduled to receive subsequent finishes which may be affected by agent. Soak contact surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces wet prior to placing concrete. B. Embedded Items 1. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. a. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in RISC 303, Section 7.5. 1) Spacing within a bolt group: 1/8 inch 2) Location of bolt group (center): '/2 inch 3) Rotation of bolt group: 5 degrees 4) Angle off vertical: 5 degrees 5) Bolt projection: f 3/8 inch b. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through -wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions. C. Removing and Reusing Forms 1. Do not backfill prior to concrete attaining 70 percent of its 28-day design compressive strength. 2. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit for 24 hours after placing concrete, if concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form -removal operations and curing and protection operations are maintained. a. Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70 percent of its 28-day design compressive strength. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 033000-16 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 16 of 26 1 b. Do not remove formwork supporting conventionally reinforced concrete until 2 concrete has attained 70 percent of its specified 28 day compressive strength as 3 established by tests of field cured cylinders. In the absence of cylinder tests, 4 supporting formwork shall remain in place until the concrete has cured at a 5 temperature of at least 50 degrees Fahrenheit for the minimum cumulative time 6 periods given in ACI 347, Section 3.7.2.3. Add the period of time when the 7 surrounding air temperature is below 50 degrees Fahrenheit, to the minimum 8 listed time period. Formwork for 2-way conventionally reinforced slabs shall 9 remain in place for at least the minimum cumulative time periods specified for 10 1-way slabs of the same maximum span. 11 c. Immediately reshore 2-way conventionally reinforced slabs after formwork 12 removal. Reshores shall remain until the concrete has attained the specified 28 13 day compressive strength. 14 d. Minimum cumulative curing times may be reduced by the use of high -early 15 strength cement or forming systems which allow form removal without 16 disturbing shores, but only after the Contractor has demonstrated to the 17 satisfaction of the Engineer that the early removal of forms will not cause 18 excessive sag, distortion or damage to the concrete elements. 19 e. Completely remove wood forms. Provide temporary openings if required. 20 f. Provide adequate methods of curing and thermal protection of exposed concrete 21 if forms are removed prior to completion of specified curing time. 22 g. Reshore areas required to support construction loads in excess of 20 pounds per 23 square foot to properly distribute construction loading. Construction loads up 24 to the rated live load capacity may be placed on unshored construction provided 25 the concrete has attained the specified 28 day compressive strength. 26 h. Obtaining concrete compressive strength tests for the purposes of form removal 27 is the responsibility of the Contractor. 28 i. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms 29 without loosening or disturbing shores. 30 3. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, 31 delaminated, or otherwise damaged form -facing material will not be acceptable for 32 exposed surfaces. Apply new form -release agent. 33 4. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to 34 close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for 35 exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Engineer. 36 D. Shores and Reshores 37 1. The Contractor is solely responsible for proper shoring and reshoring. 38 2. Comply with ACI 318 and ACI 301 for design, installation, and removal of shoring 39 and reshoring. 40 a. Do not remove shoring or reshoring until measurement of slab tolerances is 41 complete. 42 3. Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. 43 Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive 44 stress or deflection. 45 E. Steel Reinforcement CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Dave &Buster's Fort Worth 106406 Revised June 13, 2025 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 033000-17 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 17 of 26 1. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. a. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. 2. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that would reduce bond to concrete. 3. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. a. Weld reinforcing bars according to AWS D1.4, where indicated. Only steel conforming to ASTM A706 may be welded. 4. Installation tolerances a. Top and bottom bars in slabs, girders, beams and joists: 1) Members 8 inches deep or less: ±3/8 inch 2) Members more than 8 inches deep: f1/2 inch b. Concrete Cover to Formed or Finished Surfaces: ±3/8 inches for members 8 inches deep or less; f1/2 inches for members over 8 inches deep, except that tolerance for cover shall not exceed 1/3 of the specified cover. 5. Concrete Cover a. Reinforcing in structural elements deposited against the ground: 3 inches b. Reinforcing in formed beams, columns and girders: 1-1/2 inches c. Grade beams and exterior face of formed walls and columns exposed to weather or in contact with the ground: 2 inches d. Interior faces of walls: 1 inches e. Slabs: 3/4 inches 6. Splices: Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping and tying ends. Comply with ACI 318 for minimum lap of spliced bars where not specified on the documents. Do not lap splice no. 14 and 18 bars. 7. Field Welding of Embedded Metal Assemblies a. Remove all paint and galvanizing in areas to receive field welds. b. Field Prepare all areas where paint or galvanizing has been removed with the specified paint or cold galvanizing compound, respectively. F. Joints 1. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. 2. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Engineer. a. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. b. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. c. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam -girder intersection. d. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 033000-18 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 18 of 26 1 e. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral 2 with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. 3 f. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against 4 hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. 5 3. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where 6 indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat 1-1/2 of dowel length to prevent concrete 7 bonding to 1 side of joint. 8 G. Waterstops 9 1. Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other joints indicated to 10 form a continuous diaphragm. Install in longest lengths practicable. Support and 11 protect exposed waterstops during progress of the Work. Field fabricate joints in 12 waterstops according to manufacturer's written instructions. 13 2. Self -Expanding Strip Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other 14 locations indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions, adhesive 15 bonding, mechanically fastening, and firmly pressing into place. Install in longest 16 lengths practicable. 17 H. Adhesive Anchors 18 1. Comply with the manufacturer's installation instructions on the hole diameter and 19 depth required to fully develop the tensile strength of the adhesive anchor or 20 reinforcing bar. 21 2. Properly clean out the hole utilizing a wire brush and compressed air to remove all 22 loose material from the hole, prior to installing adhesive material. 23 I. Concrete Placement 24 1. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and 25 embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. 26 2. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement 27 unless approved by Engineer. 28 3. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, 29 subject to limitations of ACI 301. 30 a. Do not add water to concrete after adding high -range water -reducing 31 admixtures to mixture. 32 b. Do not exceed the maximum specified water/cement ratio for the mix. 33 4. Deposit concrete continuously in 1 layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness 34 that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause 35 seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide 36 construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 37 a. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design 38 pressures, 15 feet maximum and in a manner to avoid inclined construction 39 joints. 40 b. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to 41 ACI 301. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Dave &Buster's Fort Worth 106406 Revised June 13, 2025 033000-19 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 19 of 26 1 c. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw 2 vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed 3 layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into 4 lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, 5 limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and 6 complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without 7 causing mixture constituents to segregate. 8 d. Do not permit concrete to drop freely any distance greater than 10 feet for 9 concrete containing a high range water reducing admixture (superplasticizer) or 10 5 feet for other concrete. Provide chute or tremie to place concrete where longer 11 drops are necessary. Do not place concrete into excavations with standing 12 water. If place of deposit cannot be pumped dry, pour concrete through a tremie 13 with its outlet near the bottom of the place of deposit. 14 e. Discard pump priming grout and do not use in the structure. 15 5. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, 16 within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is 17 complete. 18 a. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly 19 worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 20 b. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 21 c. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 22 d. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 23 e. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open- 24 textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not 25 further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. 26 6. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect 27 concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by 28 frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 29 a. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 30 degrees Fahrenheit for 3 successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture 31 temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. 32 b. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place 33 concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 34 c. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze 35 agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in 36 mixture designs. 37 7. Hot -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 305.1 and as follows: 38 a. Maintain concrete temperature below 95 degrees Fahrenheit at time of 39 placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control 40 temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of 41 mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 42 b. Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing 43 concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or 44 dry areas. 45 J. Finishing Formed Surfaces CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Dave &Buster's Fort Worth 106406 Revised June 13, 2025 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 03 30 00 - 20 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 20 of 26 1. Rough -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed -surface irregularities. a. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. 2. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. K. Miscellaneous Concrete Items 1. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise indicated, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in -place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. 2. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel -troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. 3. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates from manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. a. Housekeeping pads: Normal weight concrete (3000 psi), reinforced with #3@16 inches on center set at middepth of pad. Trowel concrete to a dense, smooth finish. Set anchor bolts for securing mechanical or electrical equipment during pouring of concrete fill. 4. Protective slabs ("Mud slabs"): Normal weight concrete (2500 psi minimum) with a minimum thickness of 3-1/2 inches. Finish slab to a wood float finish. L. Concrete Protecting and Curing 1. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection and ACI 305.1 for hot -weather protection during curing. 2. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for the remainder of the curing period. 3. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces. 4. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by 1 or a combination of the following methods: a. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than 7 days with the following materials: 1) Water 2) Continuous water -fog spray CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 033000-21 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 21 of 26 1 3) Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover 2 concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive 3 covers 4 b. Moisture -Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture- 5 retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with 6 sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or 7 adhesive. Cure for not less than 7 days. Immediately repair any holes or tears 8 during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 9 1) Moisture cure or use moisture -retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to 10 receive floor coverings. 11 2) Moisture cure or use moisture -retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to 12 receive penetrating liquid floor treatments. 13 3) Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture- 14 retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies will 15 not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project. 16 c. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray 17 or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas 18 subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain 19 continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 20 3.5 REPAIR 21 A. Concrete Surface Repairs 22 1. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Engineer. 23 Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Engineer's 24 approval. 25 2. Patching Mortar: Mix dry -pack patching mortar, consisting of 1 part Portland 26 cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough 27 water for handling and placing. 28 3. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture 29 irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other 30 projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be 31 removed by cleaning. 32 a. Immediately after form removal, cut-out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids 33 more than 1/2 inch in any dimension in solid concrete, but not less than 1 inch 34 in depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen 35 with water, and brush -coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and 36 compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form -tie 37 voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 38 b. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white Portland cement 39 and standard Portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match 40 surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify 41 mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in 42 place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 43 c. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability 44 and structural performance as determined by Engineer. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Dave &Buster's Fort Worth 106406 Revised June 13, 2025 03 30 00 - 22 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 22 of 26 1 4. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, 2 for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and 3 high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use 4 a sloped template. 5 a. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, pop 6 outs, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide 7 or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections 8 regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 9 b. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 10 c. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface 11 finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching 12 mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 13 d. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in 14 diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective 15 areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4- 16 inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching 17 concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials 18 and mixture as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, 19 compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same 20 manner as adjacent concrete. 21 e. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching 22 mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off 23 dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply 24 bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. 25 Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched 26 area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. 27 5. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Engineer's approval, using epoxy 28 adhesive and patching mortar. 29 6. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to 30 Engineer's approval. 31 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 32 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 33 A. Testing and Inspecting: City will engage a special inspector and qualified testing and 34 inspecting lab to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 35 B. Inspections 36 1. Steel reinforcement placement 37 2. Headed bolts and studs 38 3. Verification of use of required design mixture 39 4. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing 40 5. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature 41 6. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams 42 and slabs CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Dave &Buster's Fort Worth 106406 Revised June 13, 2025 033000-23 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 23 of 26 1 C. Concrete Tests: Perform testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained 2 according to ASTM C172 according to the following requirements: 3 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain 1 composite sample for each day's pour of each 4 concrete mixture exceeding 5 cubic yard, but less than 25 cubic yard, plus 1 set for 5 each additional 50 cubic yard or fraction thereof. 6 2. Slump: ASTM C143; 1 test at point of placement for each composite sample, but 7 not less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional 8 tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 9 3. Air Content: ASTM C231, pressure method, for normal -weight concrete; 1 test for 10 each composite sample, but not less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete 11 mixture. 12 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; 1 test hourly when air temperature is 40 13 degrees Fahrenheit and below and when 80 degrees Fahrenheit and above, and 1 14 test for each composite sample. 15 5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31. 16 a. Cast and laboratory cure 5 cylinders of size 4"x8" for each composite sample. 17 1) Do not transport field cast cylinders until they have cured for a 18 minimum of 24 hours. 19 6. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C39; 20 a. Test 1 cylinder at the 7tb day. 21 b. Test 3 cylinders at the 281h day. 22 c. Hold 1 cylinder for testing at the 56`h day as needed. 23 7. When strength of field -cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion 24 laboratory -cured cylinders, evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures 25 for protecting and curing in -place concrete. 26 8. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any 3 27 consecutive compressive -strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive 28 strength and no compressive -strength test value falls below specified compressive 29 strength by more than 500 psi. 30 9. Report test results in writing to Engineer, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor 31 within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive -strength tests shall contain 32 Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of 33 concrete testing and inspecting lab, location of concrete batch in Work, design 34 compressive strength at the 28`h days concrete mixture proportions and materials, 35 compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests. 36 10. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting lab shall make additional tests of concrete 37 when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or 38 other requirements have not been met, as directed by Engineer. Testing and 39 inspecting lab may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored 40 cylinders complying with ASTM C42 or by other methods as directed by Engineer. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Dave &Buster's Fort Worth 106406 Revised June 13, 2025 03 30 00 - 24 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 24 of 26 1 a. When the strength level of the concrete for any portion of the structure, as 2 indicated by cylinder tests, falls below the specified requirements, provide 3 improved curing conditions and/or adjustments to the mix design as required to 4 obtain the required strength. If the average strength of the laboratory control 5 cylinders falls so low as to be deemed unacceptable, follow the core test 6 procedure set forth in ACI 301, Chapter 17. Locations of core tests shall be 7 approved by the Engineer. Core sampling and testing shall be at Contractors 8 expense. 9 b. If the results of the core tests indicate that the strength of the structure is 10 inadequate, any replacement, load testing, or strengthening as may be ordered 11 by the Engineer shall be provided by the Contractor without cost to the City. 12 11. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to 13 determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 14 12. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not 15 comply with the Contract Documents. 16 D. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM El 155 within 48 17 hours of finishing. 18 E. Concrete Finish Measurement and Tolerances 19 1. All floors are subject to measurement for flatness and levelness and comply with 20 the following: 21 a. Slabs shall be flat within a tolerance of 5/16 inches in 10 feet when tested with 22 a 10 foot long straightedge. Apply straightedge to the slab at 3 foot intervals in 23 both directions, lapping straightedge 3 feet on areas previously checked. Low 24 spots shall not exceed the above dimension anywhere along the straightedge. 25 Flatness shall be checked the next work day after finishing. 26 b. Slabs shall be level within a tolerance of ::L 1/4 inch in 10 feet, not to exceed 3/4 27 inches total variation, anywhere on the floor, from elevations indicated on the 28 Drawings. Levelness shall be checked on a 10 foot grid using a level after 29 removal of forms. 30 c. Measurement Standard: All floors are subject to measurement for flatness and 31 levelness, according to ASTM E1155. 32 2. Tiered Measurement Standard 33 a. Each floor test section and the overall floor area shall conform to the 2-tiered 34 measurement standard as specified herein. 35 1) Minimum Local Value: The minimum local FF/FL values represent the ab- 36 solute minimum surface profile that will be acceptable for any 1 test sample 37 (line of measurements) anywhere within the test area. 38 2) Specified Overall Value: The specified overall FF/FL values represent the 39 minimum values acceptable for individual floor sections as well as the floor 40 as a whole. 41 3. Floor Test Sections 42 a. A floor test section is defined as the smaller of the following areas: 43 1) The area bounded by column and/or wall lines 44 2) The area bounded by construction and/or control joint lines 45 3) Any combination of column lines and/or control joint lines CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Dave &Buster's Fort Worth 106406 Revised June 13, 2025 03 30 00 - 25 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 25 of 26 1 b. Test sample measurement lines within each test section shall be 2 multidirectional along 2 orthogonal lines, as defined by ASTM El 155, at a 3 spacing to be determined by the City's testing lab. 4 c. The precise layout of each test section shall be determined by the City's testing 5 lab. 6 4. Concrete Floor Finish Tolerance 7 a. The following values apply before removal of shores. Levelness values (FL) do 8 not apply to intentionally sloped or cambered areas, nor to slabs poured on 9 metal deck or precast concrete. 10 1) Slabs 11 Overall Value FF45/FL30 12 Minimum Local Value FF30/FL20 13 5. Floor Elevation Tolerance Envelope 14 a. The acceptable tolerance envelope for absolute elevation of any point on the 15 slab surface, with respect to the elevation shown on the Drawings, is as follows: 16 1) Slab -on -Grade Construction: t 3/4 inch 17 2) Top surfaces of formed slabs measured prior to removal of supporting 18 shores: ± 3/4 inch 19 3) Top surfaces of all other slabs: ± 3/4 inch 20 4) Slabs specified to slope shall have a tolerance from the specified slope of 21 3/8 inch in 10 feet at any point, up to 3/4 inch from theoretical elevation at 22 any point. 23 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 24 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 25 3.10 CLEANING 26 A. Defective Work 27 1. Imperfect or damaged work or any material damaged or determined to be defective 28 before final completion and acceptance of the entire job shall be satisfactorily re- 29 placed at the Contractor's expense, and in conformity with all of the requirements of 30 the Drawings and Specifications. 31 2. Perform removal and replacement of concrete work in such manner as not to impair 32 the appearance or strength of the structure in any way. 33 B. Cleaning 34 1. Upon completion of the work remove from the site all forms, equipment, protective 35 coverings and any rubbish resulting therefrom. 36 2. After sweeping floors, wash floors with clean water. 37 3. Leave finished concrete surfaces in a clean condition, satisfactory to the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Dave &Buster's Fort Worth 106406 Revised June 13, 2025 033000-26 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 26 of 26 1 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 2 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 4 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 5 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 2.2.0.3 — Removed Blue Text/Added Descriptions for water-soluble, 12/20/2012 D. Johnson chloride -ion content 3.4.C.1 — Changed 75% to 70% 3/1 IH2022 Zelalem Arega 1.3.B.5.t, 2.2.I.1, 2.2.0.2, — Added ASTM C595 — Type IL cement Updated references throughout related to blended hydraulic cement Updated references throughout related to lab not agency 6/13/25 M Owen 1.11 A. clarified weather conditions/hot weather concreting section 3.7 C. 5. Corrected #/size of cylinders CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Dave &Buster's Fort Worth 106406 Revised June 13, 2025 03 80 00 - 1 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE Page 1 of 7 SECTION 03 80 00 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Modifications to existing concrete structures, including: a. Manholes b. Junction boxes c. Vaults d. Retaining walls e. Wing and head walls f. Culverts 2. This section does not include modifications to Reinforced Concrete Pipe. B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed. 2. Payment a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed and no other compensation will be allowed. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A615, Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. b. C881, Standard Specification for Epoxy -Resin -Base Bonding Systems for Concrete. c. C882, Standard Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy -Resin Systems Used with Concrete by Slant Sheer. d. D570, Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics. e. D638, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 03 80 00 - 2 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE Page 2 of 7 £ D695, Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. g. D732, Standard Test Method for Shear Strength of Plastics by Punch Tool. h. D790, Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. B. Where reference is made to 1 of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening applies. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 0133 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for specials. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Submit manufacturer's Product Data on all product brands proposed for use to the Engineer for review. 2. Include the manufacturer's installation and/or application instructions. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED I 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When removing materials or portions of existing structures and when making openings in existing structures, take precautions and all erect all necessary barriers, shoring and bracing, and other protective devices to prevent damage to the structures beyond the limits necessary for the new work, protect personnel, control dust, and to prevent damage to the structures or contents by falling or flying debris. B. Core sanitary sewer manhole penetrations. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver the specified products in original, unopened containers with the manufacturer's name, labels, product identification, and batch numbers. B. Store and condition the specified product as recommended by the manufacturer. 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED OR OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS A. Manufacturers Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 03 80 00 - 3 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE Page 3 of 7 1. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: a. Available Products 1) Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. b. Available Manufacturers 1) Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. B. Materials 1. General a. Comply with this Section and any state or local regulations. C. Steel Reinforcement 1. Reinforcing Bars a. ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed. D. Epoxy Bonding Agent 1. A 2-component, solvent -free, asbestos -free, moisture -insensitive epoxy resin material used to bond plastic concrete to hardened concrete complying with the requirements of ASTM C881, Type V, and the additional requirements specified herein. Properties of the cured material a. Compressive Strength (ASTM D695) 1) 8,500 psi minimum at 28 days b. Tensile Strength (ASTM D638) 1) 4,000 psi minimum at 14 days c. Flexural Strength (ASTM D790 - Modulus of Rupture) 1) 6,300 psi minimum at 14 days d. Shear Strength (ASTM D732) 1) 5,000 psi minimum at 14 days e. Water Absorption (ASTM D570 - 2 hour boil) 1) 1 percent maximum at 14 days £ Bond Strength (ASTM C882) Hardened to Plastic 1) 1,500 psi minimum at 14 days moist cure g. Color 1) Gray h. Available Manufacturers: 1) Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, New Jersey - Sikadur 32, Hi -Mod 2) BASF, Cleveland, Ohio - Concresive 1438 E. Epoxy Paste 1. A 2-component, solvent -free, asbestos free, moisture insensitive epoxy resin material used to bond dissimilar materials to concrete such as setting railing posts, dowels, anchor bolts, and all -threads into hardened concrete and complying with the requirements of ASTM C881, Type I, Grade 3, and the additional requirements specified herein. 2. Properties of the cured material a. Compressive Properties (ASTM D695): 10,000 psi minimum at 28 days Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 03 80 00 - 4 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE Page 4 of 7 b. Tensile Strength (ASTM D638): 3,000 psi minimum at 14 days. Elongation at Break - 0.3 percent minimum c. Flexural Strength (ASTM D790 - Modulus of Rupture): 3,700 psi minimum at 14 days d. Shear Strength (ASTM D732): 2,800 psi minimum at 14 days e. Water Absorption (ASTM D570): 1.0 percent maximum at 7 days f. Bond Strength (ASTM C882): 2,000 psi at 14 days moist cure g. Color: Concrete grey h. Available Manufacturers 1) Overhead Applications a) Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, New Jersey - Sikadur 32, Hi -Mod LV b) BASF - Concresive 1438 2) All Other Applications a) Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, New Jersey - Sikadur Hi -mod LV 31 b) BASF - Concresive 1401 F. Repair Mortars 1. Provide an asbestos free, moisture insensitive, polymer -modified, Portland cement - based cementitious trowel grade mortar for repairs on horizontal or vertical surfaces. a. Available Manufacturers 1) Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst New Jersey - SikaTop 122 2) BASF — Emaco Nanocrete R3 G. Pipe Penetration Sealants 1. 1 component polyurethane, extrudable swelling bentonite-free waterstop that is chemically resistant, not soluble in water and capable of withstanding wet/dry cycling. a. Available Manufacturers 1) Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst New Jersey — SikaSwell S-2 2) Approved equal 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USEDI 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION A. General 1. Cut, repair, reuse, demolish, excavate or otherwise modify parts of the existing structures or appurtenances, as indicated on the Drawings, specified herein, or necessary to permit completion of the Work. Finishes, joints, reinforcements, sealants, etc., are specified in respective Sections. Comply with other requirements of this of Section and as shown on the Drawings. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 03 80 00 - 5 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE Page 5 of 7 2. Store, mix, and apply all commercial products specified in this Section in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Make repairs in all cases where concrete is repaired in the vicinity of an expansion joint or control joint to preserve the isolation between components on either side of the joint. 4. When drilling holes for dowels/bolts at new or existing concrete, stop drilling if rebar is encountered and relocate the hole to avoid rebar as approved by the Engineer. Do not cut rebar without prior approval by the Engineer. B. Concrete Removal 1. Remove concrete designated to be removed to specific limits as shown on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer, by chipping, jack -hammering, or saw -cutting as appropriate in areas where concrete is to be taken out. Do not jackhammer sanitary sewer manhole penetrations. Remove concrete in such a manner that surrounding concrete or existing reinforcing to be left in place and existing in place equipment is not damaged. 2. Where existing reinforcing is exposed due to saw cutting/core drilling and no new material is to be placed on the sawcut surface, apply a coating or surface treatment of epoxy paste to the entire cut surface to a thickness of 1/4 inch. 3. In all cases where the joint between new concrete or grout and existing concrete will be exposed in the finished work, except as otherwise shown or specified, provide a 1-inch deep saw cut on each exposed surface of the existing concrete at the edge of concrete removal. 4. Repair concrete specified to be left in place that is damaged using approved means to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 5. The Engineer may from time to time direct additional repairs to existing concrete. Make these repairs as specified or by such other methods as may be appropriate. C. Connection Surface Preparation 1. Prepare connection surfaces as specified below for concrete areas requiring patching, repairs or modifications as shown on the Drawings, specified herein, or as directed by the Engineer. 2. Remove all deteriorated materials, dirt, oil, grease, and all other bond inhibiting materials from the surface by dry mechanical means, i.e., sandblasting, grinding, etc., as approved by the Engineer. Be sure the areas are not less than 1/2-inch in depth. Irregular voids or surface stones need not be removed if they are sound, free of laitance, and firmly embedded into parent concrete, subject to the Engineer's final inspection. 3. If reinforcing steel is exposed, it must be cleaned by wire brush or other similar means to remove all contaminants, rust, etc., as approved by the Engineer. If 1/2 of the diameter of the reinforcing steel is exposed, chip out behind the steel. Chip a minimum of 1 inch behind the steel. Do not Damage reinforcing to be saved during the demolition operation. 4. Clean reinforcing from existing demolished concrete that is shown to be incorporated in new concrete by wire brush or other similar means to remove all loose material and products of corrosion before proceeding with the repair. Cut, bend, or lap to new reinforcing as shown on the Drawings and provided with 1-inch minimum cover all around. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 03 80 00 - 6 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE Page 6 of 7 5. The following are specific concrete surface preparation "methods" to be used where called for on the Drawings, specified herein, or as directed by the Engineer. a. Method A 1) After the existing concrete surface at connection has been roughened and cleaned, thoroughly moisten the existing surface with water. 2) Brush on a 1/16-inch layer of cement and water mixed to the consistency of a heavy paste. 3) Immediately after application of cement paste, place new concrete or grout mixture as detailed on the Drawings. b. Method B 1) After the existing concrete surface has been roughened and cleaned, apply epoxy bonding agent at connection surface. 2) Comply strictly with the manufacturer's recommendations for the field preparation and application of the epoxy bonding agent. 3) Place new concrete or grout mixture to limits shown on the Drawings within time constraints recommended by the manufacturer to ensure bond. c. Method C 1) Drill a hole 1/4 inch larger than the diameter of the dowel. 2) Blow the hole clear of loose particles and dust just prior to installing epoxy. First fill the drilled hole with epoxy paste, then butter the dowels/bolts with paste then insert by tapping. 3) Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, drill and set deformed bars to a depth of 10 bar diameters and smooth bars to a depth of 15 bar diameters. 4) If not noted on the Drawings, the Engineer will provide details regarding the size and spacing of dowels. d. Method D 1) Combination of Method B and C. 3.4 INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 03 80 00 - 7 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE Page 7 of 7 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 26 05 00 -1 COMMON WORKRESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Page 1 of 5 1 SECTION 26 05 00 2 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. All labor, materials and equipment required to install, test and provide an 7 operational, electrical system as specified and as shown on the Drawings 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1— General Requirements 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Electrical Facilities 16 a. Measurement 17 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. 18 b. Payment 19 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this Item 20 shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for "Electrical Facilities". 21 c. The price bid shall include: 22 1) Furnishing and installing a complete electrical system 23 2) Wire 24 3) Cable 25 4) Conduit and related hardware 26 5) Supports 27 6) Excavation 28 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 29 8) Hauling 30 9) Clean-up 31 2. Furnish and Install Electrical Service 32 a. Measurement 33 1) Measurement for electrical service shall be per each type and size furnished 34 and installed. 35 b. Payment 36 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 37 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid for "Furnish/Install Electrical 38 Service" shall be made at the price bid per each type and size installed. 39 c. The price bid shall include all aspects of completing the installation of electrical 40 service including, but not limited to: 41 1) Conduit CPFY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised March 11, 2022 26 05 00 - 2 COMMON WORKRESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Page 2 of 5 1 2) Pole risers 2 3) Meter base 3 4) Breaker box 4 5) Breakers 5 6) Coordination with Electrical Service Provider 6 3. Install Electrical Service 7 a. Measurement 8 1) Measurement for electrical service shallbe per each type and size installed. 9 b. Payment 10 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 11 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid for "Install Electrical Service" 12 shall be made at the price bid per each type and size installed. 13 c. The price bid shall include all aspects of completing the installation of electrical 14 service including, but not limited to: 15 1) Conduit 16 2) Pole risers 17 4. Remove Electrical Service 18 a. Measurement 19 1) Measurement for electrical service shallbe per each type and size removed. 20 b. Payment 21 1) The work performed in accordance with this Item shallbe paid for at the 22 unit price bid for "Remove Electrical Service" shall be made at the price bid 23 per each type and size removed. 24 c. The Price bid shall include all aspects of completing the removal of electrical 25 service including, but not limited to: 26 1) Foundation 2 ft below ground surface 27 2) Stand alone poles that services only the electrical service 28 1.3 REFERENCES 29 A. Reference Standards 30 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 31 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 32 Spec ification, unless a date is specifically cited. 33 2. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 34 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 35 A. Coordination 36 1. Where references are made to the Related Work paragraph in each Specification 37 Section, referring to other Sections and other Divisions of the Specifications, the 38 Contractor shall provide such information or Work as may be required in those 39 references, and include such information or Work as may be specified. 40 2. Division 26 requirements apply to electrical work provided under any division of 41 the Specifications 42 B. Service and Metering 43 1. Obtain service from the electric service provider at 120/240 Volts, Single Phase, 44 Three Wire, 60 Hz from transformer equipment furnished and installed by the 45 power company. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised March 11, 2022 26 05 00 - 3 COMMON WORKRESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Page 3 of 5 1 2. Power company responsibilities 2 a. Furnishing and installing the primary overhead conductors and pole line 3 b. Furnishing and installing the transformer or riser pole, primary cutouts, 4 lightning arresters and grounding 5 c. Furnishing and installing primary conduits and cables 6 d. Furnishing and installing the transformer pad and grounding (if pad -mounted 7 transformer) 8 e. Furnishing and installing transformer 9 f. Terminating underground primary cables 10 g. Furnishing metering current transformers (CT's), meter and meter wiring 11 h. Terminating secondary cables to the service transformer 12 i. Furnishing meter base and enclosure 13 3. Contractor responsibilities 14 a. Furnishing and installing secondary conduits and cables 15 b. Furnishing and installing power company approved metering current 16 transformer enclosure (if required by power company) 17 c. Installing meter base 18 d. Furnishing and installing an empty conduit with pull line from the metering 19 current transformer enclosure to the meter enclosure. Conduit size and type 20 approved by the power company 21 e. Coordinating electrical service installation with power company 22 4. City responsibilities 23 a. Negotiating with power company for the costs of new or revised services 24 b. Making payment directly to power company for such costs 25 C. Codes, Inspections and Fees 26 1. Obtain all necessary permits and pay all fees required for permits and inspections. 27 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 32 A Materials and Equipment 33 1. New, except where specifically identified on the Drawings to be reused. 34 2. UL listed, where such listing exists. 35 3. Electrical service 36 a. Service type shall be as shown on the Drawings. 37 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 38 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 39 1.12 WARRANTY 40 A. Manufacturer Warranty 41 1. Manufacturer's warranties are specified in each of the Specification Sections. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised March 11, 2022 26 05 00 - 4 COMMON WORKRESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Page 4 of 5 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4 3.2 EXAMINATION 5 A. Interpretation of Drawings 6 1. Coordinate the conduit installation with other trades and the actual supplied 7 equipment. 8 2. Where circuits are shown as home runs: Provide fittings and boxes for complete 9 raceway installation. 10 3. Verify exact locations and mounting heights of lighting fixtures, switches and 11 receptacles prior to installation. 12 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 13 3.4 INSTALLATION 14 A. Phase Balancing 15 1. Connect circuits on motor control centers and panelboards to result in evenly 16 balanced loads across all phases. 17 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 18 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 A. Tests and Settings 1. Test systems and equipment furnished under Division 26. 2. Repair or replace all defective work. 3. Make adjustments to the systems as specified and/or required. 4. Prior to energizing electrical equipment, make all tests required by the individual Specification sections. a. Submit a sample test form or procedure. b. Submit the required test reports and data within 30 days after the test. c. Include names of all test personnel. d. Initial each test. 5. Check wire and cable terminations for tightness. 6. Verify all terminations at transformers, equipment, capacitor connections, panels, and enclosures by producing a 12 3 rotation on a phase sequence motor when connected to A, B, and C phases. 7. Inspect, set, and test mechanical operation for circuit breakers, disconnect switches, motor starters, and control equipment. CPFY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3.9 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 26 05 00 - 5 COMMON WORKRESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Page 5 of 5 8. Check interlocking, control and instrument wiring for each system and/or part of a system to prove that the system will function properly as indicated by schematic and wiring diagrams. 9. Schedule and coordinate testing with the City at least 2 weeks in advance. 10. Provide qualified test personnel, instruments and test equipment. 11. Refer to the individual equipment Sections for additional speck testing requirements. ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revis ion Log DATE NAME SUMMARYOF CHANGE 11/22/13 S. Arnold Added installation only pay item for electrical services 3/11/22 S. Hobbs Added removal only pay item for electrical service CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised March 11, 2022 260510-1 DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 1 of 4 SECTION 26 05 10 DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Furnish, install and test all equipment, wiring and appurtenances as may be required to perform the electrical demolition shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. 2. Payment a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for "Salvage Electrical Equipment". 3. The price bid shall include: a. Removing and salvaging electrical equipment including, but not limited to: 1) Wire and cable 2) Encasement 3) Conduit 4) Supports b. Excavation c. Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill d. Hauling e. Clean-up 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) a. 70, National Electrical Code (NEC) 1.4 ADNIINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 260510-2 DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 2 of 4 1. Coordinate with the City or their designee 48 hours in advance of removals. 2. Coordinate with other Trades for removal of electrical services in conjunction with the removal of the associated equipment. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 1. All salvage materials will be delivered by the Contractor to the City at a location designated by the Inspector. The Inspector, assisted by authorized representatives, will serve as the receiving agent for salvage material. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] K�►� 91a ►III\ � ►/11 Y [17�i A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements. B. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. C. Report Drawing discrepancies to City before disturbing the existing installation. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors and ceilings scheduled for removal. B. Coordinate utility service outages with Utility Company to minimize length and number of outages. C. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. D. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel experienced in such operations. E. Existing Electrical Service: Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for service. F. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 260510-3 DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 3 of 4 G. Obtain permission from City at least 1 week in advance, before partially or completely disabling system. 3.4 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A. Remove, relocate and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. B. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply. C. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. 1. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors and patch surfaces. D. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. 1. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit serving them is abandoned and removed. 2. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed. E. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment. F. Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment that has been removed. G. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. H. Maintain access to existing installations which remain active. Modify installation or provide access to panels as appropriate. I. Where the demolition or revision of any portion of a raceway or box in the raceway system, in an area, causes the raceway system of the area to no longer comply with the classification or Specification requirements of the area, provide and install such boxes, fittings, etc. as may be necessary to return the raceway system to compliance with Specifications. J. Extend existing installations using materials and methods as specified for new Work. K. Minimize noise, dust, and vibration and conduct the work so as to avoid any damage to the surroundings. L. Salvaged Equipment and Materials 1. The City shall have the right to retain any or all electrical and instrumentation equipment shown or specified to be removed from the site. 2. Deliver the City's equipment to a site designated by the City. 3. If the City refuses the salvage, the Contractor must claim ownership of the materials and dispose of them properly. 4. Prior to starting demolition, the Contractor and City shall jointly visit the areas of demolition and the City will designate those items that are to remain the property of the City. 5. Take necessary precautions in removing City designated property to prevent damage during the demolition process. a. Remove steel structural members by unbolting, cutting welds, or cutting rivet heads and punching shanks through holes. b. Do not use a cutting torch to separate the City's equipment or material. 6. Remove items in 1 piece or in a manner that does not impact their reuse. a. Loose components may be removed separately. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 260510-4 DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 4 of 4 b. Controls and electrical equipment may be removed from the equipment and handled separately. c. Large units may be handled separately. d. Salvaged piping shall be taken apart at flanges or fittings and removed in sections. M. Material removed from the construction site during demolition, and any equipment not otherwise designated to remain the property of the City in accordance with the pre - demolition identification process shall become the property of the Contractor, and shall be promptly removed from the construction site. N. Refurbish and replace any existing facility, to be left in place, which is damaged by the demolition operations. 1. The repair of such damage shall leave the parts in a condition at least equal to that found at the start of the work. 3.5 RESTORATION A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused. B. Panelboards 1. Clean exposed surfaces. 2. Check tightness of electrical connections. 3. Replace damaged circuit breakers. 4. Provide closure plates for vacant positions. 5. Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement. 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 260533-1 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 1 of 12 SECTION 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Furnish and install complete raceway systems as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 3. Section 26 05 43 — Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment Conduits and Related Hardware, when a bid item for Electrical Facilities exists a. Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to Electrical Facilities. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to Electrical Facilities and shall be subsidiary to the lump sum price bid for Electrical Facilities, and no other compensation will be allowed. Conduits and Related Hardware, when no bid item for Electrical Facilities exists a. Measurement 1) Measurement for conduit shall be per linear foot of the size, installation method, and type of conduit installed. 2) Limits of measurement for conduit are from center to center between ground boxes or poles, a combination of the two or to the termination point. b. Payment 1) Payment for conduit shall be made at the price bid per linear foot of the size, installation method, and type of conduit installed. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Installation of Conduit and Related Hardware including, but not limited to: a) Elbows b) Couplings c) Weatherheads Conduit Boxes, when a bid item for Electrical Facilities exists a. Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to Electrical Facilities. b. Payment Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 260533-2 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 2 of 12 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to Electrical Facilities and shall be subsidiary to the lump sum price bid for Electrical Facilities, and no other compensation will be allowed. 4. Conduit Boxes, when no bid item for Electrical Facilities exists a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Conduit Box installed per location of installation. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid for "Conduit Box" installed. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing the Conduit Box 2) Excavation 3) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 4) Clean-up 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI). a. ANSI C80.5, American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Aluminum Conduit (ERAC). 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). a. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volt Maximum). b. C80.1, Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit. c. TC-2, Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Tubing and Conduit. d. TC-3, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. e. TC-7, Smooth -Walled Coilable Electrical Polyethylene Conduit. 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) a. 70 — National Electrical Code (NEC). 1) Article 350, Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Type LFMC. 2) Chapter 9, Tables. 5. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) a. 6, Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit — Steel. b. 51413, Conduit, Tubing and Cable Fittings. c. 651, Standard for Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. B. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of UL. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 260533-3 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 3 of 12 A. Product Data 1. Submit to the City, in accordance with Division 1, the manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers of all materials specified. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications 1. Manufacturers a. Refer to Specification Section 0160 00 for listing of approved manufacturers for all materials. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Handling: In accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Storage a. In accordance with manufacturer's instructions b. Not exposed to sunlight c. Completely covered 3. Materials showing signs of previous or jobsite exposure will be rejected. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY A. No separate warranty on conduit. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED[ 2.2 CONDUIT A. Liquidtight Steel Flexible Metal Conduit 1. Interlocked steel core 2. PVC jacket rated for 80 degrees Celsius 3. Complies with NEC Article 350 4. Fittings 5. Extruded from 6063 T-1 alloy 6. Maximum 0.1 percent copper content 7. Conform to: a. ANSI C80.5 b. UL-6 B. Rigid Steel Conduit 1. Hot dip galvanized 2. Threads: Hot galvanized after cutting Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 260533-4 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 4 of 12 3. Conforms to: a. NEMA C80.1 C. Rigid PVC Schedule 80 Conduit 1. Designed for use above ground and underground as described in the NEC 2. Resistant to sunlight 3. UL Labeled 4. Conforms to: a. NEMA TC-2 b. UL 651 5. Fittings conform to: a. NEMA TC-3 b. UL 514B D. Rigid PVC Schedule 40 Conduit 1. Designed for use underground as described in the NEC 2. Resistant to sunlight 3. UL Labeled. 4. Conforms to: a. NEMA TC-2 b. UL 651 5. Fittings conform to: a. NEMA TC-3 b. UL 514B E. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Conduit 1. Designed for use underground as described in the NEC 2. Resistant to sunlight 3. UL Labeled 4. Conforms to: a. UL 651A b. UL 651 B c. NEMA TC-7 F. Raceway Boxes 1. Use: Exposed raceway systems only 2. Boxes for underground systems: Refer to Section 26 05 43. 3. Box size a. Distance between each raceway entry inside the box and the opposite wall: Not be less than 6 times the trade size of the largest raceway in a row. b. Distance shall be increased for additional entries by the amount of the sum of the diameters of all other raceway entries in the same row on the same wall of the box. c. Each row calculated individually, and the single row that provides the maximum distance used to size box. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Conduit Outlet Bodies Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 260533-5 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 5 of 12 1. Up to and including 2-1/2 inches a. Conduit outlet bodies and covers: Galvanized steel b. Captive screw -clamp cover c. Neoprene gasket d. Stainless steel screws and clamps 2. Larger than 2-1/2 inches a. Use junction boxes. B. Conduit Hubs 1. Watertight 2. Threaded galvanized steel 3. Insulated throat 4. Stainless steel grounding screw C. Grounding Bushings 1. Insulated lay -in lug grounding bushings 2. Tin-plated copper grounding path 3. Integrally molded noncombustible phenolic insulated surfaces rated 150 degrees Celsius 4. Plastic insert cap each bushing 5. Lug size: Sufficient to accommodate maximum ground wire size required by the NEC for the application D. Raceway Sealant 1. Use for sealing of raceway hubs, entering or terminating in boxes or enclosures where shown or specified E. Conduit Penetration Seals 1. Use for conduit wall and floor seals F. Conduit and related hardware 1. All polyvinyl chloride conduits, including elbows and couplings shall be schedule 40 PVC conduit, conforming to Federal Specification W-C-1094 and Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Standard UL-651. All conduit sizes shall be as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Rigid metal conduit shall be steel, hot -dipped galvanized inside and outside. 3. Weather heads shall be made of aluminum and may be the threaded or the clamp on type. G. Expansion/Deflection Fittings 1. Use a. Embedded in concrete b. Exposed 2. Description a. Internal grounding b. 4 inch movement c. Stainless steel/cast iron H. Expansion Fittings Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 260533-6 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 6of12 1. Galvanized steel 2. 8 inch movement 3. Internal grounding 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXANIINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 APPLICATION A. Interface with Other Work 1. Coordinate the placement of conduit and related components with other trades and existing installations. B. Unless shown on the Drawings or specified otherwise, the conduit type installed with respect to the location shall be as follows: 1. Underground, 18 inches or more cover: Rigid PVC Schedule 40 or HDPE 2. Underground, less than 18 inches cover: Rigid PVC Schedule 80 or HDPE 3. Exposed: Rigid galvanized steel 4. Final connection to equipment subject to vibration: Liquidtight Steel Flexible Metal Conduit C. Box Applications 1. Furnish raceway junction, pull and terminal boxes with NEMA ratings for the location in which they are installed. 2. Exposed switch, receptacle and lighting outlet boxes and conduit fittings: Galvanized steel 3. Furnish boxes with factory mounting lugs. Drilling through the back of any box or enclosure is prohibited D. Conduit Outlet Bodies Applications 1. Conduits up to and including 2-1/2 inches: Conduit outlet bodies may be used, except where junction boxes are shown or otherwise specified 2. Conduits larger than 2-1/2 inches: Use junction boxes E. Conduit Hub Applications 1. Unless specifically stated herein or described on the Drawings, all raceways shall terminate at an outlet with a conduit hub. Locknut or double locknut terminations will not be permitted. F. Insulated Grounding Bushing Applications 1. Use: Terminate raceways at bottom entry to pad -mounted electrical equipment or switchgear, if there is no wall or floor pan on which to anchor or terminate the raceway. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 260533-7 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 7of12 2. Other raceways: Terminate on enclosures with a conduit hub. 3. Grounding bushing caps: Remain on the bushing until the wire is ready to be pulled. G. Conduit Fittings Applications 1. Combination expansion deflection fittings: Install where conduits cross structure expansion joints, on conduit transitions from underground to above ground, and where installed in exposed conduit runs such that the distance between expansion - deflection fittings does not exceed 150 feet of conduit run. 2. Expansion fittings: Install in lieu of a combination expansion -deflection fitting, on the exposed side of conduit transitions from underground to above ground, where the earth has been disturbed to a depth of more than 10 feet. H. Conduit Penetration Seals Applications 1. Conduit wall seals: Use where underground conduits penetrate walls or at other locations shown on the Drawings 2. Conduit sealing bushings: Use to seal conduit ends exposed to the weather and at other locations shown on the Drawings I. Conduit Tag Applications 1. Tag all conduits within 1 foot of the entry of equipment, and wall and floor penetrations. 2. Tag all underground conduits and ducts at all locations, exiting and entering from underground, including manholes and handholes. J. Raceway Installation 1. No conduit smaller than 1'/a inch electrical trade size. 2. No more than the equivalent of 3 - 90 degree bends in any 1 run. 3. Do not pull wire until the conduit system is complete in all details. 4. Install all underground raceways in accordance with Section 26 05 43. 5. Where raceways enter or leave the raceway system, where the raceway origin or termination, could be subjected to the entry of moisture, rain or liquid of any type, particularly where the termination of such raceways terminate in any equipment, new or existing at a lower elevation, such raceways shall be tightly sealed, using watertight sealant (Duxseal or equal), at the higher elevation, both before and after the installation of cables, such that there shall be no entry of water or moisture to the Raceway System at any time. Any damage to new or existing equipment, due to the entrance of moisture from unsealed raceways, shall be corrected by complete replacement of such equipment, at no cost to the City. Cleaning or drying of such damaged equipment will not be acceptable. 6. Conduit supports, for other than for underground raceways: Space at intervals of 8 feet or less as required to obtain rigid construction. 7. Single conduits: Support with 1 hole pipe clamps in combination with 1 screw back plates, to raise conduits from the surface. 8. Multiple runs of conduits: Supported on trapeze type hangers with horizontal members and threaded hanger rods not less than 3/8 inch in diameter. 9. Surface mounted panel boxes, junction boxes, and conduit: Supported by strut to provide a minimum of 1/2 inch clearance between wall and equipment. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 260533-8 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 8 of 12 10. Conduit hangers: Attach to structural steel by means of beam or channel clamps. Use concrete inserts of the spot type where attached to concrete surfaces. 11. Conduits on exposed work a. Install at right angles to and parallel with the surrounding wall. b. Conform to the form of the ceiling. c. No diagonal runs. d. Provide concentric bends in parallel conduit runs. e. Install conduit perfectly straight and true. 12. Conduits terminated into enclosures: Install perpendicular to the walls where flexible liquidtight or rigid conduits are required. a. Do not use short sealtight elbow fittings for such terminations, except for connections to instrumentation transmitters where multiple penetrations are required. 13. Use insulated throat grounding bushings for conduits containing equipment grounding conductors and terminating in boxes. Connect grounding conductors to the box. 14. Install conduits using threaded fittings. Do not use running threads. 15. PVC conduit: Use glued type conduit fittings. 16. HDPE conduit: Use fittings by same manufacturer as conduit. 17. Liquidtight flexible steel conduit a. Primary and secondary of transformers b. Generator terminations c. Other equipment where vibration is present d. Connections to instrumentation transmitters, where multiple penetrations are required e. Do not use in other locations. £ Maximum length: Not greater than that of a factory manufactured long radius elbow of the conduit size being used g. Maximum bending radius: Not less than that shown in the NEC Chapter 9, Table 2, "Other Bends". h. Do not use BX or AC type prefabricated cables. 18. Conduits passing through openings in walls or floor slabs: Seal remaining openings against the passage of flame and smoke. 19. Conduit ends exposed to the weather or corrosive gases: Seal with conduit sealing bushings. 20. Raceways terminating in Control Panels or boxes containing electrical equipment a. Do not install to enter from the top of the panel or box. b. Seal with a watertight sealant: Duxseal or equal 21. Conduit a. The Contractor will be required to coordinate with all local utility companies, long distance communication companies, City utilities, railroad companies, and Dig Tess if applicable, to ascertain exact locations of conflicting underground services. b. The location of conduits and ground boxes are diagrammatic only and may be shifted by the Inspector to accommodate field conditions. c. The maximum allowable overcut shall be 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter for bores. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 260533-9 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 9of12 d. The vertical and horizontal tolerances shall not exceed 18 inches (457 mm) as measured from the intended target point for bores. e. The use of a pneumatically driven device for punching holes beneath the pavement (commonly known as a "missile") will not be permitted. f. Conduit installed for future use shall have a non-metallic, nylon type pull string and shall be capped using standard weather tight conduit caps, as approved by the Inspector. g. The Contractor shall place duct seal or foam at the ends of all conduit where conductors and/or cables are present. h. New Conduit 1) All underground conduit shall be schedule 40 PVC conduit. 2) All conduit or raceways above ground shall be rigid metal. 3) All conduit and fittings shall be of the sizes and types shown on the Drawings. 4) Each section of conduit shall bear evidence of approval by Underwriter's Laboratories. 5) Conduit terminating in posts or pedestal bases shall not extend vertically more than 3 inches above the concrete foundation. 6) Field bends in conduit shall have a minimum radius of 12 diameters of the nominal size of the conduit. 7) Exposed vertical conduit shall be galvanized rigid metal, and reamed and couplings made tight. PVC conduit shall be joined by the solvent --weld method in accordance with the conduit manufacturer's recommendations. 8) No reducer couplings shall be used unless specifically indicated on the Drawings. 9) Conduit and fittings shall have burrs and rough places smoothed and shall be clean and free of obstructions before the cable is installed. 10) Field cuts shall be made with a hacksaw only, and shall be square and true so that the ends will butt or come together for the full diameter thereof. a) In no case shall a cutting torch be used to cut or join conduit. 11) Slip joints or running threads will not be permitted for coupling conduit unless approved by the Inspector. 12) When a standard coupling cannot be used, an approved union coupling shall be used and shall provide a water -tight coupling between the conduit. 13) Couplings shall be properly installed to bring their ends of connected conduit together to produce a good rigid connection throughout the entire length of the conduit run. 14) Where the coating on a rigid metal conduit run has been damaged in handling or installation, such damaged parts shall be thoroughly painted with rust preventive paint. 15) Ends of conduits shall be capped or plugged until installation of the wire is complete. 16) Upon request by the Inspector, the Contractor shall draw a full-size metal wire brush, attached by swivel joint to a pull tape, through the metal conduit to insure that the conduit is clean and free from obstructions. 17) Conduits shall be placed in an open trench at a minimum 24 inches (612 mm) depth below the curb grade in the sidewalk areas, or 18 inches (450 mm) below the finished street grade in the street area. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 260533-10 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 10 of 12 18) Conduit placed for concrete encasement shall be secured and supported in such a manner that the alignment will not be disturbed during placement of the concrete. a) No concrete shall be placed until all of the conduit ends have been capped and all box openings closed. 19) PVC conduit, which is to be placed under existing pavement, sidewalks, and driveways, shall be placed by first providing a void through which the PVC conduit shall be inserted. a) The void may be made by boring. b) Use of water or other fluids in connection with the boring operation will be permitted only to lubricate cuttings. c) Water jetting will not be permitted. 20) If it is determined by the Inspector that it is impractical to place the conduit by boring as outlined above due to unforeseen obstructions, written permission may be granted by the Traffic Services Manager or designee for the Contractor to cut the existing pavement. 21) Pits for boring shall not be closer than 2 feet (612 mm) to the back of the curb or the outside edge of the shoulder. a) The boring method used shall not interfere with the operation of streets, highways, or other facilities, and shall not weaken or damage any embankment structure, or pavement. 22) Backfill - Compaction & Density Test for All Ditchlines a) All ditchlines within paving areas of existing and proposed streets and within 2 feet (600 mm) back of curb are to be mechanically tamped. b) All tamping is to be density controlled to 90 percent standard proctor density at optimum moisture content and no greater than 5 percent optimum or less than 2 percent below optimum. c) All backfill material is to be select native material, 6 inches (150 mm) diameter clods and smaller. d) It is permissible to put backfill in 6 inches to 8 inches (150 mm to 400 mm) lifts with densities being taken for each lfect (300 mm) of compacted material on offsetting stations of 50 feet (15.9 M). 23) Provide adequately bent conduit and properly excavate so as to prevent damage to the conduit or conductor by a bend radius which is too short. 24) All conduit runs shall be continuous and of the same material (metal only or PVC only). 25) Where tying into existing conduit, the Contractor must continue with the same material (metal to metal or PVC to PVC). 26) Each length of galvanized rigid metal conduit, where used, shall be reamed and threaded on each end and couplings shall be made up tight. 27) White -lead paint or equal shall be used on threads of all joints. 28) Metal conduit and fittings shall have the burrs and rough places smoothed. 29) Where the coating on a metal conduit run has been damaged in handling or installation, such damaged parts shall be thoroughly painted with rust preventive paint. Existing Conduit 1) Prior to pulling cable in existing underground conduit, the conduit shall be cleaned with a mandrel or cylindrical wire brush and blown out with compressed air. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 260533-11 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 11 of 12 2) If conduit appears to be blocked, the Contractor shall make an attempt to clear the conduit by rodding (The Contractor will not receive extra compensation for rodding). 3) If the existing conduit cannot be used, the Contractor may be required to repair and/or replace this conduit as directed by the Engineer. a) Repair of this conduit will be paid for as "extra work" on a Change Order. 4) The Inspector shall be notified prior to disconnection or removal of any existing cable. 22. Conduits from external sources entering or leaving a multiple compartment enclosure: Stub up into the bottom horizontal wireway or other manufacturer designated area, directly below the vertical section in which the conductors are to be terminated. 23. Conduits entering from cable tray: Stub into the upper section. 24. Install conduit sealing and drain fittings in areas designated as NEMA 4X or NEMA 7. 25. Conduit identification platens a. Install on all power, instrumentation, alarm and control conduits at each end of the run and at intermediate junction boxes and manholes. b. Install conduit plates before conductors are pulled into conduits. c. Coordinate exact identification plate location with the City at the time of installation to provide uniformity of placement and ease of reading. 26. Pull mandrels through all existing conduits that will be reused and through all new conduits 2 inches in diameter and larger prior to installing conductors. 27. Install 3/16 inch polypropylene pull lines in all new conduits noted as spares or designated for future equipment. 28. Install conduit to drain away from the equipment served. If conduit drainage is not possible, use conduit seals to plug the conduits at the point of attachment to the equipment 29. Route conduits to avoid crossing pipe shafts, access hatches or vent duct openings, present or future, in floor or ceiling construction. 30. Do not use running threads. 31. Conduits passing from heated to unheated spaces, exterior spaces, refrigerated spaces, or cold air plenums: Scaled with watertight sealant: Duxseal or equal 32. Locate conduits a minimum of 3 inches from steam or hot water piping. a. Where crossings are unavoidable, locate conduit at least 1 inch from the covering of the pipe crossed. 33. Conduits terminating at a cable tray a. Support independently from the cable tray. b. Provide conduit support within 1-feet of the cable tray. c. Weight of the conduit not supported by cable tray 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 260533-12 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 12 of 12 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 31 10 00 -1 SITE CLEARING Page 1 of 6 1 SECTION 3110 00 2 SITE CLEARING 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Preparation of right-of-way and other designated areas for construction operations 7 by removing and disposing of all obstructions including clearing and grubbing and 8 trees, when removal of such obstructions is not specifically shown on the Drawings 9 to be paid by other Sections. 10 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 11 1. None. 12 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 13 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 14 2. Division 1— General Requirements 15 3. Section 02 41 13 — Selective Site Demolition 16 4. Section 02 41 14 — Utility Removal/Abandonment 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Site Clearing 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measurement for this Item shallbe by lump sum, square yard, or per acre. 22 b. Payment 23 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 24 Item shall be paid for at the lump sum, square yard, or per acre price bid for 25 "Site Clearing". 26 c. The price bid shall include: 27 1) Pruning of designated trees and shrubs 28 2) Removal and disposal of structures and obstructions (unless separate bid 29 item is provided under 02 41 13 "Selective Site Demolition or 02 41 14 30 "Utility Removal/Abandonment"). 31 3) Removal and disposal of trees under 6-inch in diameter when bidding by 32 lump sum or square yard 33 4) Removal of ALL trees when bidding by acre. 34 5) Backfilling of holes 35 6) Clean-up 36 2. Tree Removal (for trees 6-inch or larger in diameter when Site Clearing is bid by 37 lump sum or square yard) 38 a. Measurement 39 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each. 40 2) Measurement of diameter for tree removal shall be at standard "Diameter at 41 Breast Height" or DBI, where Breast Height shall be 54" above grade. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 22, 2021 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 31 1000 -2 SITE CLEARING Page 2 of 6 3) b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Tree Removal" for: a) Various diameter ranges c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and disposal of tree, including removal of root to a depth at least 2 foot below grade 2) Grading and backfilling of holes 3) Excavation 4) Clean-up 3. Tree Removal and Transplantation a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Tree Transplant" for: a) Various diameter ranges c. The price bid shall include: 1) Pruning of designated trees and shrubs 2) Moving tree with truck mounted tree spade 3) Grading and backfilling of holes 4) Replanting tree at temporary location (determined by Contractor) 5) Maintaining tree until Work is completed 6) Replanting tree into original or designated location 7) Excavation 8) Fertilization 9) Mulching 10) Watering 11) Clean-up 12) Warranty period 4. Tree Protection a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each as designated on Construction Drawings for protection b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Tree Protection" for: a) Various caliper ranges c. The price bid shall include: 1) Protection of tree utilizing measures designated on Construction Drawings 2) Installation of work of barriers as designated on Construction Drawings 3) Maintenance of protection measures throughout construction completed 4) Replanting tree into original or designated location 5) Excavation 6) Fertilization 7) Mulching 8) Clean-up including removal on constriction completion of protection measures CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 22, 2021 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 31 1000 -3 SITE CLEARING Page 3 of 6 1 5. 2 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 3 1.4 ADNIINSTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 4 A. Permits 5 1. Contractor shall obtain Tree Removal Permits and Urban Forestry Permits as 6 required by the City's Tree Ordinance. PARD-Forestry details can be found here: 7 Forestry — Welcome to the City of Fort Worth (fortworthtexas.gov). Urban Forestry 8 Compliance's ordinance and requirements are within Zoning and can be found here: 9 Zoning — Welcome to the City of Fort Worth (fortworthtexas.gov). 10 B. Preinstallation Meetings 11 1. Hold a preliminary site clearing meeting and include the Contractor, City Forester 12 (if City owned tree) or representative of Urban Forestry if privately owned trees), 13 City Inspector, and the Project Manager for the purpose of reviewing the 14 Contractor's tree removal plan. Clearly mark all trees to remain on the project site 15 prior to the meeting. 16 2. The Contractor will provide the City with a Disposal Letter in accordance to 17 Division 01. 18 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 23 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 24 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27 PART 3 - EXECUTION 28 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 29 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 30 3.3 PREPARATION 31 A. All trees identified to be protected and/or preserved should be clearly flagged with 32 survey tape as per Construction Drawings. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 22, 2021 31 1000 -4 SITE CLEARING Page 4 of 6 1 B. Following taping and prior to any removals or site clearing, the Contractor shall meet 2 with the City, the Engineer and the Landowner, if necessary, to confirm trees to be 3 saved. 4 3.4 INSTALLATION 5 A. Protection of Trees 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 1. Protect designated trees and prune trees and shrubs as shown on the Drawings. Refer to the Drawings for tree protection details. 2. If the Drawings do not provide tree protection details, protected trees shall be fenced by placing 6-foot tall metal T-posts in a square around the tree trunk with the corners located on the canopy drip line, unless instructed otherwise. 3. When site conditions do not allow for the T-posts to be installed at the drip line, the T-posts may be installed no less than 8 feet from the tree trunk. 4-foot high 121/2 gauge stock fencing or orange plastic snow fence shall be attached to the T-posts to form the enclosure. 4. For city -owned trees, PARD-Forestry permission required to install protective fencing inside of canopy dripline (Critical Root Zone). 5. Additional trunk protection (cladding) is required when protective fencing is approved within the Critical Root Zone. 6. Do not park equipment, service equipment, store materials, or disturb the root area under the branches of trees designated for preservation. 7. When shown on the Drawings, treat cuts on trees with an approved tree wound dressing within 30 minutes of making a pruning cut or otherwise causing damage to the tree. 8. Trees and brush shall be mulched on -site. a. Burning as a method of disposal is not allowed. B. Hazardous Materials 1. The Contractor will notify the Engineer immediately if any hazardous or questionable materials not shown on the Drawings are encountered. This includes; but not limited to: a. Floor tiles b. Roof tiles c. Shingles d. Siding e. Utility piping 2. The testing, removal, and disposal of hazardous materials will be in accordance with Division 1. C. Site Clearing 1. Clear areas shown on the Drawings of all obstructions, except those landscape features that are to be preserved. Such obstructions include, but are not limited to: a. Remains of buildings and other structures b. Foundations c. Floor slabs d. Concrete e. Brick f. Lumber Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 22, 2021 31 1000 -5 SITE CLEARING Page 5 of 6 1 g. Plaster 2 h. Septic tank drain fields 3 i. Abandoned utility pipes or conduits 4 j. Equipment 5 k. Trees 6 1. Fences 7 in. Retaining walls 8 n. Other items as specified on the Drawings 9 2. Remove vegetation and other landscape features not designated for preservation, 10 whether above or below ground, including, but not limited to: 11 a. Curb and gutter 12 b. Driveways 13 c. Paved parking areas 14 d. Miscellaneous stone 15 e. Sidewalks 16 f. Drainage structures 17 g. Manholes 18 h. Inlets 19 i. Abandoned railroad tracks 20 j. Scrap iron 21 k. Other debris 22 3. Remove culverts, storm sewers, manholes, and inlets in proper sequence to 23 maintain traffic and drainage in accordance with Section 02 41 14. 24 4. In areas receiving embankment, remove obstructions not designated for 25 preservation to 2 feet below natural ground. 26 5. In areas to be excavated, remove obstructions to 2 feet below the excavation level. 27 6. In all other areas, remove obstructions to 1 foot below natural ground. 28 7. When allowed by the Drawings or directed by the Engineer, cut trees and stumps 29 off to ground level. 30 a. Removal of existing structures shall be as per Section 02 41 13. 31 D. Disposal 32 1. Dispose of all trees within 24 hours of removal at an approved off -site facility. 33 2. All materials and debris removed becomes the property of the Contractor, unless 34 otherwise stated on the Drawings. 35 3. The Contractor will dispose of material and debris off -site in accordance with local, 36 state, and federal laws and regulations. 37 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 38 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 39 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 40 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 41 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 42 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 43 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 22, 2021 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 31 1000 -6 SITE CLEARING Page 6 of 6 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.4.A Permits: Removed ordinance number and added City's website address 3/22/2021 M Owen 1.2 Clarified measurement and payment. 1.4. Clarified administrative requirements. 3.4 Clarified additional installation requirements for tree protection and disposal. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 22, 2021 312323-1 BORROW Page 1 of 6 1 SECTION 3123 23 2 BORROW 3 [Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] 4 PART1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Furnish, place and compact Borrow material for grading. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: i 1 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1— General Requirements 13 3. Section 3123 16— Unclassified Excavation 14 4. Section 3124 00 — Embankments 15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16 A. Measurement and Payment [City Project Manager shall designate which measurement 17 and payment method should apply for each specific project. Only one method should 18 be provided in final Specification. The method chosen in this Specification should be 19 coordinated with the method chosen in Section 312316 and Section 3124 00.1 20 1. Borrow by Plan Quantity [This method is the preference of the City for most 21 projects unless there is a specific situation requiring another method. This method 22 requires the Design Engineer to estimate quantities. Care should be taken to verb 23 calculation procedures are in accordance with all Specification Sections.] 24 a. Measurement 25 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position 26 using the average end area method. Limits of measurement are shown on 27 the Drawings. 28 2) When measured by the cubic yard in its final position, this is a plans 29 quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown 30 in the proposal, unless modified by Article 11.04 of the General 31 Conditions. Additional measurements or calculations will be made if 32 adjustments of quantities are required. 33 b. Payment 34 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 35 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 36 price bid per cubic yard of "Borrow by Plan" for the various borrow 37 materials. No additional compensation will be allowed for rock or 38 shrinkage/swell factors, as these are the Contractor's responsibility. 39 c. The price bid shall include: 40 1) Transporting or hauling material 41 2) Furnishing, placing, compacting and finishing Borrow 42 3) Construction Water CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised January 28, 2013 312323-2 BORROW Page 2 of 6 1 4) Dust Control 2 5) Clean-up 3 6) Proof Rolling 4 7) Disposal of excess or waste material 5 8) Reworking or replacement of undercut material 6 2. Borrow by Surveyed Quantity [This method is intended for Projects in heavily 7 wooded areas or other areas where the accuracy required to determine quantities 8 for measurement and payment is unattainable during design.] 9 a. Measurement 10 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position 11 calculated using the average end area or composite method. 12 a) The City will perform a reference survey once the Site has been cleared 13 to obtain existing ground conditions. 14 b) The City will perform a final post -construction survey. 15 c) The Contractor will be paid for the cubic yardage of Borrow material 16 calculated as the difference between the two surveys. 17 (1) Borrow material may also be required when in -situ material is 18 considered unacceptable and must be removed from the site. 19 d) Partial payments will be based on estimated plan quantity 20 measurements calculated by the Engineer. 21 b. Payment 22 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 23 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 24 price bid per cubic yard of `Borrow by Survey" for: 25 a) Various Borrow materials 26 c. The price bid shall include: 27 1) Transporting or hauling material 28 2) Furnishing, placing, compacting and finishing Borrow 29 3) Construction Water 30 4) Clean-up 31 5) Dust Control 32 6) Proof Rolling 33 7) Disposal of excess or waste material 34 8) Reworking or replacement of undercut material 35 3. Borrow by Delivered Quantity [This method is intended for projects with small 36 quantities of Borrow or to replace an unknown quantity ofunsuitable material, as 37 designated by the Project Manager.] 38 a. Measurement 39 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard of loose Borrow 40 material as delivered to the Site and recorded by truck ticket provided to the 41 City. 42 b. Payment 43 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 44 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 45 price bid per cubic yard of "Borrow by Delivery" delivered to the Site and 46 recorded by truck ticket for: 47 a) Various Borrow materials 48 c. The price bid shall include: 49 1) Transporting or hauling material CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised January 28, 2013 312323-3 BORROW Page 3 of 6 1 2) Furnishing, placing, compacting and fmishing Borrow 2 3) Construction Water 3 4) Clean-up 4 5) Dust Control 5 6) Proof Rolling 6 7) Disposal of excess or waste material 7 8) Reworking or replacement of undercut material 8 1.3 REFERENCES 9 A. Reference Standards 10 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 11 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 12 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 13 2. ASTM Standards 14 a. ASTM D2487, Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering 15 Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) 16 b. ASTM D4318-10, Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and 17 Plasticity Index of Soils 18 c. ASTM D6913, Standard Test Methods for Particle -Size Distribution 19 (Gradation) of Soils Using Sieve Analysis 20 d. ASTM D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction 21 Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3) 22 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 23 1.5 SUBMITTALS 24 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 25 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to construction. 26 C. Submit laboratory tests reports for each soil borrow source used to supply general 27 borrow and select fill materials. 28 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 29 A. Shop Drawings 30 1. Stockpiled Borrow material 31 a. Provide a description of the storage of the delivered Borrow material only if the 32 Contract Documents do not allow storage of materials in the right-of-way of the 33 easement. 34 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 35 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 37 A. Borrow material shall be tested prior to delivery to the Site. 38 1. Provide Proctor Test results, Gradation and Atterberg Limits for Borrow material 39 from each source. 40 a. All testing listed above shall be performed in terms of ASTM D698, ASTM 41 D6913 and ASTM D4318-10 respectively. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised January 28, 2013 312323-4 BORROW Page 4 of 6 1 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 2 A. Delivery 3 1. Coordinate all deliveries and haul -off. 4 B. Storage 5 1. Within Existing Rights -of -Way (ROW) 6 a. Borrow materials may be stored within existing ROW, easements or temporary 7 construction easements, unless specifically disallowed in the Contract 8 Documents. 9 b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways. 10 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. 11 d. Store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. 12 e. In non -paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in 13 landscaped areas. 14 2. Designated Storage Areas 15 a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of Borrow materials within 16 the ROW, easement or temporary construction easement, then secure and 17 maintain an adequate storage location. 18 b. Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on 19 private property. 20 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. 21 d. Do not block drainage ways. 22 e. Only materials used for 1 working day will be allowed to be stored in the work 23 zone. 24 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 27 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [NOT USED] 28 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 29 A. Borrow 30 1. Additional soil beneath pavements, roadways, foundations and other structures 31 required to achieve the elevations shown on the Drawings. 32 2. Acceptable Fill Material 33 a. In -situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC or GC in accordance with 34 ASTM D2487 35 b. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 36 c. Can be placed free from voids 37 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 38 3. Blended Fill Material 39 a. In -situ soils classified as SP, SM, GP or GM in accordance with ASTM D2487 40 b. Blended with in -situ or imported Acceptable Fill material to meet the 41 requirements of an Acceptable Fill Material 42 c. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised January 28, 2013 312323-5 BORROW Page 5 of 6 1 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 2 4. Select Fill 3 a. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487 4 b. Liquid limit less than 35 5 c. Plasticity index between 8 and 20 6 5. Cement Stabilized Sand (CSS) 7 a. Sand or silty sand 8 b. Free of clay or plastic material 9 c. Minimum of 4 percent cement content of Type I/II portland cement 10 d. 100 to 150 psi compressive strength at 2 days in accordance with ASTM 11 D1633, Method A 12 e. 200 to 250 psi compressive strength at 23 days in accordance with ASTM 13 D1633, Method A 14 £ Mix in a stationary pug mill, weigh -batch or continuous mixing plant 15 2.3 ASSEMBLY OR FABRICATION TOLERANCES [NOT USED] 16 2.4 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 17 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18 PART 3 - EXECUTION 19 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 20 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 21 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 22 3.4 INSTALLATION 23 A. All Borrow placement shall be performed in accordance to Section 31 24 00. 24 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 25 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 26 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 27 A. Field quality control will be performed in accordance to Section 3124 00. 28 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 29 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 30 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 31 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised January 28, 2013 312323-6 BORROW Page 6 of 6 1 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2 - Measurement and Payment Section modified; Blue Text added for clarification 1/28/13 D. Johnson 1.2 — Modified Bid Item names in payment section to differentiate between Payment Methods on bid list. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised January 28, 2013 312400-1 EMBANKMENTS Page 1 of 9 1 SECTION 3124 00 2 EMBANKMENTS 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Transporting and placement of Acceptable Fill Material within the boundaries of 7 the Site for construction of- 8 a. Roadways 9 b. Embankments 10 c. Drainage Channels 11 d. Site Grading 12 e. Any other operation involving the placement of on -site materials 13 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 14 1. None. 15 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 16 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 17 2. Division 1— General Requirements 18 3. Section 3123 16— Unclassified Excavation 19 4. Section 3123 23 — Borrow 20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21 A. Measurement and Payment [Measurement and payment method in this Specification 22 should coordinate with the method chosen in Section 3123 16 and Section 3123 23.] 23 1. Embankments by Plan Quantity [This method requires the Design Engineer to 24 estimate quantities. Care should be taken to verify calculation procedures are in 25 accordance with all Specification Sections.] 26 a. Measurement 27 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position 28 using the average end area method. Limits of measurement are shown on 29 the Drawings. 30 2) When measured by the cubic yard in its final position, this is a plans 31 quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown 32 in the proposal, unless modified by Article 11.04 of the General 33 Conditions. Additional measurements or calculations will be made if 34 adjustments of quantities are required. 35 b. Payment 36 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 37 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 38 price bid per cubic yard of "Embankment by Plan". No additional 39 compensation will be allowed for rock or shrinkage/swell factors, as these 40 are the Contractor's responsibility. 41 c. The price bid shall include: 42 1) Transporting or hauling material CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised January 28, 2013 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 312400-2 EMBANKMENTS Page 2 of 9 2) Placing, compacting, and finishing Embankment 3) Construction Water 4) Dust Control 5) Clean-up 6) Proof Rolling 7) Disposal of excess materials 8) Reworking or replacement of undercut material 2. Embankments by Surveyed Quantity [This method is intended for Projects in heavily wooded areas or other areas where the accuracy required to determine quantities for measurement and payment is unattainable during design.] a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position calculated using the average end area or composite method. a) The City will perform a reference survey once the Site has been cleared to obtain existing ground conditions. b) The City will perform a final post -construction survey. c) The Contractor will be paid for the cubic yardage of Embankment calculated as the difference between the two surveys. d) Partial payments will be based on estimated plan quantity measurements calculated by the Engineer. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per cubic yard of `Embankment by Survey". c. The price bid shall include: 1) Transporting or hauling material 2) Placing, compacting, and finishing Embankment 3) Construction Water 4) Dust Control 5) Clean-up 6) Proof Rolling 7) Disposal of excess materials 8) Reworking or replacement of undercut material 34 1.3 REFERENCES 35 A. Reference Standards 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM Standards a. ASTM D4318-10, Test Procedure for Determining Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils b. ASTM D4943-08, Standard Test Method for Shrinkage Factors of Soils by the Wax Method c. ASTM D698-07e1, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort d. ASTM D 1557-09, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised January 28, 2013 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 312400-3 EMBANKMENTS Page 3 of 9 1 e. ASTM D7382-08, Standard Test for Determination of Maximum Dry Unit 2 Weight and Water Content Range for Effective Compaction of Granular Soils 3 Using a Vibrating Hammer 4 f. ASTM D1556-07, Standard Test for Density and Unit Weight of Soil In -Place 5 by the Sand Cone Method 6 1.4 ADMINSTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 7 A. Sequencing 8 1. Sequence work such that calls of proctors are complete in accordance with ASTM 9 D698 prior to commencement of construction activities. 10 1.5 SUBMITTALS 11 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 12 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to construction 13 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 14 A. Shop Drawings 15 1. Stockpiled material 16 a. Provide a description of the storage of the excavated material only if the 17 Contract Documents do not allow storage of materials in the right-of-way or the 18 easement 19 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 22 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 23 A. Storage 24 1. Within Existing Rights -of -Way (ROW) 25 a. Soil may be stored within existing ROW, easements or temporary construction 26 easements, unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. 27 b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways. 28 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. 29 d. When the Work is performed in active traffic areas, store materials only in 30 areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. 31 e. In non -paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in 32 landscaped areas. 33 2. Designated Storage Areas 34 a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage within the ROW, easement 35 or temporary construction easement, then secure and maintain an adequate 36 storage location. 37 b. Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on 38 private property. 39 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. 40 d. Do not block drainage ways. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised January 28, 2013 312400-4 EMBANKMENTS Page 4 of 9 1 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 2 A. Existing Conditions 3 1. Any data which has been or may be provided on subsurface conditions is not 4 intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It 5 is expressly understood that neither the City nor the Engineer will be responsible 6 for interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor. 7 2. Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor. 8 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 10 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [NOT USED] 11 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 12 A. Materials 13 1. Acceptable Fill Material 14 a. In -situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC or GC in accordance with 15 ASTM D2487 16 b. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 17 c. Can be placed free from voids 18 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 19 2. Blended Fill Material 20 a. In -situ soils classified as GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, or SM in accordance with 21 ASTM D2487 22 b. Blended with in -situ or imported acceptable backfill material to meet the 23 requirements of an Acceptable Backfill Material 24 c. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 25 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 26 3. Unacceptable Fill Material 27 a. In -situ soils classified as NIL, MH, PT, OL or OH in accordance with ASTM 28 D2487 29 4. Select Fill 30 a. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487 31 b. Liquid limit less than 35 32 c. Plasticity index between 8 and 20 CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised January 28, 2013 312400-5 EMBANKMENTS Page 5 of 9 1 2.3 ASSEMBLY OR FABRICATION TOLERANCES [NOT USED] 2 2.4 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 3 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 5 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 6 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 7 3.3 PREPARATION 8 A. Protection of In -Place Conditions 9 1. Pavement 10 a. Conduct activities in such a way that does not damage existing pavement that is 11 designated to remain. 12 b. Repair or replace any pavement damaged due to the negligence of the 13 contractor outside the limits designated for pavement removal at no additional 14 cost 15 2. Trees 16 a. When operating outside of existing ROW, stake permanent and temporary 17 construction easements. 18 b. Restrict all construction activities to the designated easements and ROW. 19 c. Flag and protect all trees designated to remain in accordance with Section 31 10 20 00. 21 d. Conduct embankments in a manner such that there is no damage to the tree 22 canopy. 23 e. Prune or trim tree limbs as specifically allowed by the Drawings or as 24 specifically allowed by the City. 25 1) Pruning or trimming may only be accomplished with equipment 26 specifically designed for tree pruning or trimming. 27 3. Above ground Structures 28 a. Protect all above ground structures adjacent to the construction. 29 4. Traffic 30 a. Maintain existing traffic, except as modified by the traffic control plan, and in 31 accordance with Section 34 71 13. 32 b. Do not block access to driveways or alleys for extended periods of time unless: 33 1) Alternative access has been provided 34 2) Proper notification has been provided to the property owner or resident 35 3) It is specifically allowed in the traffic control plan 36 3.4 INSTALLATION 37 A. Embankments General 38 1. Placing and Compacting Embankment Material 39 a. Perform fill operation in an orderly and systematic manner using equipment in 40 proper sequence to meet the compaction requirements CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised January 28, 2013 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 312400-6 EMBANKMENTS Page 6 of 9 b. Scarify and loosen the unpaved surface areas, except rock, to a depth of at least 6 inches, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings c. Place fill on surfaces free from trees, stumps, roots, vegetation, or other deleterious materials d. Bench slopes before placing material. e. Begin filling in the lowest section or the toe of the work area £ When fill is placed directly or upon older fill, remove debris and any loose material and proof roll existing surface. g. After spreading the loose lifts to the required thickness and adjusting its moisture content as necessary, simultaneously recompact scarified material with the placed embankment material. h. Roll with sufficient number passes to achieve the minimum required compaction. i. Provide water sprinkled as necessary to achieve required moisture levels for specified compaction j. Do not add additional lifts until the entire previous lift is properly compacted. 2. Surface Water Control a. Grade surface horizontally but provide with sufficient longitudinal and transverse slope to allow for runoff of surface water from every point. b. Conduct fills so that no obstruction to drainage from any other sections of fill is created. c. Install temporary dewatering sumps in low areas during filling where excess amounts of runoff collect. d. Compact uniformly throughout. Keep surfaces of fill reasonably smooth and free from humps and hollows that would prevent proper uniform compaction. e. Do not place fill during or shortly after rain events which prevent proper work placement of the material and compaction f. Prior to resuming compaction operations, remove muddy material off the surface to expose firm and compacted materials B. Embankments for Roads 1. Only Acceptable Fill Material will be allowed for roadways 2. Embankments for roadbeds shall be constructed in layers approximately parallel to the finished grade of the street 3. Construct generally to conform to the cross section of the subgrade section as shown in the Drawings. 4. Establish grade and shape to the typical sections shown on the Drawings 5. Maintain finished sections of embankment to the grade and compaction requirements until the project is accepted. C. Earth Embankments 1. Earth embankment is mainly composed of material other than rock. Construct embankments in successive layers, evenly distributing materials in lengths suited for sprinkling and rolling. 2. Rock or Concrete a. Obtain approval from the City prior to incorporating rock and broken concrete produced by the construction project in the lower layers of the embankment. b. No Rock or Concrete will be permitted in embankments in any location where future utilities are anticipated. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised January 28, 2013 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 312400-7 EMBANKMENTS Page 7 of 9 1 c. When the size of approved rock or broken concrete exceeds the layer thickness 2 place the rock and concrete outside the limits of the proposed structure or 3 pavement. Cut and remove all exposed reinforcing steel from the broken 4 concrete. 5 3. Move the material dumped in piles or windrows by blading or by similar methods 6 and incorporate it into uniform layers. 7 4. Featheredge or mix abutting layers of dissimilar material for at least 100 feet to 8 ensure there are no abrupt changes in the material. 9 5. Break down clods or lumps of material and mix embankment until a uniform 10 material is attained. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 D. Rock Embankments 1. Rock embankment is mainly composed of rock. 2. Rock Embankments for roadways are only allowed when specifically designated on the Drawings. 3. Construct rock embankments in successive layers for the full width of the roadway cross-section with a depth of 18-inches or less. 4. The layer depth for large rock sizes shall not exceed a depth of 18-inches in any case. Fill voids created by the large stone matrix with smaller stones during the placement and filling operations. 5. Ensure the depth of the embankment layer is greater than the maximum dimension of any rock. 6. Do not place rock greater than 18-inches in its maximum dimension. 7. Construct the final layer with graded material so that the density and uniformity is in accordance compaction requirements. 8. The upper or final layer of rock embankments shall contain no material larger than 4 inches in their maximum dimension. E. Density 1. Compact each layer until the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698 is achieved. a. Not Under Roadway or Structure: 1) areas to be compacted in the open, not beneath any structure, pavement, flatwork, or is a minimum of 1 foot outside of the edge of any structure, edge of pavement, or back of curb. a) Compact each layer to a minimum of 90 percent Standard Proctor Density. b. Embankments under future paving: 1) Compact each layer to a minimum of 95 percent standard proctor density with a moisture content not to exceed +4 percent or -2 percent of optimum moisture or as indicated on the Drawings c. Embankments under structures: 1) Compacted each layer as indicated on the Drawings F. Maintenance of Moisture and Reworking 1. Maintain the density and moisture content once all requirements are met. 2. For soils with a PI greater than 15, maintain the moisture content no lower than 4 percentage points below optimum. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised January 28, 2013 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 312400-8 EMBANKMENTS Page 8 of 9 1 3. Rework the material to obtain the specified compaction when the material loses the 2 required stability, density, moisture, or finish. 3 4. Alter the compaction methods and procedures on subsequent work to obtain 4 specified density as directed by the City. 5 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 6 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 7 3.7 FIELD QUAILITY CONTROL 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 A. Field Tests and Inspections 1. Proctors a. The City will perform Proctors in accordance with ASTM D698. b. Test results will generally be available to within 4 calendar days and distributed to: 1) Contractor 2) City Project Manager 3) City Inspector 4) Engineer c. Notify the City if the characteristic of the soil changes. d. City will perform new proctors for varying soils: 1) When indicated in the geotechnical investigation in the Appendix 2) If notified by the Contractor 3) At the convenience of the City e. Embankments where different soil types are present and are blended, the proctors shall be based on the mixture of those soils. 2. Proof Rolling a. Embankments under Future Pavement 1) City Project Representative must be on -site during proof rolling operations. 2) Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut or pump. a) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single -axle water truck with a 1500 gallon capacity. 3) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back = 1 pass). 4) Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width. 5) If an unstable or non -uniform area is found, correct the area. 6) Correct a) Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch. b) Areas that are unstable or non -uniform 7) If a non -uniform area is found then correct the area. b. Embankments Not Under Future Paving 1) No Proof Rolling is required. 3. Density Testing of Embankments a. Density Test shall be in conformance with ASTM D2922. b. For Embankments under future pavement: 1) The City will perform density testing twice per working day when compaction operations are being conducted. 2) The testing lab shall take a minimum of 3 density tests, but the number of test shall be appropriate for the area being compacted. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised January 28, 2013 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 312400-9 EMBANKMENTS Page 9 of 9 1 3) Testing shall be representative of the current lift being compacted. 2 4) Special attention should be placed on edge conditions. 3 c. For Embankments not under future pavement or structures: 4 1) The City will perform density testing once working day when compaction 5 operations are being conducted. 6 2) The testing lab shall take a minimum of 3 density tests. 7 3) Testing shall be representative of the current lift being compacted. 8 d. Make the area where the embankment is being placed available for testing. 9 e. The City will determine the location of the test. 10 £ The City testing lab will provide results to Contractor and the City's Inspector 11 upon completion of the testing. 12 g. A formal report will be posted to the City's Buzzsaw site within 48 hours. 13 h. Test reports shall include: 14 1) Location of test by station number 15 2) Time and date of test 16 3) Depth of testing 17 4) Field moisture 18 5) Dry density 19 6) Proctor identifier 20 7) Percent Proctor Density 21 B. Non -Conforming Work 22 1. All non -conforming work shall be removed and replaced. 23 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 24 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 25 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 26 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 27 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 28 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 29 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 30 31 32 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.2 — Added possible measurement and payment procedures and Blue 12/20/2012 D. Johnson text for instructions on how the methods should be applied 2.2.2.a added GW and SW material classifications 1/28/13 D. Johnson 1.2 — Modified Bid Item names in payment section to differentiate between Payment Methods on bid list. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised January 28, 2013 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 31 25 00 -1 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 1 of 9 1 SECTION 3125 00 2 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Implementation of the project's Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) 7 and installation, maintenance, removal of erosion and sediment controls devices, 8 and establishment of final stabilization. 9 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 10 1. None. 11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 13 2. Division 1— General Requirements 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 A Measurement and Payment 16 1. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan <1 acre 17 a. Measurement 18 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 19 b. Payment 20 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 21 Item are subsidiary to the structure or Items being bid and no other 22 compensation will be allowed. 23 2. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan > I acre 24 a. Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. 25 b. Payment 26 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 27 Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for "SWPPP > 1 acre". 28 c. The price bid shall include: 29 1) Preparation of SWPPP 30 2) Implementation 31 3) Permitting fees 32 4) Installation 33 5) Maintenance 34 6) Removal 35 7) Obtaining and/or complying with grading and/or fill permits, if required 36 8) Final stabilization 37 1.3 REFERENCES 38 A Reference Standards 39 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 40 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 41 Specification, unless a date is Specifically cited. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 31 25 00 - 2 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 2 of 9 1 2. ASTM Standard: 2 a. ASTM D3786, Standard Test Method for Bursting Strength of Textile 3 FabricsDiaphragm Bursting Strength Tester Method 4 b. ASTM D4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation 5 of Geotextiles 6 c. ASTM D4751, Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size 7 of a Geotextile 8 d. ASTM D4833, Standard Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of 9 Geomembranes and Related Products 10 3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) TPDES General Permit No. 11 TXR150000 12 4. TxDOT Departmental Material Specifications (DMS) 13 a. DMS-6230 "Temporary Sediment Control Fence Fabric" 14 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 15 1.5 SUBMITTALS 16 A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) 17 B. TCEQ Notice of Intent (NOI) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with 18 Construction Activity under the TPDES General Permit 19 C. Construction Site Notice 20 D. TCEQ Notice of Termination (NOT) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with 21 Construction Activity under the TPDES General Permit 22 E. Notice of Change (if applicable) 23 F. Grading and/or fill permit, if required 24 25 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 29 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 30 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 31 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 32 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 33 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 34 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 35 A. Rock Filter Dams 36 1. Aggregate Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 31 25 00 - 3 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 3 of 9 1 a. Furnish aggregate with hardness, durability, cleanliness and resistance to 2 crumbling, flaking and eroding acceptable to the Engineer. 3 b. Provide the following: 4 1) Types 1, 2 and 4 Rock Filter Dams 5 a) Use 3 to 6 inch aggregate. 6 2) Type 3 Rock Filter Dams 7 a) Use 4 to 8 inch aggregate. 8 2. Wire 9 a. Provide minimum 20 gauge galvanized wire for the steel wire mesh and tie 10 wires for Types 2 and 3 rock filter dams 11 b. Type 4 dams require: 12 1) Double -twisted, hexagonal weave with a nominal mesh opening of 2'/2 13 inches x 3 1/4 inches 14 2) Minimum 0.0866 inch steel wire for netting 15 3) Minimum 0.1063 inch steel wire for selvages and corners 16 4) Minimum 0.0866 inch for binding or tie wire 17 B. Geotextile Fabric 18 1. Place the aggregate over geotextile fabric meeting the following criteria: 19 a. Tensile Strength of 250 pounds, per ASTM D4632 20 b. Puncture Strength of 135 pounds, per ASTM D4833 21 c. Mullen Burst Rate of 420 psi, per ASTM D3786 22 d. Apparent Opening Size of No. 20 (max), per ASTM D4751 23 C. Stabilized Construction Entrances 24 1. Provide materials that meet the details shown on the Drawings and this Section. 25 a. Provide crushed aggregate for long and short-term construction exits. 26 b. Furnish aggregates that are clean, hard, durable and free from adherent coatings 27 such as salt, alkali, dirt, clay, loam, shale, soft or flaky materials and organic 28 and injurious matter. 29 c. Use 3 to 5 inch coarse aggregate with a minimum thickness of 12 inches. 30 d. The aggregate shall be placed over a geotextile fabric meeting the following 31 criteria: 32 1) Tensile Strength of 300 pounds, per ASTM D4632 33 2) Puncture Strength of 120 pounds, per ASTM D4833 34 3) Mullen Burst Rate of 600 psi, per ASTM D3786 35 4) Apparent Opening Size of No. 40 (max), per ASTM D4751 36 D. Embankment for Erosion Control 37 1. Provide rock, loam, clay, topsoil or other earth materials that will forma stable 38 embankment to meet the intended use. 39 E. Sandbags 40 1. Provide sandbag material of polypropylene, polyethylene or polyamide woven 41 fabric with a minimum unit weight of 4 ounces per square yard, a Mullen burst- 42 strength exceeding 300 psi, and an ultraviolet stability exceeding 70 percent. 43 2. Use natural coarse sand or manufactured sand meeting the gradation given in Table 44 1 to fill sandbags. 45 3. Filled sandbags must be 24 to 30 inches long, 16 to 18 inches wide, and 6 to 8 46 inches thick. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 31 25 00 - 4 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 4 of 9 Table 1 Sand Gradation Sieve # Maximum Retained (% by Weight) 4 3 percent 100 80 percent 200 95 percent F. Temporary Sediment Control Fence 1. Provide a net -reinforced fence using woven geo-textile fabric. 2. Logos visible to the traveling public will not be allowed. a. Fabric 1) Provide fabric materials in accordance with DMS-6230, "Temporary Sediment Control Fence Fabric." b. Posts 1) Provide essentially straight wood or steel posts with a minimum length of 48 inches, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 2) Soft wood posts must be at least 3 inches in diameter or nominal 2 x 4 inch 3) Hardwood posts must have a minimum cross-section of 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 inch 4) T- or L-shaped steel posts must have a minimum weight of 1.3 pounds per foot. c. Net Reinforcement 1) Provide net reinforcement of at least 12-1/2 gauge galvanized welded wire mesh, with a maximum opening size of 2 x 4 inch, at least 24 inches wide, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. d. Staples 1) Provide staples with a crown at least 3/4 inch wide and legs 1/2 inch long. 22 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 23 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 24 PART 3 - EXECUTION 25 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 26 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 27 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 28 3.4 INSTALLATION 29 A- Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 30 1. Develop and implement the project's Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 31 (SWPPP) in accordance with the TPDES Construction General Permit TXR150000 32 requirements. Prevent water pollution from storm water runoff by using and 33 maintaining appropriate structural and nonstructural BMPs to reduce pollutants 34 discharges to the MS4 from the construction site. 35 B. Control Measures Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 31 25 00 - 5 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 5 of 9 1 1. Implement control measures in the area to be disturbed before beginning 2 construction, or as directed. Limit the disturbance to the area shown on the 3 Drawings or as directed. 4 2. Control site waste such as discarded building materials, concrete truck washout 5 water, chemicals, litter and sanitary waste at the construction site. 6 3. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor cannot control soil erosion and 7 sedimentation resulting from construction operations, the Engineer will limit the 8 disturbed area to that which the Contractor is able to control. 9 4. Immediately correct ineffective control measures. Implement additional controls as 10 directed. Remove excavated material within the time requirements specified in the 11 applicable storm water permit. 12 5. Upon acceptance of vegetative cover by the City, remove and dispose of all 13 temporary control measures, temporary embankments, bridges, matting, falsework, 14 piling, debris, or other obstructions placed during construction that are not a part of 15 the finished work, or as directed. 16 C. Do not locate disposal areas, stockpiles, or haul roads in any wetland, water body, or 17 streambed. 18 D. Do not install temporary construction crossings in or across any water body without the 19 prior approval of the appropriate resource agency and the Engineer. 20 E. Provide protected storage area for paints, chemicals, solvents, and fertilizers at an 21 approved location. Keep paints, chemicals, solvents, and fertilizers off bare ground and 22 provide shelter for stored chemicals. 23 F. Installation and Maintenance 24 1. Perform work in accordance with the TPDES Construction General Permit 25 TXR150000. 26 2. When approved, sediments may be disposed of within embankments, or in areas 27 where the material will not contribute to further siltation and when appropriate 28 stabilization is provided. 29 3. Dispose of removed material in accordance with federal, state, and local 30 regulations. 31 4. Remove devices upon approval or when directed. 32 a. Upon removal, finish -grade and dress the area. 33 b. Stabilize disturbed areas in accordance with the permit, and as shown on the 34 Drawings or directed. 35 5. The Contractor retains ownership of stockpiled material and must remove it from 36 the project when new installations or replacements are no longer required. 37 G. Rock Filter Dams for Erosion Control 38 1. Remove trees, brush, stumps and other objectionable material that may interfere 39 with the construction of rock filter dams. 40 2. Place sandbags as a foundation when required or at the Contractor's option. 41 3. For Types 1, 2, 3, and 5, place the aggregate to the lines, height, and slopes 42 specified, without undue voids. CITY OF FORT Dave & Buster's Fort Worth WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 31 25 00 - 6 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 6 of 9 4. For Types 2 and 3, place the aggregate on the mesh and then fold the mesh at the upstream side over the aggregate and secure it to itself on the downstream side with wire ties, or hog rings, or as directed. 4 5. Place rock filter dams perpendicular to the flow of the stream or channel unless 5 otherwise directed. 6 6. Construct filter dams according to the following criteria, unless otherwise shown on 7 the Drawings: 8 a. Type 1 (Non -reinforced) 9 1) Height - At least 18 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top 10 of filter dam 11 2) Top Width - At least 2 feet 12 3) Slopes - At most 2:1 13 b. Type 2 (Reinforced) 14 1) Height - At least 18 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top 15 of filter dam 16 2) Top Width - At least 2 feet 17 3) Slopes - At most 2:1 18 c. Type 3 (Reinforced) 19 1) Height -At least 36 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top 20 of filter dam 21 2) Top Width - At least 2 feet 22 3) Slopes - At most 2:1 23 d. Type 4 (Sack Gabions) 24 1) Unfold sack gabions and smooth out kinks and bends. 25 2) For vertical filling, connect the sides by lacing in a single loop —double loop 26 pattern on 4- to 5-inches spacing. At 1 end, pull the end lacing rod until 27 tight, wrap around the end, and twist 4 times. At the filling end, fill with 28 stone, pull the rod tight, cut the wire with approximately 6 inches 29 remaining, and twist wires 4 times. 30 3) For horizontal filling, place sack flat in a filling trough, fill with stone, and 31 connect sides and secure ends as described above. 32 4) Lift and place without damaging the gabion. 33 5) Shape sack gabions to existing contours. 34 e. Type 5 35 1) Provide rock filter dams as shown on the Drawings. 36 H. Construction Entrances 37 1. When tracking conditions exist, prevent traffic from crossing or exiting the 38 construction site or moving directly onto a public roadway, alley, sidewalk, parking 39 area, or other right of way areas other than at the location of construction entrances. 40 2. Place the exit over a foundation course, if necessary. 41 a. Grade the foundation course or compacted subgrade to direct runoff from the 42 construction exits to a sediment trap as shown on the Drawings or as directed. 43 3. At drive approaches, make sure the construction entrance is the fullwidth of the 44 drive and meets the length shown on the Drawings. 45 a. The width shall beat least 14 feet for 1-way and 24 feet for 2-way traffic for all 46 other points of ingress or egress or as directed by the Engineer. 47 I. Earthwork for Erosion Control Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 H d 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 31 25 00 - 7 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 7 of 9 1. Perform excavation and embankment operations to minimize erosion and to remove collected sediments from other erosion control devices. a. Excavation and Embankment for Erosion Control Measures 1) Place earth dikes, swales or combinations of both along the low crown of daily lift placement, or as directed, to prevent runoff spillover. 2) Place swales and dikes at other locations as shown on the Drawings or as directed to prevent runoff spillover or to divert runoff. 3) Construct cuts with the low end blocked with undisturbed earth to prevent erosion of hillsides. 4) Construct sediment traps at drainage structures in conjunction with other erosion control measures as shown on the Drawings or as directed. 5) Where required, create a sediment basin providing 3,600 cubic feet of storage per acre drained, or equivalent control measures for drainage locations that serve an area with 10 or more disturbed acres at 1 time, not including offsite areas. b. Excavation of Sediment and Debris 1) Remove sediment and debris when accumulation affects the performance of the devices, after a rain, and when directed. 2) Remove sediment from sediment traps and sedimentation ponds no later than the time that design capacity has been reduced by 50%. J. Sandbags for Erosion Control 1. Construct a berm or dam of sandbags that will intercept sediment -laden storm water runoff from disturbed areas, create a retention pond, detain sediment and release water in sheet flow. 2. Fill each bag with sand so that at least the top 6 inches of the bag is unfilled to allow for proper tying of the open end. 3. Place the sandbags with their tied ends in the same direction. 4. Offset subsequent rows of sandbags 1/2 the length of the preceding row. 5. Place a single layer of sandbags downstream as a secondary debris trap. 6. Place additional sandbags as necessary or as directed for supplementary support to berms or dams of sandbags or earth. K Temporary Sediment-ControlFence 1. Provide temporary sediment -control fence near the downstream perimeter of a disturbed area to intercept sediment from sheet flow. 2. Incorporate the fence into erosion -control measures used to control sediment in areas of higher flow. Install the fence as shown on the Drawings, as specified in this Section, or as directed by the Engineer or City representative. a. Post Installation 1) Embed posts at least 18 inches deep, or adequately anchor, if in rock, with a spacing of 6 to 8 feet and install on a slight angle toward the run-off source. b. Fabric Anchoring 1) Dig trenches along the uphill side of the fence to anchor 6 to 8 inches of fabric. 2) Provide a minimum trench cross-section of 6 x 6 inches 3) Place the fabric against the side of the trench and align approximately 2 inches of fabric along the bottom in the upstream direction. 4) Backfill the trench, then hand -tamp. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 31 25 00 - 8 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 8 of 9 1 c. Fabric and Net Reinforcement Attachment 2 1) Unless otherwise shown under the Drawings, attach the reinforcement to 3 wooden posts with staples, or to steel posts with T-clips, in at least 4 places 4 equally spaced. 5 2) Sewn vertical pockets maybe used to attach reinforcement to end posts. 6 3) Fasten the fabric to the top strand of reinforcement by hog rings or cord 7 every 15 inches or less. 8 d. Fabric and Net Splices 9 1) Locate splices at a fence post with a minimum lap of 6 inches attached in at 10 least 6 places equally spaced, unless otherwise shown underthe Drawings. 11 a) Do not locate splices in concentrated flow areas. 12 2) Requirements for installation of used temporary sediment -control fence 13 include the following: 14 a) Fabric with minimal or no visible signs of biodegradation (weak fibers) 15 b) Fabric without excessive patching (more than 1 patch every 15 to 20 16 feet) 17 c) Posts without bends 18 d) Backing without holes 19 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 20 3.6 REINSTALLATION [NOT USED] 21 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 22 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 23 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 24 3.10 CLEANING 25 A. Waste Management 26 1. Remove sediment, debris and litter as needed. 27 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 28 A- Erosion control measures remain in place and are maintained until all soil disturbing 29 activities at the project site have been completed. 30 B. Establish a uniform vegetative cover with a density of 70 percent on all unpaved areas, 31 on areas not covered by permanent structures, or in areas where permanent erosion 32 control measures (i.e. riprap, gabions, or geotextiles) have been employed. 33 C. Once vegetative cover is achieved, the contractor shall remove all temporary control 34 measures, before finalproject acceptance. It is the contractor's responsibility to remove 35 all temporary control measures, unless transfer of maintenance and subsequent removal 36 is transferred to another entity in writing. 37 D. Upon achievement of final stabilization, submit NOT to TCEQ, and provide a copy of 38 the NOT to the City of Fort Worth"s Environmental Quality Division, if required. 39 E. Complete and submit a Final Grading Certificate to Development Services, if required. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 31 25 00 - 9 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 9 of 9 1 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2 3.13 MAINTENANCE 3 A. Install and maintain the integrity of temporary erosion and sedimentation control 4 devices to accumulate silt and debris until earthwork construction and permanent 5 erosion control features are in place or the disturbed area has been adequately stabilized 6 as determined by the Engineer. 7 B. If a device ceases to function as intended, repair or replace the device or portions 8 thereof as necessary. 9 C. Perform inspections of the construction site as prescribed in the Construction General 10 Permit TXR150000. 11 D. Records of inspections and modifications based on the results of inspections must be 12 maintained and available in accordance with the permit. 13 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 14 15 16 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.1 A. 1. Revised language re: what section includes, 1.2 A. 2. c. Clarified items included in price, 1.5 Added items to list of submittals, 2.2Revised language under April 29, 2021 M Owen product types/materials, 3.4 Revised language under "Installation", and3.11 C. Added language to clarify responsibility to remove t emp orary protection device and emphasize clearing of ROW Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 SECTION 3137 00 RIPRAP PART1- GENERAL f RE&I 1►11►5T:XI1 A. Section Includes: 313700-1 RIPRAP Page 1 of 10 1. Furnishing and installing concrete, stone, cement -stabilized, or special riprap. B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 3. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -In -Place Concrete 4. Section 3125 00 — Erosion and Sediment Control 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. Measurement for this Item shall be by the face square yard to the depth specified of material complete in place. Volume will be computed on the basis of the measured area and type, verified by field measurements. 2. Payment a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard of "Riprap" installed for: 1) Various types 2) Various thicknesses 3) Various void -filling techniques 3. The price bid shall include: a. Furnishing, hauling, and placing riprap b. Filter fabric c. Expansion joint material d. Concrete and reinforcing steel e. Excavation of toe wall trenches, as applicable f. Excavation below natural ground or bottom of excavated channel, as applicable g. Shaping of slopes, as applicable h. Bedding i. Grout and mortar j. Scales k. Test weights 1. Clean-up 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 313700-2 RIPRAP Page 2 of 10 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM Standards a. ASTM C136-06, Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates b. ASTM D7370-09, Standard Test Method for Determination of Relative Density and Absorption of Fine, Coarse, and Blended Aggregate Using Combined Vacuum Saturation and Rapid Submersion c. ASTM C5240-04, Standard Test Method for, Testing Rock Slabs to Evaluate the Soundness of Riprap by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate d. ASTM D4632-08, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles e. ASTM D4533-04, Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles £ ASTM D751-06, Standard Test Methods for Coated Fabrics g. ASTM D4751-04, Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile h. ASTM D4491-99a, Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [NOT USED] 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS A. Concrete Riprap 1. Use concrete with a compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 28-days, according to Section 03 30 00, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. B. Stone Riprap 1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, use durable natural stone with a minimum bulk specific gravity of 2. Provide stone that has a maximum weight loss of 18 percent after 5 cycles of magnesium sulfate solution and 14 percent after 5 cycles of sodium sulfate solution. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 313700-3 RIPRAP Page 3 of 10 2. For all types of stone riprap perform a size verification test on the first 5,000 square yards of finished riprap stone at a location determined by the Engineer. Weigh each stone in a square test area with the length of each side of the square equal to 3 times the specified riprap thickness. The weight of the stones, excluding spalls, should be as specified below. Additional tests may be required. Do not place additional riprap until the initial 5,000 square yards of riprap has been approved. 3. When specified, provide grout and mortar as defined as 1 part Portland cement to 3 parts sand and mixed with water until it achieves a consistency that will flow into and completely fill all voids. 4. Provide filter fabric in accordance with Section 3125 00. For slab riprap, provide the filter fabric type shown on the Drawings a. Large 1) Use stones between 50 and 250 pounds with a minimum of 50 percent of the stones heavier than 100 pounds b. Medium 1) Use stones between 50 and 250 pounds with a minimum of 40 percent of the stones heavier than 100 pounds Use stones with at least 1 broad flat surface. c. Block 1) Use stones between 50 and 250 pounds. Use stones that are at least 3 inches in their least dimension. Use stones that are at least twice as wide as they are thick. When shown on the Drawings or approved, material may consist of broken concrete removed under the Contract or from other approved sources. Before placement of each piece of broken concrete, cut exposed reinforcement flush with all surfaces. d. Slab 1) Use boulders or quarried rock that meets the gradation requirements of Table 1. Both the width and the thickness of each piece of riprap must be a least 1/3 of the length. When shown on the Drawings or as approved, material may consist of broken concrete removed under the Contract or from other approved sources. Before placement of each piece of broken concrete, cut exposed reinforcement flush with all surfaces. 2) Provide bedding stone that in -place meets the gradation requirements shown in Table 2 or as otherwise shown on the Drawings. Table 1 Riprap Gradation Requirements Thickness Maximum Size lb. 90 percent Size' lb. 50& Size' lb. 8 percent Size, Minimum lb.) 12 in. 200 80-180 30-75 3 15in. 320 170-300 60-165 20 18in. 530 290-475 105-220 22 21 in. 800 460-720 175-300 25 24in. 1,000 550-850 200-325 30 30in. 2,600 1,150-2.50 400-900 40 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 313700-4 RIPRAP Page 4 of 10 Table 2 Bedding Stone Gradation Sieve Size (Square Mesh Percent by Weight Passing 3 inches 100 1-1/2 inches 50-80 3/4 inches 20-60 No. 4 0-15 No. 10 0-5 C. Special Riprap 1. Furnish materials for special riprap according to the Drawings. 2.3 ASSEMBLY OR FABRICATION TOLERANCES [NOT USED] 2.4 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Dress slopes and protected areas to the line and grade shown on the Drawings before the placement of riprap. Place riprap and toe walls according to details and dimensions shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. B. Concrete Riprap 1. Reinforce concrete riprap with No. 3 reinforcing bars spaced at a maximum of 18 inches in each direction unless otherwise shown. Provide a minimum 6-inch lap at all splices. At the edge of the riprap, provide a minimum horizontal cover of 1 inch and a maximum cover of 3 inches. Place the first parallel bar at most 6 inches from the edge of concrete. Use approved supports to hold the reinforcement approximately equidistant from the top and bottom surface of the slab. Adjust reinforcement during concrete placement to maintain correct position. 2. As directed, sprinkle or sprinkle and consolidate the subgrade before the concrete is placed. All surfaces must be moist when concrete is placed. 3. Compact each layer to a minimum of 95 percent standard proctor density with a moisture content not to exceed +4 percent or -2 percent of optimum moisture or as indicated on the Drawings. 4. After placing the concrete, compact and shape it to conform to the dimensions shown on Drawings. After it has set sufficiently to avoid slumping, finish the surface with a wood float to secure a smooth surface or broom finish as approved. 5. Immediately after the finishing operation, cure the riprap according to Section 03 3000. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 313700-5 RIPRAP Page 5 of 10 C. Stone Riprap Provide the following types of stone riprap when shown on the Drawings. a. Dry Riprap 1) Dry riprap is stone riprap with voids filled with only spalls or small stones. b. Grouted Riprap 1) Grouted riprap is Type Large, Medium, or Block stone riprap with voids grouted after all the stones are in place. c. Mortared Riprap 1) Mortared riprap is Medium stone riprap laid and mortared as each stone is placed. 2. Use spalls and small stones lighter than 25 pounds to fill open joints and voids in stone riprap, and place to a tight fit. 3. Do not place mortar or grout when the air temperature is below 35 degrees Fahrenheit. 4. Protect work from rapid drying for at least 3 days after placement. Unless otherwise approved, place filter fabric with the length running up and down the slope. Ensure fabric has a minimum overlap of 2 feet. 5. Secure fabric with nails or pins. Use nails at least 2 inches long with washers or U- shaped pins with legs at least 9 inches long. Space nails or pins at a maximum of 10 feet in each direction and 5 feet along the seams. Alternative anchorage and spacing may be used when approved. 6. Large a. Construct riprap as shown in Figure 1 and as shown on the Drawings. Place stones in a single layer with close joints so that most of their weight is carried by the earth and not by the adjacent stones. b. Place the upright axis of the stones at an angle of approximately 90 degrees to the embankment slope. c. Place each course from the bottom of the embankment upward with the larger stones in the lower courses. d. Fill open joints between stones with spalls. e. Place stones to create a uniform finished top surface. Do not exceed a 6-inch variation between the tops of adjacent stones. Replace, embed deeper, or chip away stones that project more than the allowable amount above the finished surface. £ When the Drawings require Large stone riprap to be grouted, prevent earth, sand, or foreign material from filling the spaces between the stones. After the stones are in place, thoroughly wet the stones, fill the spaces between the stones with grout, and pack. Sweep the surface of the riprap with a stiff broom after grouting. 7. Medium a. Dry Placement 1) Construct riprap as shown in Figure 2. Set the flat surface on a prepared horizontal earth bed, and overlap the underlying course to secure a lapped surface. 2) Place the large stones first, roughly arranged in close contact. Fill the spaces between the large stones with suitably sized stones placed to leave the surface evenly stepped and conforming to the contour required. 3) Place stone to drain water down the face of the slope. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 313700-6 RIPRAP Page 6 of 10 b. Grouting 1) Construct riprap as shown in Figure 3. Size, shape, and lay large flat - surfaced stones to produce an even surface with minimal voids. 2) Place stones with the flat surface facing upward parallel to the slope. Place the largest stones near the base of the slope. 3) Fill spaces between the larger stones with stones of suitable size, leaving the surface smooth, tight, and conforming to the contour required. 4) Place the stones to create a plane surface with a maximum variation of 6 inches in 10 feet from true plane. Provide the same degree of accuracy for warped and curved surfaces. 5) Prevent earth, sand or foreign material from filling the spaces between the stones. After the stones are in place, thoroughly wet them, fill the spaces between them with grout, and pack. Sweep the surface with a stiff broom after grouting. c. Mortaring 1) Construct riprap as shown in Figure 2. Lap courses as described for dry placement. Before placing mortar, wet the stones thoroughly. 2) As the larger stones are placed, bed them in fresh mortar and shove adjacent stones into contact with one another. 3) After completing the work, spread all excess mortar forced out during placement of the stones uniformly over them to fill all voids completely. Point up all joints roughly either with flush joints or with shallow, smooth - raked joints as directed. D. Block 1. Construct riprap as shown in Figure 4. Place stones on a bed excavated for the base course. Bed the base course of stone well into the ground with the edges in contact. Bed and place each succeeding course in even contact with the preceding course. 2. Use spalls and small stones to fill any open joints and voids in the riprap. Ensure the finished surface presents an even, tight surface, true to the line and grades of the typical sections. 3. When the Drawings require grouting Block stone riprap, prevent earth, sand, or foreign material from filling the spaces between the stones. After the stones are in place, wet them thoroughly, fill the spaces between them with grout, and pack. Sweep the surface with a stiff broom after grouting. E. Slab 1. Construct riprap as shown in Figure 5. Place riprap stone on the slopes within the limits shown on the Drawings. Place stone for riprap on the bedding material to produce a reasonably well -graded mass of riprap with the minimum practicable percentage of voids. 2. Construct the riprap to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings or staked in the field. A tolerance of +6 inches and -0 inch from the slope line and grades shown on the Drawings is allowed in the finished surface of the riprap. 3. Place riprap to its full thickness in a single operation. Avoid displacing the bedding material. Ensure that the entire mass of stones in their final position is free from objectionable pockets of small stones and clusters of larger stones. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 313700-7 RIPRAP Page 7 of 10 4. Do not place riprap in layers, and do not place it by dumping it into chutes, dumping it from the top of the slope, pushing it from the top of the slope, or any method likely to cause segregation of the various sizes. 5. Obtain the desired distribution of the various sizes of stones throughout the mass by selective loading of material at the quarry or other source or by other methods of placement that will produce the specified results. 6. Rearrange individual stones by mechanical equipment or by hand if necessary to obtain a reasonably well -graded distribution of stone sizes. F. Special Riprap 1. Construct special riprap according to the Drawings. 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS ss� .o s E Grout when specified 1'-6" min Slope of embankment Upright axes of stone perpendicular to slope Figure 1 - Large stone riprap, dry or grouted. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 313700-8 R[PRAP Page 8 of 10 Grout when specified Flat side up Slope of embankment Figure 2 - Medium stone riprap, dry or grouted. Mortar when specified �. of " min - Slope of T embankment -:011 E 1'-6" min Figure 3 - Medium stone riprap, mortared. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 Multiple layers (more than one rock depth) M N FA E rA ;F m c N Y Grout when specified—, Slope of embankment 1'-b" min Figure 4 — Block stone riprap, dry or grouted. rf 7p a s love of Filter fabric 1 2 times thickness min Figure 5 — Slab stone riprap END OF SECTION 313700-9 RIPRAP Page 9 of 10 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 313700-10 RIPRAP Page 10 of 10 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 3.4.B. — defined compaction requirements beneath concrete rip rap Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 3201 29 - 1 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 1 of 7 1 SECTION 32 0129 2 CONCRETE PAVEMENTTRENCH REPAIR 3 [Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project 4 document.] 5 PART 1- GENERAL 6 1.1 SUMMARY 7 A. Section includes: 8 1. Concrete pavement repair to include, but not limited to: 9 a. Utility cuts (water, sanitary sewer, drainage, etc.) 10 b. Warranty work 11 c. Repairs of damage caused by Contractor 12 d. Any other concrete pavement repair needed during the course of 13 construction 14 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 15 1. None. 16 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 17 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 18 Contract 19 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 20 3. Section 32 01 18 - Temporary Asphalt Paving Repair 21 4. Section 3212 16 - Asphalt Paving 22 5. Section 3213 13 - Concrete Paving 23 6. Section 33 05 10 - Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised December 12, 2025 3201 29 - 2 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 2 of 7 1 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 2 A. Measurement and Payment 3 1. Concrete Pavement Repair [When panel replacement is not required for utility 4 trench repair, repair width is to include the width beyond the trench shown in 5 the Drawings as well as any additional width required around structures. There 6 is no differentiation between main line trench repair and service line trench 7 repair for concrete roadways because the quantity is measured by square 8 yard.] 9 a. Measurement 10 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Concrete 11 Pavement Repair for various: 12 a) Street types 13 2) Limits of repair will be based on the time of service of the existing 14 pavement. The age of the pavement will need to be determined by the 15 Engineer through coordination with the City. For pavement ages: 16 a) 10 years or less: repair entire panel 17 b) Greater than 10 years: repair to limits per Drawings 18 b. Payment 19 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 20 Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for 21 at the unit price bid per square yard of Concrete Pavement Repair 22 c. The price bid shall include: 23 1) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 24 2) Furnishing and applying all water required 25 3) Furnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling and handling all 26 concrete 27 4) Furnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling and handling all 28 base material CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised December 12, 2025 3201 29 - 3 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 3 of 7 1 5) Mixing, placing, finishing and curing all concrete 2 6) Furnishing and installing reinforcing steel 3 7) Furnishing all materials and placing longitudinal, warping, expansion 4 and contraction joints, including all steel dowels, dowel caps and load 5 transmission units required, wire and devices for placing, holding and 6 supporting the steel bar, load transmission units, and joint filler in the 7 proper position; for coating steel bars where required by the Drawings 8 8) Sealingjoints 9 9) Monolithically poured curb 10 10) Cleanup 11 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 12 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 13 A. Permitting 14 1. Obtain Street Use Permit to make utility cuts in the street from the 15 Transportation and Public Works Department in conformance with current 16 ordinances. 17 2. Transportation and Public Works Department will inspect paving repair after 18 construction. 19 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 21 A. Concrete Mix Design: submit for approval in accordance with Section 32 13 13. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised December 12, 2025 3201 29 - 4 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 4 of 7 1 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 4 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 5 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 6 A. Weather Conditions: Place concrete as specified in Section 3213 13. 7 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 9 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10 2.2 MATERIALS 11 A. Embedment and Backfill: see Section 33 0510. 12 B. Base material: Concrete base: see Section 32 13 13. 13 C. Concrete: see Section 321313. 14 1. Concrete paving: Class H or Class HES. 15 2. Replace concrete to the specified thickness. 16 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 17 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18 PART 3 - EXECUTION 19 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 20 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised December 12, 2025 3201 29 - 5 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 5 of 7 1 3.3 PREPARATION 2 A. Replace a continuous section if multiple repairs are closer than 10 feet apart from 3 edge of one repair to the edge of a second repair. 4 B. If the cut is to be covered, use steel plates of sufficient strength and thickness to 5 support traffic. 6 1. Construct a transition of hot -mix or cold -mix asphalt from the top of the steel 7 plate to the existing pavement to create a smooth riding surface. 8 a. Hot -mix or cold -mix asphalt: conform to the requirements of Section 32 9 1216. 10 C. Surface Preparation: mark pavement cut repairs for approval by the City. 11 3.4 INSTALLATION 12 A. Sawing 13 1. General 14 a. Saw cut perpendicular to the surface to full pavement depth. 15 b. Saw cut the edges of pavement and appurtenances damaged subsequent 16 to sawing to remove damaged areas. 17 c. Such saw cuts shall be parallel to the original saw cut and to neat straight 18 lines. 19 2. Sawing equipment 20 a. Power -driven 21 b. Manufactured for the purpose of sawing pavement 22 c. In good operating condition 23 d. Shall not span or facture concrete adjacent to the repair area 24 3. Repairs: In true and straight lines to dimensions shown on the Drawings 25 4. Utility Cuts CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised December 12, 2025 3201 29 - 6 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 6 of 7 1 a. Ina true and straight line on both sides of the trench 2 b. Minimum of 12 inches outside the trench walls 3 5. Prevent dust and residues from sawing from entering the atmosphere or 4 drainage facilities. 5 B. Removal 6 1. Use care in removing concrete to be repaired to prevent spatting or fracturing 7 concrete adjacent to the repair area. 8 C. Base: as specified in Drawings 9 D. Concrete Paving 10 1. Concrete placement: in accordance with Section 32 13 13. 11 2. Reinforce concrete replacement: as specified in Drawings 12 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 13 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 14 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 15 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 16 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 17 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 18 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 19 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 20 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 21 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 22 END OF SECTION Revision Log CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised December 12, 2025 3201 29 - 7 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 7 of 7 DATE NAME SUMMARYOFCHANGE f 1.2.A— Modified Items to be included in price bid; Added blue text for 12/20/2012 D. Johnson clarification of repair width on utility trench repair 2.2.C.1 —Changed to Class P to Class H Reverted to the 12/20/2012 specification before it was revised to add full -depth concrete panel repairs. A separate specification is being added for full -depth 12/12/2025 M Owen concrete panel replacement. Changed the name of the specification to include "Trench" to provide clarity. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised December 12, 2025 SECTION 32 11 29 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES PART1- GENERAL f RE&I 1►11-0XVI1 A. Section Includes: 321129-1 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 1 of 9 1. Treating subgrade, subbase and base courses by the pulverization, addition of time, mixing and compacting the mix material to the required density. 2. Item applies to the natural ground, embankment, existing pavement; base or subbase courses placed and shall conform to the typical section, lines and grades shown on the Drawings. B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 3. Section 3123 23 - Borrow 4. Section 32 1123 - Flexible Base Courses 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Hydrated Lime a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the ton (dry weight) of Hydrated Lime used to prepare slurry at the job site. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton of Hydrated Lime. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing the material 2) All freight involved 3) All unloading, storing, and handling 2. Commercial Lime Slurry a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the ton (dry weight) as calculated from the minimum percent dry solids content of the slurry multiplied by the weight of the slurry in tons delivered. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton of Commercial Lime Slurry. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing the material Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 321129-2 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 2 of 9 2) All freight involved 3) All unloading, storing, and handling Quicklime a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the ton (dry weight) of Quicklime. Measurement for Quicklime in slurry form shall be measured by the ton (dry weight) of the Quicklime used to prepare the slurry. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton of Quicklime. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing the material 2) All freight involved 3) All unloading, storing, and handling 4. Lime Treatment a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of surface area as established by the widths shown on the Drawings and the lengths measured at placement. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard of Lime Treatment applied for: a) Various depths c. The price bid shall include: 1) Preparing the roadbed 2) Loosening, pulverizing application of lime, water content in the slurry mixture and the mixing water 3) Mixing, shaping, sprinkling, compacting, finishing, curing and maintaining 4) Performing all manipulations required 1.3 REFERENCES A. Definitions 1. Hydrated Lime: dry powdered material consisting of calcium hydroxide. 2. Commercial Lime Slurry: liquid mixture of hydrated lime solids and water delivered to a project in slurry form. 3. Quicklime: dry material consisting of calcium oxide furnished in either of two grades: a. Grade DS — grade of "pebble" quicklime suitable for use in the preparation of slurry for wet placing. b. Grade S — finely graded quicklime for use only in the preparation of slurry for wet placing. B. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 321129-3 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 3 of 9 a. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)) b. D6938, Standard Test Method for In -Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil -Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TYDOT): a. Tex- 101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing b. Tex-140-E, Measuring Thickness of Pavement Layer c. Tex-600-J, Sampling and Testing of Hydrated Lime, Quicklime and Commercial Lime Slurry 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTLAS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Truck Delivered Lime 1. Each truck ticket shall bear the weight of lime measured on certified scales. 2. Submit delivery tickets, certified by supplier, that include weight with each bulk delivery of lime to the site. 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS A. Start lime application only when the air temperature is at least 35°F and rising or is at least 40°F. Measure temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat. B. Suspend application when the City determines that weather conditions are unsuitable. 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS A. General 1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality that meet the requirements of the Drawings and specifications. 2. Notify the City of the proposed material sources and of changes to material sources. 3. Obtain verification from the City that the specification requirements are met before using the sources. 4. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction. B. Lime 1. Hydrated Lime a. pumpable suspension of solids in water Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 321129-4 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 4 of 9 b. solids portion of the mixture when considered as a basis of "solids content," shall consist of principally hydrated lime of a quality and fineness sufficient to meet the chemical and physical requirements. 2. Dry Lime: Do not use unless approved by City. 3. Quicklime a. Use quicklime only when specified by the City. b. dry material consisting of essentially calcium oxide. c. Furnished in either of two grades: 1) Grade DS 2) Grade S 4. Furnish lime that meets the following requirements a. Chemical Requirements Table 2 Lime (chemical Renuirements Hydrated Commercial Lime Quicklime Lime Slurry Total "active" lime 90.0 Min 87.0 Min content, percent by weight Unhydrated lime 5.0 Max 87.0 Min content, percent by weight CaO "Free Water" 5.0 Max content, percent by weight water b. Physical Requirements Table 3 Time Plhv-deal Renuirements Hydrated Commercial Lime Quicklime Lime Slurry Wet Sieve Requirement, As percentage by Weight Residue: Retained on No. 6 sieve 0.2 Max 0.2 Max 8.0 Max' Retained on No. 30 sieve 4.0 Max 4.0 Max Dry Sieve Requirement, As percentage by Weight Residue: Retained on a 1-in sieve 0.0 Retained on a 3/4 —in sieve 10.0 Max Retained on a No. 100 Grade Ds — 80 Min sieve Grade S — no limits Retained on a No. 6 sieve 0.2 Max 0.2 Max 8.0 Max' 1 The amount total "active" lime content, as CaO, in the material retained on the No. 6 sieve must not exceed 2.0% by weight of the original quicklime. c. Slurry Grades Table 4 Lime Slurry Grades Minimum Dry Solids Contents b Percentage of the Slury Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 321129-5 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 5 of 9 Grade 1 31 Grade 2 35 Grade 3 46 C. Flexible Base Courses: Furnish base material that meets the requirements of Section 32 1123, for the type and grade shown on the Drawings, before the addition of lime. D. Water: Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable material. E. Borrow: See Section 3123 23. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION A. Shape the subgrade or existing base to conform to the typical sections shown on the Drawings or as directed. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Produce a completed course of treated material containing: a. uniform lime mixture, free from loose or segregated areas. b. uniform density and moisture content. c. well bound for full depth. d. with smooth surface and suitable for placing subsequent courses. 2. Maximum layer depth of lime treatment in single layer: 8 inches. 3. For treated subgrade exceeding 8 inches deep, pulverize, apply lime, mix, compact and finish in equal layers not exceeding 5 inches deep. B. Equipment 1. General: Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the work. 2. Rollers a. The Contractor may use any type of roller to meet the production rates and quality requirements of the Contract unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or directed. b. When specific types of equipment are required, use equipment that meets the specified requirements. c. Alternate Equipment 1) Instead of the specified equipment, the Contractor may, as approved, operate other compaction equipment that produces equivalent results. 2) Discontinue the use of the alternate equipment and furnish the specified equipment if the desired results are not achieved. d. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and quality requirements of the Contract are not met. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 321129-6 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 6 of 9 3. Storage Facility a. Store quicklime and dry hydrated lime in closed, weatherproof containers. 4. Slurry Equipment a. Use slurry tanks equipped with agitation devices to slurry hydrated lime or quicklime on the project or other approved location. b. The City may approve other slurrying methods. c. Provide a pump for agitating the slurry when the distributor truck is not equipped with an agitator. 5. Pulverization Equipment a. Provide pulverization equipment that: 1) Cuts and pulverizes material uniformly to the proper depth with cutters that plane to a uniform surface over the entire width of the cut 2) Provides a visible indication of the depth of cut at all times, and uniformly mixes the materials C. Pulverization 1. Pulverize or scarify existing material after shaping so that 100 percent passes a 2 1/2 inch sieve. 2. If the material cannot be uniformly processed to the required depth in a single pass, excavate and windrow the material to expose a secondary grade to achieve processing to depth as shown in the Drawings. D. Application of Lime 1. Uniformly apply lime as shown on the Drawings or as directed. 2. Add lime at the percentage specified in Drawings. 3. Apply lime only on an area where mixing can be completed during the same working day. 4. Minimize dust and scattering of lime by wind. Do not apply lime when wind conditions, in the opinion of the City, cause blowing lime to become dangerous to traffic or objectionable to adjacent property owners. 5. Slurry Placement a. Hydrated Lime 1) Mix Lime with water and apply slurry 2) Apply Type B, commercial lime slurry, with a lime percentage not less applicable for grade used 3) Distribute lime at the rate shown on the Drawings 4) Make successive passes over a measured surface of roadway until the proper moisture and lime content have been achieved. b. Quicklime 1) Spread the residue for the Quicklime slurrying procedure uniformly over the length of the roadway. 2) Residue is primarily inert material with little stabilizing value; however, may contain a small amount of Quicklime particles that slake slowly. A concentration of these particles could cause the compacted stabilized material to swell during slaking. E. Mixing 1. Begin mixing within 6 hours of application of lime. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 321129-7 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 7 of 9 2. Hydrated lime exposed to the open air for 6 hours or more between application and mixing, or that experiences excessive loss due to washing or blowing, will not be accepted for payment. 3. Thoroughly mix the material and lime using approved equipment. 4. Mix until a homogeneous, friable mixture of material and lime is obtained, free from all clods and lumps. 5. Do not mix greater than 1 inch deeper than the stabilization depth specified. 6. Materials containing plastic clay or other materials that are not readily mixed with lime shall be mixed as thoroughly as possible at the time of lime application, brought to the proper moisture content and sealed with a pneumatic roller. 7. Allow the mixture to cure for 72 hours or as directed by City. 8. When pebble grade quicklime is used, allow the mixture to cure for 2 to 4 days. 9. Sprinkle the treated materials during the mixing and curing operation to achieve adequate hydration and proper moisture content. 10. After curing, resume mixing until a homogeneous, friable mixture is obtained. 11. After mixing, City will sample the mixture at roadway moisture and test in accordance with Tex- 101-E, Part III, to determine compliance with the gradation requirements in Table 5. Table 5 Gradation Re uirements(Minimum % Passing) Sieve Size Base 1-3/4 in. 100 3/4 in. 85 No. 4 60 F. Compaction 1. General a. Begin compaction immediately after final mixing. b. Aerate and sprinkle as necessary to provide optimum moisture content. c. Multiple lifts are permitted when shown on the Drawings or approved. d. Bring each layer to the moisture content directed. 2. Rolling a. Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed toward the center, overlapping on successive trips by at least one-half the width of the roller unit. b. On superelevated curves, begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the high side. c. Offset alternate trips of the roller. d. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 MPH or as directed. e. Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses required moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or the project is accepted. 1) Continue work until specification requirements are met. 2) Rework in accordance with Maintenance item of this Section. f. Proof roll the lime treated base course in accordance with the following: 1) Proof Rolling a) City Project Representative must be on -site during proof rolling operations. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 321129-8 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 8 of 9 b) Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut or pump. (1) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single -axle water truck with a 1500 gallon capacity. c) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back = 1 pass). d) Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width. e) If an unstable or non -uniform area is found, correct the area. 2) Correct a) Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch. b) Areas that are unstable or non -uniform. Density Control a. Compact until the entire depth of the mixture has achieved a uniform density of not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D698. b. Moisture content: minus 2 to plus 4 optimum. G. Maintenance 1. Maintain the completed soil lime base in good condition, satisfactory to the City as to grade, crown and cross section until the overlaying or next course is constructed. 2. Keep surface of the compacted course moist until covered by other base or pavement. 3. Reworking a Section a. When a section is reworked within 72 hours after completion of compaction, rework the section to provide the required density. b. When a section is reworked more than 72 hours after completion of compaction, add additional lime at 25 percent of the percentage specified. c. Reworking includes loosening, adding material or removing unacceptable material if necessary, mixing as directed, compacting, and finishing. H. Finishing 1. After completing compaction of the final course, clip, skin, or tight -blade the surface of the lime -treated material with a maintainer or subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 inch. 2. Remove loosened material and dispose of at an approved location. 3. Roll the clipped surface immediately with a pneumatic tire roller until a smooth surface is attained. 4. Add small amounts of water as needed during rolling. 5. Shape and maintain the course and surface in conformity with the typical sections, lines, and grades shown on the Drawings or as directed. I. Curing 1. Cure for the minimum number of days shown in Table 6 and by finished pavement type: a. Concrete pavement 1) Sprinkle with water 2) Maintain moisture during curing 3) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing except as required for sprinkling. b. Asphalt Pavement Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 321129-9 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 9 of 9 1) Apply an asphalt material at a rate of 0.05 to 0.20 gallon per square yard. 2) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing. Table 6 Minimum Curing Requirements Before Placing Subseauent Courses' Untreated Material Curing (Days) PI <_ 35 2 PI > 35 5 1. Subject to the approval of the City. Proof rolling may be required as an indicator of adequate curing. 2. Begin paving operations or add courses within 14 calendar days of final compaction. 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 QUALITY CONTROL A. Density Test 1. City Project Representative must be on site during density testing 2. City to measure density of lime treated base course in accordance with ASTM D6938. 3. Spacing directed by City (1 per block minimum). 4. City Project Representative determines density testing locations. B. Depth Test 1. In -place depth will be evaluated for each 500-foot roadway section 2. Determine in accordance with Tex- 140-E in hand excavated holes. 3. For each 500-foot section, 3 phenolphthalein tests will be performed. 4. City Project Representative determines depth testing locations. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 321133-1 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Pagel of 8 1 SECTION 32 1133 2 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES 3 PART 1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes 6 1. Treating subgrade, subbase and base courses by the pulverization, addition of 7 cement (or CEM-LIMETM), mixing and compacting the mix material to the required 8 density. 9 2. Item applies to the natural ground, embankment, existing pavement, base or 10 subbase courses placed and shall conform to the typical section, lines and grades 11 shown on the Drawings. 12 3. For asphalt pavement pulverization projects, CEM-LIMETM (or approved equal) 13 may be used, in lieu of cement, for subgrade soils with high plasticity index 14 (plasticity index (PI) of 15 or above). 15 4. The procedures and methods outlined in this spec for cement applies to CEM- 16 LIMETM except that CEM-LIMETM needs to be applied using the slurry method. 17 5. If the existing asphalt is milled off exposing the subgrade soil, the stabilizing agent 18 may need to be lime, in lieu of cem-lime, for soils with high PI 19 B.Deviations from City of Fort Worth Standards 20 1. None 21 C.Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 22 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 23 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 24 3. Section 32 1123 - Flexible Base Courses 25 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 26 A.Measurement and Payment 27 1. Cement 28 a. Measurement 29 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the ton (dry weight). 30 b. Payment 31 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 32 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 33 price bid per ton (dry weight) of Cement. 34 c. The price bid shall include: 35 1) Furnishing Cement material 36 2) All freight involved 37 3) All unloading, storing and handling 38 2. CEM-LIMETM 39 a. Measurement 40 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the ton (dry weight). 41 b. Payment Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 32 11 33 - 2 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 2 of 8 1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 2 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 3 price bid per ton (dry weight) of CEM-LIMETM (or approved equal). 4 c. The price bid shall include: 5 1) Furnishing CEM-LIMETM 6 2) All freight involved 7 3) All unloading, storing and handling 8 3. Cement Treatment 9 a. Measurement 10 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of surface area. 11 2) The dimensions for determining the surface area are established by the 12 widths shown on the Drawings and the lengths measured at placement. 13 b. Payment 14 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 15 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 16 price bid per square yard of Cement Treatment placed for: 17 a) Various depths 18 c. The price bid shall include: 19 1) Pulverizing or providing the soil material 20 2) Handling, hauling and spreading dry or slurry cement 21 3) Mixing the cement with the soil either in -place or in a mixing plant 22 4) Furnishing, hauling and mixing water with the soil -cement mixture 23 5) Spreading and shaping the mixture; compacting the mixture, including all 24 rolling required for compaction 25 6) Surface finishing 26 7) Water and sprinkling 27 8) Curing 28 1.3 REFERENCES 29 A.Reference Standards 30 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 31 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 32 specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 33 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 34 a. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement 35 b. C595, Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements 36 c. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil 37 Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)) 38 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) 39 a. Tex-101-E, Preparing soil and flexible base materials for testing 40 b. Tex- 140-E, Measuring thickness of paving layers Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 32 11 33 - 3 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 3 of 8 1 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 2 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTLAS [NOT USED] 6 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 7 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 8 A.Truck Delivered Cement 9 1. Each truck ticket shall bear the weight of cement measured on certified scales. 10 2. Submit delivery tickets, certified by supplier, that include weight with each bulk I 1 delivery of cement to the site. 12 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS 13 A. Start cement application only when the air temperature is at least 35 degrees F and rising 14 or is at least 40 degrees F. 15 B.Measure temperature in the shade away from artificial heat. 16 C. Suspend application when the City determines that weather conditions are unsuitable. 17 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 18 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 19 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 20 2.2 MATERIALS 21 A. General 22 1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality that meet the requirements of 23 the Drawings and specifications. 24 2. Notify the City of the proposed material sources and of changes to material sources. 25 3. Obtain verification from the City that the specification requirements are met before 26 using the sources. 27 4. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction. 28 B.Cement: ASTM C150 or ASTM C595 Type I, 11, IL or IP. 29 C.Flexible Base Courses: Furnish base material that meets the requirements of Section 32 30 1123 for the type and grade shown on the Drawings, before the addition of cement. 31 D.Water: Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable material. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 32 11 33 - 4 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 4 of 8 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 5 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 6 3.3 PREPARATION 7 A. Shape existing material in accordance with applicable bid items to conform to typical 8 sections shown on the Drawings and as directed. 9 3.4 INSTALLATION 10 A. General 11 1. Produce a completed course of treated material containing: 12 a. Uniform Portland cement mixture, free from loose or segregated areas 13 b. Uniform density and moisture content 14 c. Well bound for full depth 15 d. With smooth surface and suitable for placing subsequent courses 16 2. Maximum layer depth of cement treatment in single layer: 8 inches. 17 3. For treated subgrade exceeding 8 inches deep, pulverize, apply cement, mix, 18 compact and finish in equal layers not exceeding 5 inches deep. 19 B. Equipment 20 1. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the 21 work. 22 2. Rollers 23 a. The Contractor may use any type of roller to meet the production rates and 24 quality requirements of the Contract unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or 25 directed. 26 b. When specific types of equipment are required, use equipment that meets the 27 specified requirements. 28 c. Alternate Equipment 29 1) Instead of the specified equipment, the Contractor may, as approved, 30 operate other compaction equipment that produces equivalent results. 31 2) Discontinue the use of the alternate equipment and furnish the specified 32 equipment if the desired results are not achieved. 33 d. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and 34 quality requirements of the Contract are not met. 35 3. Slurry Equipment 36 a. Use slurry tanks equipped with agitation devices for cement application. 37 b. The City may approve other slurrying methods. 38 c. Provide a pump for agitating the slurry when the distributor truck is not 39 equipped with an agitator. 40 4. Pulverization Equipment 41 a. Provide pulverization equipment that: 42 1) Cuts and pulverizes material uniformly to the proper depth with cutters that 43 plane to a uniform surface over the entire width of the cut Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 321133-5 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 5 of 8 1 2) Provides a visible indication of the depth of cut at all times 2 3) Uniformly mixes the materials 3 C.Pulverization 4 1. Pulverize or scarify existing material after shaping so that 100 percent by dry 5 weight passes a 1-inch sieve, and 80 percent by dry weight passes a No. 4 sieve 6 exclusive of gravel or stone retained in sieves. 7 2. Pulverize recycled asphalt pavement so that 100 percent by dry weight passes a 2- 8 inch sieve, and 60 percent by dry weight passes a No. 4 sieve exclusive of gravel or 9 stone retained in sieves. 10 D.Cement Application 11 1. Spread by an approved dry or slurry method uniformly on the soil at the rate 12 specified on the Drawings 13 a. CEM-LIMETM shall be applied using the slurry method. 14 2. If a bulk cement spreader is used, position by string lines or other approved method 15 during spreading to insure a uniform distribution of cement. 16 3. Apply to an area that all the operations can be continuous and completed in daylight 17 within 6-hours of initial application. 18 4. Do not exceed the quantity of cement that permits uniform and intimate mixture of 19 soil and cement during dry -mixing operations 20 5. Do not exceed the specified optimum moisture content for the soil and cement 21 mixture. 22 6. No equipment, except that used in the spreading and mixing, allowed to pass over 23 the freshly spread cement until it is mixed with the soil. 24 E. Mixing 25 1. Thoroughly mix the material and cement using approved equipment. 26 2. Mix until a homogeneous, friable mixture of material and cement is obtained, free 27 from all clods and lumps. 28 3. Keep mixture within moisture tolerances throughout the operation. 29 4. Spread and shape the completed mixture in a uniform layer. 30 5. After mixing, the City shall sample the mixture at roadway moisture and test in 31 accordance with Tex 101 E, Part III, to determine compliance with the gradation 32 requirements in Table 1. 33 34 Table 1 Gradation Requirements Minimum % Passing Sieve Size Base 1-3/4 in. 100 3/4 in. 85 No. 4 60 35 F. Compaction 36 1. Prior to the beginning of compaction, the mixture shall be in a loose condition for 37 its full depth. 38 2. Compact material to at least 95-percent of the maximum density as determined by 39 ASTM D698. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 32 11 33 - 6 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 6 of 8 1 3. At the start of compaction, the percentage of moisture in the mixture and in un- 2 pulverized soil lumps shall be less than the quantity which shall cause the soil- 3 cement mixture to become unstable during compaction and finishing. 4 4. When the uncompacted soil -cement mixture is wetted by rain so that the average 5 moisture content exceeds the tolerance given at the time of final compaction, the 6 entire section shall be reconstructed in accordance with this specification at the sole 7 expense of the Contractor. 8 5. The specified optimum moisture content and density shall be determined in the 9 field on the representative samples of soil -cement mixture obtained from the area 10 being processed. 11 6. Final moisture content shall be within minus-2 to plus-4-of-optimum. 12 7. Begin compaction after mixing and after gradation and moisture requirements have 13 been met. 14 8. Begin compaction at the bottom and continue until the entire depth of the mixture is 15 uniformly compacted. 16 9. Uniformly compact the mixture to the specified density within 2-hours. 17 10. After the soil and cement mixture is compacted uniformly apply water as needed 18 and thoroughly mix in. 19 11. Reshape the surface to the required lines, grades and cross section and then lightly 20 scarify to loosen any imprint left by the compacting or shaping equipment. 21 G.Maintenance 22 1. Maintain the soil -cement treatment in good condition from the time it first starts 23 work until all work shall is completed. 24 2. Maintenance includes immediate repairs of any defect that may occur after the 25 cement is applied. 26 3. Maintenance work shall be done by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense and 27 repeated as often as necessary to keep the area continuously intact. 28 4. Repairs are to be made in such a manner as to insure restoration of a uniform 29 surface for the full depth of treatment. 30 5. Remedy any low area of treated subgrade by scarifying the surface to a depth of at 31 least 2 inches, filling the area with treated material and compacting. 32 6. Remedy any low area of subbase or base shall by replacing the material for the full 33 depth of subbase or base treatment rather than adding a thin layer of stabilized 34 material to the completed work. 35 H.Finishing 36 1. After completing compaction of the final course, clip, skin, or tight -blade the 37 surface of the cement -treated material with a maintainer or subgrade trimmer to a 38 depth of approximately 1/4 inch. 39 2. Remove loosened material and dispose of at an approved location. 40 3. Roll the clipped surface immediately with a pneumatic tire roller adding small 41 increments of moisture as needed and until a smooth surface is attained. 42 4. Add small amounts of water as needed during rolling. Shape and maintain the 43 course and surface in conformity with the typical sections, lines, and grades shown 44 on the Drawings or as directed. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 321133-7 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 7 of 8 1 5. Surface compaction and finishing shall proceed in such a manner as to produce, in 2 not more than 2-hours, a smooth, closely knit surface, free of cracks, ridges or loose 3 material, conforming to the drawn grade and line shown on the Drawings. 4 6. After the final layer or course of the cement modified soil has been compacted, it 5 shall be brought to the required lines and grades in accordance with the typical 6 sections. 7 7. The completed section shall then be finished by rolling with a pneumatic tire or 8 other suitable roller sufficiently to create micro cracking. 9 L Curing 10 1. General 11 a. Cure for at least 48 hours. 12 b. Maintain the moisture content during curing at no lower than 2 percentage 13 points below optimum. 14 2. Curing method depends on finished pavement type: 15 a. Concrete pavement: 16 1) Sprinkle with water 17 2) Maintain moisture during curing 18 3) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing except as 19 required for sprinkling, unless otherwise approved. 20 b. Asphalt Pavement: 21 1) Apply an asphalt material at a rate of 0.05 to 0.20 gallon per square yard. 22 2) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing 23 3. Begin paving operations or add courses within 14 calendar days of final compaction 24 of the cement treated base. 25 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 26 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 27 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 28 A.Density Test 29 1. City Project Representative must be on site during density testing 30 2. City to measure density of cement treated base course in accordance with ASTM 31 D6938. 32 3. Spacing directed by City (1 per block minimum). 33 4. City Project Representative determines density testing locations. 34 B.Depth Test 35 1. Take minimum of one core per 500 linear feet per each direction of travel 36 staggering test location in each lane to determine in -place depth. 37 2. City Project Representative determines depth testing locations. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 321133-8 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 8 of 8 1 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 2 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 4 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 5 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 6 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 7 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] ri 9 10 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3-11-2022 Zelalem Arega 1.3.A.2, 2.2.13 —Added ASTM C595 — Type IL Cement 6-10-2022 M Owen 1.1 A. — Added alternative of using CEM-LIMEl in areas with high PI 1.2 A. — Added Measurement and Payment section for CEM-LIME"" 3.4 D. — Added clarification re: slurry application for CEM-LIMETM 3.4 I. 3. — Clarified time limits between application and paving Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 32 13 13-1 CONCRETE PAVING Page 1 of 22 1 SECTION 32 13 13 2 CONCRETE PAVING 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section includes: 6 1. Finished pavement constructed of Portland cement or Blended Hydraulic Cements 7 concrete including monolithically poured curb on the prepared subgrade or other 8 base course. 9 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 10 1. None. 11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12 1. Division 0 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements 13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 14 3. Section 32 0129 - Concrete Paving Repair 15 4. Section 32 13 73 - Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 A. Measurement 18 1. Measurement 19 a. Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of completed and 20 accepted Concrete Pavement in its final position as measured from back of curb 21 for various: 22 1) Classes 23 2) Thicknesses 24 2. Payment 25 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will 26 be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard of Concrete Pavement. 27 3. The price bid shall include: 28 a. Shaping and fine grading the placement area 29 b. Furnishing and applying all water required 30 c. Furnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling and handling all concrete 31 ingredients including all freight and royalty involved 32 d. Mixing, placing, finishing and curing all concrete 33 e. Furnishing and installing all reinforcing steel 34 f. Formworks, braces and supports 35 g. Furnishing all materials and placing longitudinal, warping, expansion, and 36 contraction joints, including all steel dowels, dowel caps and load transmission 37 units required, wire and devices for placing, holding and supporting the steel 38 bar, load transmission units, and joint filler material in the proper position; for 39 coating steel bars where required by the Drawings 40 h. Sealing joints 41 i. Monolithically poured curb and gutter if needed Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 32 13 13-2 CONCRETE PAVING Page 2 of 22 1 j. Cleanup 2 1.3 REFERENCES 3 A. Reference Standards 4 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 5 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 6 specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 7 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 8 a. A615/A615M, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel 9 Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 10 b. C31/C31M, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens 11 in the Field 12 c. C33/C33M, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates 13 d. C39/C39M, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical 14 Concrete Specimens 15 e. C42/C42M, Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and 16 Sawed Beams of Concrete 17 f. C94/C94M, Standard Specifications for Ready -Mixed Concrete 18 g. C 150/C 150M, Standard Specification for Portland Cement 19 h. C 156, Standard Test Method for Water Loss (from a mortar specimen) Through 20 Liquid Membrane -Forming Curing Compounds for Concrete 21 i. CI72/C172M, Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete 22 j. C260/C260M, Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 23 k. C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for 24 Curing Concrete, Type 2 25 1. C494/C494M, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete, 26 Types "A", "D", "F" and "G" 27 in. C595/C595M, Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements 28 n. C618, Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for use as a Mineral 29 Admixture in Concrete 30 o. C881/C881M, Standard Specification for Epoxy -Resin -Base Bonding Systems 31 for Concrete 32 p. C1064/C1064M, Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed 33 Hydraulic -Cement Concrete 34 q. C 1602/C 1602M, Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the 35 Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 36 r. D698, Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort 37 (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3) 38 3. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 39 a. ACI 305.1-14 Specification for Hot Weather Concreting 40 b. ACI 306.1-90, Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting 41 c. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary 42 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 43 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 44 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 45 A.Mix Design: submit for approval. See Item 2A.A. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 32 13 13-3 CONCRETE PAVING Page 3 of 22 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 4 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 5 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 6 A. Weather Conditions 7 1. Place concrete when concrete temperature is between 40°F and 95°F when 8 measured in accordance with ASTM C 1064 at point of placement. 9 2. Hot Weather Concreting 10 a. When first concrete temperature reading is over 95°F (but under 100°F), no 11 more trucks shall be loaded at the plant. Truck already in transit can place 12 concrete. 13 b. Contractor, at his or her option and expense, may continue to load trucks if ice 14 or other effective cooling methods are used to lower temperatures. The resultant 15 temperatures shall be in the acceptable range. 16 c. Concrete shall not be placed when concrete temperature is above 100°F under 17 any circumstances. 18 3. Cold Weather Concreting 19 a. No concrete shall be placed when ambient temp in shade and away from 20 artificial heat is below 40°F and falling. Concrete may be placed when ambient 21 temp is above 35°F and rising. Unless the City Project Manager or designee 22 approves paving to continue, suspend concreting operations if a descending air 23 temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat falls below 407. Do not 24 resume concreting operations until an ascending air temperature in the shade and 25 away from artificial heat reaches 35°F and rising. Contractor should take all the 26 precautions necessary to prevent freezing of concrete. Frozen concrete must be 27 removed and replaced. 28 4. It is to be distinctly understood that the Contractor is responsible for the quality and 29 strength of the concrete placed under any weather conditions. 30 B. Time: Place concrete after sunrise and no later than sunset shall permit the finishing of the 31 pavement in natural light, or as directed by the City. 32 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 33 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 34 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 35 2.2 MATERIALS 36 A. Cementitious Material: ASTM C150, ASTM C595 Type IL Cement. 37 B. Aggregates: ASTM C33. 38 C. Water: ASTM C1602. 39 D. Admixtures: When admixtures are used, conform to the appropriate specification: Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 32 13 13-4 CONCRETE PAVING Page 4 of 22 1 1. Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete: ASTM C260. 2 2. Chemical Admixtures for Concrete: ASTM C494, Types "A", "D", "F" and "G." 3 3. Fly Ash 4 a. Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete: 5 ASTM C618. 6 b. Fly ash may be substituted at one pound per pound of cement up to 25% of the 7 specified cement content when such batch design is approved by the Engineer. 8 E. Steel Reinforcement: ASTM A615. 9 F. Steel Wire Reinforcement: Not used for concrete pavement. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 G. Dowels and Tie Bars 1. Dowel and tie bars: ASTM A615. 2. Dowel Caps a. Provide and install dowel caps with enough range of movement to allow complete closure of the expansion joint. b. Caps for dowel bars shall be of the length shown on the Drawings and shall have an internal diameter sufficient to permit the cap to freely slip over the bar. c. In no case shall the internal diameter exceed the bar diameter by more 1/8 inch, and one end of the cap shall be tightly closed. 3. Epoxy for Dowel and Tie Bars: ASTM C881. a. See the following table for approved producers of epoxies and adhesives Table 1 Pre -Qualified Producers of Epoxies and Adhesives Product Name Producer Concresive 1420 BASF HTE-50 Hilti T 308 + Powers Fasteners P E 1000+ Powers Fasteners C-6 Ramset-Redhead Epcon G-5 Ramset-Redhead Pro-Poxy-300 Fast Tube Unitex Shep-Poxy Tx1H CMC Construction Services Ultrabond 1300 Tubes Adhesives Technology Ultrabone 2300 N.S. A-22-2300 Slow Set Adhesives Technology Dynapoxy EP-430 Pecora Corp. EDOT Simpson Strong Tie ET22 Simpson Strong Tie SET 22 Simpson Strong Tie SpecPoxy 3000FS SpecChem b. Epoxy Use, Storage and Handling CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 32 13 13-5 CONCRETE PAVING Page 5 of 22 1) Package components in airtight containers and protect from light and moisture. 2) Include detailed instructions for the application of the material and all safety information and warnings regarding contact with the components. 3) Epoxy label requirements a) Resin or hardener components b) Brand name c) Name of manufacturer d) Lot or batch number c) Temperature range for storage f) Date of manufacture g) Expiration date h) Quantity contained 4) Store epoxy and adhesive components at temperatures recommended by the manufacturer. 5) Do not use damaged or previously opened containers and any material that shows evidence of crystallization, lumps skinning, extreme thickening, or settling of pigments that cannot be readily dispersed with normal agitation. 6) Follow sound environmental practices when disposing of epoxy and adhesive wastes. 7) Dispose of all empty containers separately. 8) Dispose of epoxy by completely emptying and mixing the epoxy before disposal H. Reinforcement Bar Chairs 1. Reinforcement bar chairs or supports shall be of adequate strength to support the reinforcement bars and shall not bend or break under the weight of the reinforcement bars or Contractor's personnel walking on the reinforcing bars. 2. Bar chairs may be made of metal (free of rust), precast mortar or concrete blocks or plastic. 3. For approval of plastic chairs, representative samples of the plastic shall show no visible indications of deterioration after immersion in a 5-percent solution of sodium hydroxide for 120-hours. 4. Bar chairs may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this specification. I. Joint Filler 1. Joint filler is the material placed in concrete pavement and concrete structures to allow for the expansion and contraction of the concrete. 2. Wood Boards: Used as joint filler for concrete paving. a. Boards for expansion joint filler shall be of the required size, shape and type indicated on the Drawings or required in the specifications. 1) Boards shall be of selected stock of redwood or cypress. The boards shall be sound heartwood and shall be free from sapwood, knots, clustered birdseyes, checks and splits. 2) Joint filler, boards, shall be smooth, flat and straight throughout, and shall be sufficiently rigid to permit ease of installation. 3) Boards shall be furnished in lengths equal to the width between longitudinal joints, and may be furnished in strips or scored sheet of the required shape. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 32 13 13-6 CONCRETE PAVING Page 6 of 22 1 3. Dimensions. 2 a. The thickness of the expansion joint filler shall be shown on the Drawings; the 3 width shall be not less than that shown on the Drawings, providing for the top 4 seal space. 5 4. Rejection. 6 a. Expansion joint filler maybe rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements 7 of this specification. 8 J. Joint Sealants. 9 a. Provide Joint Sealants in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 10 K. Curing Materials 11 1. Membrane -Forming Compounds. 12 a. Conform to the requirements of ASTM C309, Type 2, white pigmented 13 compound and be of such nature that it shall not produce permanent 14 discoloration of concrete surfaces nor react deleteriously with the concrete. 15 b. The compound shall produce a firm, continuous uniform moisture -impermeable 16 film free from pinholes and shall adhere satisfactorily to the surfaces of damp 17 concrete. 18 c. It shall, when applied to the damp concrete surface at the specified rate of 19 coverage, dry to touch in 1 hour and dry through in not more than 4 hours under 20 normal conditions suitable for concrete operations. 21 d. It shall adhere in a tenacious film without running off or appreciably sagging. 22 e. It shall not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the required curing period. 23 £ The compound shall not peel or pick up under traffic and shall disappear from 24 the surface of the concrete by gradual disintegration. 25 g. The compound shall be delivered to the job site in the manufacturer's original 26 containers only, which shall be clearly labeled with the manufacturer's name, the 27 trade name of the material and a batch number or symbol with which test 28 samples may be correlated. 29 h. When tested in accordance with ASTM C 156 Standard Test Method for Water 30 Loss (from a mortar specimen) Through Liquid Membrane -Forming Curing 31 Compounds for Concrete, the liquid membrane -forming compound shall restrict 32 the loss of water present in the test specimen at the time of application of the 33 curing compound to not more than 0. 0 1 -oz. -per-2 inches of surface. 34 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 35 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 36 A. Mix Design 37 1. Concrete Mix Design and Control 38 a. The City has a pre -approved list of concrete mix designs. The pre -approved list 39 can be found on e-Builder under 000000 "Project Resources". These mix 40 designs meet the requirements of applicable City specifications, and the 41 Contractor may use mix designs from the list without the need for review and 42 approval. The Contractor shall notify the City in writing which mix in the pre- 43 approved list the Contractor uses for a project. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 32 13 13-7 CONCRETE PAVING Page 7 of 22 1 b. For a mix design not included in the pre -approved list, the Contractor shall 2 submit a design of the concrete mix it proposes to use and a full description of 3 the source of supply of each material component at least 10 calendar days prior 4 to the start of concrete paving operations. 5 c. The design of the concrete mix shall produce a quality concrete complying with 6 these specifications and shall include the following information: 7 1) Design Requirements and Design Summary 8 2) Material source 9 3) Dry weight of cement/cubic yard and type 10 4) Dry weight of fly ash/cubic yard and type, if used 11 5) Saturated surface dry weight of fine and coarse aggregates/cubic yard 12 6) Design water/cubic yard 13 7) Quantities, type, and name of admixtures with manufacturer's data sheets 14 8) Current strength tests or strength tests in accordance with ACI 318 15 9) Current Sieve Analysis and -200 Decantation of fine and coarse aggregates 16 and date of tests 17 10) Fineness modulus of fine aggregate 18 11) Specific Gravity and Absorption Values of fine and coarse aggregates 19 12) L.A. Abrasion of coarse aggregates 20 d. Once mix design approved by City, maintain intent of mix design and 21 maximum water to cement ratio. 22 e. No concrete may be placed on the job site until the mix design has been 23 approved by the City. 24 2. Quality of Concrete 25 a. Consistency 26 1) In general, the consistency of concrete mixtures shall be such that: 27 a) Mortar shall cling to the coarse aggregate 28 b) Aggregate shall not segregate in concrete when it is transported to the 29 place of deposit 30 c) Concrete, when dropped directly from the discharge chute of the mixer, 31 shall flatten out at the center of the pile, but the edges of the pile shall 32 stand and not flow 33 d) Concrete and mortar shall show no free water when removed from the 34 mixer 35 e) Concrete shall slide and not flow into place when transported in metal 36 chutes at an angle of 30 degrees with the horizontal 37 f) Surface of the finished concrete shall be free from a surface film or 38 laitance 39 2) When field conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for the 40 final concrete surface finishing operation, the required water shall be applied 41 to the surface by hand sprayer only and be held to a minimum amount. 42 3) The concrete shall be workable, cohesive, possess satisfactory finishing 43 qualities and be of the stiffest consistency that can be placed and vibrated into 44 a homogeneous mass. 45 4) Excessive bleeding shall be avoided. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 32 13 13-8 CONCRETE PAVING Page 8 of 22 1 5) If the strength or consistency required for the class of concrete being 2 produced is not secured with the minimum cement specified or without 3 exceeding the maximum water/cement ratio, the Contractor may use, or the 4 City may require, an approved cement dispersing agent (water reducer); or 5 the Contractor shall furnish additional aggregates, or aggregates with 6 different characteristics, or the Contractor may use additional cement in 7 order to produce the required results. 8 6) The additional cement may be permitted as a temporary measure, until 9 aggregates are changed and designs checked with the different aggregates 10 or cement dispersing agent. 11 7) The Contractor is solely responsible for the quality of the concrete 12 produced. 13 8) The City reserves the right to independently verify the quality of the 14 concrete through inspection of the batch plant, testing of the various 15 materials used in the concrete and by casting and testing concrete cylinders 16 or beams on the concrete actually incorporated in the pavement. 17 b. Standard Class 18 1) Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications, the 19 standard class for pavement and related concrete for streets and alleys is 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 shown in the following table: Table 2: Standard Classes of Pavement and Related Concrete 28 Day Min. Coarse Class of Minimum Compressive Max. Aggregate Concrete Cementitious Strength w/c Maximum General Usage (Informational Only) (Lb. /CY) (Psi) Ratio Size Inch Sidewalks and ADA ramps, A 470 3,000 0.58 1-1/2 driveways, curb & gutter, median pavement Inlets, manholes, junction boxes, CIP 470 3.000 0.50 1-1/2 encasement, blocking, collars, footing light pole foundations C 517 3,600 0.45 1-1/2 Headwalls, wing walls, culverts, drilled shaft light -pole foundations P 517 3,600 0.45 1-1/2 Machine -Placed Paving H 564 4,500 0.45 1-1/2 Hand -Placed Paving HES 564 4,500 0.45 1-1/2 HES Paving S 564 4,000 0.45 1-1/2 Bridge slabs, top slabs of direct traffic culverts, approach slabs 1. All exposed horizontal concrete shall have a minimum of 3% entrained -air. a) Concrete Sidewalks and Curb & Gutter: Class A b) Cast -In -Place Concrete Structures: Class CIP and Class C c) Machine -Laid concrete: Class P d) Hand -Laid concrete: Class H e) Structural Concrete: Class S f) High Early Strength Concrete: Class HES (1) When shown on the Drawings or allowed, provide Class HES concrete for very early opening of pavements area or leave outs to traffic. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 32 13 13-9 CONCRETE PAVING Page 9 of 22 1 (2) Design class HES to meet the requirements of class specified for 2 concrete pavement and a minimum compressive strength of 2,600 psi 3 in 24 hours, or 3000 psi in 72 hours unless other early strength and 4 time requirements are shown on the Drawings allowed. 5 6 C. Slump 7 1) Slump requirements for pavement and related concrete shall be as specified 8 in the following table: 9 10 Table 3: Concrete Pavement and Related Concrete Slump Requirements Add 11 classes of concrete Recommended Design Acceptable Concrete Use and Placement Slump Placement Slump Inch Inch Slip-Form/Form-Riding Paving 1-1/2 1-3 Hand Formed Paving 4 3-5 Headwalls, wing walls, culverts, inlets, manholes, junction boxes, encasement, blocking, collars, light pole 4 3-5 Footing Foundations, slabs, sidewalk, curb and gutter, concrete valley utter and other miscellaneous concrete Drilled shaft Foundations 61/2 51i2— 7'/2 12 13 2) No concrete shall be permitted with slump in excess of the maximums shown. 14 3) Any concrete mix failing to meet the above consistency requirements, although 15 meeting the slump requirements, shall be considered unsatisfactory, and the mix 16 shall be changed to correct such unsatisfactory conditions. 17 PART 3 - EXECUTION 18 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 19 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 20 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 21 3.4 INSTALLATION 22 A. Equipment 23 1. All equipment necessary for the construction of this item shall be on the project. 24 2. The equipment shall include spreading devices (augers), internal vibration, 25 tamping, and surface floating necessary to finish the freshly placed concrete in such 26 a manner as to provide a dense and homogeneous pavement. 27 3. Machine -Laid Concrete Pavement 28 a. Fixed -Form Paver. Fixed -form paving equipment shall be provided with forms 29 that are uniformly supported on a sufficiently firm subbase to prevent sagging 30 under the weight of machine. 31 b. Slip -Form Paver 32 1) Slip -form paving equipment shall be provided with traveling side forms of 33 sufficient dimensions, shape and strength so as to support the concrete 34 laterally for a sufficient length of time during placement. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 32 13 13- 10 CONCRETE PAVING Page 10 of 22 1 2) City may reject use of Slip -Form Paver if paver requires over -digging and 2 impacts trees, mailboxes or other improvements. 3 4. Hand -Laid Concrete Pavement 4 a. Machines that do not incorporate these features, such as roller screeds or 5 vibrating screeds, shall be considered tools to be used in hand -laid concrete 6 construction, as slumps, spreading methods, vibration, and other procedures are 7 more common to hand methods than to machine methods. 8 5. City may reject equipment and stop operation if equipment does not meet 9 requirements. 10 B. Concrete Mixing and Delivery 11 1. Transit Batching: shall not be used — onsite mixing not permitted 12 2. Ready Mixed Concrete 13 a. The concrete shall be produced in an approved method conforming to the 14 requirements of this specification and ASTM C94/C94M. 15 b. City shall have access to ready mix plant to obtain material samples. 16 c. When ready -mix concrete is used, sample concrete per ASTM C 172 17 1) As the mixer is being emptied, individual samples shall be taken between 18 the discharge of approximately 10 percent and 90 percent of the load. 19 2) The method of sampling shall provide that the samples are representative of 20 widely separated portions, but not from the very ends of the batch. 21 d. The mixing of each batch, after all materials are in the drum, shall continue until 22 it produces a thoroughly mixed concrete of uniform mass as determined by 23 established mixer performance ratings and inspection, or appropriate uniformity 24 tests as described in ASTM C94. 25 e. The entire contents of the drum shall be discharged before any materials are 26 placed therein for the succeeding batch. 27 i Retempering or remixing shall not be permitted. 28 3. Delivery 29 a. Deliver concrete at an interval not exceeding 30 minutes or as determined by 30 City to prevent cold joint. 31 4. Delivery Tickets (Batch Tickets) 32 a. For all operations, the Contractor shall, before unloading, furnish to the City 33 Project Manager with each batch of concrete at the site a copy of delivery ticket/ 34 batch ticket on which is printed, stamped, or written, the following information 35 to determine that the concrete was proportioned in accordance with the 36 approved mix design. Concrete delivered without a delivery ticket/ batch ticket 37 containing complete information as specified herein may be rejected: 38 1) Name of concrete supplier 39 2) Serial number of ticket 40 3) Date 41 4) Truck number 42 5) Name of purchaser 43 6) Specific designation of job (name and location) 44 7) Concrete Class designation 45 8) Approved Mix Design number 46 9) Amount of concrete in cubic yards 47 10) Time loaded or of first mixing of cement and aggregates 48 11) Water added by receiver of concrete Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 32 13 13-11 CONCRETE PAVING Page 11 of 22 1 12) Type, brand, and amount of admixtures 2 b. Electronic tickets (e-tickets) are allowed as long as the City will get access to the 3 delivery ticket/ batch ticket and if the ticket is downloadable and saved by the 4 Project Manager in PDF format for future reference. The Project Manager may 5 discontinue use of the e-ticketing and require printed tickets as needed if the e- 6 ticketing system fails to meet the above requirements. 7 C. Subgrade 8 1. When manipulation or treatment of subgrade is required on the Drawings, the work 9 shall be performed in proper sequence with the preparation of the subgrade for 10 pavement. 11 2. The roadbed shall be excavated and shaped in conformity with the typical sections 12 and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings or established by the City. 13 3. All holes, ruts and depressions shall be filled and compacted with suitable material 14 and, if required, the subgrade shall be thoroughly wetted and reshaped. 15 4. Irregularities of more than 1 /2 inch, as shown by straightedge or template, shall be 16 corrected. 17 5. The subgrade shall be uniformly compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum 18 dry density as determined by ASTM D698. 19 6. Moisture content shall be within minus 2 percent to plus 4 percent of optimum. 20 7. The prepared subgrade shall be wetted down sufficiently in advance of placing the 21 pavement to ensure its being in a firm and moist condition. 22 8. Sufficient subgrade shall be prepared in advance to ensure satisfactory prosecution 23 of the work. 24 9. The Contractor shall notify the City/ Testing Lab at least 24 hours in advance of its 25 intention to place concrete pavement. 26 10. After the specified moisture and density are achieved, the Contractor shall maintain 27 the subgrade moisture and density in accordance with this Section. 28 11. In the event that rain or other conditions may have adversely affected the condition 29 of the subgrade or base, additional tests may be required as directed by the City. 30 D. Placing and Removing Forms 31 1. Placing Forms 32 a. Forms for machine -laid concrete (Fixed -Form Paver) 33 1) The side forms shall be metal, of approved cross section and bracing, of a 34 height no less than the prescribed edge thickness of the concrete section, and a 35 minimum of 10 feet in length for each individual form. 36 2) Forms shall be of ample strength and staked with adequate number of pins 37 capable of resisting the pressure of concrete placed against them and the 38 thrust and the vibration of the construction equipment operating upon them 39 without appreciable springing, settling or deflection. 40 3) The forms shall be free from warps, bends or kinks and shall show no 41 variation from the true plane for face or top. 42 4) Forms shall be jointed neatly and tightly and set with exactness to the 43 established grade and alignment. 44 5) Forms shall be set to line and grade at least 200 feet, where practicable, in 45 advance of the paving operations. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 32 13 13-12 CONCRETE PAVING Page 12 of 22 1 6) In no case shall the base width be less than 8 inches for a form 8 inches or 2 more in height. 3 7) Forms must be in firm contact with the subgrade throughout their length 4 and base width. 5 8) If the subgrade becomes unstable, forms shall be reset, using heavy stakes 6 or other additional supports may be necessary to provide the required 7 stability. 8 9 b. Forms for hand -laid concrete 10 1) Forms shall extend the full depth of concrete and be a minimum of 1-1/2 11 inches in thickness or equivalent when wooden forms are used, or be of a 12 gauge that shall provide equivalent rigidity and strength when metal forms are 13 used. 14 2) For curves with a radius of less than 250 feet, acceptable flexible metal or 15 wood forms shall be used. 16 3) All forms showing a deviation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet from a straight line 17 shall be rejected. 18 2. Form -Release Agent 19 a. Shall not bond with, stain or adversely affect concrete surfaces and 20 reinforcement bars. 21 b. For steel form -facing materials, formulate with rust inhibitor 22 3. Settling. 23 When forms settle over 1/8 inch under finishing operations, paving operations shall 24 be stopped, the forms reset to line and grade and the pavement then brought to the 25 required section and thickness. 26 4. Cleaning. 27 5. Forms shall be thoroughly cleaned of all debris before each use.Removal. 28 a. Forms shall remain in place until the concrete has taken its final set. 29 b. Avoid damage to the edge of the pavement when removing forms. 30 c. Repair damage resulting from form removal and honeycombed areas with a 31 mortar mix within 24 hours after form removal unless otherwise approved. 32 d. Clean joint face and repair honeycombed or damaged areas within 24 hours 33 after a bulkhead for a transverse construction joint has been removed unless 34 otherwise approved. 35 e. When forms are removed before 72 hours after concrete placement, promptly 36 apply membrane curing compound to the edge of the concrete pavement. 37 E. Placing Reinforcing Steel, Tie, and Dowel Bars 38 1. General 39 a. When reinforcing steel tie bars, dowels, etc., are required, they shall be placed as 40 shown on the Drawings. All reinforcement bars shall have a clear cover as 41 shown on the Drawings. 42 b. All reinforcing steel shall be clean, free from rust in the form of loose or 43 objectionable scale, and of the type, size and dimensions shown on the 44 Drawings. 45 c. Reinforcing bars shall be securely wired together at all intersections except 46 where spacing is less than 1 foot in each direction, in which case, alternative 47 intersections shall be tied, and all splices shall be securely tied at each 48 intersection dowel and load -transmission unit intersected. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 32 13 13- 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 13 of 22 1 d. All reinforcement bars shall be installed in their required position as shown on 2 the Drawings. 3 e. The storing of reinforcing or structural steel on completed roadway slabs 4 generally shall be avoided and, where permitted, such storage shall be limited to 5 quantities and distribution that shall not induce excessive stresses. 6 2. Splices 7 a. Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping and tying ends. 8 b. Comply with ACI 318 for minimum lap of spliced bars where not specified on 9 the Drawings. 10 3. Installation of Reinforcing Steel 11 a. All reinforcing bars and bar mats shall be installed in the slab at the required 12 depth below the finished surface and supported by and securely attached to bar 13 chairs installed on prescribed longitudinal and transverse centers as shown by 14 sectional and detailed drawings on the Drawings. 15 b. The chair assembly shall be similar and equal to that shown on the Drawings 16 and shall be approved by the City prior to extensive fabrication. 17 c. After the reinforcing steel is securely installed above the subgrade as specified 18 in Drawings and as herein prescribed, no loading shall be imposed upon the bar 19 mats or individual bars before or during the placing or finishing of the concrete. 20 4. Installation of Dowel Bars 21 a. Install through the predrilled joint filler and rigidly support in true horizontal 22 and vertical positions by an assembly of bar chairs and dowel baskets. 23 b. Dowel Baskets 24 1) The dowels shall be held in position exactly parallel to surface and 25 centerline of the slab, by a dowel basket that is left in the pavement. 26 2) The dowel basket shall hold each dowel in exactly the correct position so 27 firmly that the dowel's position cannot be altered by concreting operations. 28 c. Dowel Caps 29 1) Install cap to allow the bar to move not less than 1-1/4 inch in either 30 direction. Apply grease coat on the bar before adding cap to prevent bonding 31 with the concrete. 32 5. Tie Bar and Dowel Placement 33 a. Place at mid -depth of the pavement slab, parallel to the surface. 34 b. Place as shown on the Drawings. 35 6. Epoxy for Tie and Dowel Bar Installation 36 1) Epoxy bars as shown on the Drawings. 37 2) Use only drilling operations that do not damage the surrounding structures. 38 3) Blow out drilled holes with compressed air. 39 4) Completely fill the drilled hole with approved epoxy before inserting the tie 40 bar into the hole. 41 5) Install epoxy grout and bar at least 6 inches embedded into concrete. 42 F. Joints 43 1. Joints shall be placed where shown on the Drawings or where directed by the City. 44 2. The plane of all joints shall make a right angle with the surface of the pavement. 45 3. No joints shall have an error in alignment of more than 1/2 inch at any point. 46 4. Joint Dimensions Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 32 13 13- 14 CONCRETE PAVING Page 14 of 22 1 a. The width of the joint shall be shown on the Drawings, creating the joint 2 sealant reservoir. 3 b. The depth of the joint shall be shown on the Drawings. 4 c. Dimensions of the sealant reservoir shall be in accordance with manufacturer's 5 recommendations. 6 d. After curing, the joint sealant shall be 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch below the pavement 7 surface at the center of the joint. 8 5. Transverse Expansion Joints 9 a. Expansion joints shall be installed perpendicularly to the surface and to the 10 centerline of the pavement at the locations shown on the Drawings, or as 11 approved by the City. Expansion joints shall continue to the farthest outside 12 edge of paving and adjacent slabs, and should extend through monolithic or 13 attached curbs so that there is no restriction to the movement of the joint at any 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 point. b. Joints shall be of the design width, and spacing shown on the Drawings, or as approved by the City. c. Dowel bars, shall be of the size and type shown on the Drawings, or as approved by the City, and shall be installed at the specified spacing. d. Support dowel bars with dowel baskets. e. Dowels shall not restrict the free opening and closing of the expansion join and shall not make planes of weaknesses in the pavement. f. Greased Dowels for Expansion Joints. 1) Coat dowels with a thin film of grease or other approved de -bonding material. 2) Provide dowel caps on the lubricated end of each dowel bar. g. Proximity to Existing Structures. When the pavement is adjacent to or around existing structures, expansions joints shall be constructed in accordance with the details shown on the Drawings. 6. Transverse Contraction Joints a. Contraction or dummy joints shall be installed at the locations and at the intervals shown on the Drawings. b. Joints shall be of the design width, and spacing shown on the Drawings, or as approved by the City. c. Dowel bars shall be of the size and type shown on the Drawings, or as approved by the City, and shall be installed at the specified spacing. d. Saw joints in a single cut to the width and depth the plans show. Begin sawing as soon as the concrete hardens sufficiently to prevent excessive raveling along the saw cut and finish before conditions induce uncontrolled cracking. e. The joints shall be constructed by sawing to a 1/4 - inch width and to a depth of 1/4 of the actual pavement thickness, or deeper if so indicated on the Drawings. f. Complete sawing as soon as possible in hot weather conditions and within a maximum of 24 hours after saw cutting begins under cool weather conditions. g. If sharp edge joints are being obtained, the sawing process shall be sped up to the point where some raveling is observed. h. Damage by blade action to the slab surface and to the concrete immediately adjacent to the joint shall be minimized. i. Any portion of the curing membrane which has been disturbed by sawing operations shall be restored by spraying the areas with additional curing compound. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 32 13 13-15 CONCRETE PAVING Page 15 of 22 7. Transverse Construction Joints a. Construction joints formed at the close of each day's work or when the placing of concrete has been interrupted for 30-minutes or longer shall be constructed by use of metal or wooden bulkheads cut true to the section of the fmished pavement and cleaned. b. Wooden bulkheads shall be constructed using material of a thickness not less than nominal 2" lumber. c. Longitudinal bars shall be held securely in place in a plane perpendicular to the surface and at right angles to the centerline of the pavement. d. Edges shall be rounded to 1/4-inch radius. e. Any surplus concrete on the subgrade shall be removed upon the resumption of the work. 8. Longitudinal Construction Joints a. Longitudinal construction joints shall be of the type shown on the Drawings. 9. Joint Filler a. Joint filler shall be as specified in 2.2.I of the size and shape shown on the Drawings. b. Redwood Board joints shall be used for all pavement joints except for expansion joints that are coincident with a butt joint against existing pavements. c. Boards with less than 25-percent of moisture at the time of installation shall be thoroughly wetted on the job. d. Green lumber of much higher moisture content is desirable and acceptable. e. The joint filler shall be appropriately drilled to admit the dowel bars when required. £ The bottom edge of the filler shall extend to or slightly below the bottom of the slab. The top edge shall be held not less than 1/2 inch below the finished surface of the pavement in order to allow the finishing operations to be continuous. g. The joint filler may be composed of more than one length of board in the length of joint, but no board of a length less than 6 foot may be used unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. h. After the removal of the side forms, the ends of the joints at the edges of the slab shall be carefully opened for the entire depth of the slab. 10. Joint Sealing. Routine pavement joints shall be filled consistent with paving details and as specified in Section 32 13 73. Materials shall generally be handled and applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations as specified in Section 32 1373. G. Placing Concrete 1. Unless otherwise specified in the Drawings, the finished pavement shall be constructed monolithically and all concrete lane paving within the ROW greater than 150 LF will require the use of a slipform or form riding paving machine by a prequalified paving contractor. 2. The concrete shall be rapidly deposited on the subgrade in successive batches and shall be distributed to the required depth and for the entire width of the pavement by approved methods. 3. Any concrete not placed as herein prescribed within the time limits in the following table will be rejected. Time begins when the water is added to the mixer. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 32 13 13-16 CONCRETE PAVING Page 16 of 22 Temperature — Time Reauirements Concrete Temperature at point of placement Max Time — minutes no retarding agent Max Time — minutes with retarding agent)' Non -Agitated Concrete All temperatures 45 45 Agitated Concrete Above 90°F 45 75 Above 75°F thru 90°F 60 90 75°F and Below 60 120 2 1 Normal dosage of retarder. 3 4 4. Rakes shall not be used in handling concrete. 5 5. At the end of the day, or in case of unavoidable interruption or delay of more than 6 30 minutes or longer to prevent cold joints, a transverse construction joint shall be 7 placed in accordance with 3.4.F.7 of this Section. 8 6. Honeycombing 9 a. Special care shall be taken in placing and vibrating the concrete against the 10 forms and at all joints and assemblies so as to prevent honeycombing Concrete 11 shall be uniformly consolidated throughout its width and depth, free from honey 12 combed areas, and has a consistent void -free closed surface. 13 b. Excessive voids and honeycombing in the edge of the pavement, revealed by the 14 removal of the side forms, may be cause for rejection of the section of slab in 15 which the defect occurs. 16 H. Finishing 17 1. Machine 18 a. Tolerance Limits 19 1) While the concrete is still workable, it shall be tested for irregularities with 20 a 10-foot straightedge placed parallel to the centerline of the pavement so as 21 to bridge depressions and to touch all high spots. 22 2) Ordinates measured from the face of the straightedge to the surface of the 23 pavement shall at no place exceed 1/16 inch -per -foot from the nearest point of 24 contact. 25 3) In no case shall the maximum ordinate to a 10-foot straightedge be greater 26 than 1/8 inch. 27 4) Any surface not within the tolerance limits shall be reworked and 28 refinished. 29 b. Edging 30 1) The edges of slabs and all joints requiring edging shall be carefully tooled 31 with an edger of the radius required by the Drawings at the time the concrete 32 begins to take its "set" and becomes non -workable. 33 2) All such work shall be left smooth and true to lines. 34 2. Hand Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 32 13 13-17 CONCRETE PAVING Page 17 of 22 a. Hand finishing permitted only in intersections and areas inaccessible to a finishing machine. b. When the hand method of striking off and consolidating is permitted, the concrete, as soon as placed, shall be approximately leveled and then struck off with screed bar to such elevation above grade that, when consolidated and finished, the surface of the pavement shall be at the grade elevation shown on the Drawings. c. The straightedge and joint finishing shall be as prescribed herein. I. Curing 1. The curing of concrete pavement shall be thorough and continuous throughout the entire curing period. a. The minimum curing period shall be the time from placing of concrete until the concrete attains 80% of the required strength. b. When ambient temperature is below 35 OF, the Contractor shall maintain the concrete temperature above 50 OF during the curing period using approved heating methods. 2. Failure to provide proper curing as herein prescribed shall be considered as sufficient cause for immediate suspension of the paving operations. 3. The curing method as herein specified does not preclude the use of any of the other commonly used methods of curing, and the City may approve another method of curing if so requested by the Contractor. 4. If any selected method of curing does not afford the desired results, the City shall have the right to order that another method of curing be instituted. 5. After removal of the side forms, the sides of the slab shall receive a like coating before earth is banked against them. 6. The solution shall be applied, under pressure with a spray nozzle, in such a manner as to cover the entire surfaces thoroughly and completely with a uniform film. 7. The rate of application shall be such as to ensure complete coverage and shall not exceed 20-square-yards-per-gallon of curing compound. 8. When thoroughly dry, it shall provide a continuous and flexible membrane, free from cracks or pinholes, and shall not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the curing period. 9. If for any reason the seal is broken during the curing period, it shall be immediately repaired with additional sealing solution. 10. When tested in accordance with ASTM C156 Standard Test Method for Water Loss (from a mortar specimen) Through Liquid Membrane -Forming Curing Compounds for Concrete, the curing compound shall provide a film which shall have retained within the test specimen a percentage of the moisture present in the specimen when the curing compound was applied according to the following. 11. Contractor shall maintain and properly repair damage to curing materials on exposed surfaces of concrete pavement continuously for a least 72 hours. J. Monolithic Curbs 1. Concrete for monolithic curb shall be the same as for the pavement and shall be placed within 20 minutes of the placement of the slab concrete. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 321313-18 CONCRETE PAVING Page 18 of 22 1 2. After the concrete has been struck off and sufficiently set, the exposed surfaces 2 shall be thoroughly worked to achieve an acceptable surface finish. 3 3. The exposed edges shall be rounded by the use of an edging tool to the radius 4 indicated on the Drawings. 5 4. All exposed surfaces of curb shall be brushed to a smooth and uniform surface. 6 K. Pavement Leaveouts 7 1. Pavement leaveouts as necessary to maintain and provide for local traffic shall be 8 provided at location indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the City. 9 2. The extent and location of each leaveout required and a suitable crossover 10 connection to provide for traffic movements shall be determined in the field by the 11 City. 12 3.5 REPAIR 13 A.Repair of concrete pavement concrete shall be consistent with the Drawings and as 14 specified in Section 32 0129. 15 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 16 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 17 A. Concrete Placement 18 1. Place concrete using a fully automated paving machine. Hand paving is only 19 permitted in areas such as intersections where use of paving machine is not 20 practical. 21 a. All concrete pavement not placed by hand shall be placed using a fully 22 automated paving machine as approved by the City. 23 b. Screeds are considered hand placement paving method. 24 B. Testing of Materials 25 1. Samples of all materials for testing shall be provided by the Contractor at no 26 expense to the City, unless otherwise specified in the special provisions or in the 27 Drawings. 28 2. In the event the initial sampling and testing does not comply with the specifications, 29 all subsequent testing of the material in order to determine if the material is 30 acceptable shall be at the Contractor's expense at the same rate charged by the 31 commercial laboratories. 32 3. All testing shall be in accordance with applicable ASTM Standards and concrete 33 testing technician must be ACI certified or equivalent. 34 C. Pavement Thickness Test 35 1. Pavement thickness test shall be performed by a commercial testing laboratory 36 approved by the City every 100 feet or fraction thereof in accordance with TxDOT 37 Designation: Tex-423-A, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Test locations shall 38 be at the discretion of the City. 39 2. In the event a deficiency in the thickness of pavement is revealed during normal 40 testing operations, core samples shall be taken at the Contractor's expense to verify 41 deficiency of more than 0.2 in. from plan thickness and to isolate the deficient area. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 32 13 13-19 CONCRETE PAVING Page 19 of 22 1 3. Where the average thickness of pavement in the area found to be deficient in 2 thickness by more than 0.20 inch, but not more than 0.50-inch, payment shall be 3 made at an adjusted price as specified in the following table. 4 Deficiency in Thickness Determined by Cores [Inches] Proportional Part Of Contract Price [Allowed] 0.00 0.20 100 percent 0.21 — 0.30 80 percent 0.31 — 0.40 70 percent 0.41 — 0.50 60 percent 6 4. Any area of pavement found deficient in thickness by more than 0.50 inch but not 7 more than 0.75 inch or 1/10 of the thickness specified on the Drawings, whichever 8 is greater, shall be evaluated by the City. 9 5. If, in the judgment of the City the area of such deficiency should not be removed 10 and replaced, there shall be no payment for the area retained. 11 6. If, in the judgment of the City, the area of such deficiency warrants removal, the 12 area shall be removed and replaced, at the Contractor's entire expense, with 13 concrete of the thickness shown on the Drawings. 14 7. Any area of pavement found deficient in thickness by more than 0.75 inch or more 15 than 1/10 of the plan thickness, whichever is greater, shall be removed and replaced 16 with concrete of the thickness shown on the Drawings at the Contractor's sole 17 expense. 18 8. No additional payment over the contract unit price shall be made for any pavement 19 of a thickness exceeding that required by the Drawings. 20 D. Pavement Strength Test 21 1. During the progress of the work the commercial testing laboratory casts test 22 cylinders for conforming to ASTM C31, to maintain a check on the compressive 23 strengths of the concrete being placed. 24 2. Test cylinders shall be taken from a representative portion of concrete being placed 25 for every 150-cubic yards of concrete pavement placed, but in no case shall fewer 26 than 1 set of cylinders be taken per day of placement. The first three trucks of, 27 every 150-cubic yards of concrete shall be sampled and tested for air content, slump 28 and temperature. After the cylinders have been cast, they shall remain on the job 29 site and then transported, moist cured, and tested in accordance with ASTM C31 30 and ASTM C39. 31 3. A set of four (4) cylinders of 6" by 12" or a set of five (5) cylinders of 4" by 8" will 32 be prepared on site per ASTM C31. In each set, one of the cylinders shall be tested 33 at 7 days (3 days for HES concrete), two cylinders for 6" by 12" cylinders and three 34 for 4" by 8" cylinders shall be tested at the 28`h day (), and the remaining cylinder 35 shall be retained for testing at the 56th day, if necessary. Concrete must attain its 36 design strength within 56 days. The compressive strength of concrete is considered 37 satisfactory if both the following criteria are met: Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 32 13 13-20 CONCRETE PAVING Page 20 of 22 1 a. No single strength test falls below the specified compressive strength, f',, by 2 more than 500 psi (3.45 MPa) when f , is 5000 psi (34.5 MPa) or less; 3 b. The average of every three consecutive strength tests equals or exceeds the 4 specified compressive strength. 5 The 4" by 8" cylinders are acceptable only when the nominal maximum aggregate 6 size of the mix is less than 1-1/4 inch. 7 4. If the average 28-day and/ or the 56th day break, from the hold, test results indicate 8 deficient strength, the Contractor may, at its option and expense, core the pavement 9 in question and have the cores tested by an approved laboratory in accordance with 10 ASTM C42 and ACI 318 protocol. The average of all cores must meet 100 percent 11 of the minimum specified strength, with no individual core resulting in less than 90 12 percent of design strength, in order to override the results of the cylinder tests. 13 5. In the event cylinders and/or cores do not meet minimum specified strength, 14 additional cores may be taken to identify the limits of deficient concrete pavement 15 at the expense of the Contractor. 16 6. Cylinders and/or cores must meet minimum specified strength. Pavement not 17 meeting the minimum specified strength shall be subject to the money penalties or 18 removal and placement at the Contractor's expense as shown in the following table. 19 Percent Deficient Percent of Contract Price Allowed Greater Than 0 percent - Not More Than 10 percent 90- ercent Greater Than 10 percent - Not More Than 15 percent 80- ercent Greater Than 15 percent 0-percent or removed and replaced at the entire cost and expense of Contractor as directed by City 20 21 7. Deficiency shall be determined on a panel by panel basis. 22 8. The amount of penalty shall be deducted from payment due to Contractor 23 9. No additional payment over the contract unit price shall be made for any pavement 24 with a strength exceeding that required by the Drawings and/or specifications. 25 E. Cracked Concrete Acceptance Policy 26 1. If cracks exist in concrete pavement upon completion of the project, the Project 27 Inspector shall decide as to the need for action to address the cracking as to its 28 cause and recommended remedial work. 29 2. If the recommended remedial work is routing and sealing of the cracks to protect 30 the subgrade, the Inspector shall make the determination as to whether to rout and 31 seal the cracks at the time of final inspection and acceptance or at any time prior to 32 the end of the project maintenance period. The Contractor shall perform the routing 33 and sealing work as directed by the Project Inspector, at no cost to the City, 34 regardless of the cause of the cracking. 35 3. If remedial work beyond routing and sealing is determined to be necessary, the 36 Inspector and the Contractor shall meet to determine the cause of the cracking. 37 a. If agreement is reached that the cracking is due to deficient materials or 38 workmanship, the Contractor shall perform the remedial work at no cost to the 39 City. Remedial work in this case shall be limited to removing and replacing the 40 deficient work with new material and workmanship that meets the requirements 41 of the contract. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 32 13 13-21 CONCRETE PAVING Page 21 of 22 1 b. If the Inspector and the Contractor agree that the cause of the cracking is not 2 deficient materials or workmanship, the City may request the Contractor to 3 provide an estimate of the cost of the necessary remedial work and/or additional 4 work to address the cause of the cracking, and the Contractor will perform that 5 work at the agreed -upon price if the City elects to do so. 6 4. If the Inspector and the Contractor cannot agree on the cause of the cracking, the 7 City may hire an independent geotechnical engineer, acceptable to the Contractor, 8 to perform testing and analysis to determine the cause of the cracking. The 9 Contractor shall pay 50 percent of the costs of the independent testing. Contractor 10 shall provide one half of the estimated costs of the independent testing to be held by 11 the City. 12 5. If the independent geotechnical engineer determines that the primary cause of the 13 cracking is the Contractor's deficient material or workmanship, the remedial work 14 will be performed at the Contractor's entire expense and the Contractor will also 15 reimburse the City for the City's portion of cost of the geotechnical investigation. 16 Remedial work in this case shall be limited to removing and replacing the deficient 17 work with new material and workmanship that meets the requirements of the 18 contract. 19 6. If the geotechnical engineer determines that the primary cause of the cracking is not 20 the Contractor's deficient material or workmanship, the City will return the held 21 funds to the Contractor. The Contractor, on request, will provide the City an 22 estimate of the costs of the necessary remedial work and/or additional work and 23 will perform the work at the agreed -upon price as directed by the City. 24 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 25 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 26 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 27 A.No concrete washout, mix, slurry, cuts, mud or solids etc., may enter the storm water 28 system including curb lines. Equipment washout allowed only in areas shown on drawings 29 and test materials or slag must be removed from site prior to final acceptance. 30 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 31 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 32 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 33 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 34 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 3213 13-22 CONCRETE PAVING Page 22 of 22 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 1.2.A — Modified items to be included in price bid 05/21/2014 Doug Rademaker 2.2.13 — Modified to clarify acceptable fly ash substitution in concrete paving 1.1 LA — modified to clarify concrete placement temperature restrictions Zelalem 2.4.A, B, D — to clarify concrete quality control process and requirements 03/19/2021 Arega/Doug 3.7. C & D - to modify and clarify the pavement strength test and change in Black pavement thickness measurement methodology 3.7..E — Modified to clarify cracked concrete acceptance policy 3/11/2022 Zelalem Arega 1.3.A.h, 2.2 — Added ASTM C595, Type IL cement 6/10/2022 M Owen 3.4 G. 1. — Clarified language re: machine laid vs. hand poured Updated references throughout related to blended hydraulic cement Updated references throughout related to lab not agency 1.11 A. Clarified weather conditions/hot weather concreting section 1.2 A. 3. Provided clarifications re: what is included in bid item 1.3 A. Updated references 6/13/25 M Owen Table 2 and 3 — Clarified between footings and drilled shafts 3.4 B. 4. — Provided additional clarification re: delivery tickets 3.4 E. Provided additional clarification re: reinforcement 3.4 G. Provided minimum length of paving where machine paving is required 3.41. Provided clarification related to curing Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 13, 2025 -1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS Page 1 of 6 1 SECTION 32 13 20 2 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Concrete sidewalks 7 2. Driveways 8 3. Barrier free ramps 9 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 10 1. None. 11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 14 3. Section 02 41 13 - Selective Site Demolition 15 4. Section 32 13 13 - Concrete Paving 16 5. Section 32 13 73 - Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A.Measurement and Payment 19 1. Concrete Sidewalk 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square foot of completed and 22 accepted Concrete Sidewalk in its final position for various: 23 a) Thicknesses 24 b) Types 25 b. Payment 26 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 27 and measured as provided under "Measurement will be paid for at the unit 28 price bid per square foot of Concrete Sidewalk. 29 c. The price bid shall include: 30 1) Excavating and preparing the subgrade 31 2) Furnishing and placing all materials 32 3) Thickened edge under sidewalk limits, if adjacent to curb or retaining wall 33 34 2. Concrete Curb at Back of Sidewalk (6 to 12-inch max) 35 a. Measurement 36 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of completed and 37 accepted Concrete Curb at the Back of Sidewalk within the 6 to 12-inch curb 38 height at back of walk in its final position. 39 b. Payment 40 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 41 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 42 price bid per linear foot of Concrete Curb at the Back of Sidewalk. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 -2 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS Page 2 of 6 1 c. The price bid shall include: 2 1) Excavating and preparing the subgrade 3 2) Furnishing and placing all materials, including concrete and reinforcing 4 steel 5 3) Excavation in back of "retaining" curb 6 4) Furnishing, placing, and compacting backfill 7 3. Concrete Driveway 8 a. Measurement 9 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square foot of completed and 10 accepted Concrete Driveway in its final position for various: 11 a) Thicknesses 12 b) Types 13 2) Dimensions will be taken from the back of the projected curb, including the 14 area of the curb radii and will extend to the limits specified in the Drawings. 15 3) Sidewalk portion of drive will be included in driveway measurement. 16 4) Curb on drive will be included in the driveway measurement. 17 b. Payment 18 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 19 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 20 price bid per square foot of Concrete Driveway. 21 c. The price bid shall include: 22 1) Excavating and preparing the subgrade 23 2) Furnishing and placing all materials 24 3) Temporary asphalt transition at width shown on plans (typically 9 inches) 25 when the pavement adjacent to the driveway will be improved 26 27 4. Barrier Free Ramps 28 a. Measurement 29 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Barrier Free Ramp completed 30 and accepted for various: 31 a) Types 32 b. Payment 33 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 34 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 35 price bid per each "Barrier Free Ramp" installed. 36 c. The price bid shall include: 37 1) Excavating and preparing the subgrade 38 2) Furnishing and placing all materials 39 3) Curb Ramp 40 4) Landing and detectable warning surface as shown on the Drawings 41 5) Adjacent flares or side curb 42 6) Concrete gutter width along ramp opening 43 7) Doweling into adjacent concrete pavement, if applicable 44 1.3 REFERENCES 45 A.Abbreviations and Acronyms 46 1. TAS — Texas Accessibility Standards 47 2. TDLR — Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation 48 B.Reference Standards Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 -3 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS Page 3 of 6 1 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 2 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 3 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 4 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 5 a. D545, Test Methods for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete 6 Construction (Non -extruding and Resilient Types) 7 b. D698, Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using 8 Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3) 9 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 10 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 12 A.Mix Design: submit for approval. Section 32 13 13. 13 B. Product Data: submit product data and sample for pre -cast detectable warning for barrier 14 free ramp. 15 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 18 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 19 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 20 A.Weather Conditions: Placement of concrete shall be as specified in Section 32 13 13. 21 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 22 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 23 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 24 2.2 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 25 A.Forms: wood or metal straight, free from warp and of a depth equal to the thickness of the 26 finished work. 27 28 29 30 31 B. Concrete: see Section 32 13 13. 1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications, the standard class for concrete sidewalks, driveways and barrier free ramps is shown in the following table: Standard Classes of Pavement Concrete Class of Minimum 28 Day Min. Maximum Course Concrete' Cementitious, Compressive Water/ Aggregate Lb./CY Strength Cementitious Maximum psi Ratio Size, inch A 470 3000 0.58 1-1/2 32 C.Reinforcement: see Section 32 13 13. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 -4 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS Page 4 of 6 1 1. Sidewalk, driveway and barrier free ramp reinforcing steel shall be #3 deformed 2 bars at 18 inches on -center -both -ways at the center plane of all slabs, unless 3 otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications. 4 D.Joint Filler 5 1. Wood Filler: see Section 32 13 13. 6 2. Pre -Molded Asphalt Board Filler 7 a. Use only in areas where not practical for wood boards. 8 b. Pre -molded asphalt board filler: ASTM D545. 9 c. Install the required size and uniform thickness and as specified in Drawings. 10 d. Include 2 liners of 0.016 asphalt impregnated kraft paper filled with a mastic 11 mixture of asphalt and vegetable fiber and/or mineral filler. 12 E. Expansion Joint Sealant: see Section 32 13 73 where shown on the Drawings. 13 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 14 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 15 PART 3 - EXECUTION 16 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 17 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 18 3.3 PREPARATION 19 A. Surface Preparation 20 1. Excavation: Excavation required for the construction of sidewalks, driveways and 21 barrier free ramps shall be to the lines and grades as shown on the Drawings or as 22 established by the City. 23 2. Fine Grading 24 a. The Contractor shall do all necessary filling, leveling and fine grading required 25 to bring the subgrade to the exact grades specified and compacted to at least 90 26 percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D698. 27 b. Moisture content shall be within minus 2 to plus 4 of optimum. 28 c. Any over -excavation shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the City. 29 B.Demolition / Removal 30 1. Sidewalk, Driveway and/ or Barrier Free Ramp Removal: see Section 02 41 13. 31 3.4 INSTALLATION 32 A.General 33 1. Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of 4 inches. 34 2. Sidewalks constructed in driveway approach sections shall have a minimum 35 thickness equal to that of driveway approach or as called for by Drawings and 36 specifications within the limits of the driveway approach. 37 3. Driveways shall have a minimum thickness of 6 inches. Standard cross -slopes for 38 walks shall be 2 percent max in accordance with current TAS/TDLR guidelines. 39 The construction of the driveway approach shall include the variable height radius 40 curb or a pan driveway approach in accordance with the Drawings. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 -5 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS Page 5 of 6 1 4. All pedestrian facilities shall comply with provisions of TAS including location, 2 slope, width, shapes, texture and coloring. Pedestrian facilities installed by the 3 Contractor and not meeting TAS must be removed and replaced to meet TAS (no 4 separate pay). 5 B.Forms: Forms shall be securely staked to line and grade and maintained in a true position 6 during the depositing of concrete. 7 C.Reinforcement: see Section 32 13 13. 8 D.Concrete Placement: see Section 32 13 13. 9 E. Finishing 10 1. Concrete sidewalks, driveways and barrier free ramps shall be finished to a true, 11 even surface. 12 2. Trowel and then brush transversely to obtain a smooth uniform brush finish. 13 3. Provide exposed aggregate finish for driveways and sidewalks if specified. 14 4. Edge joints and sides shall with suitable tools. 15 F. Joints 16 1. Expansion joints for sidewalks, driveways and barrier free ramps shall be formed 17 using redwood. 18 2. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals ten times the width of the sidewalk. 19 3. Expansion joints shall also be placed at all intersections, sidewalks with concrete 20 driveways, curbs, formations, other sidewalks and other adjacent old concrete work. 21 Similar material shall be placed around all obstructions protruding into or through 22 sidewalks or driveways. 23 4. All expansion joints shall be 1/2 inch in thickness. 24 5. Edges of all construction and expansion joints and outer edges of all sidewalks shall 25 be finished to approximately a 1/2 inch radius with a suitable finishing tool. 26 6. Sidewalks shall be marked at intervals equal to the width of the walk with a 27 marking tool. Saw cutting of joints to the required depth may be desirable on wider 28 sidewalks and is acceptable if approved by the City 29 7. When sidewalk is against the curb, expansion joints shall be spaced to match those 30 in the curb, possibly in addition to the required spacing above. 31 G.Barrier Free Ramp 32 1. Furnish and install red color detectable warning surface included in Standard 33 Product List, or approved equal. 34 2. Detectable warning surface shall be a minimum of 24-inch in depth in the direction 35 of pedestrian travel, and extend to the limit of the width of the curb ramp (exclusive 36 of flares), the landing or the blended transition. 37 3. Locate detectable warning surface so that the edge nearest the curb line is at the 38 extension of the back of the curb. 39 4. Detectable warning surface may be curved along the corner radius. 40 5. Install detectable warning surface according to manufacturer's instructions. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 -6 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS Page 6 of 6 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A.3 — Measurement and Payment for Barrier Free Ramps modified to match updated City Details 4/30/2013 F. Griffin Corrected Part 1, 1.2, A, 3, b, 1 to read; from ... square foot of Concrete Sidewalk. to ...each "Barrier Free Ramp" installed. June 5, 2018 M Owen Revised Measurement and Payment.section. April 29, 2021 M Owen 1.2 A. 4. c. Revise Barrier Free Ramp — Payment Section December 9, M Owen 1.2 A. 1.e. and 1.2 A. 3. c. Clarified what is included in bid items for sidewalk and 2021 driveway, respectively December 9, M Owen 3.4 G. Remove reference to specific DWS and referred to SPL, revised to clarify 2022 limit of DWS, and revised reference to back of curb for placement of DWS. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 321373-1 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 1 of 4 SECTION 32 13 73 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Specification for silicone joint sealing for concrete pavement and curbs. B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 3. Section 32 13 13 Concrete Paving 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Joint Sealant completed and accepted only when specified in the Drawings to be a pay item. 2. Payment a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the various items bid and no other compensation will be allowed, unless specifically specified on Drawings. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. D5893, Standard Specification for Cold Applied, Single Component, Chemically Curing Silicone Joint Sealant for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Test and Evaluation Reports 1. Prior to installation, furnish certification by an independent testing laboratory that the silicone joint sealant meets the requirements of this Section. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 321373-2 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 2 of 4 2. Submit verifiable documentation that the manufacturer of the silicone joint sealant has a minimum 2-year demonstrated, documented successful field performance with concrete pavement silicone joint sealant systems. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply joint sealant when the air and pavement temperature is less than 35 degrees F B. Concrete surface must be clean, dry and frost free. C. Do not place sealant in an expansion -type joint if surface temperature is below 35 degrees F or above 90 degrees F. 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT A. Materials 1. Joint Sealant: ASTM D5893. 2. Joint Filler, Backer Rod and Breaker Tape a. The joint filler sop shall be of a closed cell expanded polyethylene foam backer rod and polyethylene bond breaker tape of sufficient size to provide a tight seal. b. The back rod and breaker tape shall be installed in the saw -cut joint to prevent the joint sealant from flowing to the bottom of the joint. c. The backer rod and breaker tape shall be compatible with the silicone joint sealant and no bond or reaction shall occur between them. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 321373-3 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 3 of 4 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General 1. The silicone sealant shall be cold applied. 2. Allow concrete to cure for a minimum of 7 days to ensure it has sufficient strength prior to sealing joints. 3. Perform joint reservoir saw cutting, cleaning, bond breaker installation, and joint sealant placement in a continuous sequence of operations. 4. See Drawings for the various joint details with their respective dimensions. B. Equipment 1. Provide all necessary equipment and keep equipment in a satisfactory working condition. 2. Equipment shall be inspected by the City prior to the beginning of the work. 3. The minimum requirements for construction equipment shall be as follows: a. Concrete Saw. The sawing equipment shall be adequate in size and power to complete the joint sawing to the required dimensions. b. Air Compressors. The delivered compressed air shall have a pressure in excess of 90 psi and shall be suitable for the removal of all free water and oil from the compressed air. c. Extrusion Pump. The output shall be capable of supplying a sufficient volume of sealant to the joint. d. Injection Tool. This mechanical device shall apply the sealant uniformly into the joint. e. Sandblaster. The design shall be for commercial use with air compressors as specified in this Section. f. Backer Rod Roller and Tooling Instrument. These devices shall be clean and free of contamination. They shall be compatible with the joint depth and width requirements. C. Sawing Joints: see Section 32 13 13. D. Cleaning joints 1. Dry saw in 1 direction with reverse cutting blade then sand blast. 2. Use compressed air to remove the resulting dust from the joint. 3. Sandblast joints after complete drying. a. Attach nozzle to a mechanical aiming device so that the sand blast will be directed at an angle of 45 degrees and at a distance of 1 to 2 inches from the face of the joint. b. Sandblast both joint faces sandblasted in separate, 1 directional passes. c. When sandblasting is complete, blow-out using compressed air. d. The blow tube shall fit into the joints. 4. Check the blown joint for residual dust or other contamination. a. If any dust or contamination is found, repeat sandblasting and blowing until the joint is cleaned. b. Do not use solvents to remove stains and contamination. 5. Place the bond breaker and sealant in the joint immediately upon cleaning. 6. Bond Breaker Rod and Tape: install in the cleaned joint prior to the application of the joint sealant. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 321373-4 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 4 of 4 7. Do not leave open, cleaned joints unsealed overnight. E. Joint Sealant 1. Apply the joint sealant upon placement of the bond breaker rod and tape, using the mechanical injection tool. 2. Do not seal joints unless they are clean and dry. 3. Remove and discard excess sealant left on the pavement surface. a. Do not excess use to seal the joints. 4. The pavement surface shall present a clean final condition as determined by City. 5. Do not allow traffic on the fresh sealant until it becomes tack -free. F. Approval of Joints 1. The City may request a representative of the sealant manufacturer to be present at the job site at the beginning of the final cleaning and sealing of joints. a. The representative shall demonstrate to the Contractor and the City the acceptable method for sealant installation. b. The representative shall approve the clean, dry joints before the sealing operation commences. 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 32 16 13-1 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS Page 1 of 7 1 SECTION 32 16 13 2 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS 3 4 PART1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Concrete Curbs and Gutters 8 2. Concrete Valley Gutters 9 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 10 1. None. 11 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 14 3. Section 02 41 13 - Selective Site Demolition 15 4. Section 32 13 13 - Concrete Paving 16 5. Section 32 13 73 - Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 17 6. Section 32 1123 — Flexible Base Courses 18 19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20 A.Measurement and Payment 21 1. Concrete Curb and Gutter 22 a. Measurement 23 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Concrete Curb and 24 Gutter. 25 b. Payment 26 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 27 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 28 price bid per linear foot of Concrete Curb and Gutter complete and in place by 29 curb height. 30 c. The price bid shall include: 31 1) Excavation and preparing the subgrade, including placement of flexbase or 32 cement treated base under curb & gutter and 12" behind back of curb 33 2) Required excavation and backfill behind the curb 34 3) Removal and disposal of all excavated material 35 4) Furnishing and placing all materials, including foundation course, 36 reinforcing steel, and expansion material 37 5) Temporary asphalt transition at width shown on plans (typically 9 inches) 38 when the pavement adjacent to the curb & gutter will be improved 39 2. Concrete Valley Gutter 40 a. Measurement Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 32 16 13-2 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS Page 2 of 7 1 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Concrete Valley 2 Gutter. 3 b. Payment 4 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 5 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 6 price bid per square yard of Concrete Valley Gutter complete and in place for: 7 a) Various street types 8 c. The price bid shall include: 9 1) Required excavation 10 2) Preparing the subgrade, including placement of flexbase or stabilized 11 cement treated subgrade 12 3) Furnishing and placing all materials, including foundation course, 13 reinforcing steel, and expansion material 14 4) Temporary asphalt transition at width shown on plans (typically 9") when 15 the pavement adjacent to the valley gutter will improved 16 3. Concrete Laydown Curb 17 a. Measurement 18 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Concrete Laydown 19 Curb, when crossing on -street parking or parking lots. 20 2) Laydown Curb pay item is not to be used when crossing driveways or 21 alleys. 22 b. Payment 23 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 24 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 25 price bid per linear foot of Concrete Laydown Curb complete and in place by 26 curb height. 27 c. The price bid shall include: 28 1) Excavation and preparing the subgrade, including placement of flexbase or 29 cement treated base under curb & gutter and 12" behind back of curb 30 2) Required excavation and backfill behind the curb 31 3) Removal and disposal of all excavated material 32 4) Furnishing and placing all materials, including foundation course, 33 reinforcing steel, and expansion material 34 5) Temporary asphalt transition at width shown on plans (typically 9 inches) 35 when the pavement adjacent to the curb & gutter will be improved Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 32 16 13-3 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS Page 3 of 7 1 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 2 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 3 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 8 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 9 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 10 A.Weather Conditions: See Section 32 13 13. 11 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A.Forms: See Section 32 13 13. B. Concrete: 1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications, the standard class for concrete curb & gutter and valley gutter is shown in the following table: Standard Classes of Pavement Concrete Item Class of Minimum 28 Day Maximum Course Concret Cementitious Min. Water/ Aggregat e Compressiv Cementitiou e Lb./CY e s Maximu Strength Ratio m psi Size, inch Curb A 470 3,000 0.58 1-1/2 Gutte r Valle H 564 4,500 0.45 1-1/2 y Gutte r C.Reinforcement: See Section 32 13 13. D.Joint Filler CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 32 16 13-4 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS Page 4 of 7 I 1. Wood Filler: see Section 32 13 13. 2 2. Pre -Molded Asphalt Board Filler 3 a. Use only in areas where not practical for wood boards 4 b. Pre -molded asphalt board filler: ASTM D545 5 c. Install the required size and uniform thickness and as specified in the Drawings. 6 d. Include two liners of 0.016 asphalt impregnated kraft paper filled with a mastic 7 mixture of asphalt and vegetable fiber and/or mineral filler. 8 E. Expansion Joint Sealant: See Section 32 13 73. 9 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 10 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 1 I PART 3 - EXECUTION 12 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 13 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 14 3.3 PREPARATION 15 A.Demolition / Removal: See Section 02 41 13. 16 3.4 INSTALLATION 17 A.Forms 18 1. Extend forms the full depth of concrete. 19 2. Wood forms: minimum of 1-1/2 inches in thickness 20 3. Metal Forms: a gauge that shall provide equivalent rigidity and strength 21 4. Use acceptable wood or metal forms for curves with a radius of less than 250 feet. 22 5. All forms showing a deviation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet from a straight line shall be 23 rejected. 24 B.Reinforcing Steel 25 1. Place all necessary reinforcement for City approval prior to depositing concrete. 26 2. All steel must be free from paint and oil and all loose scale, rust, dirt and other 27 foreign substances. 28 3. Remove foreign substances from steel before placing. 29 4. Wire all bars at their intersections and at all laps or splices. 30 5. Lap all bar splices a minimum of 20 diameters of the bar or 12 inches, whichever is 31 greater. 32 C. Concrete Placement 33 1. Deposit concrete to maintain a horizontal surface. 34 2. Work concrete into all spaces and around any reinforcement to form a dense mass 35 free from voids. 36 3. Work coarse aggregate away from contact with the forms 37 4. Hand -Laid Concrete — Curb and gutter Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 32 16 13-5 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS Page 5 of 7 a. Shape and compact subgrade to the lines, grades and cross section shown on the Drawings. b. Lightly sprinkle subgrade material immediately before concrete placement. c. Deposit concrete into forms. d. Shape the concrete to the required curb and gutter design and provide a brush finish. 5. Machine -Laid Concrete — Curb and Gutter a. Hand -tamp and sprinkle subgrade material before concrete placement. b. Provide clean surfaces for concrete placement. c. Place the concrete to correct line and grade with approved self-propelled equipment. d. Brush finish surfaces immediately after extrusion or slipforming. 6. Hand -Laid Concrete — Concrete Valley Gutter: See Section 32 13 13. 7. Expansion joints a. Place expansion joints in the curb and gutter at 200-foot intervals and at intersection returns and other rigid structures. b. Place tooled joints at 15-foot intervals or matching abutting sidewalk joints and pavement joints to a depth of 1-1/2 inches. c. Place expansion joints at all intersections with concrete driveways, structures, valley gutters, and existing curb and gutters. d. Make expansion joints no less than 1/2 inch in thickness, extending the full depth of the concrete. e. Make expansion joints perpendicular and at right angles to the face of the curb. f. Neatly trim any expansion material extending above the surface of the finished work. g. Make expansion joints in the curb and gutter coincide with existing concrete expansion joints. h. Longitudinal dowels across the expansion joints in the curb and gutter are required. i. Install 3 - 1/2" round, smooth bars, 24 inches in length, for dowels at each expansion joint. j. Coat 1/2 of the dowel with a bond breaker and terminate with a dowel cap that provides a minimum of 1-inch free expansion. k. Support dowels by an approved method. D.Curing: see Section 32 13 13. 36 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 37 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 38 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 39 40 41 42 43 44 A.Inspections 1. Steel reinforcement placement 2. Headed bolts and studs 3. Verification of use of required design mixture 4. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing 5. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 32 16 13-6 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS Page 6 of 7 t B. Concrete Tests: Perform testing of fresh concrete sample obtained according to 2 ASTM C172 with the following requirements: 3 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain 1 fresh concrete sample for each day's pour of each 4 concrete mixture exceeding 5 cubic yards, but less than 150 cubic yards, plus 1 set 5 for each additional 150 cubic yard or fraction thereof. 6 2. Slump: ASTM C143; 1 test at point of placement for each concrete sample, but not 7 less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional 8 tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 9 3. Air Content: ASTM C231, pressure method, for normal -weight concrete; 1 test for 10 each sample, but not less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 11 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C1064; 1 test for each concrete sample. 12 5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31. 13 a. Cast and laboratory cure 3 cylinders for each fresh concrete sample. 14 1) Do not transport field cast cylinders until they have cured for a 15 minimum of 24 hours. 16 6. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C39; 17 a. Test 1 cylinder at 7 days. 18 b. Test 2 cylinders at 28 days. 19 7. Upload test results into Buzzsaw within 48 hours of testing. Reports of 20 compressive -strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, 21 date of concrete placement, name of concrete tester and inspector, location of 22 concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture 23 proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for 24 both 7- and 28-day tests. 25 8. Additional Tests: Additional tests of concrete shall be made when test results 26 indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other City 27 specification requirements have not been met. The Lab Services division may 28 conduct or request tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders 29 complying with ASTM C42 or by other methods as directed by the Project 30 Manager. 31 a. When the strength level of the concrete for any portion of the structure, as 32 indicated by cylinder tests, falls below the specified requirements, provide 33 improved curing conditions and/or adjustments to the mix design as required to 34 obtain the required strength. If the average strength of the laboratory control 35 cylinders falls so low as to be deemed unacceptable, follow the core test 36 procedure set forth in ACI 301, Chapter 17. Locations of core tests shall be 37 approved by the Project Engineer. Core sampling and testing shall be at 38 Contractors expense. 39 b. If the results of the core tests indicate that the strength of the structure is 40 inadequate, any replacement, load testing, or strengthening as may be ordered by 41 the Project Engineer shall be provided by the Contractor without cost to the 42 City. 43 9. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to 44 determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 45 10. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not 46 comply with the Contract Documents. 47 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 32 16 13-7 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS Page 7 of 7 1 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 7 8 9 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A.2. Modified payment item to vary by street type 10/05/2016 Z. Arega Added Subsection 2.2.B.1 and Subsection 3.7 1.2 A. 1. c. Clarified what price bid includes for curb & gutter 12/09/2021 M Owen L.2 A. 2. d. Clarified what price bid includes for valley gutter 2.2 B. 1. Updated table: Valley gutter concrete shall meet hand poured concrete paving requirements 6/10/2022 M Owen 1.2 A. 1. C. Clarify that price for curb & gutter to include excavation and removal and disposal of excavated material 12/9/2022 M Owen 1.2 A. 3. Added Laydown Curb to measurement and payment section Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 1 2 3 PART 1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS 321723-1 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 1 of 11 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Pavement Markings 7 a. Thermoplastic, hot -applied, spray (HAS) pavement markings 8 b. Thermoplastic, hot -applied, extruded (HAE) pavement markings 9 c. Preformed polymer tape 10 d. Preformed heat -activated thermoplastic tape 11 e. Preformed Contrast Markings 12 2. Raised markers 13 3. Work zone markings 14 4. Removal of pavement markings and markers 15 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 16 1. None. 17 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 18 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 19 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21 A.Measurement and Payment 22 1. Pavement Markings 23 a. Measurement 24 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of material placed. 25 b. Payment 26 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 27 and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit 28 price bid per linear foot of "Pvmt Marking" installed for: 29 a) Various Widths 30 b) Various Types 31 c) Various Materials 32 d) Various Colors 33 c. The price bid shall include: 34 1) Installation of Pavement Marking 35 2) Glass beads, when required 36 3) Surface preparation 37 4) Clean-up 38 5) Testing (when required) 39 2. Legends 40 a. Measurement 41 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Legend installed. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 321723-2 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 2 of I I b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Legend" installed for: a) Various types b) Various applications c. The price bid shall include: 1) Installation of Pavement Marking 2) Glass beads, when required 3) Surface preparation 4) Clean-up 5) Testing 3. Preformed Thermoplastic — Contrast Markings a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of material placed or per each for legend items b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot or per each for legends for "Preformed Thermoplastic — Contract Markings" installed for: a) Various Widths b) Various Types c) Various Applications c. The price bid shall include: 1) Installation of Contrast Markings, including solid black and solid white or yellow material as preformed 2) Railroad Legend shall include X and RR legend markings and three 24" stop bars 3) Surface preparation 4) Clean-up 5) Testing 4. Raised Markers a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Raised Marker installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Raised Marker" installed for: a) Various types c. The price bid shall include: 1) Installation of Raised Markers 2) Surface preparation 3) Clean-up 4) Testing 5. Work Zone Tab Markers a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Tab Marker installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Tab Marker" installed for: a) Various types CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 321723-3 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 3 of I I c. The price bid shall include: 1) Installation of Tab Work Zone Markers 6. Fire Lane Markings a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per the linear foot. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of "Fire Lane Marking" installed. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Surface preparation 2) Clean-up 3) Testing 7. Pavement Marking Removal a. Measurement 1) Measure for this Item shall be per linear foot. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of "Remove Pvmt Marking" performed for: a) Various widths c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal of Pavement Markings 2) Clean-up 8. Raised Marker Removal a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Pavement Marker removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Remove Raised Marker" performed. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal of each Marker 2) Disposal of removed materials 3) Clean-up 9. Legend Removal a. Measurement 1) Measure for this Item shall be per each Legend removed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of "Remove Legend" performed for: a) Various types b) Various applications c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal of Pavement Markings 2) Clean-up CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 321723-4 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 4 of 11 1 1.3 REFERENCES 2 A.Reference Standards 3 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 4 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 5 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 6 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), 2011 Edition 7 a. Part 3, Markings 8 3. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 9 a. Standard Specification for Glass Beads Used in Pavement Markings, M 247-09 10 4. Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) 11 a. 23 CFR Part 655, FHWA Docket No. FHWA-2009-0139 12 5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) 13 a. DMS-4200, Pavement Markers (Reflectorized) 14 b. DMS-4300, Traffic Buttons 15 c. DMS-8220, Hot Applied Thermoplastic 16 d. DMS-8240, Permanent Prefabricated Pavement Markings 17 e. DMS-8241, Removable Prefabricated Pavement Markings 18 £ DMS-8242, Temporary Flexible -Reflective Road Marker Tabs 19 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 20 1.5 SUBMITTALS 21 A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 22 B.All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 23 specials. 24 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 29 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 30 1. The Contractor shall secure and maintain a location to store the material in 31 accordance with Section 01 50 00. 32 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 33 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 34 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 35 2.1 OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS 36 A.New Products 37 1. Refer to Drawings to determine if there are owner -supplied products for the Project. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 321723-5 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 5 of 11 1 2.2 MATERIALS 2 A.Manufacturers 3 1. Only the manufacturers as listed in the City's Standard Products List will be 4 considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 5 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 6 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 7 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 8 B. Materials 9 1. Pavement Markings 10 a. Thermoplastic, hot applied, spray 11 1) Refer to Drawings and City Standard Detail Drawings for width of 12 longitudinal lines. 13 2) Product shall be especially compounded for traffic markings. 14 3) When placed on the roadway, the markings shall not be slippery when wet, 15 lift from pavement under normal weather conditions nor exhibit a tacky 16 exposed surface. 17 4) Cold ductility of the material shall permit normal road surface expansion 18 and contraction without chipping or cracking. 19 5) The markings shall retain their original color, dimensions and placement 20 under normal traffic conditions at road surface temperatures of 158 degrees 21 Fahrenheit and below. 22 6) Markings shall have uniform cross-section, clean edges, square ends and no 23 evidence of tracking. 24 7) The density and quality of the material shall be uniform throughout the 25 markings. 26 8) The thickness shall be uniform throughout the length and width of the 27 markings. 28 9) The markings shall be 95 percent free of holes and voids, and free of 29 blisters for a minimum of 60 days after application. 30 10) The material shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium 31 chloride or other chemicals used to prevent roadway ice or because of the oil 32 content of pavement markings or from oil droppings or other effects of traffic. 33 11) The material shall not prohibit adhesion of other thermoplastic markings if, 34 at some future time, new markings are placed over existing material. 35 a) New material shall bond itself to the old line in such a manner that no 36 splitting or separation takes place. 37 12) The markings placed on the roadway shall be completely retroreflective 38 both internally and externally with traffic beads and shall exhibit uniform 39 retro-directive reflectance. 40 13) Traffic beads 41 a) Manufactured from glass 42 b) Spherical in shape 43 c) Essentially free of sharp angular particles 44 d) Essentially free of particles showing cloudiness, surface scoring or 45 surface scratching 46 e) Water white in color 47 f) Applied at a uniform rate Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 321723-6 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 6 of 11 I g) Meet or exceed Specifications shown in AASHTO Standard 2 Specification for Glass Beads Used in Pavement Markings, AASHTO 3 Designation: M 247-09. 4 b. Thermoplastic, hot applied, extruded 5 1) Product shall be especially compounded for traffic markings 6 2) When placed on the roadway, the markings shall not be slippery when wet, 7 lift from pavement under normal weather conditions nor exhibit a tacky 8 exposed surface. 9 3) Cold ductility of the material shall permit normal road surface expansion 10 and contraction without chipping or cracking. 11 4) The markings shall retain their original color, dimensions and placement 12 under normal traffic conditions at road surface temperatures of 158 degrees 13 Fahrenheit and below. 14 5) Markings shall have uniform cross-section, clean edges, square ends and no 15 evidence of tracking. 16 6) The density and quality of the material shall be uniform throughout the 17 markings. 18 7) The thickness shall be uniform throughout the length and width of the 19 markings. 20 8) The markings shall be 95 percent free of holes and voids, and free of 21 blisters for a minimum of 60 days after application. 22 9) The minimum thickness of the marking, as measured above the plane 23 formed by the pavement surface, shall not be less than 1/8 inch in the center 24 of the marking and 3/32 inch at a distance of inch from the edge. 25 10) Maximum thickness shall be 3/16 inch. 26 11) The material shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium 27 chloride or other chemicals used to prevent roadway ice or because of the oil 28 content of pavement markings or from oil droppings or other effects of traffic. 29 12) The material shall not prohibit adhesion of other thermoplastic markings if, 30 at some future time, new markings are placed over existing material. New 31 material shall bond itself to the old line in such a manner that no splitting or 32 separation takes place. 33 13) The markings placed on the roadway shall be completely retroreflective 34 both internally and externally with traffic beads and shall exhibit uniform 35 retro-directive reflectance. 36 14) Traffic beads 37 a) Manufactured from glass 38 b) Spherical in shape 39 c) Essentially free of sharp angular particles 40 d) Essentially free of particles showing cloudiness, surface scoring or 41 surface scratching 42 e) Water white in color 43 f) Applied at a uniform rate 44 g) Meet or exceed Specifications shown in AASHTO Standard 45 Specification for Glass Beads Used in Pavement Markings, AASHTO 46 Designation: M 247-09. 47 c. Preformed Polymer Tape 48 1) Material shall meet or exceed the Specifications for SWARCO Director 35, 49 3M High Performance Tape Series 3801 ES, or approved equal. 50 d. Preformed Heat -Activated Thermoplastic Tape Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 321723-7 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 7 of 11 1 1) Material shall meet or exceed the Specifications for HOT Tape Brand 0.125 2 mil preformed thermoplastic or approved equal. 3 2. Raised Markers 4 a. Markers shall meet the requirements of the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic 5 Control Devices. 6 b. Non -reflective markers shall be Type Y (yellow body) and Type W (white body) 7 round ceramic markers and shall meet or exceed the TxDOT Specification 8 DMS-4300. 9 c. The reflective markers shall be plastic, meet or exceed the TxDOT Specification 10 DMS-4200 for high -volume retroreflective raised markers and be available in 11 the following types: 12 1) Type I-C, white body, 1 face reflects white 13 2) Type 11-A-A, yellow body, 2 faces reflect amber 14 3) Type 11-C-R, white body, 1 face reflects white, the other red 15 16 3. Work Zone Markings 17 a. Tabs 18 1) Temporary flexible -reflective roadway marker tabs shall meet requirements 19 of TxDOT DMS-8242, "Temporary Flexible -Reflective Road Marker Tabs." 20 2) Removable markings shall not be used to simulate edge lines. 21 3) No segment of roadway open to traffic shall remain without permanent 22 pavement markings for a period greater than 14 calendar days. 23 b. Raised Markers 24 1) All raised pavement markers shall meet the requirements of DMS-4200. 25 c. Striping 26 1) Work Zone striping shall meet or exceed the TxDOT Specification DMS- 27 8200. 28 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 29 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 30 A.Performance 31 1. Minimum maintained retroreflectivity levels for longitudinal markings shall meet 32 the requirements detailed in the table below for a minimum of 30 calendar days. 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Posted Speed (mph) < 30 35 — >0 > 55 2-lane roads with centerline markings only 1 n/a 100 250 All other roads 2 n/a 50 100 (1) Measured at standard 30-m geometry in units of mcd/m2/lux. (2) Exceptions: A. When raised reflective pavement markings (RRPMs) supplement or substitute for a longitudinal line, minimum pavement marking retroreflectivity levels are not applicable as long as the RRPMs are maintained so that at least 3 are visible from any position along that line during nighttime conditions. B. When continuous roadway lighting assures that the markings are visible, minimum pavement marking retroreflectivity levels are not applicable. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 321723-8 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 8 of 11 PART 3 - EXECUTION 2 3.1 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3 3.2 PREPARATION 4 A.Pavement Conditions 5 1. Roadway surfaces shall be free of dirt, grease, loose and/or flaking existing 6 markings and other forms of contamination. 7 2. New Portland cement concrete surfaces shall be cleaned sufficiently to remove the 8 curing membrane. 9 3. Pavement to which material is to be applied shall be completely dry. 10 4. Pavement shall be considered dry, if, on a sunny day after observation for 15 11 minutes, no condensation develops on the underside of a 1 square foot piece of 12 clear plastic that has been placed on the pavement and weighted on the edges. 13 5. Equipment and methods used for surface preparation shall not damage the 14 pavement or present a hazard to motorists or pedestrians. 15 3.3 INSTALLATION 16 A. General 17 1. The materials shall be applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations. 18 2. Markings and markers shall be applied within temperature limits recommended by 19 the material manufacturer, and shall be applied on clean, dry pavement having a 20 surface temperature above 50 degrees Fahrenheit. 21 3. Markings that are not properly applied due to faulty application methods or being 22 placed in the wrong position or alignment shall be removed and replaced by the 23 Contractor at the Contractor's expense. If the mistake is such that it would be 24 confusing or hazardous to motorists, it shall be remedied the same day of 25 notification. Notification will be made by phone and confirmed by fax. Other 26 mistakes shall be remedied within 5 days of written notification. 27 4. When markings are applied on roadways open to traffic, care will be taken to 28 ensure that proper safety precautions are followed, including the use of signs, 29 cones, barricades, flaggers, etc. 30 5. Freshly applied markings shall be protected from traffic damage and disfigurement. 31 6. Temperature of the material must be equal to the temperature of the road surface 32 before allowing traffic to travel on it. 33 B. Pavement Markings 34 1. Thermoplastic, hot applied, spray 35 a. This method shall be used to install and Dave & Buster's Fort Worth ines, lane 36 lines, edge lines, turn lanes, and dots. 106406 37 b. Markings shall be applied at a I I0-mil thickness. 38 c. Markings shall be applied at a 90-mil thickness when placed over existing 39 markings. 40 d. A sealer shall be used if concrete or asphalt is older than three (3) years. 41 e. Typical setting time shall be between 4 minutes and 10 minutes depending upon 42 the roadway surface temperature and the humidity factor. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 321723-9 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 9 of 11 1 f. Retroreflective raised markers shall be used to supplement the centerlines, lane 2 lines, and turn lanes. Refer to City Standard Detail Drawings for placement. 3 g. Minimum retroreflectivity of markings shall meet or exceed values shown in 4 subparagraph 2A.A.1 of this Specification. 5 2. Thermoplastic, hot applied, extruded 6 a. This method shall be used to install and replace crosswalks and stop -lines. 7 b. Markings shall be applied at a 125-mil thickness. 8 c. Minimum retroreflectivity of markings shall meet or exceed values shown in 9 this Specification. 10 3. Preformed Polymer Tape 11 a. This method shall be used to install and replace crosswalks, stop -lines, and 12 legends. 13 b. The applied marking shall adhere to the pavement surface with no slippage or 14 lifting and have square ends, straight lines and clean edges. 15 c. Minimum retroreflectivity of markings shall meet or exceed values shown in 16 this Specification. 17 4. Preformed Heat -Activated Thermoplastic Tape 18 a. This method shall be used to install and replace crosswalks, stop -lines, and 19 legends. 20 b. The applied marking shall adhere to the pavement surface with no slippage or 21 lifting and have square ends, straight lines and clean edges. 22 c. Minimum retroreflectivity of markings shall meet or exceed values shown in 23 this Specification. 24 C.Raised Markers 25 1. All permanent raised pavement markers on Portland Cement roadways shall be 26 installed with epoxy adhesive. Bituminous adhesive is not acceptable. 27 2. All permanent raised pavement markers on new asphalt roadways may be installed 28 with epoxy or bituminous adhesive. 29 3. A chalk line, chain or equivalent shall be used during layout to ensure that 30 individual markers are properly aligned. All markers shall be placed uniformly 31 along the line to achieve a smooth continuous appearance. 32 D.Work Zone Markings 33 1. Work shall be performed with as little disruption to traffic as possible. 34 2. Install longitudinal markings on pavement surfaces before opening to traffic. 35 3. Maintain lane alignment traffic control devices and operations until markings are 36 installed. 37 4. Install markings in proper alignment in accordance with the Texas MUTCD and as 38 shown on the Drawings. 39 5. Place standard longitudinal lines no sooner than 3 calendar days after the placement 40 of a surface treatment, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 41 6. Place markings in proper alignment with the location of the final pavement 42 markings. 43 7. Do not use raised pavement markers for words, symbols, shapes, or diagonal or 44 transverse lines. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 32 17 23 -10 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 10 of 11 1 8. All markings shall be visible from a distance of 300 feet in daylight conditions and 2 from a distance of at least 160 feet in nighttime conditions, illuminated by low- 3 beam automobile headlight. 4 9. The daytime and nighttime reflected color of the markings must be distinctly white 5 or yellow. 6 10. The markings must exhibit uniform retroreflective characteristics. 7 11. Epoxy adhesives shall not be used to work zone markings. 8 3.4 REMOVALS 9 1. Pavement Marking and Marker Removal 10 a. The industry's best practice shall be used to remove existing pavement markings 11 and markers. 12 b. If the roadway is being damaged during the marker removal, Work shall be 13 halted until consultation with the City. 14 c. Removals shall be done in such a matter that color and texture contrast of the 15 pavement surface will be held to a minimum. 16 d. Repair damage to asphaltic surfaces, such as spalling, shelling, etc., greater than 17 '/4 inch in depth resulting from the removal of pavement markings and markers. 18 Driveway patch asphalt emulsion may be broom applied to reseal damage to 19 asphaltic surfaces. 20 e. Dispose of markers in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations. 21 £ Use any of the following methods unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 22 1) Surface Treatment Method 23 a) Apply surface treatment at rates shown on the Drawings or as directed. 24 Place a surface treatment a minimum of 2 feet wide to cover the existing 25 marking. 26 b) Place a surface treatment, thin overlay, or microsurfacing a minimum 27 of 1 lane in width in areas where directional changes of traffic are 28 involved or in other areas as directed by the City. 29 2) Burn Method 30 a) Use an approved burning method. 31 b) For thermoplastic pavement markings or prefabricated pavement 32 markings, heat may be applied to remove the bulk of the marking material 33 prior to blast cleaning. 34 c) When using heat, avoid spalling pavement surfaces. 35 d) Sweeping or light blast cleaning may be used to remove minor residue. 36 3) Blasting Method 37 a) Use a blasting method such as water blasting, abrasive blasting, water 38 abrasive blasting, shot blasting, slurry blasting, water -injected abrasive 39 blasting, or brush blasting as approved. 40 b) Remove pavement markings on concrete surfaces by a blasting method 41 only. 42 4) Mechanical Method 43 a) Use any mechanical method except grinding. 44 b) Flail milling is acceptable in the removal of markings on asphalt and 45 concrete surfaces. 46 2. If a location is to be paved over, no additional compensation will be allowed for 47 marking or marker removal. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 32 17 23 -11 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 11 of 11 1 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 2 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 4 A.All lines must have clean edges, square ends, and be uniform cross-section. 5 B.The density and quality of markings shall be uniform throughout their thickness. 6 C.The applied markings shall have no more than 5 percent, by area, of holes or voids and 7 shall be free of blisters. 8 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 9 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 10 3.10 CLEANING 11 A. Contractor shall clean up and remove all loose material resulting from construction 12 operations. 13 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 14 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 15 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 16 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 17 18 19 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 11/22/13 S. Arnold Removed paint type marking, updated references, added sealer language 6/10/22 M Owen 1.1 A and 1.2 A — Revised to address preformed "contrast" pavement markings Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 32 92 13 SODDING 32 92 13 -1 SODDING Page 1 of 7 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Furnishing and installing grass sod as shown on Drawings, or as directed. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 13 3. Section 31 10 00 — Site Clearing 14 4. Section 32 91 19 — Topsoil Placement and Finishing of Parkways 15 5. Section 32 84 23 - Irrigation 16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 A. Measurement and Payment 18 1. Sod Placement 19 a. Measurement 20 1) Measurement for this Item shallbe by the square yard of Sod complete in 21 place for uniform vegetative coverage. 22 b. Payment 23 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 24 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 25 price bid per square yard of Sod placed. 26 c. The price bid shall include: 27 1) Surface preparation, scarifying subgrade, cleaning, and fine grading as 28 described in section 3.3 Preparation 29 2) Furnishing and placing all sod (until established complete in place with no 30 gaps or overlaps) 31 3) Rolling and tamping 32 4) Watering (until established) 33 5) Fertilizer, if required by City to be determined by soil test 34 6) Disposal of surplus materials off site or as directed by City 35 7) Weed removal (until established) 36 8) Mowing of two cycles, beginning at thirty (30) days from installation or 37 when blade height is 4" or greater, whichever comes first 38 9) Mowing cycles shallbe spaced a minimum of ten (10) days apart (until 39 established) 40 d. Exceptions to c. include the following for areas to be turned over to adjacent 41 properties for maintenance: Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised May 13, 2021 32 92 13 -2 SODDING Page 2 of 7 1 1) Sod shall be watered until turned over to adjacent property owner for 2 maintenance 3 2) Fertilization will not be required 4 3) Mowing not required for projects in areas where maintenance will be 5 immediately turned over to adjacent property owners 6 2. Mowing 7 a. Measurement 8 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each for the project, beyond the two 9 (2) mow cycles included in sodding price, as approved and directed by the 10 City 11 b. Payment 12 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 13 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 14 price bid per each. 15 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 16 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 17 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 19 A. Certifications, Samples and Documentation 20 1. Certificates and/or labels and samples of sod, fertilizer, compost, soil amendments 21 and/or other materials, including a certificate from the vendor indicating sod is free 22 from weeds. 23 2. Delivery receipts and copies of invoices for materials used for this work shall be 24 subject to verification by the City 25 B. Exc eptions 26 1. Certifications, samples and associated documentation will not be required for sod to 27 be turned over to adjacent property owner for maintenance 28 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 31 A. Developer/contractor who plants material is responsible for the supervision of crew, the 32 site, and the maintenance of the material until the project is accepted by the City 33 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 34 A. Sod 35 1. Protect from exposure to wind, sun and freezing. 36 2. Keep stacked sod moist, consistently throughout stack. 37 3. Sod upon delivery may be inspected by City 38 4. Harvesting and planting operations shall be coordinated with not more than seventy- 39 two (72) hours elapsing between harvesting and placement, rolling, tamping, and 40 watering of sod. 41 B. Fertilizer, as determined by soil testing report provided to Contractor, if specifically 42 required by City for the project. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised May 13, 2021 32 92 13 -3 SODDING Page 3 of 7 1 1. Provide unopened bags labeled with the manufacturer's guaranteed fertilizer 2 analysis. 3 2. Conform to Texas fertilizer law, Texas Agriculture Code Chapter 63. 4 3. Provide to City application rate for which fertilizer will be applied. 5 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS 6 A. Grading of site and installation of topsoil must be approved by City prior to application 7 of sod. 8 1.12 WARRANTY 9 A. Warranty Period: Until project acceptance or through required maintenance period, 10 whichever is longer duration of time. 11 B. Warrant sod against defects in product, installation and workmanship. 12 1. Exceptions include 13 a. When maintenance is transferred to the adjacent property owner during the 14 project or after project acceptance 15 b. Vandalism caused by persons other than contractor or subcontractors of this 16 project 17 c. Improper watering by persons other than contractor or subcontractors of this 18 project 19 d. Damage caused by vehicles or equipment other than contractor or 20 subcontractors of this project. 21 e. Sod that goes dormant after job acceptance 22 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 23 2.1 OWNER-FURNISBED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 24 2.2 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 A. Materials 1. Sod a. Sod Varieties (match existing if applicable) 1) "Cynodon dactylon TIF419" or "TIFWAY" or "TIFTUF" (Bermudagrass hybrid) 2) or an approved St. Augustine grass 3) or an approved Zoysia grass b. Sod must contain stolons, leaf blades, rhizomes and roots as appropriate to species. c. Sod shall be alive, healthy and free of insects, disease, stones, undesirable foreign materials and weeds and grasses deleterious to its growth or which might affect its subsistence or hardiness when transplanted. 1) Johnsongrass not allowed 2) Nutgrass not allowed 3) Millet not allowed d. Sod shall have been produced on growing beds of clay or clay loam topsoil. e. Sod must not be harvested or planted when its moisture condition is so excessively wet or dry that its survival will be affected. 2. Minimum sod thickness:)/2-inch minimum CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised May 13, 2021 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 32 92 13 -4 SODDING Page 4 of 7 1 a. Maximum grass height: 2-inches 2 b. Dimensions 3 1) Machine cut to uniform soil thickness. 4 2) Sod is to be cut in strips 16-inches wide and 24-inches long or approved 5 equal. 6 3) Sod shall be of equal width and of a size that permits the sod to be lifted, 7 handled and rolled without breaking. 8 c. Broken or torn sod or sod with uneven ends shall be rejected. 9 d. Temporary Erosion Control or Over Seed of dormant sod— consist of the sowing 10 of cool season plant seed. Seed must be included between November 1 through 11 March 1 or as directed by the City. 12 13 Common Name Botanical Name Lbs./Acre Lbs./Acre broadcast drilled seed method method Elbon Rye Secale cereale 100-120 80-100 14 3. Fertilizer to be installed only as directed by City or as indicated in construction 15 documents 16 a. Determined by soil testing report 17 b. Acceptable condition for distribution per manufacturer's instructions 18 c. Applied uniformly over sod area. Do not fertilize inside the dripline of trees, or 19 Tree Protection Area. 20 4. Topsoil: See Section 32 91 19. 21 5. Water: clean and free of industrial wastes or other substances harmful to the 22 germination of seed or to the growth of the vegetation. 23 2.3 ACCESSORIES 24 A. SOD PINS 25 1. Metal 26 2. Wood pegs 27 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 28 PART 3 - EXECUTION 29 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 30 3.2 EXAMINATION 31 A. City may examine site grading to ensure it conforms to approved drawings, prior to 32 installing sod. 33 1. City will notify Contractor if grading is to be inspected prior to sod installation. 34 2. If required for specific project, Contractor must coordinate inspection seventy-two 35 (72) hours prior to cutting of sod and delivery 36 B. Sod may be inspected by City upon delivery. 37 3.3 PREPARATION 38 A. Surface Preparation: clear surface of all material including the following and dispose of 39 off -site or as directed by City: Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised May 13, 2021 32 92 13 -5 SODDING Page 5 of 7 1 1. Stumps, stones, and other objects larger than 1-inch. 2 2. Roots, brush, wire, stakes, etc. 3 3. Any objects that may interfere with sodding or maintenance. 4 B. Scarify Subgrade 5 1. Scarify subgrade to a depth of 2-inches before depositing the required topsoil. 6 2. Compacted or heavily vegetated areas may be tilled 3-inches deep with City approval 7 a. For tilled areas, use a heavy-duty disc or a chisel -type breaking plow, chisels 8 set not more than 10-inches apart. 9 b. Initial tillage shall be done in a crossing pattern for double coverage, then 10 followed by a disc harrow. Depth of tillage may be up to 3-inches. 11 c. Areas sloped greater than 3:1: run a tractor parallel to slope to provide less 12 seed/water run-off 13 3. Areas near trees: Do not till within dripline of tree. Do not disturb the Tree Protection 14 Area, or canopy dripline. 15 C. Cleaning 16 1. Soil shall be further prepared by the removal of debris, building materials, rubbish, 17 and rock 1-inch and greater, and weeds. 18 2. Remove and dispose of debris off -site. 19 D. Fine Grading: 20 1. After scarifying or tilling and cleaning, all areas to be sodded shall have 3-inches of 21 topsoil placed, be leveled, fine graded by use of weighted spike and harrow, or float 22 drag, or hand grading to eliminate ruts, depressions, humps, and objectionable soil 23 clods. This shall be the final soil preparation step to be completed prior to 24 inspection before sodding. 25 2. Areas near trees: Do not disturb the Tree Protection Area, or canopy dripline 26 3.4 INSTALLATION 27 A. General 28 1. Do not lay sod when ground is frozen. 29 2. Over -seeding with Elbon Rye shall be included from November 1 until March 1. 30 Refer to Section 32 92 14 "Seeding" for seed rates. 31 B.Installation 32 1. Plant sod specified after the area has been inspected and accepted by City for 33 planting 34 2. Scarify 2-inches of subgrade and place a minimum of 3-inches of topsoil per Section 35 32 91 19 on areas to receive sod. 36 3. Sod to be laid parallel to the contours in areas as specified. Sod to be laid 37 perpendicular to slopes greater than or equal to 4:1. 38 4. Use care to retain native soil on the roots of the sod during the process of excavating, 39 hauling and planting. 40 5. Keep sod material moist from the time it is dug until planted. Dry sod shall be 41 rejected. 42 6. Fill in slumped areas due to watering to keep sod moist. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised May 13, 2021 32 92 13 -6 SODDING Page 6 of 7 1 7. Place sod so that the entire area designated for sodding is covered with no gaps or 2 overlapping material 3 8. Fill voids left in the solid sodding with additional sod and tamp. 4 9. Stagger joints and scams. 5 10. Roll and tamp sod so that sod is in complete contact with topsoil at a uniform slope. 6 a. Use pedestrian mechanical process (no motorized vehicles / equipment). 7 b. Low spots, or settlement greater than 1-inch, that may cause tripping hazard 8 shall be leveled 9 c. Finished grade of sod shall be maximum 1-inch below adjacent edges including 10 curbs, drives, and walkways. 11 11. Peg sod with wooden pegs (or wire staple) driven through the sod block to the firm 12 earth in areas that may slide due to the height or slope of the surface or nature of the 13 soil. 14 C. Watering and Finishing 15 1. Water sod to a minimum depth of 4-inches immediately after placed and tamped and 16 rolled. 17 2. Generally, as recommended by the vendor 18 3. Water source shall be clean and free of industrial waste or other substances harmful 19 to the germination of the seed or growth of the vegetation. 20 4. Water until 100 percent green and established as defined in 3.13. Dormant sod must 21 be over -seeded as directed in 2.2 A.2.d. 22 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 23 3.6 REINSTALLATION [NOT USED] 24 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 25 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 28 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 29 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 30 3.13 MAINTENANCE 31 A. Sodding 32 1. Water and mow sod until completion and final acceptance of the Projector as 33 directed by the City. 34 2. Trim and maintain along edges including curbs, drives, and walkways with 35 maximum 1-inch surface elevation change. 36 3. Sod shall be rooted to scarified soil with continuous surface coverage with no gaps or 37 overlapping edges. 38 4. Includes protection, replanting, and maintaining grades with no settlement over 1- 39 inch, and immediate repair of erosion damage until the project receives final 40 acceptance. 41 5. Sod shall not be considered finally accepted until the sod has started to peg down 42 (roots growing into the soil) and is free from dead blocks of sod. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised May 13, 2021 32 92 13 -7 SODDING Page 7 of 7 1 B. Acceptance 2 1. Sod shall be accepted once fully established. 3 a. Sodded area must have 100 percent ground coverage and a blade height of 3- 4 inches with 2 mow cycles, minimum ten (10) days apart, performed by the 5 Contractor prior to consideration of acceptance by the City. 6 b. Grass shall be actively growing and free of disease and pests. 7 c. Ground surface to be smooth and free of foreign material and rock or clods 1 8 inch diameter and greater. 9 C. Replanting 10 1. Replant areas with dead blocks of sod (50 percent of individual block or greater). 11 D. Rejection 12 1. City may reject sod area based on the following items prior to final acceptance: 13 a. Weed populations 14 b. Poor installation including but not limited to gaps and/or overlapping sod 15 c. Disease and/or pests 16 d. Insufficient or over watering 17 e. Poor or improper maintenance 18 f. Soil settlement in excess of 1-inch. 19 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 20 END OF SECTION 21 22 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Removed information and details regarding seed, native gasses and wildflowers. These items are addressed in new specification 32 92 14 andParks specification for native grasses/wildflowers. Items pertaining to fertilizer throughout document updated to include soil testing. Remove and replace "block sod" with "sod" May 13, 2021 M Owen throughout document. Updated 1.2 payment measurement. 3.3 Preparation updatedto reflect current industry tree care standards for root zone disturbance. 3.4 Installation added descriptions to clarify acceptable installation. 3.13 Maintenance added descriptions to clarify acceptance andrejection of sodded areas including growth, mow cycle and watering. Inserted exceptions associated with sod to be turned over to adjacent property owner. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised May 13, 2021 1 2 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 24 25 33 0130 -1 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 1 of 7 SECTION 33 0130 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING A. Section Includes: 1. Testing for sanitary sewer pipe and manholes prior to placing in service a. Low Pressure Air Test and Deflection (Mandrel) Test 1) Excludes pipe with flow 2) Hydrostatic Testing is not allowed. b. Vacuum Testing for sanitary sewer manholes 2. Before any newly constructed sanitary sewer pipe and manholes are placed into service it shall be cleaned and tested. 3. Pipe testing will include low pressure air test for 60-inch pipe and smaller. 4. Pipe testing will include low pressure air test of joints for 27-inch or larger pipe. 5. Pipe testing will include deflection (mandrel) test for pipe. 6. Hydrostatic testing is not allowed. 7. Manhole testing will include vacuum test. B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 3. Section 03 80 00 — Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 4. Section 33 04 50 — Cleaning of Sewer Mains 26 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 A. Measurement and Payment 1. Pipe Testing a. Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the sanitary sewer main (pipe) completed in place. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnishing in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of sanitary sewer main (pipe) complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 2. Manhole Testing a. Measurement 1) Measurement for testing manholes shall be per each vacuum test. b. Payment Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 7, 2018 33 0130 -2 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 2 of 7 1 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 2 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each vacuum test completed. 3 c. The price bid shall include: 4 1) Mobilization 5 2) Plugs 6 3) Clean-up 7 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 8 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 9 1.5 SUBMITTALS 10 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 11 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 12 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 14 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 15 1. All test reports generated during testing (pass and fail) 16 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 18 A. Certifications 19 1. Mandrel Equipment 20 a. If requested by City, provide Quality Assurance certification that the equipment 21 used has been designed and manufactured in accordance to the required 22 specifications. 23 2. Joint Testing 24 a. Testing Service -Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform 25 joint evaluation tests 26 b. Equipment -If requested by City, provide Quality Assurance certification that 27 the equipment used has been designed and manufactured in accordance to the 28 required specifications. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 7, 2018 33 0130 -3 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 3 of 7 1 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 2 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 3 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 6 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 7 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 8 3.3 PREPARATION 9 A. Low Pressure Air Test (Pipe 60 inch and smaller) 10 1. Clean the sewer main before testing, as outlined in Section 33 04 50. 11 2. Plug ends of all branches, laterals, tees, wyes, and stubs to be included in test. 12 B. Low Pressure Joint Air Test (Pipe 27 inch or larger) 13 1. Clean the sewer main before testing, as outlined in Section 33 04 50. 14 2. Assemble individual joint tester over each joint from within the pipe. 15 C. Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe) 16 1. Perform as last work item before final inspection. 17 2. Clean the sewer main and inspect for offset and obstruction prior to testing. 18 3. Materials 19 a. Mandrel used for deflection test 20 1) Use of an uncertified mandrel or a mandrel altered or modified after 21 certification will invalidate the deflection test. 22 2) Mandrel requirements 23 a) Odd number of legs with 9 legs minimum 24 b) Effective length not less than its nominal diameter 25 c) Fabricated of rigid and nonadjustable steel 26 d) Fitted with pulling rings and each end 27 e) Stamped or engraved on some segment other than a runner indicating 28 the following: 29 (1) Pipe material specification 30 (2) Nominal size 31 (3) Mandrel outside diameter (OD) 32 f) Mandrel diameter must be 95 percent of inside diameter (ID) of pipe. 33 g) Mandrel equipment shall be suitable for the pipe material to prevent 34 damage to the pipe. Consult manufacturer for appropriate mandrel 35 equipment. 36 D. Vacuum test (Manhole) 37 1. Plug lifting holes and exterior joints. 38 2. Plug pipes and stubouts entering the manhole. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 7, 2018 33 0130 -4 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 4 of 7 1 3. Secure stubouts, manhole boots, and pipe plugs to prevent movement while vacuum 2 is drawn. 3 4. Plug pipes with drop connections beyond drop. 4 5. Place test head inside the frame at the top of the manhole. 5 3.4 INSTALLATION 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 A Low pressure air test (Pipe 60" Inch and Smaller) 1. Install plug with inlet tap. 2. Connect air hose to inlet tap and a portable air control source. 3. After the stabilization period (3.5 psig minimum pressure) start the stop watch. 4. Determine time in seconds that is required for the internal air pressure to reach 2.5 psig. Minimum permissible pressure holding time per diameter per length of pipe is computed from the following equation: T = (0.0850*D*K) Q Where: T = shortest time, seconds, allowed for air pressure to drop to 1.0 psig K = 0.000419*D*L, but not less than 1.0 D = nominal pipe diameter, inches L = length of pipe being tested (by pipe size), feet Q = 0.0015, cubic feet per minute per square foot of internal surface 5. UNI-13-6, Table 1 provides required time forgiven lengths of pipe for sizes 4-inch through 60-inch based on the equation above. UNI-13-6, Table 1 Minimum specified time required for a 1.0 psig pressure drop for size and length of pipe indicated for q = 0.0015 1 2 3 4 S ecdieation Time for Len L Shown minsec Mmummn Pipe Length for Time for Diameter Time Nfmmurn Longer 1000 150ft 200ft -11n Wil 350ft 4101i 450ft (min (m.) Time (ft) Length (see) 4 146 597 .380 L 3:46 3:46 3:46 3:46 346 146 4(, 3.46 6 5:40 398 .854 L 5.40 5.40 5:40 5:40 540_ 5:40 5:42 624 _8 734 298 1.520L 734 734 7:34 734 7:36 8`.52 _10:08 1124 10 9:26 239 2.374 L 926 926 926 9:53 _ 11:52 13:51 15.49 17:48 12 1120 1 1)0 3.418 L 11:20 1120 1124_ 14:15 17:05 19:56 _ 22:47 2538:00 15 14:10 1 5.342 L _ 14:10 14:10 17:48 22:15 _ 26:42:00 31:09.00 35:36:00 40.04:00 17:00 I 7.692 L 17:00 19:13 2538:00 32:03:00 3827:00 44:52..,00 51:16:00 57:41:00 _18 _21 19:50 114 10.470 L _ 19:50 26:10:00 _ 34:54:00 43:37:00 5221:00 61.00.00 _69.48:00 7831:00 24 22.40 99 13.674 L 34:11:00 56:58:00 79.46.00 91:10:00 1023390 27 25:30.00 88 17.306 L _22.47 2851:00 43:16:00 _4534:00 72:07:00 _6822:00 100:57:00 115:22:00 129:48:00 30 2820.00 80 21.366 L _3537.00 5325:00 _57.41:00 _71:13:00 89:02:00 _8632:00 10650:00 12438.'00 14226:00 160:15:00 33 31:10.00 72 25.852 L 43,05.00 64:38:00 86:10:00 107.4300 129:16.00 150.43.00 172:21:00 193:53:00 36 34:00.00 66 30.7681, 51:17:00 76:55:00 102:34:00 128:12:00 153:50:00 179:29:00 205:07:00 230:46:00 42 39:48:00 57 41.883L 6948.00 104:42:00 13937:00 174:30.00 20924:00 24419,00 279:13:00 314:07:00 48 45:34:00 50 54.705 L 91:10.00 136:45:00 18221:00 227:55:00 273:31:00 319:06:00 364:42:00 410:17.00 54 51:02:00 44 69.236L 11524:00 173,05:00 230:47:00 28829.% 346:1100 403:53:00 461,34,00 511L16:00 60 56:40:00 40 85.476 L 14228..,00 213:41:00 284:55:00 356:09:00 427.23:00 498:37:00 569:50:00 641:04:00 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 7, 2018 33 0130 -5 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 5 of 7 2 6. Stop test if no pressure loss has occurred during the first 25 percent of the 3 calculated testing time. 4 B. Low pressure joint air test (27 Inch or larger pipe) 5 1. All pipe joints, for all pipe materials, shall be tested in accordance with ASTM 6 C1103 as follows: 7 2. Equipment shall be the product of manufacturers having more than five years of 8 regular production of successful joint testers. Joint tester shall be as manufactured 9 by Cherne Industrial, Inc., of Edina, Minnesota, or approved equal. 10 3. Follow equipment manufacturer's recommendations when performing tests; only 11 experienced technicians shall perform tests. 12 4. The testing equipment shall be assembled and positioned over the center of the pipe 13 joint and the end element tubes inflated to a maximum of 25 psi. 14 5. Pressurize the center joint test area to 4.0 psig and allow the temperature and 15 pressure to stabilize at the minimum of 2.5 psig for a period of 2.0 minutes prior to 16 testing. 17 6. To test, adjust the pressure to 3.5 psig and measure the time required to decrease the 18 pressure from 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig. 19 7. The joint is acceptable if the time for the pressure to drop from 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig 20 is greater than 10 seconds. 21 C. Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe) 22 1. For pipe 36 inches and smaller, the mandrel is pulled through the pipe by hand to 23 ensure that maximum allowable deflection is not exceeded. 24 2. Maximum percent deflection by pipe size is as follows: 25 00 27 28 29 30 31 32 Nominal Pipe Size Inches Percent Deflection Allowed 12 and smaller 5.0 15 through 30 4.0 Greater than 30 3.0 D. Vacuum test (Manhole) 1. Test manhole prior to coating with epoxy or other material. 2. Draw a vacuum of 10 inches of mercury and turn off the pump. 3. With the valve closed, read the level vacuum level after the required test time. 4. Minimum time required for vacuum drop of 1 inch of mercury is as follows: Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 7, 2018 33 0130 -6 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 6 of 7 Depth of Manhole, feet 4-foot Dia Seconds 5-foot Dia Seconds 6-foot Dia Seconds 8 20 26 33 10 25 33 41 12 30 39 49 14 35 45 57 16 40 52 67 18 40 59 73 ** T=5 T=6.5 I T=8 3 ** For manholes over 18 feet deep, add "T" seconds as shown for each respective 4 diameter for each 2 feet of additional depth of manhole to the time shown for 18 foot 5 depth. (Example: A 30 foot deep, 4-foot diameter. Total test time would be 70 6 seconds. 40+6(5)--70 seconds) 7 8 5. Manhole vacuum levels observed to drop greater than 1 inch of mercury will have 9 failed the test. 10 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 11 3.6 REINSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 13 A. Non -Conforming Work 14 1. Low pressure air test (Pipe 60 Inch and smaller) 15 a. Should the air test fail, find and repair leak(s) and retest. 16 2. Low pressure joint air test (Pipe 27 inch or larger) 17 a. 100 percent of alljoints shall be field tested, prior to the placement of backfill 18 over the spring line of the pipe, after the pipe has been substantially locked in to 19 place by embedment. If the pipe does not pass the field air test, the joint will be 20 pulled and refitted or rejected and removed from the project. After full 21 placement of backfill and proper compaction, 100% of alljoints will be tested 22 again, as the installation progresses. At no time shall pipe installation exceed 23 300 feet beyond the last joint tested. 24 b. No more than 2 percent of the total number of joints failing to meet the 25 requirements of this test shall be field repaired by joint grout injection, or band 26 clamps, or other method. Any joints over 2% requiring field repairs shall be 27 rejected and removed from the project site. Rejected pipe shall be removed 28 from the project. Installation shall be stopped until defective joints are repaired 29 or replaced. 30 3. Should Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe) 31 a. Should the mandrel fail to pass, the pipe is considered overdeflected. 32 b. Uncover overdeflected pipe. Reinstall if not damaged. 33 c. If damaged, remove and replace. 34 4. Vacuum test (Manhole) Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 7, 2018 33 0130 -7 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 7 of 7 1 a. Should the vacuum test fail, repair suspect area and retest. 2 1) External repairs required for leaks at pipe connection to manhole. 3 a) Shall be in accordance with Section 03 80 00. 4 2) Leaks within the manhole structure may be repaired internally or 5 externally. 6 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 7 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 8 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 9 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 10 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 11 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 12 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 13 14 15 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8/10/2018 W. Norwood 3.4.13 Require testingprior to coating manholes 3.3, A&B, Add individual joint testing option for 27 inch and larger with independent testing. 9/7/2018 W. Norwood 3.4.A Include UNI-13-6, Table 1 for low pressure air test 4.4.13 Include individual joint testing requirements Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 7, 2018 33 0131 -1 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION— SANITARY SEWER Page 1 of 10 1 SECTION 33 0131 2 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 A. Section Includes: 1. Requirements and procedures for Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection of sanitary sewer 2. For City Capital Improvement Projects, which include sanitary sewer rehabilitation projects, a Post -CCTV is required. Pre -CCTV for mains will be project specific and noted on the plans. 3. For new development sanitary sewer installation, a Post -CCTV is required. 4. For all City Capital Improvement Projects and new development sanitary sewer installation, a Final Manhole CCTV is required. 5. Final -CCTV will be project specific, and would include major collector, arterial, County, Railroad, and TXDOT projects that include extensive paving, structures, drainage, and grading activities B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 3. Section 33 03 10 — Bypass Pumping of Existing Sewer Systems 4. Section 33 04 50 — Cleaning of Sewer Mains 5. Section 0132 16 — Construction Progress Schedule 26 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 A. Pre -CCTV Inspection 1. Measurement a. Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV Inspection performed prior to any line modification or replacement determined from the distance recorded on the video log. 2. Payment a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot for "Pre -CCTV Inspection". 1) Contractor will not be paid for unaccepted video. 3. The price bid shall include: a. Mobilization b. Cleaning c. Digital file CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 33 0131 -2 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION— SANITARY SEWER Page 2 of 10 B. Post -CCTV Inspection 1. Measurement a. Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV Inspection performed following repair or installation determined from the distance recorded on the video log. 2. Payment a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot for "Post -CCTV Inspection". 1) Contractor will only be paid for video that is accepted in writing by Water Department. 3. The price bid shall include: a. Mobilization b. Cleaning c. Digital file C. Final -CCTV Inspection 1. Measurement a. Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV Inspection performed following repair or installation determined from the distance recorded on the video log. 2. Payment a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot for "Final -CCTV Inspection". 1) Contractor will only be paid for video that is accepted in writing by Water Department. 3. The price bid shall include: a. Mobilization b. Cleaning c. Digital file D. Final- Manhole CCTV Inspection 1. Measurement a. Measurement for this Item will be per each manhole, junction structure, televised for CCTV Inspection performed following repair, manhole coating, final adjustments to grade, and/or installation determined on the video log. 2. Payment a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per each for "Final -Manhole CCTV Inspection". 1) Contractor will only be paid for video that is accepted in writing by Water Department. 3. The price bid shall include: a. Mobilization b. Cleaning c. Digital file CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 33 0131 -3 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION— SANITARY SEWER Page 3of10 1 1.3 REFERENCES 2 A. Reference Standards 3 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 4 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 5 Specification, unless a date is Specifically cited. 6 2. City of Fort Worth Water Department 7 a. City of Fort Worth Water Department CCTV Inspection and Defect Coding 8 Program (CCTV Manual). City of Fort Worth Water Department CCTV 9 Inspection Log. 10 B. Definitions 11 1. Pre -CCTV— CCTV Inspection performed by Contractor on existing mains prior 12 to any line modification or replacement. 13 2. Post CCTV— CCTV Inspection performed by Contractor following installation 14 of new mains but before completion of other infrastructure (i.e. streets, 15 sidewalks, final grading, etc.) 16 3. Final CCTV — CCTV Inspection performed by Contractor on mains and 17 manholes after all construction is complete. Includes CCTV of the manholes 18 (including grade rings, casting, etc.) after street construction, final grading, and 19 manhole coating, if the coating is required. 20 C. Final Manhole CCTV — CCTV Inspection performed by Contractor on manholes and/or 21 junction structures, after all construction is complete. Includes CCTV of the manholes/ 22 (including grade rings, casting, etc.) after street construction, final grading, and 23 manhole coating, if the coating is required. 24 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 25 A. Coordination 26 1. Sanitary Sewer Lines 27 a. Meet with City of Fort Worth Water Department staff to confirm that the 28 appropriate equipment, software, standard templates, defect codes and defect 29 rankings are being used, if required. 30 B. Schedule 31 1. Include Pre, Post, Final Manhole, and Final CCTV schedule as part of the 32 Construction Progress Schedule per Section 01 32 16. 33 2. Allow time for City review (2 weeks minimum —Notification needs to be sent 34 out to Project Manager, City Inspector, & Field Operations). Post -CCTV can be 35 scheduled and submitted for review after each sewer main construction has been 36 completed. 37 3. If CCTV is accepted by City Project Manager, proceed with work If rejected, 38 coordinate with City per Part 1.4 A. 39 1.5 SUBMITTALS 40 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 33 0131 -4 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION— SANITARY SEWER Page 4 of 10 1 B. All CCTV submittals shall be submitted to the City Inspector to be uploaded to 2 common location for review and comment by Water Operations and Inspections. 3 Alternatively, the Inspector can provide Contractor access to upload directly to common 4 location. Inspection and Water Operations staff shall be notified when CCTV upload is 5 completed. 6 C. If inspected with Infrastructure Technologies IT Pipes Software per CCTV Manual 7 provide video data per the CCTV Manual. Provide additional copy of video in video 8 file MP4 with 1I264 code —Advanced Video Coding and compression standard. 9 D. If inspected with other software provide video data in video file MP4 with R264 code — 10 Advanced Video Coding and compression standard. 11 E. Inspection Report shall include: 12 1. Asset 13 a. Date of Inspection 14 b. City 15 c. Project Name (Address accepted if project name does not exist) 16 d. Main Number — as shown on drawings or GIS ID (If Available) 17 c. Upstream Manhole Station — as shown on drawings or GIS ID (If Available) 18 f. Downstream Manhole Station — as shown on drawings or GIS ID (If Available) 19 g. Pipe Diameter 20 h. Material 21 i. Pipe Length 22 j. Maps co Location Number 23 k. Date Constructed 24 1. Pipe Wall Thickness 25 in. Grade percentage 26 n. Inspector Name 27 2. Inspection 28 a. Inspection Number (i.e. 151, 2nd,etc...) 29 b. Crew Number 30 c. Operator Name 31 d. Operator Comments 32 c. Reason for Inspection 33 f. Equipment Number 34 g. Camera Travel Direction is Upstream to Downstream — Deviation will require 35 written justification, with the exception of stubouts & abandonment plugs that 36 will always be recorded from the downstream side. 37 h. Inspected Length (feet) 38 i. Work Order Number (if required) 39 j. City Project Number (if required) 40 k. City Contract Name 41 1. Consultant Company Name 42 in. Consultant Contact Name 43 n. Consultant Contact Phone Number 44 o. Contractor Company Name 45 p. Contractor Contact Name 46 q. Contractor Contact Phone Number 47 F. CCTV overlay screen shall include (opening text to CCTV inspection) 48 a. Date of inspection Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 33 0131 -5 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION— SANITARY SEWER Page 5of10 1 b. City Name 2 c. City Project number 3 d. Project name 4 e. Main number 5 f. Upstream SS Manhole (or Plug) station 6 g. Downstream SS Manhole station 7 h. Diameter 8 i. Grade/Slope 9 j. Material 10 k. Length 11 1. Contractor 12 in. Inspectors name 13 n. Travel direction 14 o. Date Construction 15 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 16 A. Pre- and Post CCTV submittals 17 1. CCTV video results shall be submitted to City that can be uploaded to shared 18 common location by the inspection staff, upon confirmation that the submittal is 19 complete (partial submissions are not accepted, except in special situations that 20 are approved by the Water Department). For pre -CCTV submittals, approval of 21 the submittal shall be provided by the Project Manager prior to construction 22 start when connecting to existing sewer. 23 2. Alternatively, the Inspector can provide Contractor access to upload directly to 24 common location. Inspection and Water Operations staff shall be notified when 25 CCTV upload is completed in order to confirm submittal is complete. Inspection 26 Report (separate report file for each individual shall be submitted to Inspector or 27 directly uploaded to shared common location. 28 B. Additional information that may be requested by the City 29 1. Listing of cleaning equipment and procedures 30 2. Listing of flow diversion procedures if required 31 3. Listing of CCTV equipment 32 4. Listing of backup and standby equipment 33 5. Listing of safety precautions and traffic control measures 34 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 35 A. Final CCTV shall not be completed until all manholes and surface covers are set to final 36 grade. All as built changes to plan and profile drawings (redlines), are required to be 37 reflected on the final CCTV inspection information. Final CCTV shall not be 38 completed until all as built corrections have been made. 39 1. Final -CCTV submittals Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 33 0131 -6 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION— SANITARY SEWER Page 6 of 10 1 a. CCTV video results shall be submitted to City that can be uploaded to shared 2 common location by the inspection staff, upon confirmation that the submittal 3 is complete (partial submissions are not accepted, except in special situations 4 that are approved by the Water Department). Alternatively, the Inspector can 5 provide Contractor access to upload directly to common location. Inspection 6 and Water Operations staff shall be notified when CCTV upload is completed 7 in order to confirm submittal is complete. Sanitary sewer video file(s) in MP4 8 with R264 code Advanced Video Coding and compression standard 9 b. City Project Number displayed within text of sanitary sewer video. 10 c. Construction Plans identifying the line segments that were videoed. Include 11 cover sheet, I digital copy of the redlines (Contractor to upload into Accela or 12 BIM 360), overall line layout sheet(s), and plan and profile sheet(s). 13 1) One (1) 11"X 17" copy 14 d. Sanitary sewer line segment from drawings match line segments on Inspection 15 Report. Recommend some minimum guidance for standardization of line 16 segment submittals, to include proper identification of Project: name, CPN, line 17 identification and stations, as well as format (e.g. PDF?) and minimum 18 annotations required to explain deviations from policies as specified in this 19 document, or any anomalies that are considered within tolerance. 20 e. Inspection Report (separate report file for each individual shall be submitted to 21 Inspector or directly uploaded to shared common location. 22 f. Allow two (2) weeks to review before requesting final inspection. After review 23 by the City Inspector and Water Field Operations, if applicable a combined set 24 of punch list items will be submitted to the Contractor for correction. 25 g. 26 1.8 J. CCTV SPEADSHEET LOGIN EXCEL FORMAT MAINTENANCE MATERIAL 27 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 29 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 30 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 31 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 32 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 33 A. Equipment- 34 1. Closed Circuit Television Camera 35 a. The television camera used shallbe one specifically designed and constructed 36 for sewer inspection. Lighting for the camera shallbe suitable to allow a clear 37 picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. The camera shall be operative in 100 38 percent humidity/submerged conditions. The equipment will provide aview of 39 the pipe ahead of the equipment and of features to the side of the equipment 40 through turning and rotation of the lens. The camera shall be capable of tilting 41 at right angles along the axis of the pipe while panning the camera lens through 42 a full circle about the circumference of the pipe. The lights on the camera shall 43 also be capable of panning 90-degrees to the axis of the pipe. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 33 0131 -7 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION— SANITARY SEWER Page 7 of 10 b. The radial view camera must be solid state color and have remote control of the 2 rotational lens. The camera shall be capable of viewing the complete 3 circumference of the pipe and manhole structure, including the cone -section or 4 corbel. The camera lens shall be an auto -iris type with remote controlled 5 manual override. 6 2. Video Capture System 7 a. The video and audio recordings of the sewer inspections shall be made using 8 digital video equipment. Avideo enhancer maybe used in conjunction with, 9 but not in lieu of, the required equipment. The digital recording equipment shall 10 capture sewer inspection on US13 drive, with each sewer segment (from 11 upstream manhole to downstream manhole) inspection recorded as an individual 12 file in MP4 with R264 code format. 13 14 b. The system shall be capable of printing pipeline inspection reports with 15 captured images of defects or other related significant visual information on a 16 standard color printer. 17 c. The system shall store digitized color picture images and be saved in digital 18 format on a USB drive. 19 d. The system shall be able to produce data reports to include, at a minimum, all 20 observation points and pertinent data. All data reports shall match the defect 21 severity codes outlined in the City's CCTV manual (electronic copy available 22 on Water Department's website- 23 http://fortworthtexas.gov/water/wastewater/CCTV Manual. 24 25 e. Camera footage, date & manhole numbers shall be maintained in real time and 26 shall be displayed on the video monitor as well as the video character 27 generators illuminated footage display at the control console. 28 PART 3 - EXECUTION 29 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 30 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 31 3.3 PREPARATION 32 A. General 33 1. Prior to inspection obtain pipe and manhole asset identification numbers from 34 the plans or City to be used during inspections. Inspections performed using 35 identification numbers other than the line number (or existing sanitary sewer 36 main/lateral) and station numbers from plans or from assigned numbers from the 37 City will not be accepted. 38 2. CCTV Inspection shall not commence until the sewer section to be televised has 39 been completely cleaned in conformance with Section 33 04 50. 40 3. CCTV Inspection shall not commence until the sewer section to be televised 41 has been completely cleaned in conformance with Section 33 04 50. (Sewer 42 system should be connected to existing sewer system and should be active) 43 4. A final CCTV Inspection of newly installed sewers (not yet in service) shall not 44 commence until completion of the following items: Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 33 0131 -8 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION— SANITARY SEWER Page 8 of 10 1 a. Manhole final grade is set (after street paving, under Final CCTV, Final 2 Manhole CCTV) 3 b. Manhole lining is complete (after street paving, under Final CCTV, Final 4 Manhole CCTV) 5 c. Sewer main is cleaned 6 d. Sewer air test is complete 7 e. Vacuum test of manholes 8 f. Installation of all lateral services and completion of low pressure testing of all 9 new services 10 g. All sewer main and manhole work is complete 11 Once reviewed and accepted by Water Field Operations the sewer system should be 12 connected to existing sewer system and ready for use upon final acceptance of the 13 project. 14 5. Temporary Bypass Pumping (if required) shall conform to Section 33 03 10. 15 B. General 16 1. Use manual winches, power winches, TV cable, and power rewinds that do not 17 obstruct the camera view, allowing for proper evaluation. 18 C. Pipe 19 1. Begin inspection immediately after cleaning of the main. 20 2. Move camera through the line in either direction at a moderate rate, stopping 21 when necessary to permit proper documentation of the main's condition. 22 3. Do not move camera at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute. 23 4. During investigation stop camera at each defect along the main. 24 a. Record the nature, location and orientation of the defect or infiltration location 25 as specified in the CCTV Manual. 26 5. Service connections, Pan the Camera to get a complete overview of service 27 connection including zooming into service connection Include location (i.e. 1 28 o'clock, etc...) See photos 17 thru 23 for examples 29 6. Joint defects, Include comment on condition, signs of damage, etc... Note 30 offset and/or separation at a joint. Includes joints where one pipe is not 31 correctly aligned with the connecting section of pipe causing a lip that could 32 impede flow or a section of pipe that is aligned but has pulled apart horizontally 33 and may not connect to the other section of pipe. See Photos 24 thru 29, 35, 36 34 for examples 35 7. Notate visible pipe defects such as cracks, broken or deformed pipe, holes, 36 offset joints, obstructions, sags or debris (show as % of pipe diameter). If debris 37 has been found in the pipe during the post or final -CCTV inspection, additional 38 cleaning is required, and pipe shall be re -televised. See Photos 1 thru 12 for 39 examples 40 8. Notate Infiltration/Inflow locations. See Photos 13, 20 for examples 41 9. Notate Pipe material transitions. See Photos 30 for example Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 33 0131 -9 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION— SANITARY SEWER Page 9 of 10 1 10. Notate other locations that do not appear to be typical for normal pipe 2 conditions. For example, locations could include conflicts between the replaced 3 main with other utilities (including paving and storm sewer), causing pipe 4 deflections, sags, etc. holding water. This could also include any damage to the 5 main and/or services after the main has been replaced. These locations could 6 occur between the Post -CCTV and Final -CCTV submittals. See Photos 31 thru 7 34 for examples 8 11. Note locations where camera is underwater and level as a % of pipe diameter. 9 Camera underwater — Point in which the camera lens is 100% submerged 10 underwater and/or 50% of the pipe's diameter. Camera emerged — Point in 11 which the camera lens has emerged from being underwater. Severity is 12 described in ranges by linear feet. This would include pipe deflections causing 13 a considerable increase (i.e. double or more) in the depth of flow in the pipe (to 14 at least between 1/3 to 1/2 of the pipe diameter). See attached example photos at 15 the end of this Specification showing the depth changes in % full of pipe. See 16 Photos 14 thru 16 for examples. 17 12. Provide accurate distance measurement. 18 a. The meter device is to be accurate to the nearest 1/10 foot. 19 13. CCTV recording segments are to be single continuous file item. 20 a. A single segment is defined from manhole to manhole. 21 b. Only single segment video's will be accepted and preferably include manhole 22 inspections (manhole to manhole). 23 c. Individual manhole inspection will require written justification, included under 24 the Final -CCTV bid item. 25 14. Pre -Installation Inspection for Sewer Mains to be rehabilitated 26 a. Perform Pre -CCTV inspection immediately after cleaning of the main and 27 before rehabilitation work. 28 1) No cleaning equipment in the main during CCTV. 29 2) Water shall be present (or flowing) while recording CCTV to confirm 30 system functionality. 31 b. If, during inspection, the CCTV will not pass through the entire section of main 32 due to blockage or pipe defect, set up so the inspection can be performed from 33 the opposite manhole. 34 c. City Project Manager (PM) shall review and may consult with Sewer Projects 35 Reporting and Operations (SPRO), and provide comments on identified defects. 36 Contractor shall present proposed repair method(s) for approval by the City 37 PM, before proceeding with construction. 38 d. Provisions for repairing or replacing the impassable location are addressed in 39 Section 33 3120, Section 33 31 21, Section 33 3122 and Section 33 3123. 40 15. Post -and Final Installation Inspection 41 a. Prior to inserting the camera, flush and clean the main in accordance to Section 42 33 04 50. Water should be present/flowing during the recording operation, to 43 demonstrate the functioning of the installed system. 44 16. Documentation of CCTV Inspection 45 a. Sanitary Sewer Lines 46 1) Follow the CCTV Manual (CCTV standard manual supplied by City upon 47 request) for the inspection video, data logging and reporting or Part 1.5 E of 48 this section. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 33 0131 -10 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION— SANITARY SEWER Page 10 of 10 1 D. Manhole 2 1. Final Manhole CCTV Inspection recording segments, will reveal condition of 3 manhole in its entirety, including corrosion protection if applicable. Camera 4 should pan the entire manhole while lowering to include complete view of 5 invert. This requirement applies to new manhole installations and rehabilitated 6 manholes after epoxy lining installed, if applicable. 7 2. Notate Infiltration/Inflow locations for Pre -construction CCTV recordings. 8 3. Post -Installation CCTV Inspection is only done after all construction is 9 complete. 10 E. . 11 3.4 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 12 3.5 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 13 3.6 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 14 3.7 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 15 3.8 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 16 3.9 CLEANING 17 A- See Section 33 04 50. 18 3.10 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 19 3.11 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 20 3.12 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 21 3.13 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 22 23 24 25 END OF SECTION Revis ion Log DATE NAME SUMMARYOF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson Various— Added requirements for coordination with T/PW for Storm Sewer CCTV 4/29/2021 3/11/2022 J Kasavich M Owen Various — Alternative to CCTV Manual, modified submittal detail requirements Removed referencedto storm drain Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 XVO Photo 1 Flow Depth Acceptable �MU MH 05+550 17/73/2019 17:17:30 AM Photo 2 Flow Level Acceptable 77/20/2079 7:25d0 A Photo 3 Flow Level Acceptable NFLI T �U MH 05+48MOSMH:0 + Li 1r1118/20'19 7:81:42 AM 255.1 ft. Photo 5 Flow Elevated but below 1/3 capacity. No action required Photo 6 Flow above 30%. Potential Sag or debris. L03253R* 00044OP-6 6+78 Photo 7 Offset Joint Example 147 Photo 8 Flow appears to be stagnant possible sag. Photo 9 Debris evident. Clean and Re -CCTV prior to submittal Photo 10 Debris evident. Clean and Re -CCTV prior to submittal. N Photo 11 CCTV should not be submitted. Clean and Re -CCTV prior to submittal [)INFLICT 22�U MH: 17+ r y�- - ,� nspeeiien Abandoned, End Sur ;EN7RS w� MH: '14+ 11120/2019 :44:50 AM 299.0 ft. Photo 13 Example of Potential Infiltration/Inflow location Photo 14 Water level approaching submerging camera. Record beginning of level increase and note the point at which the water level returns to normal. Corrective action will be required. Photo 15 Camera submerged. Note beginning point of increase level and the end of the increased depth. Corrective action will be required Photo 16 Camera submerged. Note beginning point of increase level and the end of the increased depth. Corrective action will be required Photo 17 Service Tap. Note the location and position of tap in relation to the sewer main. Repair required? Photo 18 CCTV should include view of service line. Retake CCTV Video? Photo 19 Service tap holding water. Corrective action required. Photo 20 Service tap is installed incorrectly. Also is a point of potential Infiltration and Inflow location. - 1 - 2.5ft i Photo 22 Debris in service line. Corrective action required Photo 23 Service tap at proper location. Photo 24 Damage to liner. Repaired is required. t ONFL1 T 188�USMHR 6+2 IISMHww 1*4 Ad.. , :wk I M i '1 111 "1 /2019 7:36:09 AM 9.2 ft. 1-06-20 6 .Oft a. t �? 4. w +7 POST PATCHES 4 +71 1 2 PIPE SIZE, 8, SSID'.1-3392 9.103.20 1:41 PM LZ1:1 9. ft T 60 U MH 07+ D MH: + S ■ 9 1 1 / 12/20 "19 8:38:3AM, 172.4 ft. Photo 30 Change of material. Note change on CCTV log. Repair required? Photo 31 Beginning of potential impact from adjacent utilities Repair required? Photo 32 Continuation of impact from adjacent utilities Repair required? Photo 33 Continuation of impact from adjacent utilities Repair required? Photo 34 End of impact for potential impact from adjacent utilities. Repair required? Photo 35 Short Joint installed (not a closure piece) does not comply with specification Repair required? Photo 36 Short piece installed with wye inserted does not comply with design LJ 60 M MEW4 f - WK I schk ebb Q Lo k+ M cn U7 r— +u , ZAP.% I � r dppv�o;jh4" �T:l r' Wma -�i MW-W -�. - - 04 -0. f•J P> f G -1" le I"�• "#" = N3 La M cm C� U� 'L7 ct z ,. 3 N � co M P—Ab — CO CL •JET =-46 Y 1� 3 LV LL) LO , — a. ND m LL) CIO CD LO ''N. NO 1.- Lo y � ^m V i m i z I' A a • '* rt4f _ -. IL x Li z ell m i ,� i• • 3 !j t r Ln D at Li 'N `+ ' i -4 3 Fa ME w N cn 0 o Lo r- n ED"a �rlz O •� f � ��` ... .� 4r► Y - N Y r r •. Duo", ! . 1 t �r I iL i -*It � fr_ 0 E CD • C:) 0') rQ LO DO 00 �Ln r�O CD z m C) C) CD m NE C:) Ln �� 7 biff a 330131-1 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — STORM DRAIN/STORM SEWER Page 1 of 9 1 SECTION 33 0132 2 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION 3 STORM DRAIN / STORM SEWER 4 PART1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Requirements and procedures for Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection of 8 storm drain pipes. 9 2. Post CCTV inspection is required for ALL storm drain pipes. 10 3. Pre -CCTV shall be performed when new storm drain is connected to existing 11 system for a City capital project, to at least the next existing downstream manhole. 12 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 13 1. None. 14 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 15 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 16 Contract 17 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 18 3. Section 33 03 10 — Bypass Pumping of Existing Sewer Systems 19 4. Section 33 04 50 — Cleaning of Sewer Mains 20 5. Section 01 32 16 —Construction Progress Schedule 21 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 22 A.Pre-Construction Inspection 23 1. Measurement 24 a. Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV 25 Inspection performed prior to any line modification or replacement determined 26 from the distance recorded on the video log. 27 2. Payment 28 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and 29 measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid 30 per linear foot for "Pre -Construction Inspection of Storm Drain". 31 1) Contractor will not be paid for unacceptable video. 32 3. The price bid shall include unit costs for: 33 a. CCTV inspection and digital deliverables 34 b. Traffic control 35 c. Cleaning 36 B.Post-Construction Inspection 37 1. Measurement Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 8, 2023 330131-2 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — STORM DRAIN/STORM SEWER Page 2 of 9 t a. Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV 2 Inspection performed following repair or installation determined from the 3 distance recorded on the video log. 4 2. Payment 5 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and 6 measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid 7 per linear foot for "Post -Construction Inspection of Storm Drain". 8 1) Contractor will not be paid for unacceptable video. 9 3. The price bid shall include unit costs for: 10 a. CCTV inspection and digital deliverables 11 b. Traffic control 12 c. Cleaning 13 C. Condition Assessment Inspection 14 1. Measurement 15 a. Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV 16 Inspection performed following repair or installation determined from the 17 distance recorded on the video log. 18 2. Payment 19 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and 20 measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid 21 per linear foot for "Condition Assessment Inspection of Storm Drain". 22 1) Contractor will not be paid for unacceptable video. 23 3. The price bid shall include unit costs for: 24 a. CCTV inspection and digital deliverables 25 b. Traffic control 26 4. The price shall not include cleaning or by-pass pumping, if required. These items 27 shall be paid under separate bid items. 28 1.3 REFERENCES 29 A.Reference Standards 30 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 31 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 32 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 33 2. City of Fort Worth Transportation/Public Works Department 34 a. For storm drain pipes, the Contractor shall follow the North American Sewer 35 Service Companies (NASSCO) Pipeline Assessment and Certification Program 36 (PACP) inspection and defect coding standards 37 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 38 A.Coordination 39 1. Storm Drain Lines 40 a. Meet with City of Fort Worth Transportation/Public Works Department staff to 41 confirm that appropriate equipment, software, standard templates, defect codes 42 and defect rankings are being used, if required. 43 B. Schedule Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 8, 2023 330131-3 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — STORM DRAIN/STORM SEWER Page 3 of 9 1 1. Include Pre -Construction and Post -Construction Inspection schedule as part of the 2 Construction Progress Schedule per Section 0132 16. 3 2. Include time for City review (3 weeks minimum — Notification needs to be sent out 4 to Project Manager & Field Operation). 5 3. If CCTV is accepted by City, proceed with work. If rejected, coordinate with City 6 per Part 1.4 A. 7 1.5 SUBMITTALS 8 A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 9 B.All submittals shall be approved by the designated City representative prior to delivery. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 C. Data 1. Provide video data in MPEG4 Audio/Video (MP4 with H.264 codec) format. 2. Inspection Report shall include: a. Observations data — see required fields below, table `Observations' b. Route fields — see required fields below, table `Routes' 3. Delivery requirements a. The CCTV video and inspection report shall be associated with the upstream and downstream access points (manholes, inlets, etc.). b. CCTV video with audio —1 copy of results in MPEG4 Audio/Video (MP4 with H.264 codec) format and named as documented below (Ex.Rosedale_ MH009887_PI004567_20120427.mp4) c. CCTV Inspection Report — 1 digital copy as pdf and named as documented below (Ex. Rosedale _MH009887_P1004567_20120427.pdf) d. Photographs of observations in jpg format and named using the inspection ID as documented below followed by the distance along inspection the photo was taken (Ex.Rosedale_MH009887_PI004567_20120427_370.5.jpg) e. The contractor shall utilize the NASSCO PACP V7 codes available at the time of the Contract notice to proceed. £ Inspection Software must be NASSCO PACP V7 certified and proof of certification of software shall be submitted prior to commencing the work g. Contractor shall be current on NASSCO training. h. Any variation from the requirements shall be subject to approval by the Project Manager i. Completed NASSCO PACP V7 Microsoft Access Database with fields populated as shown in the two tables below. Any variation from these requirements shall be subject to approval by the Project Manager. Observations (Tables MLO, Media) Attribute Description ID assigned to route following the naming convention of street name followed by point of entry followed by pipe id (first pipe MLI ID — entered) and then date (YYYYMMDD) (Example — Rosedale MH009887 P1004567 20120427 CODE NASSCO PACP code used to describe observation/defect OBSERVATION Description of the NASSCO PACP observation/defect OBS TYPE Structural or operations/maintenance CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 8, 2023 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 330131-4 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — STORM DRAIN/STORM SEWER Page 4 of 9 Linear distance from starting point of inspection that observation DISTANCE was made feet DIGITAL TIME Digital time when observation/defect was made within video FILE NAME Link to photo of observation/defect VALUE PERCENT Percent of pipe blocked 0 to 100percent) CLOCK FROM Description of location of starting point of observation as pertains — to a standard clock ex. 9 o'clock would be mid pipe on the left Description of location of ending point of observation as pertains CLOCK TO — ht to a standard clock ex. 3 o'clock would be mid i e on the right) GRADE Severity score assigned to a specific observation/defect Routes (Tables ML, MLI) Attribute Description ID assigned to route following the naming convention of MLI ID street Name followed by point of entry followed by pipe id — (first pipe entered) and then date (YYYYMMDD) (Example — Rosedale MH009887 P1004567 20120427 Unique ID (from City field map) of access point where US MH — ins inspection began DS MH Unique ID (from City field map) of access point where — inspection ended PIPE ID Unique ID of first pipe entered during inspection STREET Street name associated with inspection INSPECTION DATE Date of inspection SURVEYED BY Name Last name, First Initial of inspector WEATHER Identifies weather during inspection Identifies whether cleaning was performed during the CLEANED inspection MATERIAL Material of first pipe entered during inspection PIPE WIDTH The width in inches of the pipe route inspected PIPE HEIGHT The height in inches of the pipe route inspected CAMERA 1 Link to pole camera video file, which meets standards above CCTV 1 Link to CCTV video file, which meets standards above INSPECTED LENGTH Total linear distance of the route CCTV inspection INSPECTION DIRECTION Specifies if inspection proceeded upstream or downstream — from the FROM NODE REVERSE SETUP Identifies that inspection was performed from the opposite — access point Structural pipe rating based on observations made during the SPR inspection SPRI Index of structural pipe rating — scale of 0-5 with 5 being extremely poor Operational and maintenance pipe rating based on MPR observations made during the inspection Index of operational and maintenance pipe rating — scale of MPRI 0-5 with 5 being extremely poor Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 8, 2023 330131-5 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — STORM DRAIN/STORM SEWER Page 5 of 9 Overall pipe rating based on observations made during the OPR inspection Index of overall pipe rating — scale of 0-5 with 5 being OPRI extremely poor 2 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 3 A. Pre -Construction Inspection 4 1. CCTV video with audio, delivered on USB drive or cloud -based share folder 5 a. Inspection Report — 1 digital copy as pdf and named as documented below (Ex. 6 Rosedale—MH009887—PI004567 20120427.pdf) 7 B.Additional information that may be requested by the City 8 1. Listing of cleaning equipment and procedures 9 2. Listing of flow diversion procedures if required 10 3. Listing of CCTV equipment 11 4. Listing of backup and standby equipment 12 5. Listing of safety precautions and traffic control measures 13 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 14 A. Post -Construction Inspection 15 1. CCTV video with audio, delivered on USB drive or cloud -based share folder 16 2. Inspection Report pdf copy shall be submitted to the City Inspector for review prior 17 to scheduling a project final walk through. 18 3. A copy of appropriate Construction Drawing sheets identifying the pipe routes that 19 were videoed. Include cover sheet, overall line layout sheet(s), and plan and profile 20 sheet(s). 21 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 23 A. Contractor Review 24 1. The City recommends that all CCTV work be reviewed by a properly trained 25 individual not involved in the initial data collection effort prior to submission. 26 2. Contractor shall assure that CCTV work meets all requirements in section 1.10 Data 27 Delivery Requirements. 28 B. City Review 29 1. Prior to acceptance and payment, all CCTV work must be reviewed by a properly 30 trained City representative. 31 2. All CCTV work must meet all requirements in section 1.10 Data Delivery 32 Requirements to be eligible for acceptance and payment. 33 3. Video footage will be reviewed to verify acceptable defect coding prior to 34 acceptance and payment. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 8, 2023 330131-6 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — STORM DRAIN/STORM SEWER Page 6 of 9 1 1.10 DATA DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 2 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS 3 A.Safety 4 1. Ensure personnel are properly trained on the use of equipment and safety 5 procedures. 6 2. Place signs and traffic warning devices when necessary. 7 3. Provide appropriate traffic control when necessary — prior field investigation 8 followed by City approval and permitting may be required. 9 4. Do not enter confined spaces or potentially hazardous environments unless prior 10 approval from the City has been obtained. 11 5. Immediately report to the City any situation/conditions deemed to be a potential 12 immediate threat to life, infrastructure, or property. 13 6. Immediately report to the City any discharge believed to be an illicit discharge. 14 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16 A.Equipment- 17 1. Closed Circuit Television Camera 18 a. The television camera used shall be one specifically designed and constructed 19 for pipe inspection. Lighting for the camera shall be suitable to allow a clear 20 picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. The camera shall be operative in 100 21 percent humidity/submerged conditions. The equipment will provide a view of 22 the pipe ahead of the equipment and of features to the side of the equipment 23 through turning and rotation of the lens. The camera shall be capable of tilting 24 at right angles along the axis of the pipe while panning the camera lens through 25 a full circle about the circumference of the pipe. The lights on the camera shall 26 also be capable of panning 90-degrees to the axis of the pipe. 27 b. The radial view camera must be solid state color and have remote control of the 28 rotational lens. The camera shall be capable of viewing the complete 29 circumference of the pipe and manhole structure, including the cone -section or 30 corbel. The camera lens shall be an auto -iris type with remote controlled manual 31 override. 32 2. Video Capture System 33 a. The video and audio recordings of the storm inspections shall be made using 34 digital video equipment. A video enhancer may be used in conjunction with, but 35 not in lieu of, the required equipment. The digital recording equipment shall 36 capture sewer inspection on US13 drive, with each pipe route (from upstream 37 node to downstream node) inspection recorded as an individual file in MPEG4 38 Audio/Video (.mp4) format. 39 b. The system shall be capable of printing pipeline inspection reports with captured 40 images of defects or other related significant visual information on a standard 41 color printer. 42 c. The system shall store digitized color picture images and be saved in digital 43 format. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 8, 2023 330131-7 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — STORM DRAIN/STORM SEWER Page 7 of 9 1 d. The system shall be able to produce data reports to include, at a minimum, all 2 observation points and pertinent data. All data reports shall match the defect 3 severity codes outlined in the NASSCO PACP V7 standard. 4 e. Camera footage, date, Pipe Route ID, & manhole/node numbers shall be 5 maintained in real time and shall be displayed on the video monitor as well as 6 the video character generators illuminated footage display at the control console. 7 PART 3 - EXECUTION 8 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 9 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 10 3.3 PREPARATION 11 A.General 12 1. Prior to inspection, City shall provide asset identification numbers to Contractor. 13 Inspections performed using identification numbers other than those specified by 14 City will be rejected. 15 2. If cleaning is required, inspection shall not commence until the storm drain section 16 to be televised has been completely cleaned in conformance with Section 33 04 50. 17 3. Inspection of newly installed storm drains shall not begin prior to completion of the 18 following: 19 a. All manhole work is complete 20 b. Installation of all lateral lines 21 4. Temporary Bypass Pumping (if required) shall conform to Section 33 03 10. 22 3.4 INSPECTION (CCTV) 23 A.General 24 1. CCTV inspections are to be conducted by pipe route. 25 a. A pipe route is defined as: 26 1) The inspection route through pipes of interest and bounded by upstream 27 and downstream access points. Access points include but are not limited to 28 manholes, inlets, and outfalls. 29 b. For each route, provide a unique inspection video, reports, and photos in a 30 NASSCO PACP-compatible database. 31 c. Provide to City or City's Agent the inspection data for each pipe route as part of 32 the same data deliverable. Data for a single route should not be split across data 33 deliverables. 34 2. If cleaning is required, begin inspection immediately after cleaning of the main. 35 3. Move camera through the line in either direction at a moderate rate, stopping when 36 necessary to permit proper documentation of the main's condition. 37 4. Do not move camera at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute. 38 5. Use manual winches, power winches, TV cable, and power rewinds that do not 39 obstruct the camera view, allowing for proper evaluation. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 8, 2023 330131-8 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — STORM DRAIN/STORM SEWER Page 8 of 9 1 6. Use a camera with a camera height adjustment so that the camera lens is always 2 centered at one-half the inside diameter, or higher in the pipe being inspected. 3 Provide a lighting system that allows the features and condition of the pipe to be 4 clearly seen. A reflector in front of the camera may be required to enhance lighting 5 in dark or large diameter pipe. 6 7. During investigation stop camera at each defect along the main. 7 a. Record the nature, location and orientation of the defect as specified in the 8 CCTV Manual. 9 8. Pan and tilt the camera to provide additional detail at: 10 a. Manholes — include condition of manhole in its entirety and interior corrosion 11 protection (if applicable) (Camera should pan the entire manhole from top as 12 well as while lowering into manhole, also show complete view of invert) 13 b. Laterals — pan the Camera to get a complete overview of service connection 14 including zooming into lateral connection. Include location (i.e. 3 o'clock, 9 15 o'clock, etc. 16 c. Joints - Include comment on condition, signs of damage, etc. 17 d. Visible pipe defects such as cracks, broken or deformed pipe, holes, offset 18 joints, obstructions or debris (show as % of pipe diameter). If debris has been 19 found in the pipe during the post -construction inspection, additional cleaning is 20 required and pipe shall be re -televised. 21 e. Infiltration/Inflow locations 22 f. Material changes — Include changes of pipe material and/or repair and 23 rehabilitation locations 24 g. Other locations that do not appear to be typical for normal pipe conditions 25 h. Note locations where camera is underwater and level as a % of pipe diameter. 26 9. Provide accurate distance measurement. 27 a. The distance counter device is to be accurate to the nearest 1/10 foot. 28 B.Pre-Installation Inspection for Storm Drain Pipes to be rehabilitated 29 1. Perform Pre -CCTV inspection immediately after cleaning of the main and before 30 rehabilitation work. 31 2. If, during inspection, the CCTV will not pass through the entire section of main due 32 to blockage or pipe defect, perform a Reverse Setup so the inspection can be 33 performed from the opposite access point. 34 3. Provisions for repairing or replacing the impassable location are addressed in 35 Section 33 41 10, Section 33 41 11, Section 33 41 12, and 33 41 13. 36 C.Post-Installation Inspection 37 1. Complete manhole installation before inspection begins. 38 2. Inspect storm drain after pavement is placed. 39 3. Prior to inserting the camera, flush and clean the main in accordance to Section 33 40 0450. 41 D.Documentation of CCTV Inspection 42 1. Storm Drain 43 a. Provided documentation for video, data logging, and reporting in accordance 44 with City of Fort Worth Transportation/Public Works Department requirements. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 8, 2023 330131-9 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — STORM DRAIN/STORM SEWER Page 9 of 9 1 b. All CCTV Inspection shall be submitted to the Stormwater Infrastructure 2 Management Staff for review and approval from City's Inspector/PM. Once 3 received, Stormwater Infrastructure Management Staff will review and notify 4 video's acceptance within three (3) business days of receiving data from City's 5 Inspector/PM. 6 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 7 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 8 3.7 FIELD [oR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 10 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 11 3.10 CLEANING 12 A.See Section 33 04 50. 13 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 14 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 15 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 16 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 17 18 19 20 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/8/2023 M Owen 1.1 A. Require post installation CCTV inspection for ALL storm drain pipe and pre installation CCTV inspection to at least next MH when connecting to existing system for CITY CIP projects 3.4 C. Post CCTV inspection required AFTER pavement is in place Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 8, 2023 330440-1 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 1 of 8 SECTION 33 04 40 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. General Before any newly constructed potable water mains will be permitted to be placed into service in the Fort Worth Water Department's Water Distribution System, it shall be cleaned (purged) and tested, or cleaned, disinfected, and tested until the bacteria count within the water main meets the standards established by the Fort Worth Water Department and the requirements of Chapter 290 of the Texas Administrative Code (TAC) established by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ). B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 3. Section 33 0131 — Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the water main being Cleaned and Tested. 2. Payment a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to cleaning, disinfection, hydrostatic testing, and bacteriological testing and shall be subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water pipe complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference. Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Water Works Association/American (AWWA): a. C301, Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel -Cylinder Type. b. C303, Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar -Wrapped, Steel -Cylinder Type. c. C651, Disinfecting Water Mains. d. C655, Field De -Chlorination. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 6, 2013 330440-2 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 2 of 8 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals For 24-inch and larger water mains, provide the following: 1. Cleaning Plan — Prior to the start of construction, submit a water main cleaning plan detailing the methods and schedule, including: a. A detailed description of cleaning procedures b. Pigging entry and exit ports c. Flushing procedures d. Plans and hydraulic calculations to demonstrate adequate flushing velocities e. Control of water f. Disposal 2. Disinfection Plan — prior to the start of construction submit a disinfection plan including: a. The method mixing and introducing chlorine b. Flushing c. De -chlorination d. Sampling 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES A. Pigs 1. Open cell polyurethane foam body 2. Densities between 2 pounds per cubic foot up to 8 pounds per cubic foot 3. May be wrapped with polyurethane spiral bands 4. Abrasives are not permitted, unless expressly approved by the City in writing for the particular application. 5. Must pass through a reduction up to 65 percent of the cross sectional area of the nominal pipe diameter Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 6, 2013 33 04 40 - 3 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 3 of 8 6. Pigs shall be able to traverse standard piping arrangements such as 90 degree bends, tees, crosses, wyes, and gate valves. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 ERECTION/INSTALLATION/APPLICATION [NOT USED] 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING A. General 1. All water mains shall be cleaned prior to bacteriological testing. a. Pig all 36-inch and smaller water mains. b. Pig or manually sweep 42-inch and larger mains. c. Flushing is only permitted when specially designated in the Drawings, or if pigging is not practical and approved by the City. B. Pigging Method If the method of pigging is to be used, prepare the main for the installation and removal of a pig, including: a. Furnish all equipment, material and labor to satisfactorily expose cleaning Wye, remove cleaning Wye covers, etc. b. Where expulsion of the pig is required through a dead -ended conduit: 1) Prevent backflow of purged water into the main after passage of the pig. 2) Install a mechanical joint to provide a riser out of the trench on 12-inch and smaller mains to prevent backwater re-entry into the main. 3) Additional excavation of the trench may be performed on mains over 12 inches, to prevent backwater re-entry into the main. 4) Flush any backflow water that inadvertently enters the main. c. Flush short dead-end pipe sections not swabbed by a pig. d. Once pigging is complete: 1) Pigging wyes shall remain in place unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 2) Install cleaning wye, blind flanges or mechanical joint plugs. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 6, 2013 33 04 40 - 4 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 4 of 8 3) Plug and place blocking at other openings. 4) Backfill 5) Complete all appurtenant work necessary to secure the system and proceed with disinfection. C. Flushing Method Prepare the main by installing blow -offs at appropriate locations, of sufficient sizes and numbers, and with adequate flushing to achieve a minimum velocity in the main of 2.5 feet per second. a. Minimum blow -off sizes for various main sizes are as follows: 1) 4-inch through 8-inch main — 3/4-inch blow -off 2) 10-inch through 12-inch main —I -inch blow -off 3) 16-inch and greater main — 2-inch blow -off b. Flushing shall be subject to the following limitations: 1) Limit the volume of water for flushing to 3 times the volume of the water main. 2) Do not unlawfully discharge chlorinated water. 3) Do not damage private property. 4) Do not create a traffic hazard. c. Once Flushing is complete: 1) Corporations stops used for flushing shall be plugged. D. Daily main cleaning 1. Wipe joints and then inspect for proper installation. 2. Sweep each joint and keep clean during construction. 3. Install a temporary plug on all exposed mains at the end of each working day or an extended period of work stoppage. E. Hydrostatic Testing All water main that is to be under pressure, shall be hydrostatically tested to meet the following criteria: a. Furnish and install corporations for proper testing of the main. 1) Furnish adequate and satisfactory equipment and supplies necessary to make such hydrostatic tests. 2) The section of line to be tested shall be gradually filled with water, carefully expelling the air and the specified pressure applied. b. The City will furnish water required for the testing at its nearest City line. c. Expel air from the pipe before applying the required test pressure. d. Test Pressure 1) Test pressures should meet the following criteria: a) Not less than 1.25 (187 psi minimum) times the stated working pressure of the pipeline measured at the highest elevation along the test section. b) Not less than 1.5 (225 psi minimum) times the stated working pressure at the lowest elevation of the test section. e. Test Conditions 1) Must be at least 2 hour duration 2) Add water as necessary to sustain the required test pressure. 3) Test fire hydrants to the fire hydrant valve. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 6, 2013 330440-5 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 5 of 8 a) Leave the isolation valve on the fire hydrant lead line open during the hydrostatic testing. 4) Test service lines to curb stop a) Leave the corporation stop on the service line open during the hydrostatic testing. 5) Close isolation valves for air release valves. 6) Makeup water must come from a container of fixed 55 gallon container that does not have a water source. f. Measure all water used in the pressure test through an approved meter, or measure the difference in volume within a 55 gallon container. 1) Do not test against existing water distribution valves unless expressly provided for in the Drawings, or approved by the City. 2) If the City denies approval to test against existing water distribution system valve, then make arrangements to plug and test the pipe at no additional cost. Allowable Leakage a. No pipe installation should be accepted if the amount of makeup water is greater than that determined using the following formula: In inch -pound units, L= SDP 148,000 Where: L = testing allowance (make up water), gallons per hour S = length of pipe tested, ft. D = nominal diameter of pipe, in. P = average test pressure during the hydrostatic test, psi b. For any pipeline that fails to pass hydrostatic test: 1) Identify the cause 2) Repair the leak 3) Restore the trench and surface 4) Retest c. All costs associated with repairing the pipeline to pass the hydrostatic test is the sole responsibility of the Contractor and included in the price per linear foot of pipe. d. If the City determines that an existing system valve is responsible for the hydrostatic test to fail, the Contractor shall make provisions to test the pipeline without the use of the system valve. e. There shall be no additional payment to the Contractor if the existing valve is unable to sustain the hydrostatic test and shall be included in the price per linear foot of pipe. F. Disinfection General a. Disinfection of the main shall be accomplished by the "continuous feed" method or the "slug" method as determined by the Contractor. b. The free chlorine amounts shown are minimums. The Contractor may require higher rates. 1) Calcium hypochlorite granules shall be used as the source of chlorine. c. Continuous Feed Method Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 6, 2013 330440-6 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 6 of 8 1) Apply water at a constant rate in the newly laid main. a) Use the existing distribution system or other approved source of supply. 2) At a point not more than 10 feet downstream from the beginning of the new main, water entering the new main shall receive a dose of chlorine. a) Free chlorine concentration: 50 mg/L minimum, or as required by TCEQ, whichever is greater. b) Chlorine applications shall not cease until the entire conduit is filled with heavily chlorinated water. 3) Retain chlorinated water in the main for at least 24 hours. a) Operate valves and hydrants in the section treated in order to disinfect the appurtenances. b) Prevent the flow of chlorinated water into mains in active service. c) Residual at the end of the 24-hour period: 10 mg /L free chlorine, minimum, for the treated water in all portions of the main. 4) Flush the heavily chlorinated water from the main and dispose of in a manner and at a location accepted by the City. 5) Test the chlorine residual prior to flushing operations. a) If the chlorine residual exceeds 4 mg/L, the water shall remain in the new main until the chlorine residual is less the 4 mg/L. b) The Contractor may choose to evacuate the water into water trucks, or other approved storage facility, and treat the water with Sodium Bisulfate, or another de -chlorination chemical, or method appropriate for potable water and approved by the City until the chlorine residual is reduced to 4 mg/L or less. c) After the specified chlorine residual is obtained, the water may then be discharged into the drainage system or utilized by the Contractor. d. Slug Method 1) Water from the existing distribution system or other approved source of supply shall be made to flow at a constant rate in the newly laid main. 2) At a point not more than 10 feet downstream from the beginning of the new main, water entering the new main shall receive a dose of chlorine. a) Free chlorine concentration: 100 mg/L minimum, or as required by TCEQ, whichever is greater. b) The chlorine shall be applied continuously and for a sufficient time to develop a solid column or "slug" of chlorinated water that shall expose all interior surfaces to the "slug" for at least 3 hours. 3) Operate the fittings and valves as the chlorinated water flows past to disinfect the appurtenances. 4) Prevent the flow of chlorinated water into mains in active service. 5) Flush the heavily chlorinated water from the main and dispose of in a manner and at a location accepted by the City. 6) Upon completion, test the chlorine residual remaining in the main. a) Chlorine levels of 4 mg/1 or less should be maintained. 2. Contractor Requirements a. Furnish all equipment, material and labor to satisfactorily prepare the main for the disinfection method approved by the City with adequate provisions for sampling. b. Make all necessary taps into the main to accomplish chlorination of a new line, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 6, 2013 330440-7 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 7 of 8 c. After satisfactory completion of the disinfection operation, as determined by the City, remove surplus pipe at the chlorination and sampling points, plug the remaining pipe, backfill and complete all appurtenant work necessary to secure the main. G. Dechlorination 1. General. All chlorinated water shall be de -chlorinated before discharge to the environment. Chemical amounts, as listed in ANSI/AWWA C651: "Disinfecting Water Mains", shall be used to neutralize the residual chlorine concentrations using de -chlorination procedures listed in ANSFAWWA C655: "Field De -Chlorination". De -Chlorination shall continue until chlorine residual is non -detectable. 2. Testing. Contractor shall continuously test for the chlorine residual level immediately downstream of the de -chlorination process, during the entire discharge of the chlorinated water. Contractor shall periodically conduct chlorine residual testing and check for possible fish kills at locations where discharged water enters the existing watershed. 3. Fish Kill. If a fish kill occurs associated with the discharge of water from the distribution system or any other construction activities: a. The Contract shall immediately alter activities to prevent further fish kills. b. The Contractor shall immediately notify Water Department Field Operations Dispatch. c. The Contractor shall coordinate with City to properly notify TCEQ. d. Any fines assessed by the TCEQ (or local, state of federal agencies) for fish kills shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. H. Bacteriological Testing (Water Sampling) 1. General a. Notify the City when the main is suitable for sampling. b. The City shall then take water samples from a suitable tap for analysis by the City's laboratory, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 1) No hose or fire hydrant shall be used in the collection of samples. Water Sampling a. Complete microbiological sampling prior to connecting the new main into the existing distribution system in accordance with AWWA C651. b. Collect samples for bacteriological analysis in sterile bottles treated with sodium thiosulfate. c. Collect 2 consecutive sets of acceptable samples, taken at least 24 hours apart, from the new main. d. Collect at least 1 set of samples from every 1,000 linear feet of the new main (or at the next available sampling point beyond 1,000 linear feet as designated by the City), plus 1 set from the end of the line and at least 1 set from each branch. e. If trench water has entered the new main during construction or, if in the opinion of the City, excessive quantities of dirt or debris have entered the new main, obtain bacteriological samples at intervals of approximately 200 linear feet. f. Obtain samples from water that has stood in the new main for at least 16 hours after formal flushing. 3. Repetition of Sampling Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 6, 2013 330440-8 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 8 of 8 a. Unsatisfactory test results require a repeat of the disinfection process and re - sampling as required above until a satisfactory sample is obtained. 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 3.10.E.1.e.- Added service lines to hydrostatic testing requirements 2/6/2013 D Townsend 1.3.A.2.d Added AWWA C655 Field De -Chlorination as reference 3.1 O.G — Added De -Chlorination Requirement Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 6, 2013 1 2 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 33 04 50 CLEANING OF PIPES 33 0450 ?? -1 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS PIPES Page 1 of 5 5 A. General 6 1. Before any television inspection, pipes shall be cleaned to remove all debris, solids, 7 sand, grease, grit, etc. from the sewer and manholes. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12 Contract 13 2. Division 1— General Requirements 14 3. Section 33 01 31— Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection — Sanitary Sewer 15 4. Section 33 O1 32 — Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection — Storm 16 Drain/Storm Sewer 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Cleaning of Pipe 19 1. Measurement and Payment 20 a. Measurement 21 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the pipe being cleaned. 22 b. Payment 23 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 24 Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of pipe complete in 25 place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 26 B. Cleaning of Pipe — Condition Assessment for Storm Drain 27 1. Measurement and Payment 28 a. Measurement 29 1) This Item is to be measured by the linear foot when performed ahead of 30 storm drain condition assessment. Measurement for this Item will be by the 31 linear foot of pipe cleaned. 32 b. Payment 33 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 34 Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" w ill paid for at the unit 35 price bid per linear foot for "Clean Storm Pipe Ahead of Condition 36 Assessment" for different ranges ofpipe diameters, and no other 37 compensation will be allowed. 38 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 39 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 33 0450 ?? -2 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS PIPES Page 2 of 5 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 6 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 7 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 8 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS 11 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES 12 A. Use only the type of cleaning material which will not create hazards to health or 13 property or affect treatment plant processes. 14 2.3 ACCESSORIES 15 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 16 PART 3 - EXECUTION 17 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 18 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 19 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 20 3.4 ERECTION/INSTALLATION/APPLICATION [NOT USED] 21 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 22 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 23 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 24 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 25 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 26 3.10 CLEANING 27 A. General 28 1. All materials, equipment, and personnel necessary to complete the cleaning of pipes 29 and manholes must be present on the jobsite prior to isolating the manhole or line 30 segment and beginning the cleaning process. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 33 0450 ?? -3 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS PIPES Page 3 of 5 1 2. Maintain clean work and surrounding premises within the work limits so as to 2 comply with Federal, State, and local environmental and anti -pollution laws, 3 ordinances, codes, and regulations when cleaning and disposing of waste materials, 4 debris, and rubbish. 5 3. Keep the work and surrounding premises within work limits free of accumulations 6 of dirt, dust, waste materials, debris, and rubbish. 7 4. Suitable containers for storage of waste materials, debris, and rubbish shallbe 8 provided until time of disposal. 9 a. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to secure a licensed legal dump site 10 for the disposal of this material. 11 b. Under no circumstances shall sewage or solids removed from the main or 12 manhole be dumped onto streets or into ditches, catch basins, storm drains, or 13 sanitary sewers. 14 5. The cleaning process shall remove all grease, sand, silts, solids, rags, debris, etc. 15 from each sewer segment, including the manhole(s). 16 6. Selection of cleaning equipment and the method for cleaning shall be based on the 17 condition of the pipes at the time work commences and will be subject to approval 18 by the City. 19 7. All cleaning equipment and devices shall be operated by experienced personnel. 20 8. Satisfactory precautions shall be taken to protect the pipes and manholes from 21 damage that might be inflicted by the improper use of the cleaning process or 22 equipment. 23 9. Any damages done to a sewer main and/or structure by the Contractor shallbe 24 repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost and to the satisfaction of the City. 25 10. Cleaning shall also include the manhole wall washing by high pressure water jet. 26 11. The Contractor may be required to demonstrate the performance capabilities of the 27 cleaning equipment proposed for use on the project. 28 a. If the results obtained by the proposed pipe cleaning equipment are not 29 satisfactory, the Contractor shall use different equipment and/or attachments, as 30 required, to meet City satisfaction. 31 b. More than 1 type of equipment/attachments maybe required at a location. 32 12. When hydraulic or high velocity cleaning equipment is used, a suitable sand trap, 33 weir, dam, or suction shall be constructed in the downstream manhole in such a 34 manner that all the solids and debris are trapped for removal. 35 13. Whenever hydraulically -propelled cleaning tools which depend upon water 36 pressure to provide their cleaning force, or any tool which retard the flow of water 37 in the pipes are used, precautions shallbe taken to ensure that the water pressure 38 created does not cause any damage or flooding to public or private property being 39 served by the manhole section involved. 40 14. Any damage of property, as a result of flooding, shall be the liability and 41 responsibility of the Contractor. 42 15. The flow of wastewater present in a sanitary sewer main shallbe utilized to provide 43 necessary fluid for hydraulic cleaning devices whenever possible. 44 16. When additional quantities of water from fire hydrants are necessary to avoid delay 45 in normal working procedures, the water shallbe conserved and not used 46 unnecessarily. 47 a. No fire hydrant shall be obstructed or used when there is afire in the area. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 33 0450 ?? -4 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS PIPES Page 4 of 5 1 b. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain the fire hydrant, water meter 2 and all related charges for the set-up, including the water usage bills from 3 respective water purveyor agency. 4 c. All expenses shall be considered incidental to the cleaning of the existing pipes. 5 B. Methods 6 1. Hydraulic Cleaning 7 a. Hydraulic -propelled devices which require ahead of water to operate must 8 utilize a collapsible dam. 9 b. The dam must be easily collapsible to prevent damage to the sewer main, 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 property, etc. c. When using hydraulically -propelled devices, precautions shall be taken to ensure that the water pressure created does not cause damage or flood public or private property. d. Do not increase the hydraulic gradient of the sanitary sewers beyond the elevation that could cause overflow of sewage into area waterways or laterals. e. The flow of wastewater present in a sanitary sewer main shall be utilized to provide necessary fluid for hydraulic cleaning devices whenever possible. 2. High -Velocity Cleaning a. Cleaning equipment that uses a high velocity water jet for removing debris shall be capable of producing a minimum volume of 50 gpm, with a pressure of 1,500 psi, for a pipe and 3,500 psi for the (manhole) structure at the pump. 1) Any variations to this pumping rate must be approved, in advance, by the City. 2) To prevent damage to older pipes and property, a pressureless than 1500 psi can be used. 3) A working pressure gauge shall be used on the discharge of all high- pressure water pumps. 4) For pipes 18 inches and larger in diameter, in addition to conventional nozzles, use a nozzle which directs the cleaning force to the bottom of the pipe. 5) Operate the equipment so that the pressurized nozzle continues to move at all times. 6) The pressurized nozzle shall be turned off or reduced anytime the hose is on hold or delayed in order to prevent damage to the line. 3. Mechanical Cleaning a. Mechanical cleaning, in addition to normal cleaning when required, shall be with approved equipment and accessories driven by power winching devices. b. Submit the equipment manufacturer's operational manual and guidelines to the City, which shall be followed strictly unless modified by the City. c. All equipment and devices shall be operated by experienced operators so that they do not damage the pipe in the process of cleaning. d. Buckets, scrapers, scooters, porcupines, kites, heavy duty brushes, and other debris -removing equipment/accessories shall be used as appropriate and necessary in the field, in conjunction with the approved power machines. e. The use of cleaning devices such as rods, metal pigs, porcupines, root saws, snakes, scooters, sewer balls, kites, and other approved equipment, in conjunction with hand winching device, and/or gas, electric rod propelled devices, shall be considered normal cleaning equipment. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 33 0450 ?? -5 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS PIPES Page 5 of 5 1 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 2 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 4 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 5 ro 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 END OF SECTION Revis ion Log DATE NAME SUMMARYOF CHANGE 3/11 /2022 M Owen Revised language to refer to cleaning of pipes instead of sewer Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 33 05 14 -1 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 1 of 8 1 SECTION 33 0514 2 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO 3 GRADE 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 S UMNIARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Vertical adjustments to manholes, drop inlets, valve boxes, cathodic protection test 8 stations and other miscellaneous structures to a new grade 9 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 10 1. None. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 3. Section 32 01 17 — Permanent Asphalt paving Repair 4. Section 32 0129 — Concrete Paving Repair 5. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 6. Section 33 05 13 — Frame, Cover and Grade Rings 7. Section 33 39 10 — Cast -in -Place Concrete Manholes 8. Section 33 39 20 — Precast Concrete Manholes 9. Section 33 12 20 — Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve 10. Section 33 12 21— AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valve 11. Section 33 04 11— Corrosion Control Test Station 12. Section 33 04 12 — Magnesium Anode Cathodic Protection System 25 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 A. Measurement and Payment 1. Manhole — Minor Adjustment a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each adjustment using only grade rings or other minor adjustment devices to raise or lower a manhole to a grade as specified on the Drawings. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Manhole Adjustment, Minor" completed. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Pavement removal 2) Excavation 3) Hauling 4) Disposal of excess material CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 33 05 14 -2 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 2 of 8 5) Grade rings or other adjustment device 6) Reuse of the existing manhole frame and cover 7) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill 8) Concrete base material 9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 10) Clean-up 2. Manhole - Major Adjustment a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each adjustment requiring structural modifications to raise or lower a manhole to a grade as specified on the Drawings. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Manhole Adjustment, Major" completed. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Pavement removal 2) Excavation 3) Hauling 4) Disposal of excess material 5) Structural modifications, grade rings or other adjustment device 6) Reuse of the existing manhole frame and cover 7) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill 8) Concrete base material 9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 10) Clean-up 3. Manhole - Major Adjustment with Frame and Cover a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each adjustment requiring structural modifications to raise or lower a manhole to a grade Specified on the Drawings or structural modifications for a manhole requiring anew frame and cover, often for changes to cover diameter. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Manhole Adjustment, Major w/ Cover" completed. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Pavement removal 2) Excavation 3) Hauling 4) Disposal of excess material 5) Structural modifications, grade rings or other adjustment device 6) Frame and cover 7) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill 8) Concrete base material 9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 10) Clean-up 4. Inlet a. Measurement CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 33 05 14 -3 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 3 of 8 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each adjustment requiring structural modifications to inlet to a grade specified on the Drawings. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Inlet Adjustment" completed. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Pavement removal 2) Excavation 3) Hauling 4) Disposal of excess material 5) Structural modifications 6) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill 7) Concrete base material, as required 8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 9) Clean-up 5. Valve Box a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each adjustment to a grade specified on the Drawings. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Valve Box Adjustment" completed. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Pavement removal 2) Excavation 3) Hauling 4) Disposal of excess material 5) Adjustment device b) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill 7) Concrete base material, as required 8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 9) Clean-up 6. Cathodic Protection Test Station a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shallbe per each adjustment to a grade specified on the Drawings. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Cathodic Protection Test Station Adjustment" completed. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Pavement removal 2) Excavation 3) Hauling 4) Disposal of excess material CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 33 05 14 -4 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 4 of 8 5) Adjustment device 6) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill 7) Concrete base material, as required 8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 9) Clean-up 7. Fire Hydrant a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each adjustment requiring stem extensions to meet a grade specified by the Drawings. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Fire Hydrant Stem Extension" completed. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Pavement removal 2) Excavation 3) Hauling 4) Disposal of excess material 5) Adjustment materials 6) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill 7) Concrete base material, as required 8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 9) Clean-up 8. Meter Box a. Measurement 1) Minor adjustments to meter box less than 6-inches vertical shallbe considered subsidiary to the meter box pay item. 2) Measurement for this Item shall be per each water meter adjustment required in excess of 6-inches vertically to meet a grade specified by the Drawings. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Meter Box Adjustment Extension" completed. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Excavation 2) Hauling 3) Disposal of excess material 4) Adjustment materials 5) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backflll 6) Concrete base material, as required 7) Surface restoration, unimproved area, as required 8) Clean-up 9. Miscellaneous Structure This Item is intended for a unique structure. Bid Item should include details to identify the specific structure (i. e. Miscellaneous Structure Adjustment, Sta. 1+00) CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 33 05 14 - 5 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 5of8 1 a. Measurement 2 1) Measurement for this Item shallbe per each adjustment requiring structural 3 modifications to said structure to a grade specified on the Drawings. 4 b. Payment 5 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 6 Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Miscellaneous Structure 7 Adjustment" completed. 8 c. The price bid shall include: 9 1) Pavement removal 10 2) Excavation 11 3) Hauling 12 4) Disposal of excess material 13 5) Structural modifications 14 b) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill 15 7) Concrete base material 16 8) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 17 9) Clean-up 18 1.3 REFERENCES 19 A. Definitions 20 1. Minor Adjustment 21 a. Refers to a small elevation change performed on an existing manhole where the 22 existing frame and cover are reused. 23 2. Major Adjustment 24 a. Refers to a significant elevation change performed on an existing manhole 25 which requires structural modification or when a 24-inch ring is changed to a 26 30-inch ring. 27 B. Reference Standards 28 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 29 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 30 Spec ification, unless a date is specifically cited. 31 2. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ): 32 a. Title 30, Part I, Chapter 217, Subchapter C, Rule 217.55 —Manholes and 33 Related Structures. 34 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 35 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 38 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 39 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 40 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 41 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 33 05 14 -6 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 6 of 8 1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3 2.1 OWNER-FURNISBED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4 2.2 MATERIALS 5 A. Cast -in -Place Concrete 6 1. See Section 03 30 00. 7 B. Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 8 1. See Section 03 80 00. 9 C. Grade Rings 10 1. See Section 33 05 13. 11 D. Frame and Cover 12 1. See Section 33 05 13. 13 E. Backfill material 14 1. See Section 33 05 10. 15 F. Water valve box extension 16 1. See Section 33 12 20. 17 G. Corrosion Protection Test Station 18 1. See Section 33 04 11. 19 R Cast -in -Place Concrete Manholes 20 1. See Section 33 39 10. 21 I. Precast Concrete Manholes 22 1. See Section 33 39 20. 23 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 24 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 25 PART 3 - EXECUTION 26 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 27 3.2 EXAMINATION 28 A. Verification of Conditions 29 1. Examine existing structure to be adjusted, for damage or defects that may affect 30 grade adjustment. 31 a. Report issue to City for consideration before beginning adjustment. 32 3.3 PREPARATION 33 A. Grade Verification Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 33 05 14 -7 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 7 of 8 1 1. On major adjustments confirm any grade change noted on Drawings is consistent 2 with field measurements. 3 a. If not, coordinate with City to verify final grade before beginning adjustment. 4 3.4 ADJUSTMENT 5 A- Manholes, Inlets, and Miscellaneous Structures 6 1. On any sanitary sewer adjustment replace 24-inch frame and cover assembly with 7 30-inch frame and cover assembly per TCEQ requirement. 8 2. On manhole major adjustments, inlets and miscellaneous structures protect the 9 bottom using wood forms shaped to fit so that no debris blocks the invert or the 10 inlet or outlet piping in during adjustments. 11 a. Do not use anymore than a 2-piece bottom. 12 3. Use the least number of grade rings necessary to meet required grade. 13 a. For example, if a 1-foot adjustment is required, use 2 6-inch rings, not 6 2-inch 14 rings. 15 b. The maximum height of adjustment shall be no more than 12 inches for any 16 combination of grade rings. If 12 inches is required, use 3 — 4 inch rings. 17 B. Valve Boxes 18 1. Utilize typical 3 piece adjustable valve box for adjusting to final grade as shown on 19 the Drawings. 20 C. Backfill and Grading 21 1. Backfill area of excavation surrounding each adjustment in accordance to Section 22 3305 10. 23 D. Pavement Repair 24 1. If required pavement repair is to be performed in accordance with Section 32 01 17 25 or Section 32 0129. 26 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 27 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 28 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 29 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 30 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 31 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 32 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 33 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 34 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 35 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 36 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 33 05 14 - 8 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 8 of 8 END OF SECTION Revis ion Log DATE NAME SUMMARYOF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A— Pay item added for a major manhole adjustment which reuses the existing frame and cover and a major adjustment requiring a new frame and cover; Added items to be included in price bids; Blue text added for clarification for miscellaneous structure adjustments 3.4 — Pavement repair requirements were added 9/20/2017 W. Norwood 3.4.3 Eliminate 24 inch requirement for maximum chimney height adjustment. 3.4.4.b Add requirement for maximum height of grade rings to be 12 inches or 3-4 inch rings 3/11 /2022 M Owen Add measurement and payment section for meter box adjustment Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 33 11 12-1 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 1 of 9 SECTION 33 11 12 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 4-inch through 24-inch for potable water, wastewater and reuse applications B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. 33 01 31— Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 4. 33 04 40 — Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 5. 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 6. 33 05 24 — Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate 7. 33 11 11—Ductile Iron Fittings 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of the fitting, manhole, or appurtenance 2. Payment a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of "PVC Water Pipe" installed for: 1) Various sizes 2) Various types of backfill 3) With or without restrained joints b. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of "Sewer Force Main" installed for: 1) Various sizes 3. The price bid shall include: a. Furnishing and installing PVC Pressure Pipe with joints as specified by the Drawings b. Mobilization c. Pavement removal d. Excavation Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 9, 2022 33 11 12 - 2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 2 of 9 e. Hauling f. Disposal of excess material g. Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment h. Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill i. Trench water stops j. Thrust restraint, if required by Contract Documents k. Gaskets 1. Clean-up In. Cleaning n. Disinfection o. Testing 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. D 1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl -Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. b. D3139, Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C600, Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances. b. C605, Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipes and Fittings for Water. c. C900, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, and Fabricated Fittings, 4 IN through 60 IN (100 min thru 1,500 min). d. M23, PVC Pipe — Design and Installation. e. M41, Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings. 5. NSF International (NSF): a. 61, Drinking Water System Components —Health Effects. b. 14, Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials. 6. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). a. UL 1285, UL Standard for Safety Pipe and Couplings, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), and Oriented Polyvinyl Chloride (PVCO) for Underground Fire Service. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS / INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Data Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 9, 2022 33 11 12 - 3 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 3 of 9 For PVC Pressure Pipe that is used for water distribution, wastewater force mains or wastewater gravity mains, including: a. PVC Pressure Pipe b. Manufacturer c. Dimension Ratio d. Joint Types 2. Restraint, if required in Contract Documents a. Retainer glands b. Thrust harnesses c. Any other means of restraint 3. Gaskets B. Shop Drawings: When restrained joints are required, furnish for PVC Pressure Pipe used in the water distribution system or for a wastewater force main for 24-inch and greater diameters, including: 1. Wall thickness design calculations sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in Texas including: a. Working pressure b. Surge pressure c. Deflection 2. Provide thrust restraint calculations for all fittings and valves, sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in Texas, to verify the restraint lengths shown on the Drawings. 3. Lay schedule / drawing for 24-inch and greater diameters sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in Texas including: a. Pipe class b. Joints type c. Fittings d. Stationing e. Transitions f. Joint deflection C. Certificates 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying that all PVC Pressure Pipe meets the provisions of this Section, each run of pipe furnished has met Specifications, all inspections have been made and that all tests have been performed in accordance with AWWA C900. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications 1. Manufacturers a. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each size, unless otherwise approved by the City. 1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different manufacturer upon City approval. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 9, 2022 33 11 12 - 4 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 4 of 9 b. Pipe manufacturing operations shall be performed under the control of the manufacturer. c. All pipe furnished shall be in conformance with AWWA C900. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA M23. 2. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 6600. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed in the City's Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 0160 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. B. Pipe 1. Pipe shall be in accordance with AWWA C900. 2. PVC Pressure Pipe for potable water shall meet the requirements of NSF 61 and NSF 14. 3. Pressure Pipe shall be approved by the UL. 4. Pipe shall have a lay length of 20 feet except for special fittings or closure pieces necessary to comply with the Drawings. 5. The pipe material shall be PVC, meeting the requirements of ASTM D1784, with a cell classification of 12454. Outside diameters must be equal to those of cast iron and ductile iron pipes. 6. As a minimum the following Dimension Ratio's apply: Diameter inch Min Pressure Class (psi) 4 through 12 DR 14 16 through 24 DR 18 7. Pipe Markings a. Meet the minimum requirements of AWWA C900. Minimum pipe markings shall be as follows: 1) Manufacturer's Name or Trademark and production record Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 9, 2022 33 11 12 - 5 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 5 of 9 2) Nominal pipe size 3) Dimension Ratio 4) AWWA C900 5) Seal of testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe C. Pressure and Deflection Design Pipe design shall be based on trench conditions and design pressure class specified in the Drawings. Pipe shall be designed according to the methods indicated in AWWA M23 for trench construction, using the following parameters: a. Unit Weight of Fill (w) = 130 pcf b. Live Load = AASHTO HS 20 c. Trench Depth = 12 feet minimum, or as indicated in Drawings d. Maximum E' = 1,000 max e. Deflection Lag Factor = 1.0 f. Working Pressure (P.,) = 150 psi g. Surge Allowance (Ps) = 100 psi minimum h. Test Pressure = 1) No less than 1.25 times the stated working pressure (187 psi minimum) of the pipeline measured at the highest elevation along the test section. 2) No less than 1.5 times the stated working pressure (225 psi minimum) at the lowest elevation of the test section. i. Maximum Calculated Deflection = 3 percent j. Restrained Joint Safety Factor (SF) = 1.5 k. Maximum Joint Deflection = 50 percent of the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Verify trench depths after existing utilities are located. a. Accommodate vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or other conflicts by an appropriate change in pipe design depth. b. In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 3. Provisions for Thrust a. Thrusts at bends, tees, plugs or other fittings shall be mechanically restrained, corrosion resistant joints. b. In addition to the mechanical joint restraint required for all bends and fittings, horizontal and vertical bends shall be restrained by concrete thrust blocking and by mechanical joint restraint along the length of the pipe, as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, unless shown otherwise in the design drawings. Inclusion in the plans of dimensions for joint restraint lengths along the pipe, or dimensions for concrete thrust blocking, shall be interpreted to mean the exclusion of the other method of restraint, unless both methods are specifically required in the plans. c. No thrust restraint contribution shall be allowed for the restrained length of pipe within the casing. d. Restrained joints, where required, shall be used for a sufficient distance from each side of the bend, tee, plug, valve, or other fitting to resist thrust which will be developed at the design pressure of the pipe. For the purpose of thrust the following shall apply: 1) Calculate valves as dead ends. 2) Design pressure shall be greater than the pressure class of the pipe or the internal pressure (Pi), whichever is greater. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 9, 2022 33 11 12 - 6 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 6 of 9 3) Restrained joints shall consist of approved mechanical restrained or push - on restrained joints as listed in the City's Standard Products List as shown in Section 01 60 00. 4) Restrained PVC pipe is not allowed for pipe greater than 12 inches. e. The Pipe Manufacturer shall verify the length of pipe with restrained joints to resist thrust in accordance with the Drawings and the following: 1) Calculate the weight of the earth (We) as the weight of the projected soil prism above the pipe, for unsaturated soil conditions. 2) Soil density = 115 pcf (maximum value to be used), for unsaturated soil conditions 3) In locations where ground water is encountered, reduce the soil density to its buoyant weight for the backfill below the water table. a) Reduce the coefficient of friction to 0.25. 4. Joints a. Joints shall be gasket, bell and spigot and push -on type conforming to ASTM D3139. b. Since each pipe manufacturer has a different design for push -on joints, gaskets shall be part of a complete pipe section and purchased as such. c. Lubricant must be non -toxic and NSF approved for potable water applications. d. Push -On Restrained Joints shall only be as approved in the Standard Products List in Section 01 60 00. 5. Detectable Markers a. Provide detectable markers in accordance with Section 33 05 26. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Install pipe, fittings, specials and appurtenances as specified herein, as specified in AWWA C600, AWWA C605, AWWA M23 and in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 4. Embed PVC Pressure Pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 5. For installation of carrier pipe within casing, see Section 33 05 24. B. Pipe Handling 1. Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 9, 2022 33 11 12 - 7 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 7 of 9 a. Pipe shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Handle piping with care to avoid damage. a. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to lowering into the trench. b. Conduit shall be homogenous throughout and free from voids, cracks, inclusions and other defects, and shall be uniform as commercially practicable in color, density and other physical characteristics. c. Use only nylon ropes, slings or other lifting devices that will not damage the surface of the pipe for handling the pipe. 3. At the close of each operating day: a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals and trash — during and after the laying operation. b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. C. Joint Making 1. Mechanical Joints a. In accordance with Section 33 11 11. 2. Push -on Joints a. Install Push -On joints as defined in AWWA C900. b. Wipe clean the gasket seat inside the bell of all extraneous matter. c. Place the gasket in the bell in the position prescribed by the manufacturer. d. Apply a thin film of non -toxic vegetable soap lubricant to the inside of the gasket and the outside of the spigot prior to entering the spigot into the bell. e. When using a field cut plain end piece of pipe, refinish the field cut to conform to AWWA C605. 3. Joint Deflection a. Deflect the pipe only when necessary to avoid obstructions, or to meet the lines and grades shown in the Drawings. b. Joint deflection shall not exceed 50 percent of the manufacturer's recommendation. D. Detectable Metallic Tape Installation 1. See Section 33 05 26. 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. Potable Water Mains 1. Cleaning, disinfection, hydrostatic testing, and bacteriological testing of water mains: a. Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, hydrostatic test and bacteriological test the water main as specified in Section 33 04 40. B. Wastewater Lines 1. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection a. Provide a Post -CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 0131. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 9, 2022 33 11 12-8 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 8 of 9 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 9, 2022 33 11 12 - 9 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 9 of 9 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 2.2.C.1 and 3.4.C.3 — revised maximum joint deflection requirements 3.4.C.1 — Added reference to Ductile Iron Fittings 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 3.4.D — Removed Marker Balls 1.1 Modified acceptable range for specification from up to 24-inch to up to 36-inch Change Section 2.2 B. 5. from "The pipe material shall be PVC, meeting the 4/1/2013 F. Griffin requirements ofASTM D1784, with a cell classification of 12454-B." to "The pipe material shall be PVC, meeting the requirements of ASTM D1784, with a cell classification of 12454". All references to the use of C905 are no longer applicable and are deleted. 11/14/2018 D.V. Magana 1.3.A.4.c. — Updated to reflect C900 applicable on PVC pipe sizes 4" through 60". 1. LA Modified acceptable range for specification from 36-inch to 24-inch 1.3.A.4.c Updated C900 to reflect metric dimensions 1.3.A.5.b & 2.2.13.2 Addition of "NSF 14 Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials" 1.3.A.6.a Addition of "UL 1285 UL Standard for Safety Pipe and Couplings, PVC and PVCO for Underground Fire Service" 2.2,C.3.a Addition of "corrosion resistant" and deletion of "when required by the Drawings" 9/9/22 W Norwood 2.2.C.3. Add " b. In addition to the mechanical joint restraint required for all bends and fittings, horizontal and vertical bends shall be restrained by concrete thrust blocking and by mechanical joint restraint along the length of the pipe as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, unless shown otherwise in the design drawings" 3A.B.1. Add " a. Pipe shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacture's recommendations" 3.4.13.2 Add "b. Conduit shall be homogenous throughout and free from voids, cracks, inclusions and other defects, and shall be uniform as commercially practicable in color, density and other physical characteristics" Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 9, 2022 33 12 10 - 1 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 1 of 17 SECTION 33 12 10 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH [Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Lead-free 1-inch to 2-inch water service lines from the water main to the right-of-way, fittings and water meter boxes complete in place, as shown on the Drawings, directed by the Engineer, and specified herein for: a. New Water Service b. New Water Service (Bored) c. Water Meter Service Relocate d. Private Water Service B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Products Installed but not Furnished Under this Section 1. Water meters for various sizes D. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 3. Section 33 04 40 — Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 4. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 5. Section 33 12 25 — Connection to Existing Water Mains 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment [Items in this Section are intended to be combined for specific project situations. For example - Items I or 2 should be used alone for a previously un-serviced lot. Items I or 2 should be used in conjunction with Item 3 for a meter relocate where the new service is 5 feet or less from the existing service. Items I or 2 should be combined with Items 3 and 4 for a meter relocate where the service is being moved more than 5 feet from the existing service.] 1. New Water Service a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each new "Water Service" complete in place from the tap of the main to the installation of the meter box and associated appurtenances where the service line is installed by open cut construction. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Water Service" installed for: Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 2 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 2 of 17 a) Various sizes The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing New Service Line as specified by the Drawings 2) Submitting product data 3) Tapping saddle 4) Corporation stop 5) Curb stop 6) Fittings 7) Service line installed by open cut 8) Connection to meter 9) Meter Box and Lid 10) Pavement removal 11) Excavation 12) Hauling 13) Disposal of excess material 14) Surface Restoration associated with Meter Box installation and connection, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro -mulch paid separately) 15) Clean-up 16) Disinfection 17) Testing 2. New Bored Water Service a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each new Water Service complete in place from the tap of the main to the installation of the meter box and associated appurtenances where the service line is installed by trenchless method. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Bored Water Service" installed for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Submitting product data 2) Tapping saddle 3) Corporation stop 4) Curb stop 5) Fittings 6) Service line installed by trenchless method 7) Connection to meter 8) Meter Box and Lid 9) Pavement removal 10) Excavation 11) Hauling 12) Disposal of excess material 13) Surface restoration associated with Meter Box installation and connection, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro -mulch paid separately) 14) Clean-up 15) Disinfection 16) Testing Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 3 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 3 of 17 3. Water Meter Service Reconnect a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Water Meter Service Reconnect complete in place from public service line connection to private service line connection. b. Payment 1) The work performed in conjunction with relocation of the meter, associated private service line, fittings and meter box 5 feet or less in any direction from centerline of existing meter location and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Water Meter Service, Reconnection" installed for: a) Various size of services c. The price bid shall include: 1) Private service line 2) Fittings 3) Private connection to water meter 4) Connection to existing private service line 5) Cut and crimp of existing service 6) Removal and Disposal or Salvage of existing 2-inch or smaller water meter, as directed by City 7) Pavement removal 8) Excavation 9) Hauling 10) Disposal of excess material 11) Surface restoration for area disturbed for installation of meter box, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro -mulch paid separately) 12) Clean-up 13) Cleaning 14) Disinfection 15) Testing 4. Private Water Service Relocation a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of Private Service relocation complete in place from the meter box to a connection to the existing service line on private property. b. Payment 1) The work performed in conjunction with Private Service Line installation where the meter and meter boxes are moved more than 5 feet in any direction from centerline of existing meter location and materials furnished in accordance with the Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of "Private Water Service" performed for: a) Various service sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Obtaining appropriate permit 2) Obtaining Right of Entry 3) Submitting product data 4) Private service line 5) Fittings Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 4 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 4 of 17 6) Backflow preventer, check valve, and isolation valve relocation, if applicable 7) Connection to existing private service line 8) Pavement removal and replacement 9) Excavation 10) Hauling 11) Disposal of excess material 12) Surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro -mulch paid separately) 13) Clean-up 14) Cleaning 15) Disinfection 16) Testing 1.3 REFERENCES A. Definitions 1. New Service a. Installation of new 1-inch to 2-inch Water Service Line by open cut construction from the water main to the right-of-way, including corporation stop, curb stop, fittings and water meter boxes complete in place, as shown on the Drawings. 2. New Service (Bored) a. Installation of new 1-inch to 2-inch Water Service Line by trenchless construction method from the water main to the right-of-way, including corporation stop, curb stop, fittings and water meter boxes complete in place, as shown on the Drawings. 3. Meter Service Reconnection a. Relocation and reconnection of the private service line from an existing meter to be abandoned and a new meter installed that lies within 5 feet of the existing meter. 4. Private Service Relocation a. Relocation and reconnection of private service line behind the water meter where the existing meter to be abandoned and the new meter installed is greater than 5 feet of the existing meter. A licensed plumber is required to relocate the private service. 5. Lead-free a. Lead-free pipes and plumbing fittings and fixtures shall contain less than 0.25 percent lead in accordance with the reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (P.L. 111-380). B. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A48, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. b. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. c. B88, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. d. B98, Standard Specification for Copper -Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar and Shapes. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 5 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 5 of 17 e. C131, Standard Specification for Resistance to Degradation of Small -Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. i C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. g. C330, Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete. h. C857 (RL), Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures i. D883, Standard Terminology Relating to Plastics. j. D1693, Standard Test Method for Environmental Stress -Cracking of Ethylene Plastics 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C700, Cold -Water Meters - Displacement Type, Bronze Main Case. b. C800, Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings. 4. NSF International (NSF): a. 61, Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects. 5. Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act a. Public Law 111-380 (P.L. 111-380) 6. General Services Administration (GSA): a. RR-F-621E, Frames, Covers, Gratings, Steps, Sump and Catch Basin, Manhole 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Scheduling 1. Provide advance notice for service interruptions and meet requirements of Division 0 and Division 1. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Data, if applicable: 1. Tapping Saddle 2. Corporation stop 3. Curb Stop 4. Service Line 5. Meter Box 6. Meter Box Lid B. Certificates and Test Reports 1. Prior to shipment of any Water Service components, the manufacturer shall submit the following: a. A Certificate of Adequacy of Design stating that the components to be furnished comply with all regulatory requirements identified in this Section including: 1) The Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (P.L. 111-380) 2) AWWA C800 3) NSF 61 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 6 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 6 of 17 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL, SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications Manufacturers a. Water Services shall meet or exceed the latest revisions of AWWA C800, NSF 61, the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act and shall meet or exceed the requirements of this Specification. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Protect all parts such that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and equipment are ready for operation. 2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the site. 3. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or extremes in temperature. 4. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 00. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Water meters for various sizes 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 3. The Water Services and appurtenances shall be new and the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of Water Services and appurtenances having similar service and size. B. Description Regulatory Requirements Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 7 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 7 of 17 a. All materials shall conform to the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (P.L. 111-380). This Act defines "Lead-free" for pipes and other appurtenances to be less than 0.25 percent lead. b. Water Services shall meet or exceed the latest revisions of AWWA C800 and shall meet or exceed the requirements of this Specification. c. All Water Services components in contact with potable water shall conform to the requirements of NSF 61. C. Materials/Design Criteria 1. Service Lines a. Provide Type K Copper Tubing per ASTM B88. b. Furnish in the annealed conditions, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 2. Service Couplings a. Fitting Ends 1) Flared Copper Tubing with thread dimensions per AWWA C800 2) Provide coupling nuts with a machined bearing skirt of a length equal to the tubing outer diameter (O.D.). b. Provide with hexagonal wrench grip compatible with the coupling size. c. Provide lead-free service couplings in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 3. Corporation stops a. Provide brass castings per AWWA C800 for: 1) Bodies 2) Plugs 3) D washers 4) Bottom nuts b. Machining and Finishing of Surfaces 1) Provide 1 1/4 inch per foot or 0.1458 inch per inch ± 0.007 inch per inch taper of the seating surfaces for the key and body. 2) Reduce large end of the tapered surface of the key in diameter by chamfer or turning for a distance that will bring the largest end of the seating surface of the key into the largest diameter of the seating surface of the body. 3) Relieve taper seat in the body on the small end. 4) Extend small end of the key there -through to prevent the wearing of a shoulder and facilitate proper seating of key. 5) Design key, key nut and washer such that if the key nut is tightened to failure point, the stem end of the key shall not fracture. 6) Design nut and stem to withstand a turning force on the nut of at least 3 times the necessary effort to properly seat the key without failure in any manner. 7) Port through corporation stop shall be full size to eliminate turbulence in the flow way. 8) Design stop for rotation about the axis of the flow passageway inside the following minimum circles in order to properly clear the tapping machine: a) Two 7/8-inch for 1-inch corporation stops b) Four 15/16-inch for 1 '/2 -inch and 2-inch corporation stops Provide lead-free corporation stops in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 8 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 8 of 17 4. Curb Stops a. Provide brass castings per AWWA C800. b. Valve plugs shall be: 1) Cylinder type 2) Plug type, or 3) Ball type c. Incorporate full flow porting. d. Provide for full 360 degree plug rotation clockwise or counter -clockwise. e. Overall Length 1) 3-5/16 inch+ 1/8 inch for 1-inch diameter 2) 4-1/32 inch + 9.32 for 1-inch diameter i Cylindrical Plug Type 1) Provide 0-ring seal at top and bottom. a) O-ring at top only is acceptable if bottom of curb stop body is closed. 2) Seals shall be Buna N. 3) 1 O-ring seal shall surround the outlet port of the curb stop and act to effectively seal in the closed position. 4) The port in the plug shall provide a straight through, full size flow way, so shaped as to eliminate turbulence. 5) All waterways shall be smooth and free of burrs or rough areas. 6) Design the curb stop to provide ease and accuracy of operation and positive shut- off of water. g. Tapered Plug Type 1) Provide O-ring seal at top and bottom. 2) The tapered plug and cylindrical recess in the valve body shall be machined to match within approved manufacturing tolerances. 3) Inlet and outlet ports shall be sealed by 0-rings or combination Teflon U-shaped seal rings backed with O-rings. 4) The port in the plug shall provide a straight through, full size flow way, so shaped as to eliminate turbulence. 5) All waterways shall be smooth and free of burrs or rough areas. 6) Design the curb stop to provide ease and accuracy of operation and positive shut- off of water. h. Ball Plug Type 1) Provide double O-ring seals on the stem. 2) The ball shall seal against rubber rings mounted in the valve body at the inlet and outlet ports. 3) The ball shall be bronze with a smooth Teflon coating. 4) The port in the plug shall provide a straight through, full size flow way, so shaped as to eliminate turbulence. 5) All waterways shall be smooth and free of burrs or rough areas. i. Provide lead-free curb stops in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 5. Straight Adapters a. Brass castings and threads per AWWA C800 b. Provide lead-free straight adapters in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 6. Three Part Copper Unions a. Brass castings and threads per AWWA C800 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 9 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 9 of 17 b. Provide lead-free Three Part Copper Unions in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. Straight Meter Couplings a. Brass castings per AWWA C800 b. Threads per AWWA C700 c. Tailpiece with outside iron pipe thread d. Chamfer corners on threaded end of meter nut. e. Machine inside and outside of tailpiece. f. Provide lead-free Straight Meter Couplings in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 8. Branch Connections a. Brass castings per AWWA C800 b. Inlet and outlet connections per AWWA C800 c. Provide lead-free branch connections in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 9. Service Saddles a. Castings 1) Brass or Nylon coated ductile iron castings per AWWA C800 2) Free of porosity with sharp edges removed 3) Saddle a) Form to fit firmly against side of maximum diameter of water main with approximately 180 degrees wrap around. 4) Outlet a) Design outlet boss for no thread distortion by bending moments. b) Tapped for taper threaded corporation stop conforming to AWWA C800. b. Straps 1) Conform to ASTM B98. 2) Form flat to fit uniformly against the wall of the water main. 3) Shall be double straps 4) Rod diameter not less than 5/8 inch flattened to 1 inch on one side. 5) Straps shall be threaded 5/8 inch (I I-NC-2A) for a distance such that ''/z inch remains after clamp is fully tightened on the pipe. 6) Chamfer strap ends to protect the starting threads. 7) The threads shall be full and free from shear. 8) 4-inch and larger pipe shall be in accordance with Section 33 12 25. c. Nuts 1) Bronze material a) Same material as straps 2) Dimensions equal to or larger than heavy hexagon nuts 3) Tapped 5/8 inch (11-NC-2B) d. Gaskets 1) Neoprene rubber material 2) Cemented to saddle and positioned to facilitate installation 10. Brass Flanged Angle Valve a. For 1 'h-inch and 2-inch services b. Brass castings per AWWA C800 c. Valve Body with integral outlet flange and inlet wrenching flat d. Fit together key and body by turning key and reaming body Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 10 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 10 of 17 1) Key with 0-ring seal seat at the upper end 2) Lap key and body seat are to conform to corporation stop requirements of this Specification. 3) The outlet flange shall contain an 0-ring seat or a uniform flat drop -in flange gasket surface. 4) Drop -in flange gasket surface shall contain gasket retaining grooves milled circular about the axis of the flange. 5) The size of the outlet flange and the diameter and spacing of the bolt holes shall conform to AWWA C7O0. 6) The flange on 2-inch angle valves shall be double drilled to permit connection to 1 -inch meters. 7) The inlet port of the valve shall be tapered to conform to AWWA C800 taper pipe thread. 8) The key cap shall include a wrenching tee marked with a raised or recessed arrow to show whether the valve is open or closed. 9) Valve Assembly (main body, key, key cap) a) Brass material per AWWA C8OO b) 0-ring seal on the top of the key between the key and body seat c) Key cap shall complete the assembly by attaching to the key by means of a strong bronze pin with phosphor bronze spring washer(s) depressed between the key cap and the top of the valve main body. d) Provide with padlock wings for locking the valve in the closed position. e) There shall be a uniform application of cold water valve grease between the body and the key. f) The valve shall be capable of being easily opened and stopping lugs. g) The waterway through the valve shall be smooth and rounded for minimum pressure loss, and shall be free of burrs or fins. h) The valve shall be strong, well designed, neat in appearance, water -tight and entirely adequate for the intended purpose. i) Provide with either a high quality rubber drop -in gasket or an 0-ring seal depending on the manufacturer's flange seal surface design choice. Provide lead-free brass flanged angle valves in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 11. Meter Boxes shall: a. Be constructed of- 1) Polymer, black polyethylene material as defined in ASTM D883. a) Minimum wall thickness of 3/8-inch throughout with no blowing agents or foaming plastics b) Body shall be black throughout, blended at the time of manufacture, and shall have a molded recycled emblem with a minimum of 35 percent Post Industrial/ Pre Consumer Recycled Content- verified with a Leed Product Documentation. c) Have a tensile strength greater than 1700 pounds per square inch (psi). d) Smooth edges and corners and be free from sharp edges so the unit can be handled safely without gloves. e) Exterior free from seams or parting lines. f) Have crush resistant ribbing along the outside of the box. g) Have a flange around the lid opening to help prevent settling and aide in adjustment to grade. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 11 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 11 of 17 h) Not to be installed in roadway — designed to withstand loading in non - deliberate and incidental traffic only. 2) Concrete a) Frame of No. 6 gauge wire welded closed b) Type I or Type II Portland cement, in accordance with ASTM C150, portioned with lightweight aggregate, in accordance with ASTM C330 (1) Percentage of wear not to exceed 40 per ASTM C 131 (2) Minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi b. Be able to withstand a minimum 15,000 pounds vertical load c. Withstand a minimum 400 pounds sidewall load. d. Have pipe holes measuring a minimum of 2-1/2" x 3-1/4". e. 1-inch Standard Meter Box (Class A) 1) For use with services utilizing 5/8-inch x 3/4-inch, 3/4-inch or 1-inch meter Single or Dual service meter. 2) Polymer a) Size: working of not less than 10 inches x 16 inches, 12 inches high 3) Concrete a) Size: working area not less than 10-inches x 16-inches, 12 inches high f. 2-inch Standard Meter Box (Class C) 1) For use with services utilizing 1-1/2-inch or 2-inch Single service meter. 2) Polymer a) Size: working area not less than 14-inches x 28-inches, 12 inches high 3) Concrete a) Size: working area not less than 15-inches x 26-1/2-inches, 12 inches high g. Bullhead Standard Meter Box (Class B) 1) For use with services utilizing two 5/8-inch x 3/4-inch or %-inch or 1-inch Single service meter. 2) Polymer a) Size: working area not less than 15-inches x 18-inches, 12 inches high 3) Concrete a) Size: working area not less than 15-inches x 18-inches, 12 inches high 12. Meter Box Lid a. Meter Box Lids Shall: 1) Be solid throughout with reinforcing ribs. 2) Have City of Fort Worth `Molly' logo molded into the lid. 3) Bear the Manufacturer's IS (name or logo) and Country of Origin. 4) Be designed both with and without AMI receptacles 5) Have a molded tread -plate 6) Seat securely and evenly inside the meter box and shall not overlap the top edge of the meter box. 7) Have a molded pick bar for use by meter reading tool. 8) Have Automated Meter Infrastructure (AMI) snap locking slide mounts for number of meters/endpoints associated with meter box 9) Have an opening to accept the AMI end -point. Opening shall accommodate an endpoint with a 1-7/8 inches diameter. 10) Have recessed AMI end point area, to alleviate a trip hazard, centered over AMI slide mount. Recess area should be 4-1/2 inches in diameter and 3/8" deep. 11) Have built-in anti -flotation devices. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 12 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 12 of 17 b. Cast Iron or Ductile Iron 1) Lids for Concrete Meter Boxes shall be constructed out of a cast iron and meet RRF-621 specification. 2) Shall withstand a minimum vertical load of 15,000 pounds 3) Coat castings with a bituminous emulsified asphalt unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, ground smooth, and cleaned with shot blasting, to get a uniform quality free from strength defects and distortions. 4) Dimensions shall be within industry standards offl/16 inch per foot. 5) Shall have a plug inserted in to the AMI receptacle to avoid water entering through opening until the AMI receptacle is used 6) Be a minimum of 1-3/4 inches thick at reinforcing ribs. 7) Casting weights may vary f5 percent from drawing weight per industry standards. Plastic(Composite) 1) The lid shall : a) Constructed of Engineered Plastic as defined in ASTM D883 (1) Have a molded recycled emblem with a minimum of 50 percent Post Consumer Recycled and 50 percent Post Industrial/ Pre Consumer Recycled Content- verified with a Leed Product Documentation. (2) Be designed to fit a concrete box/cast iron box in retrofit installations. (3) Have a tensile strength greater than 1700 psi. (4) Have a `knock -out" plug to accept the AMI end- point. Knock -out diameter shall be 1-7/8 inch diameter. A removable plug may be substituted for the knock -out plug. (5) Be constructed out of a composite material blend for maximum durability and corrosion resistance. (6) Be black throughout with no blowing agents or foaming plastics (7) Smooth edges and corners and be free from sharp edges so the unit can be handled safely without gloves. (8) Exterior free from seams or parting lines. (9) Have a molded tread -pattern- tread dimensions shall be .188-inch x .938- inch x .150-inch deep. (10)Have "City of Fort Worth" molded into the lid. (I I)Have "Water Meter" molded into the lid- Font shall be standard Fadal CNC font with 1-inch characters x .150-inch deep. (12)Have a molded pick hole pocket- dimensions shall be 3-inch x 9/16-inch x Thru Hole with 3/16-inch 304 stainless steel rod. (13)Have 2 pieces of/2-inch rebar located in lid pockets for locatability as shown in Drawings. (14) Have location capability using metal detector. b) Domestic Manufacture Only -Made in USA molded on Lid. c) Not to be installed in roadway or parking area d) Be designed to withstand H-10 loading for non -deliberate and incidental traffic only as . e) Have ultraviolet protection. 2) 1-inch Standard Plastic Meter Box Lid (Class A) Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 13 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 13 of 17 a) For use with services utilizing 5/8-inch x 3/4-inch, 3/4-inch or 1-inch meter Single or Dual service meter. b) Size: 11-7/8-inch x 17-7/8-inch, 1-1/2 inches high c) For use with Class A Standard Meter Box. d) Polymer lid shall seat evenly inside meter box and shall not overlap the top edge of the meter box. 3) 2-inch Standard Plastic Meter Box Lid (Class C) a) For use with services utilizing 1-1/2-inch or 2-inch Single service meter. b) Size 27-inches x 15-1/4-inches, 1-7/8 inches high c) For use with Class C Standard Meter Box. d) Polymer lid shall seat evenly inside meter box and shall not overlap the top edge of the meter box. 4) Bullhead Standard Plastic Meter Box Lid (Class B) a) For use with services utilizing two 5/8-inch x 3/4-inch or 3/4-inch or 1-inch Single service meter: b) Size: 16-5/8-inch x 14-5/8-inch, 1.3/4 inches high c) For use with Class B Standard Meter Box. d) Polymer lid shall seat evenly inside meter box and shall not overlap the top edge of the meter box. 13. Horizontal Check Valve a. Equip 1 '/z-inch and 2-inch Water Services with a horizontal check valve, with pipe plug, only if specified in the Drawings. b. If an existing backflow preventer is present, the Contractor is to leave it, and is not required to provide an additional horizontal check valve. c. Provide lead-free horizontal check valves in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 14. Service Marker a. 3 inch wide, 5 mil blue vinyl tape 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections 1. At the City's option, the manufacturer shall be required to provide certification records showing conformance of materials, design and testing to these Specifications. 2. The test procedures shall conform to AWWA C800. a. In the event that a chosen valve fails the City's hydrostatic test, the cost of the test shall be at the expense of the supplier. b. Proof testing of the remainder of the valves shall be at the cost and responsibility of the supplier. c. These tests will be the basis of acceptance or rejection of the remainder of the shipment by the City. 3. The City reserves the right to select products at random for testing. The failure of materials to conform to the applicable Specification may result in the rejection of the entire shipment. B. Marking Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 14 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 14 of 17 Service saddle castings shall be clearly marked by letters and numerals cast thereon showing: a. Manufacturer's name b. Type C. Size of Pipe PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS A. A licensed plumber is required for installations on the outlet side of the service meter. 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Install Water Services and appurtenances in accordance with AWWA C800. 2. Install Water Service Lines 5 feet north or east of center of lot frontage on lots 75 feet or wider, or where shown on Drawings. 3. Install Water Service Lines on lot center line on lots less than 75 feet wide, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 4. Install services at a minimum depth of 36 inches below final grade/proposed top of curb, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 5. Perform leak tests in accordance with Section 33 04 40. 6. Replace existing 3/4-inch Service Lines with 1-inch new Service Line, tap, and corporation. 7. Install replaced or relocated services with the service main tap and service line being in line with the service meter, unless otherwise directed by the City. 8. Excavate, embed and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 10. B. Handling 1. Haul and distribute Service Lines fittings at the project site and handle with care to avoid damage. a. Inspect each segment of Service Line and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to lowering into the trench. b. Do not handle the pipe in such a way that will damage the pipe. 2. At the close of each operating day: a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals and trash — during and after the laying operation. b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. C. Service Line Installation Service Taps a. Only ductile iron pipe may be directly tapped. b. Install service taps and/or tap assemblies of the specified size as indicated on the Drawings, or as specified by the Engineer. C. Perform taps on a water system that is either uncharged or under pressure. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 15 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 15 of 17 d. Taps consist of- 1) For Concrete Pressure Pipe or Steel Pipe a) Standard internal pipe threaded holes in the pipe walls (1) Made during pipe fabrication (2) Provide tapered threaded outlet with cc threads for up to 2-inch. (3) Provide flange outlet with flange to thread insulator adaptor kits for 4- inch and larger taps. 2) Other pipe materials a) Bronze service clamp with a sealed, threaded port through which the pipe wall is drilled to complete a service port Tap Assemblies 1) Consist of corporation stop with iron to copper connection attached to: a) Copper tubing terminating as shown on the City's Standard Detail b) May be required adjacent to gate valves c) Install as shown on the Drawings, or as directed by the Engineer. d) When required, shall be included in the unit price bid for installing gate valve. 2) Chlorination and testing purposes a) No separate payment will be made for taps required for testing and chlorination. 2. Installation of Water Services a. Install tap and Service Line in accordance with City Details. b. Install meter box in accordance with City Details. 1) Adjustment of the Service Line to proper meter placement height shall be considered as part of the Meter Box installation. 3. Trenching a. Provide a trench width sufficiently wide to allow for 2 inches of granular embedment on either side of the Service Line. 4. Bored Services a. Services shall be bored utilizing a pilot hole having a diameter %Z inch to 3/4 inches larger than the Service Line. 5. Arrangement a. Arrange corporation stops, branches, curb stops, meter spuds, meter boxes and other associate appurtenances as shown in the City Detail, and to the approval of the Engineer. 6. Service Marker a. When Meter Box is not installed immediately subsequent to service installation: 1) Mark Curb Stop with a strip of blue vinyl tape fastened to the end of the service and extending through the backfill approximately 6 inches above ground at the Meter Box location. b. Installation of service taps only: 1) Attach service marker tape to the corporation stop or plug and extend upward and normal to the main through the backfill at the adjacent trench edge to at least 6 inches above ground to flag the tap location. 7. Corporation stops a. Fully open corporation stop prior to backfill. D. Removal of Existing Water Meters Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS[Insert Project Number] Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 16 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 16 of 17 1. Remove, tag and collect existing Water Service meter for pickup by the City for reconditioning or replacement. 2. After installation of the Water Service in the proposed location and receipt of a meter from the City inspector, install the meter. 3. Reset the meter box as necessary to be flush with existing ground or as otherwise directed by the City. 4. All such work on the outlet side of the service meter shall be performed by a licensed plumber. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests and Inspections 1. Check each Water Service installation for leaks and full flow through the curb stop at the time the main is tested in accordance with Section 33 04 40. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 17 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 17 of 17 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson Added Blue Text for clarification 1.2 A. — Revision to items included in price bid Specification modified to be in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act — All materials shall be lead free in accordance with this Act. 1.2.A.3 — Water Meter Service Relocate was renamed Water Meter Service Reconnect 1.6.B. — added certification submittals for compliance with regulatory requirements 2/13/2013 F. Griffin Added the phrase `, including grass' to lines; Part 1, 1.2.A.1.c.14, Partl, 1.2.A.2.c.13, Part 1, 1.2.A.2.c.13, Part 1,1.2.A.3.c.11, Partl, 1.2.A.4.c.11 Added the phrase `and replacement' to line Part 1,1.2.A.4.c.7 4/26/2013 F. Griffin Revised lines with `including grass' replacing with `excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydromulching paid separately)' Included in Part 1, 1.2, A, 1, c, 14; Part 1, 1.2, A, 2, c, 13; Part 1, 1.2, A, 3, c, 11; Part 1, 1.2, A, 4, 2, 11 6/19/2013 D. Johnson 1.2,A.4.c — Addition of private water service appurtenances relocation to being included in the linear foot price of private water services 11/21/2016 W. Norwood Require meter box suitable for AMI meter. 2.2,C, 11 & 2.2,C,12 11/21/2016 W. Norwood Require service saddle with double straps. 2.2,C,9,b 2/14/17 W. Norwood 2.2, C, 9.a.3 Remove table "Fit Contour of pipe..." 2/14/17 W. Norwood 3.4, C, I.d.(2) Remove nylon sleeve inserts, require cc threads. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 14, 2017 33 1220- 1 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 1 of 10 1 SECTION 33 12 20 2 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE 3 [Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] 4 PART1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valves 4-inch through 48-inch for use with potable 8 water mains 9 a. 24-inch and larger valves may require an integral bypass 10 2. Gate valves larger than 24-inches may be approved by the City on a case -by -case 11 basis. 12 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 13 1. None. 14 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 15 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 16 Contract 17 2. Division 1— General Requirements 18 3. Section 33 1105 — Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 19 4. Section 33 11 10 —Ductile Iron Pipe. 20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21 A. Measurement and Payment 22 1. Gate Valve 23 a. Measurement 24 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each. 25 b. Payment 26 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 27 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Gate Valve" installed 28 for: 29 a) Various sizes 30 c. The price bid shall include: 31 1) Furnishing and installing Gate Valves with connections as specified in the 32 Drawings 33 2) Valve box 34 3) Extension 35 4) Extensions for valves in vaults 36 5) Valve vault and appurtenances (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 37 6) Petrolatum tape for connections to steel flanges 38 7) 2-inch risers (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 39 8) Isolation kits when installed with flanged connections 40 9) Polyethylene encasement CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised May 6, 2015 331220-2 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 2 of 10 1 10) Pavement removal 2 11) Excavation 3 12) Hauling 4 13) Disposal of excess material 5 14) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 6 15) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 7 16) Clean-up 8 17) Cleaning 9 18) Disinfection 10 19) Testing 11 2. Cut -in Gate Valve 12 a. Measurement 13 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each. 14 b. Payment 15 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 16 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Cut -in Gate Valve" 17 installed for: 18 a) Various sizes 19 c. The price bid shall include: 20 1) Furnishing and installing Gate Valves with connections as specified in the 21 Drawings 22 2) System dewatering 23 3) Connections to existing pipe materials 24 4) Valve box 25 5) Extension 26 6) Extensions for valves in vaults 27 7) Valve vault and appurtenances (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 28 8) Petrolatum tape for connections to steel flanges 29 9) 2-inch risers (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 30 10) Isolation kits when installed with flanged connections 31 11) Valve vault and appurtenances (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 32 12) Polyethylene encasement 33 13) Pavement removal 34 14) Excavation 35 15) Hauling 36 16) Disposal of excess material 37 17) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 38 18) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 39 19) Clean-up 40 20) Cleaning 41 21) Disinfection 42 22) Testing 43 1.3 REFERENCES 44 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 45 1. NRS — Non Rising Stem 46 2. OS&Y — Outside Screw and Yoke CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised May 6, 2015 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 331220-3 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 3 of 10 B. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (Classes 25, 125, and 250). 4. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 5. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A48, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. b. A242, Standard Specification for High -Strength Low -Alloy Structural Steel. c. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. d. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. e. B117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. £ B633, Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel. 6. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C509, Resilient -Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. b. C515, Reduced -Wall, Resilient -Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. c. C550, Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. d. C900, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 IN through 12 IN, for Water Transmission and Distribution. 7. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute (AWWA/ANSI): a. C105/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems. b. C111/A21.11, Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. c. C115/A21.15, Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe with Ductile -Iron or Gray -Iron Threaded Flanges. 8. NSF International (NSF): a. 61, Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects. 33 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 34 1.5 SUBMITTALS 35 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 36 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 37 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 38 A. Product Data 39 1. Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve noting the pressure rating and coating system 40 supplied, including: 41 a. Dimensions, weights, material list, and detailed drawings 42 b. Joint type 43 c. Maximum torque recommended by the manufacturer for the valve size CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised May 6, 2015 331220-4 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 4 of 10 1 2. Polyethylene encasement and tape 2 a. Whether the film is linear low density or high density cross linked polyethylene 3 b. The thickness of the film provided 4 3. Thrust Restraint, if required by contract Documents 5 a. Retainer glands 6 b. Thrust harnesses 7 c. Any other means 8 4. Instructions for field repair of fusion bonded epoxy coating 9 5. Gaskets 10 B. Certificates 11 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying that all Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valves meet 12 the provisions of this Section, each valve meets Specifications, all inspections have 13 been made and that all tests have been performed in accordance with AWWA C509 14 or AWWA C515. 15 2. Furnish a certificate stating that buried bolts and nuts conform to ASTM B 117. 16 3. Furnish affidavit that Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer has five 17 years experience manufacturing Resilient Seated Gate Valves of similar service and 18 size with experience record. 19 4. Furnish affidavit that Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer owns or 20 controls any foreign factory/foundry that supplies valve casings and can certify that 21 the Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer is in control of quality 22 control at the foreign factory/foundry. 23 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 26 A. Qualifications 27 1. Manufacturers 28 a. Valves 16-inch and larger shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each 29 project. 30 1) Change orders, specials and field changes may be provided by a different 31 manufacturer upon City approval. 32 b. For valves less than 16-inch, valves of each size shall be the product of 1 33 manufacturer, unless approved by the City. 34 1) Change orders, specials and field changes may be provided by a different 35 manufacturer upon City approval. 36 c. Valves shall meet or exceed AWWA C509 or AWWA C515. 37 d. For valves equipped with a bypass, the bypass valve must be of the same 38 manufacturer as the main valve. 39 e. Resilient Seated Gate Valves shall be new. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised May 6, 2015 331220-5 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 5 of 10 1 f. Resilient Seated Gate Valve Manufacturer shall not have less than 5 years of 2 successful experience manufacturing of Resilient Seated Gate Valves of similar 3 service and size, and indicated or demonstrate an experience record that is 4 satisfactory to the Engineer and City. This experience record will be thoroughly 5 investigated by the Engineer, and acceptance will be at the sole discretion of the 6 Engineer and City. 7 g. Casings for Resilient Seated Gate Valve, such as valve body, wedge, and 8 bypass; that are not manufactured within the United States of America, shall be 9 manufactured by factories/foundries that are owned or controlled (partial 10 ownership) such that the Resilient Seated Gate Valve Manufacturer can control 11 and guarantee quality at the foreign factory/foundry. 12 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 13 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 14 1. Protect all parts so that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 15 delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 16 equipment are ready for operation. 17 2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 18 site. 19 3. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges by wooden blank flanges, 20 strongly built and securely bolted thereto. 21 4. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 22 5. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 23 extremes in temperature. 24 6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 25 6600. 26 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 27 1.12 WARRANTY 28 A. Manufacturer Warranty 29 1. Manufacturer's Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. 30 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 31 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 32 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 33 A. Manufacturers 34 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be 35 considered as shown in Section 0160 00. 36 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 37 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 38 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 39 B. Description CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised May 6, 2015 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 331220-6 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 6 of 10 1. Regulatory Requirements a. Valves shall be new and meet or exceed AWWA C509 or AWWA C515 and shall meet or exceed the requirements of this Specification. b. All valve components in contact with potable water shall conform to the requirements of NSF 61. C. Materials 1. Valve Body a. Valve body: ductile iron per ASTM A536 b. Flanged ends: Furnish in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15. c. Mechanical Joints: Furnish with outlets which conform to AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11. d. Valve interior and exterior surfaces: fusion bonded epoxy coated, minimum 5 mils, meeting AWWA C550 requirements e. Buried valves: Provide with polyethylene encasement in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5. 1) Polyethylene encasement: Furnish in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 2. Wedge (Gate) a. Resilient wedge: rated at 250 psig cold water working pressure b. The wedge (gate) for all valve sizes shall be 1 piece, fully encapsulated with a permanently bonded EPDM rubber. 3. Bypass a. For gate valves using a double roller, track and scrapper system, an integrally cast bypass on the body of the valve is required_ 1) Orient the bypass on the same side of the gate valve as the spur gear to allow operation of both valves from the manhole opening. 2) The bypass shall be a minimum 4-inch in size. 4. Gate Valve Bolts and Nuts a. Bonnet, Stuffmg Box and Gear Box - Hex head bolt, and hex nut: Steel ASTM A307 Gr. B, Zinc Plate per ASTM B633, SC3 for non -buried service (4-inch through 12-inch valves) or as specified in 2.2.C.4.b. b. Hex head bolt and hex nut: AISI 304 stainless steel for buried service (all sizes) and for valves 16-inch through 36-inch (non -buried service) 5. Bolts and Nuts a. Mechanical Joints a) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 1105. b. Flanged Ends 1) Meet requirements of AWWA C115 or AWWA C207 depending on pipe material. 2) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 1105. 3) Flanged isolation kits shall be provided when connecting to buried steel or concrete pressure pipe. Kits shall conform to Section 33 04 10. 6. Joints a. Valves: flanged, or mechanical joint or any combination of these as specified on the Drawings or in the project Specifications 1) Flanged joints: AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15, ASME B16.1, Class 125 a) Flange bolt circles and bolt holes shall match those of ASME B 16.1, Class 125. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised May 6, 2015 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 331220-7 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 7 of 10 1 b) Field fabricated flanges are prohibited. 2 2) Steel or concrete pressure pipe 3 a) Use flange joints unless otherwise specified in the Contract 4 Documents. 5 3) Ductile Iron or PVC pressure pipe 6 a) Use mechanical joints with mechanically restrained retainer glands 7 unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 8 7. Operating Nuts 9 a. Supply for buried service valves 10 b. 1-15/16-inch square at the top, 2-inch at the base, and 1-3/4-inch high 11 c. Cast an arrow showing the direction of opening with the word "OPEN" on the 12 operating nut base. 13 d. To open, the operating nut shall be turned to the RIGHT (CLOCKWISE) 14 direction. Nut shall be painted red per AWWA specifications 15 e. Connect the operating nut to the shaft with a shear pin that prevents the nut 16 from transferring torque to that shaft or the gear box that exceeds the 17 manufacturer's recommended torque. 18 f. Furnish handwheel operators for non -buried service, or when shown in the 19 Drawings. 20 8. Gearing 21 a. Gate valves that are 24 inch and larger: Equip with a spur gear. 22 b. Bevel gears for horizontally mounted valves are not allowed. 23 c. The spur gear shall be designed and supplied by the manufacturer of the valve 24 as an integral part of the gate valve. 25 9. Gaskets 26 a. Provide gaskets in accordance with Section 33 1105. 27 2.3 ACCESSORIES 28 A. All gate valves shall have the following accessories provided as part of the gate valve 29 installation: 30 1. A keyed solid extension stem of sufficient length to bring the operating nut up to 31 within 1 foot of the surface of the ground, when the operating nut on the gate valve 32 is 3 feet or more beneath the surface of the ground. Extension Stems are: 33 a. Not required on City stock orders 34 b. Not to be bolted or attached to the valve -operating nut 35 c. To be of cold rolled steel with a cross -sectional area of 1 square inch, fitting 36 loosely enough to allow deflection 37 2. Furnish joint components such as gaskets, glands, lubricant, bolts, and nuts in 38 sufficient quantity for assembly of each joint. 39 3. Cast Iron Valve Boxes: provide for buried service gate valves, cast iron valve 40 boxes and covers 41 a. Each valve box for 4-inch through 12-inch valves shall be 2-piece, 5 %4-inch 42 shafts, screw type, consisting of a top section and a bottom section. 43 b. Valve boxes shall be as listed in the City of Fort Worth Standard Products List 44 in attached in Section 01 60 00. 45 c. Valve box covers shall be so designed that they can be easily removed to 46 provide access to valve operating nut. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised May 6, 2015 331220-8 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 8 of 10 1 d. Valve box covers must be designed to stay in position and resist damage under 2 AASHTO HS 20 traffic loads. 3 e. Each cover shall be casted with the word "WATER" or "RECLAIMED" in 4 raised letters on the upper surface. 5 f. Cast iron valve boxes and covers shall conform to ASTM A48, Class 35B. 6 1) Valve box covers shall be round for potable water applications and square 7 for reclaimed water applications. 8 g. Box extension material shall be AWWA C900 PVC or ductile iron. 9 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 11 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 12 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 13 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 14 3.4 INSTALLATION 15 A. General 16 1. All valves shall be installed in vertical position when utilized in normal pipeline 17 installation. 18 2. Valves shall be placed at line and grade as indicated on the Drawings. 19 3. Polyethylene encasement installation shall be in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 20 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 21 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 22 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 23 A. Field Inspections 24 1. Before acceptance of the installed valve, the City Field Operations Staff shall have 25 the opportunity to operate the valve. 26 2. The City shall be given the opportunity to inspect all buried flanges before they are 27 covered. 28 3. The Operator will be assessing the ease of access to the operating nut within the 29 valve box and ease of operating the valve from a fully closed to fully opened 30 position. 31 4. If access and operation of the valve meet the City's criteria, then the valve will be 32 accepted as installed. 33 B. Non -Conforming Work 34 1. If access and operation of the valve or its appurtenances does not meet the City's 35 criteria, the Contractor will remedy the situation until it meets the City's criteria, at 36 the Contractor's expense. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised May 6, 2015 331220-9 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 9 of 10 1 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 2 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 4 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 5 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 6 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 7 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised May 6, 2015 33 12 20 - 10 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 10 of 10 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1. LA — Modified acceptable size range and added requirement for bypass in 30-inch gate valves, Blue text added for exceptions 1.2 Measurement and Payment — Added Cut -In Gate Valve 1.2.A.l.c and 1.2.A.2.c — added additional items to be included in price bid 1.6.A — removed requirement for product data for bolts and nuts because it is to be included under Section 33 1105. 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.9.A.1 — Added requirement for bypass valve manufacturing 2.2.C. — Added requirement for 30-inch gate valves to have a bypass and bypass material requirements; Added reference to Section 33 1105 and removed material specification for bolts, nuts and gaskets; Added requirement for flanged isolation kits; Added restraint requirements for mechanical joint connections with ductile iron or PVC pressure pipe. 2.3.3 — Modified acceptable cast iron from Class 40 to Class 3513; Added requirements for reclaimed water applications 1.1.A.2 Revision - Gate valves larger than 24-inches may be approved by the City on a case -by -case basis 1.6.13.3 Added Section. Requires Affidavit for 5 years of experience in manufacturing RS Gate valves of similar size and type. 1.6.13.4 Added Section — Requires Affidavit on Gate Valve manufacturers ownership 6/24/2014 D. Townsend in foreign factories/foundries providing components to certify on -site quality control. 1.9.A.1.f Added Section. Requirement for 5 years of experience in manufacturing RS Gate valves of similar size and type. 1.9.A.l.g Added Section. Requirement for Gate Valve manufacturers ownership (or control) in foreign factories/foundries providing components to certify on -site quality control 1. LA.1 Revised maximum allowable Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve from 30-inch to 48-inch 1. LA. La Revised minimum size gate valve requiring bypass from 30-inch to 24- inch. 5/6/2015 D. Townsend 2.2.C.3. Changed requirement for an integrally cast bypass from 30-inch and above resilient seated gate valves to all double roller, track and scrapper system resilient seated gate valves 2.2.C.3.2 Added the minimum size bypass shall be 4-inches. 2.2.C.7.d Added that nut shall be painted red per AWWA specifications CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised May 6, 2015 331221-1 AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves Page 1 of 11 SECTION 33 12 21 AWWA RUBBER -SEATED BUTTERFLY VALVES [Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the f inal project document.] PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves 30-inch through 72-inch for transmission, distribution system and plant applications (buried or above ground installation) as shown on the Standard Products List. 2. Butterfly valves smaller than 30-inches may be approved by the City on a case -by - case basis. B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 3. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -In -Place Concrete 4. Section 33 04 10 —Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation 5. Section 33 05 16 — Concrete Water Vaults 6. Section 33 1105 — Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. Measurement for this Item shall be per each. 2. Payment a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "AWWA Butterfly Valve" installed for: 1) Various sizes 3. The price bid shall include: a. Furnishing and installing AWWA Butterfly Valves as specified in the Drawings b. AWWA Butterfly Valve vault and appurtenances c. Pavement removal d. Excavation e. Hauling f. Disposal of excess material g. Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment h. Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill i. Clean-up j. Cleaning CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised April 23, 2019 33 1221 -2 AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves Page 2 of 11 k. Disinfection 1. Testing 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. B1.1, Unified Inch Screw Thread Series 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (Classes 25, 125 and 250). 4. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. b. A242, Standard Specification for High -Strength Low -Alloy Structural Steel. c. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. d. B117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 5. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute (AWWA/ANSI): a. C111/A21.11, Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 6. American Water Works Association (AW WA): a. C504, Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves. b. C550, Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. 7. NSF International (NSF): a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 8. Society for Protective Coatings/MACE International (SSPC/NACE): a. SP 10/NACE No. 2, Near -White Blast Cleaning. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves stating: a. Material b. Valve and Actuator Coating System c. Working pressure rating d. Test pressure rating e. Valve classification f Valve Seat Type and bonding method to disc or body g. Valve -port diameter h. Valve Torque required i. Actuator Type and maximum torque CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised April 23, 2019 33 1221 -3 AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves Page 3 of 11 j. Total net assembled weight k. Valve operator and extension stems 1. Opening direction 2. Confirm valve seat type for specific project application with the City prior to ordering Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valve. B. Shop Drawings 1. For below grade applications: a. Cast -in -place concrete vault in accordance with shop drawing requirements set forth in Section 03 30 00. b. Vault appurtenances in accordance with shop drawing requirements set forth in Section 33 05 16. C. Certifications 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying that all AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves meet the provisions of this Specification and have been hydrostatically tested at the factory and meet the requirements of AWWA C504. 2. Furnish an affidavit certifying that the coating for all AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves meets the provisions of this Specification and meets the requirements of AWWA C504. 3. Furnish affidavit that AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valve manufacturer owns or controls any foreign factory/foundry that supplies valve casings and can certify that the Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer is in control of quality control at the foreign factory/foundry. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Manual 1. Furnish Operation and Maintenance Manual in accordance with Division 1. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications Manufacturers a. Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves and manual actuators of the same size shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each project. 1) Change orders, specials and field changes may be provided by a different manufacturer upon City approval. b. Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves shall be in conformance with AWWA C504. c. Casings for Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves; that are not manufactured within the United States of America, shall be manufactured by factories/foundries that are owned or controlled (partial ownership) such that the Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valve Manufacturer can control and guarantee quality at the foreign factory/foundry. d. Worm -gear type actuator meeting the requirements of this specification shall be: 1) Rotork Gears IW Series AWWA C504 & C5PV-3 Quarter -turn Worm Gear Operator, 2) AUWA GS Part -Turn Gearbox, CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised April 23, 2019 33 1221 -4 AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves Page 4 of 11 3) Limitorque HBC Worm Gearbox series 4) EIM WO series for non-burier applications or WB series for direct -buried applications 5) Or Engineer approved equal 2. The AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valve shall be the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves having similar service and size. 3. Unit Responsibility a. All equipment specified under this Section is to be furnished by the valve manufacturer who shall be responsible for the adequacy and compatibility of all unit components including, but not limited to, the valve, actuator and extension stems. b. Any component of each complete unit not provided by the valve manufacturer shall be designed, fabricated, tested and installed by factory -authorized representatives experienced in the design and manufacture of the equipment. 1) This includes, but is not limited to, coordination of the torque required to properly operate the valve. 2) This does not relieve the Contractor of the overall responsibility for this portion of the work. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Protect all parts such that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and equipment are ready for operation. 2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the site. 3. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges by wooden blank flanges, strongly built and securely bolted thereto. 4. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 5. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or extremes in temperature. 6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 6600. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] fRf►AMIAR:i: -A0 M`I A. Manufacturer Warranty 1. Manufacturer's Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS A. Manufacturers CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised April 23, 2019 33 1221 -5 AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves Page 5 of 11 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Product List or listed in this specification is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. B. Description Regulatory Requirements a. AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves shall be new and meet or exceed the latest revisions of AWWA C504 and shall meet or exceed the requirements of this Specification. b. All AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valve components in contact with potable water shall conform to the requirements of NSF 61. C. Materials 1. Valve Body a. Valve bodies shall be of ductile iron per ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 or fabricated steel ASTM A36. b. Valve bodies shall be short body type. 2. Joints a. Flange end valves shall be: 1) Class 125 Standard flanged ends faced 2) Drilled per ASME B 16.1 standard for cast iron flanges 3) Flanges shall be designed for the test pressure of the valve. b. Mechanical joint end valves shall meet the requirements of AWWA/ANSI C1II/A21.11. c. Flanged ends shall be used with Steel or Concrete Cylinder pipe unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents. 1) Flange isolation kits shall be provided in accordance with Section 33 04 10. d. Flanged ends shall be provided unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents. 3. Bolts and Nuts a. Flanged Ends 1) Meet requirements of AWWA C115 or AWWA C207 depending on pipe material 2) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 1105. b. Tapped Bolts 1) Butterfly Valve manufacturer to provide tapped bolts with ANSI B1.1 UNC thread. 4. Gaskets 1) Provide gaskets in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 5. Discs a. Discs shall be ductile iron ASTM A536 Grade or fabricated steel ASTM A36. 1) Disc and shaft connection shall be made with tapered pins of either monel or stainless steel 6. Valve Shaft a. Valve shaft shall be: 1) Type 304 stainless steel or equal CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised April 23, 2019 33 1221 -6 AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves Page 6 of 11 2) 1-piece unit or stub -shaft type a) Stub shaft shall be inserted into the valve disc hubs for distance of 1 '/2 times shaft diameter 3) Minimum diameter per AWWA C5O4 4) Horizontal orientation 7. Shaft Seals a. Valve shaft seals shall be self -compensating V-type packing with a minimum of 4 sealing rings. b. Design shall allow adjustment or replacement without removing the valve shaft. 8. Valve Bearings a. Valve shaft bearings shall be non-metallic and permanently lubricated. 9. Valve Seat a. Seats on Body (for transmission projects only) 1) The seat shall be a Buna-N or EPDM for water and shall be molded in and bonded to the valve body. 2) Provide a 360 degree continuous, uninterrupted seating surface. 3) Field adjustable around the full 36O degrees circumference and replaceable without dismantling the actuator, disc or shaft and without removing the valve from the line. 4) The seat shall be retained in the valve body by mechanical means without retaining rings, segments, screws or hardware of any kind in the flow stream. 5) The seat shall contain an integral shaft seal protecting the valve bearings and packing from any line debris. 6) Rubber seats shall be field adjustable and replaceable. b. Seats on Disc (for transmission or water facility) 1) The seat shall be a Buna-N or EPDM for water and shall be molded in and bonded to the disc. 2) Resilient seats shall be located on the valve disc and shall provide a 360 degree continuous, uninterrupted seating surface. 3) Seats shall be mechanically retained with a stainless steel retaining ring and stainless steel cap screws which shall pass through both the resilient seat and the retaining ring. 4) The resilient seat's mating surface shall be to a 360 degree continuous uninterrupted stainless steel body seat ring. 5) Rubber seats shall be field adjustable and replaceable. 10. Performance / Design Criteria a. Valve Classification shall be Class 25OB D. Finishes 1. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, exterior and interior metallic surfaces of each valve shall be shop fusion bonded epoxy coated meeting per the latest revision of AWWA C55O. Painting and Coatings a. All surfaces of the valve shall be clean, dry and free from grease before applying paint or coating. b. The valve interior and exterior surfaces, except for the seating surfaces, shall be provided with the manufacturer's standard coating or as specified in the Contract Documents. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised April 23, 2019 33 1221 - 7 AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves Page 7 of 11 c. All internal exposed surfaces that are susceptible to corrosion shall be coated with a Polymide cured, rust inhibiting epoxy. d. Surfaces to be coated shall be prepared and sand -blasted per SSPC SP 10/NACE No. 2. e. Final coating thickness shall be 16 mils minimum. f All surfaces shall be inspected for proper dry film thickness using a magnetic dry film thickness gauge. g. Tests for invisible holidays shall be conducted using a low voltage, wet sponge holiday or leak detector. E. Marking for Identification 1. For each Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valve, clearly mark with the following information: a. Valve size b. Class for which it is designated c. Name of manufacturer d. Date of manufacturer 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves shall have the following accessories provided as part of the valve installation: 1. Below grade Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves shall be placed within a concrete vault in accordance with Section 03 30 00, or as shown on the Drawings. All vault appurtenances shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 16. 2. Manual Actuators a. Valves shall be provided with manual actuators, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. b. Valves shall be opened by turning the actuator clockwise and close counter clockwise. c. Manual actuators shall be fully greased, packed and have adjustable stops in the open and closed position. 1) The actuator shall have a adjustable mechanical stop which will withstand an input torque of 450 foot-pounds against the stop. 2) The actuator shall have a built in packing leak bypass to eliminate possible packing leakage into the actuator housing. d. Butterfly valves in a vault shall be furnished with a 2-inch operating nut. 1) The actuator shall be placed in a vault as indicated on the Drawings and have extension to the top of the vault. e. Butterfly valves in plant, pump station or tank service applications located above ground shall be provided with a 16 inch minimum diameter handwheel operator. 1) Handwheels shall be painted red. f Valve Position Indicator 1) Provide position indicator with mechanical dial indicator as follows: a) Highly visible b) Containing "Open" and "Closed" legend at the end of a 90 degree arc c) Pointer to show the disc position (Closed-0 degree and Open-90 degree) d) Arc graduated in degrees g. Actuator shall be worm -gear type, as follows: CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised April 23, 2019 33 1221 -8 AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves Page 8 of 11 1) Worm gear manual operator shall comply fully with AWWA C504, latest edition. 2) Worm gear drive sleeve and worm shaft shall be of solid, 1-piece design; bolted segments or pinned worms will not be acceptable. Drive sleeve shall include an integral spline to accept a removable bottom -entry spline bushing for valve shaft connection. 3) If required for torque purposes, spur gear reducers may be provided for increased torque outputs and to reduce handwheel diameter. Worm gear operator shall include handwheel with maximum 80 pound rim pull or a 2- inch AWWA Nut with a maximum 150 ft. lbs required input torque 4) Materials of Construction a) Housing: Ductile Iron b) Drive sleeve: Bronze c) Worm: Alloy steel with splined input drive connection d) Bearings: Heavy duty tapered roller bearings e) Finish: Thermostatically Applied Polyester Powdercoat f) Fasteners: Stainless steel 5) Manual gears shall be capable of being field retrofit with an electric motor operator in the future without major modifications. a) With spur gear removed, splined worm gear input shaft and motor adapter flange shall be easily added to accept a multi -turn "torque - only" electric valve actuator. (1) Supplier shall include the Number of Turns required to complete on Open -to -Close stroke in the Equipment Submittal. 3. Extension Stem a. Keyed solid extension stem of sufficient length to bring the operating nut up to within 1 foot of the surface of the ground, when the operating nut on the valve is 3 feet or more beneath the surface of the ground 1) Not required for City stock orders. 2) Extension stems shall not be bolted or attached to the valve -operating nut. 3) Extension stems shall be of cold rolled steel with a cross -sectional area of 1 square inch, fitting loosely enough to allow deflection. 4. 2-inch Taps a. Provide two 2-inch taps on each side of the valve, 12 inches from the valve body. 1) Taps shall be C.C. thread with flare, with insulated adaptor kit. 2) Provide copper riser between corporation stop and curb stop. 3) Install curb stop 12 inches from the vault top a) Reachable by hand from the vault lid 5. Joint components such as gaskets, glands, lubricant, bolts and nuts, shall be furnished in sufficient quantity for assembly of each joint. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections 1. Each valve shall be shop tested for leaks in the closed position with the valve horizontal. a. The upper surface of the valve disc shall be visible and covered with a pool of water at 0 psi pressure. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised April 23, 2019 33 1221 - 9 AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves Page 9 of 11 b. Air pressure equivalent to the design rating of the valve shall be applied to the lower face of the disc for at least 5 minutes with no indication of leakage (i.e. bubbles in the water pool) during the test period. 2. The valve body shall be hydrostatically tested at twice the rated pressure for 10 minutes with the valve in the slightly open position. a. During this test, there shall be no leakage or seeping through the valve body, weld or valve trunnions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General 1. All Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves shall be installed in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer and as shown on the Drawings. 2. For buried applications, Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves shall be placed in a concrete vault and installed in accordance with Section 03 30 00. All vault appurtenances shall be installed in accordance with Section 33 05 16. 3. All excavations shall be backiilled in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Inspections Before acceptance of the installed Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valve, the City Field Operations and/or Production Staff shall have the opportunity to operate the valve. a. The operator will be assessing the ease of access to the operating nut within the valve box and ease of operating the valve from a fully closed to fully opened position. b. If access and operation of the Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valve meet the City's criteria, then the valve will be accepted as installed. B. Non -Conforming Work 1. If access and operation of the valve or its appurtenances does not meet the City's criteria, the Contractor will remedy the situation until it meets the City's criteria, at the Contractor's expense. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised April 23, 2019 33 1221 - 10 AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves Page 10 of 11 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised April 23, 2019 33 1221 -11 AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves Page 11 of 11 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1. LA — Acceptable size range was modified to include butterfly vales from 36-inches to 72-inches; Blue text included for exceptions 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 2.2.C.3 and 4 — Added Section 33 1105 reference and removed material specification for bolts, nuts and gaskets. Added material specification for tapped bolts. Modified Vault and Appurtenance Specifications throughout 1. LA Acceptable size range was modified to include butterfly vales from 30-inches to 72-inches; Blue text included for exceptions 1.6.C.3 Added Section. Affidavit required that manufacturer owns/control foreign factory/foundry that supplies valve castings 1.9.A. Lc Added Section. Requirement that manufacturer owns/control foreign factory/foundry that supplies valve castings 6/24/2014 D. Townsend 1.9.A. Ld Added Section. Acceptable worm gear type actuators. 2.2.A.2. Added Clarification. Accepted product can be listed in this specification 2.3.A.2.g. 3&4. Format Change. Added Item 4 to Item 3. 2.3.AQ.2.g.3. Addition: "or 2-inch AWWA Nut with a maximum 150 ft lbs required input torque 2.3.2.g Changed Item 4.a to Item 4 2.3.A.2.0 & 2.3.A.2.c.I Modification. Manual actuator to have adjustable stops 04/23/2019 Walter Norwood 1. LA previously referenced "...as specified herein and shown on the Drawings." and was updated to reflect "...as shown on the Standard Products List." CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised April 23, 2019 331225-1 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 1 of 8 SECTION 33 12 25 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Connection to existing water mains to include, but not limited to: a. Cutting in a tee for a branch connection b. Extending from an existing water main c. Installing a tapping sleeve and valve B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 3. Section 33 04 40 — Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 4. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 5. Section 33 05 30 — Location of Existing Utilities 6. Section 33 1105 — Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 7. Section 33 11 10 — Ductile Iron Pipe 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Connection to an existing unpressurized Fort Worth Water Distribution System Main that does not require the City to take part of the water system out of service a. Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the water pipe being installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water pipe complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 2. Connection to an existing pressurized Fort Worth Water Distribution System Main that requires a shutdown of some part of the water system a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each connection completed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Connection to Existing Water Main" installed for: a) Various sizes of existing water distribution main Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 6, 2013 33 12 25 - 2 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 2 of 8 c. The price bid shall include all aspects of making the connection including, but not limited to: 1) Preparing submittals 2) Dewatering 3) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 4) Coordination and notification 5) Remobilization 6) Temporary lighting 7) Polyethylene encasement 8) Make-up pieces 9) Linings 10) Pavement removal 11) Excavation 12) Hauling 13) Disposal of excess material 14) Clean-up 15) Cleaning 16) Disinfection 17) Testing Connection to an existing pressurized Fort Worth Water Distribution System Main by Tapping Sleeve and Valve: a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each connection completed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Tapping Sleeve and Valve" installed for: a) Various sizes of connecting main b) Various sizes of existing water distribution main c. The price bid shall include all aspects of making the connection including, but not limited to: 1) Preparing submittals 2) Dewatering 3) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 4) Coordination and notification 5) Tapping Sleeve and Tapping Valve 6) Remobilization 7) Temporary lighting 8) Polyethylene encasement 9) Make-up pieces 10) Linings 11) Pavement removal 12) Excavation 13) Hauling 14) Disposal of excess material 15) Clean-up 16) Cleaning 17) Disinfection 18) Testing Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 6, 2013 33 12 25 - 3 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 3 of 8 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Classes 25, 125 and 250) 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. b. A193, Standard Specification for Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications c. A194, Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both d. A242, Standard Specification for High -Strength Low -Alloy Structural Steel. e. A283, Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates. f. A285, Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low - and Intermediate -Tensile Strength. g. B117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. h. D2000, Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications. 4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C200, Steel Water Pipe - 6 IN and Larger. b. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service — Sizes 4 IN through 144 IN. c. C213, Fusion -Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. d. C223, Fabricated Steel and Stainless Steel Tapping Sleeves. 5. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute (AWWA/ANSI): a. CI05/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems. b. CI I I/A21.11, Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. c. CI 15A21/15, Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe with Ductile Iron or Gray -Iron Threaded Flanges. 6. NSF International (NSF): a. 61, Drinking Water System Components —Health Effects. 7. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry Inc. (MSS): a. SP-60, Connecting flange Joint Between Tapping Sleeves and Tapping Valves. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre -installation Meetings 1. Required for any connections to an existing, pressurized 16-inch or larger City water distribution system main that requires a shutdown of some part of the water system Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 6, 2013 33 12 25 - 4 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 4 of 8 2. May also be required for connections that involve shutting water service off to certain critical businesses 3. Schedule a pre -installation meeting a minimum of 3 weeks prior to proposed time for the work to occur. 4. The meeting shall include the Contractor, City Inspector and City Valve Crew. 5. Review work procedures as submitted and any adjustments made for current field conditions. 6. Verify that all valves and plugs to be used have adequate thrust restraint or blocking. 7. Schedule a test shutdown with the City. 8. Schedule the date for the connection to the existing system. B. Scheduling Schedule work to make all connections to existing 16-inch and larger mains: a. During the period from November through April, unless otherwise approved by the City b. During normal business hours from Monday through Friday, unless otherwise approved by the City Schedule City Valve Crew by 1:00 P.M. a minimum of 1 business day prior to planned disruption to the existing water system. a. In the event that other water system activities do not allow the existing main to be dewatered at the requested time, schedule work to allow the connection at an alternate time acceptable to the City. 1) If water main cannot be taken out of service at the originally requested time, coordination will be required with the City to discuss rescheduling and compensation for mobilization. 2) No additional payment will be provided if the schedule was altered at the Contractor's request. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for specials. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Data, if applicable 1. Tapping Sleeve noting the pressure rating and coating system supplied including: a. Dimensions, weights, material list, and detailed drawings b. Maximum torque recommended by the manufacturer for the valve by size B. Submittals 1. Provide a detailed sequence of work for 16-inch, or larger, connections if required by City that includes: a. Results of exploratory excavation b. Dewatering c. Procedure for connecting to the existing water main Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 6, 2013 33 12 25 - 5 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 5 of 8 d. Time period for completing work from when the water is shut down to when the main is back in service e. Testing and repressurization procedures 2. Welders that are assigned to work on connection to concrete cylinder or steel pipe must be certified and provide Welding Certificates, upon request, in accordance with AWWA C200. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Protect parts so that no damage or deterioration occurs during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed. 2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the site. 3. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges using wooden flanges, strongly built and securely bolted thereto. 4. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 5. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight and extremes in temperature. 6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 6600. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] A. Manufacturer Warranty 1. Manufacturer's warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed by the City's Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. B. Description 1. Regulatory Requirements Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 6, 2013 33 12 25 - 6 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 6 of 8 a. Tapping Sleeves shall meet or exceed AWWA C223 and the requirements of this Specification. b. All valve components in contact with potable water shall conform to the requirements of NSF 61. C. Tapping Sleeve Materials 1. Body a. Body: Carbon Steel per ASTM A283 Grade C, ASTM A285 Grade C, ASTM A36 Steel or equal b. Finish: fusion bonded epoxy coating to an average 12 mil thickness. Fusion applied per AWWA C213. c. All buried tapping sleeves shall be provided with polyethylene encasement in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C 105/A21.5. 1) Polyethylene encasement shall be in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 2. Flange a. Carbon Steel per ASTM A36 in accordance with AWWA C207 and ASME B 16.1 Class 125. b. Recessed for tapping valve per MSS SP-60 3. Bolts and Nuts a. Flanged Ends 1) Meet requirements of AWWA C115 or AWWA C207 depending on pipe material. 2) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 1105. 4. Gaskets a. Provide gaskets in accordance with Section 33 1105. 5. Test Plug a. 3/4-inch NPT carbon steel with square head and fusion bonded epoxy coating 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions 1. Verify by exploratory excavation, if needed, that existing water main is as depicted in the Drawings and that the location is suitable for a connection to the existing water main. a. Excavate and backfill trench for the exploratory excavation in accordance with 3305 10. 2. Verify that all equipment and materials are available on —site prior to the shutdown of the existing main. 3. Pipe lines shall be completed, tested and authorized for connection to the existing system in accordance With Section 33 04 40. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 6, 2013 33 12 25 - 7 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 7 of 8 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Upon disruption of the existing water main, continue work until the connection is complete and the existing water main is back in service. B. Procedure 1. Expose the proposed connection point in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 2. Dewater the existing water line so the chlorinated water is not unlawfully discharged. 3. Maintain the water that may bleed by existing valves or plugs during installation within the work area to a reasonable level. a. Control the water in such a way that it does not interfere with the proper installation of the connection or create a discharge of chlorinated water. 4. If any discharge of chlorinated water occurs, discharged water shall be de - chlorinated in accordance with Section 33 04 40 5. Cut and remove existing water main in order to make the connection. 6. Verify that the existing pipe line is suitable for the proposed connection. 7. Place trench foundation and bedding in accordance with 33 05 10. 8. In the event that a tapping sleeve and valve is used, the coupon from the existing water main shall be submitted to the City. 9. Prevent embedment, backfill, soil, water or other debris form entering the pipeline. 10. Establish thrust restraint as provided for in the Drawings. 11. Clean and disinfect the pipeline associated with the connection in accordance with Section 33 04 40. 12. Place embedment to the top of the pipe zone. 13. Request that the City Valve Crew re -pressurize the pipeline. 14. Directionally flush the connection in accordance with Section 33 04 40. 15. Request that City Valve Crew open all remaining valves. 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 6, 2013 33 12 25 - 8 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 8 of 8 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 2.2.C.3 and 4 — Added reference to Section 33 1105 and removed bolt, nut and gasket material specification 2/6/2013 D. Townsend 3.4.13.4 Modified to refer to Section 33 04040 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 6, 2013 SECTION 33 12 40 FIRE HYDRANTS PART1- GENERAL In =14L11►5-EXIT 1 A. Section Includes: 33 12 40 - 1 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 1 of 7 1. Dry -barrel fire hydrants with 5'/4-inch main valve for use with potable water mains B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 3. Section 33 05 10 —Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 4. Section 33 04 40 — Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 5. Section 33 11 10 — Ductile Iron Pipe 6. Section 33 11 11 — Ductile Iron Fittings 7. Section 33 11 14 — Buried Steel Pipe and Fittings 8. Section 33 12 20 — Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. Fire Hydrant and Extension 1) Measurement for this item shall be by the each hydrant, complete in place. 2. Payment a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit prices bid per each "Fire Hydrant" installed. 3. The price bid shall include: a. Furnishing and installing Fire Hydrants with appurtenances as specified in the Drawings b. Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant assembly from base to operating nut c. Extension barrel and stem d. Adjusting hydrant to the appropriate height e. Painting f. Pavement Removal g. Excavation h. Freight, loading, unloading and handling i. Disposal of excess material j. Furnish, placement and compaction of embedment k. Furnish, placement and compaction of backfill 1. Blocking, Braces and Rest in. Clean up Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised January 3, 2014 33 12 40 - 2 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 2 of 7 n. Disinfection o. Testing 1.3 REFERENCES A. Definitions 1. Base: The lateral connection to the fire hydrant lead; also called a shoe B. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C502, Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrants b. Manual of Water Supply Practices M17 (AWWA Manual M17) —Installation, Field Testing, and Maintenance of Fire Hydrants 3. NSF International a. 61, Drinking Water System Components —Health Effects 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) a. 1963, Standard for Fire Hose Connections 5. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) a. 246, Hydrants for Fire -Protection Service 6. Factory Mutual (FM) a. Class Number 1510, Approval Standard for Fire Hydrant (Dry Barrel Type) for Private Fire Service 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to construction. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant stating: a. Main valve opening size b. Nozzle arrangement and sizes c. Operating nut size d. Operating nut operating direction e. Working pressure rating f. Component assembly and materials g. Coatings and Finishes 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications 1. Manufacturers a. Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrants shall be the product of 1 manufacturer. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised January 3, 2014 33 12 40 - 3 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 3 of 7 1) Change orders, specials and field changes may be provided by a different manufacturer upon City approval. 2. Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrants shall be in conformance with AWWA C502, UL 246 and FM 1510. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA C502 and AWWA Manual M17. 2. Protect all parts so that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and equipment are ready for operation. 3. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the site. 4. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges by wooden blank flanges, strongly built and securely bolted thereto. 5. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 6. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or extremes in temperature. 7. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 6600. 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer Warranty 1. Manufacturer's Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 0160 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 3. The Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant shall be new and the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrants having similar service and size. B. Description 1. Regulatory Requirements a. Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant shall meet or exceed the latest revisions of AWWA C502 and shall meet or exceed the requirements of this Specification. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised January 3, 2014 33 12 40 - 4 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 4 of 7 b. All Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant components in contact with potable water shall conform to the requirements of NSF 61. C. Performance / Design Criteria 1. Capacities a. Rated working pressure of 250 psi or greater 2. Design Criteria a. Operating nut 1) Uniformly tapered square nut measuring: a) 1 inch at the base b) '/g inch at the top 2) Open by turning the operating nut to the right (clockwise) a) Provide operating direction clearly marked with an arrow and the word "OPEN". 3) Provide weather shield with operating nut. b. Main Valve 1) Minimum 5'/4-inch opening 2) Compression type a) Opening against pressure b) Closing with pressure c. Nozzles 1) `T' shape, 3 nozzle arrangement 2) Nozzle sizes, threads and configuration in accordance with NFPA 1963 a) Hose nozzles (1) 2 x 21/2-inch (nominal size of connection) (a) 180 degrees apart (b) Thread Designation 2.5-7.5 NH (NFPA 1963) b) Pump nozzle (1) 4-inch (nominal size of connection) (a) Thread Designation 4-4 NH (NFPA 1963) d. Hydrant Barrel Configuration 1) Upper barrel 2) Breakable flange and stem a) To be installed above ground at the connection to the upper barrel 3) Extension barrel (if needed) and lower barrel a) Extension barrel and stem (1) Lengthen in 6-inch increments e. Drain Valve 1) Non -corrodible material 2) Spring operated drain valves are not allowed. D. Function 1. Drain Valve a. Drain fire hydrant barrels when main valve is closed. E. Materials 1. Furnish materials in accordance with AWWA C502. 2. Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant Assembly a. Internal parts 1) Threads Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised January 3, 2014 33 12 40 - 5 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 5 of 7 a) Provide operating thread designed to avoid metal such as iron or steel threads against iron or steel parts. 2) Stem a) Stem Nuts (1) Provide bronze stem nuts. (a) Grades per AWWA C502 b) Where needed, stem shall be grooved and sealed with 0-rings. 3. Provide crushed rock for placement around base conforming to Section 33 05 10. F. Finishes 1. Primer Materials a. Furnish primer for Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrants in accordance with AWWA C502. 2. Finish Materials a. Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant 1) Exterior a) Above grade (1) Furnish exterior coating for above grade Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant assembly components in accordance with AWWA C502. (2) Coating shall be Flynt Aluminum Paint in Silver. b) Below grade (1) Furnish exterior coating for below grade Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant assembly components in accordance with AWWA C502. 2) Interior a) Interior coating for Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrants assemblies in accordance with AWWA C502 X1K1"_15Y11iI—I V A. Polyethylene Encasement 1. Provide polyethylene encasement in accordance with Section 33 11 10. B. Embedment 1. Provide crushed rock and filter fabric in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections 1. Testing and inspection of Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrants in accordance with AWWA C502. B. Markings 1. Provide each Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant marked in accordance with AWWA C502. PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised January 3, 2014 33 12 40 - 6 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 6 of 7 1. Install in accordance with AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice M17, manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. 2. Provide vertical installation with braces, rest and blocking in accordance with City Standard Details. 3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with 33 05 10. 4. Embed Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant assemblies in accordance with 33 05 10. a. At the location of the weep holes, wrap barrel with polyethylene encasement and crushed rock with filter fabric to prevent dirt and debris from entering the fire hydrant. 5. Polyethylene encasement installation shall be in accordance with the applicable portion of Section 33 11 10. 6. Install concrete blocking and rest in accordance with Section 03 30 00 as indicated in the Drawings. 7. A minimum 1/3 cubic yard of crushed rock shall be placed around the base, in accordance with AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice M17, to allow drain outlets to operate. a. The crushed rock should extend 6 inches above the drain outlets and a minimum of 1 foot on all sides of the fire hydrant base. 8. Fire hydrant lead line shall be installed with a maximum cover of 7 feet. a. Cover is measured from the invert at the fire hydrant base, vertical to ground elevation. b. Fittings may be used along fire lead line to ensure minimum and maximum cover requirements are met. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD CONTROL A. Field Inspections 1. The Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant and assembly shall perform as intended with no deformation, leaking or damage of any kind for the pressure ranges indicated. 2. City inspector will issue final inspection notice to City staff. 3. City Field Operations Staff and Fire Department Staff shall have the opportunity to inspect and operate the hydrant, to ensure that the fire hydrant was installed in accordance with AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice M17. This includes but is not limited to: a. Operation of Nozzles and operating nut are not obstructed. b. Drain valve is not obstructed or plugged 4. Keep fire hydrant wrapped or covered to identify that it is out of service until the water line it's connected to is put in service. B. Non -Conforming Work 1. If access and operation of the Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant or its appurtenances do not meet the criteria of the AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice M17, the Contractor will remedy the situation criteria, at the Contractor's expense. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised January 3, 2014 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE 3.14 ATTACHMENTS END OF SECTION 33 12 40 - 7 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 7 of 7 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 2.2.F.2.a.1).a).(2) Added paint manufacturer specification 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 2.2.C.2.c Revised pumper nozzle nominal diameter and added NFPA 1963 Thread Designations Specification Modified to be in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (P.L. 111-380) — All material s to be lead-free in accordance with this act. 11/27/2013 D. Townsend Sections modified are 1.1.A.1, 1.9.A.2, and 2.2.E.1 Sections added are 1.3.A.2, 1.3.B.7, 1.63.1, 2.2.B.l.c, 2.43.2 H.R. 3588 (P.L. 113-64) signed into law 1/2/2014 waived Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (P.L. 111-380) requirement for fire hydrant. All previous revisions related to "lead-free" requirement are now deleted including those revisions 1/3/2014 D. Townsend made 11/27/2013, those being: Sections modified are 1.1.A.1, 1.9.A.2, and 2.2.E.1 Sections added are 1.3.A.2, 1.33.7, 1.63.1, 2.23.l.c, 2A.B.2 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised January 3, 2014 333120-1 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE Page 1 of 6 SECTION 33 3120 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe 4-inch through 48-inch for gravity sanitary sewer applications B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 33 0130 — Sewer and Manhole Testing 4. Section 33 01 31— Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 5. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 6. Section 33 05 26 — Utility Markers/Locators 7. Section 33 31 50 — Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Line 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of the manhole or appurtenance 2. Payment a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of "PVC Pipe" installed for: 1) Various sizes 2) Various Standard Dimension Ratios 3) Various embedments 4) Various depths, for miscellaneous projects only 3. The price bid shall include: a. Furnishing and installing PVC gravity pipe with joints as specified by the Drawings b. Pavement removal c. Excavation d. Hauling e. Disposal of excess material f. Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment g. Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 9, 2022 333120-2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE Page 2 of 6 h. Trench water stops i. Clean-up j. Cleaning k. Testing 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation (AASHTO). 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. b. D2412, Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel -Plate Loading. c. D3034, Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. d. D3212, Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. e. F679, Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large -Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ): a. Title 30, Part I, Chapter 217, Subchapter C, Rule 217.53 — Pipe Design. b. Title 30, Part I, Chapter 217, Subchapter C, Rule 217.54 — Criteria for Laying Pipe. c. Title 30, Part I, Chapter 217, Subchapter C, Rule 217.57 — Testing Requirements for Installation of Gravity Collection System Pipes. 5. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Product data sheet 2. Manufacturer 3. Nominal pipe diameter 4. Standard dimension ratio (SDR) 5. Cell classification 6. Laying lengths B. Certificates Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 9, 2022 333120-3 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE Page 3 of 6 Furnish an affidavit certifying that all PVC Gravity Pipe meets the provisions of this Section and has been air and deflection tested and meets the requirements of ASTM D3034 and ASTM F679. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications Manufacturers a. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each size per project, unless otherwise approved by the City. 1) Change orders, specials and field changes may be provided by a different manufacturer upon City approval. b. Pipe manufacturing operations shall be performed under the control of the manufacturer. c. All pipe furnished shall be in conformance with ASTM D3034 (4-inch through 15-inch) and ASTM F679 (18-inch through 48-inch). 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Gravity pipe shall be stored and handled in accordance with the manufacturer's guidelines. 2. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 0166 00. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed in the City's Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 0160 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. B. Performance / Design Criteria Pipe a. Meet all requirements of TCEQ. b. Design in accordance with ASTM D3034 for 4-inch through 15-inch SDR 26 and ASTM F679 for 18-inch through 48-inch 115PS. c. PVC Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe shall be verified by the UL. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 9, 2022 333120-4 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE Page 4 of 6 d. Assume a standard lay length of 14 feet and 20 feet except for special fittings or closure pieces necessary to comply with the Drawings. e. Use green coloring for ground identification as sanitary sewer pipe. £ PVC meeting the requirements of ASTM D1784, with a cell classification of 12454 or 12364 g. Deflection Design 1) Base pipe design on pipe stiffness, soil stiffness and load on the pipe. 2) Design pipe according to the Modified Iowa Formula as detailed by the Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association in the Handbook of PVC Pipe, using the following parameters: a) Unit Weight of Fill (w) = 130 pounds per cubic foot b) Live Load = AASHTO HS 20 c) Trench Depth = 12 feet minimum, or as indicated in Drawings d) Maximum (E') = 1,000 max e) Deflection Lag Factor (DL) = 1.0 f) Bedding Factor constant (K) = 0.1 g) Mean radius of the pipe (r), inches, as indicated in Drawings h) Marston's load per unit length (W), pounds per inch, calculate per Drawings i) PVC modulus of elasticity (E) = 400,000 psi j) Moment of inertia of pipe wall per unit length, (I) = t3/12, (in4/in), per pipe type and size (1) Where (t) = pipe thickness, inches k) Maximum Calculated Deflection = 5 percent h. Pipe Flotation: If the pipe is buried in common saturated soil (about 120 pounds per cubic foot) with at least 1'/2 pipe diameters of cover, pipe is generally not subject to flotation. If shallower, check groundwater flotation potential. Flotation will occur if: Fb>Wp+Wf+Wa Where: Fb = buoyant force, pound per foot Wp = empty pipe weight, pound per foot Wf = weight of flooded soil, pound per foot Wd = weight of dry soil, pound per foot Values and formulas for the above variables can be obtained from the pipe manufacturer and site -specific soil conditions. i. Verify trench depths after existing utilities are located. j. Accommodate vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or other conflicts by an appropriate change in pipe design depth. k. In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 2. Minimum pipe stiffness of 46 psi at 5 percent deflection when test in accordance with ASTM D2412. 3. Pipe markings a. Meet the minimum requirements of ASTM D3034 and ASTM F679. b. Minimum pipe markings shall be as follows: 1) Manufacturer's Name or Trademark and production record 2) Nominal pipe size Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 9, 2022 333120-5 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE Page 5 of 6 3) PVC cell classification 4) ASTM or Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) designation 5) Seal of testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe 4. Joints a. Joints shall be gasket, bell and spigot, push -on type conforming to ASTM D3212. b. Since each pipe manufacturer has a different design for push -on joints; gaskets shall be part of a complete pipe section and purchased as such. 5. Connections a. Only use manufactured fittings. b. See Section 33 3150. 6. Detectable Metallic Tape a. See Section 33 05 26. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Install pipe, specials and appurtenances as specified herein, as specified in Section 33 05 10, and in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 4. Embed PVC pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 10. B. Pipe Handling 1. Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. 2. Handle piping with care to avoid damage. a. Inspect each joint of pipe and rejector repair any damaged pipe prior to lowering into the trench. b. Use only nylon ropes, slings or other lifting devices that will not damage the surface of the pipe for handling the pipe. 3. At the close of each operating day: a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals and trash — during and after the laying operation. b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. C. Pipe Joint Installation a. Clean dirt and foreign material from the gasketed socket and the spigot end. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised September 9, 2022 333120-6 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE Page 6 of 6 b. Assemble pipe joint by sliding the lubricated spigot end into the gasketed bell end to the reference mark. c. Install such that identification marking on each joint are oriented upward toward the trench opening. d. When making connection to manhole, use an elastomeric seal or flexible boot to facilitate a seal. D. Connection Installation 1. See Section 33 3150. E. Detectable Metallic Tape Installation 1. See Section 33 05 26. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests and Inspections 1. Video Inspection a. Provide a Post -CCTV inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 2. Air Test and Deflection (Mandrel) Test a. Perform in accordance with Section 33 0130. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/18/13 D.Johnson 2.2.B.Lb— Pipe Material Clarification 9/9/2022 W Norwood 1.1 A. 1., 1.9 A. 1. C., and 2.2 B. 1. B. Revised upper range to 48-inch for gravity sewer 2.2 B. 1. C. Revised from "approved" to "verified by UL Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 9, 2022 333150-1 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 1 of 10 1 SECTION 33 3150 2 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Sanitary sewer service connection, service line and 2-way cleanout from the main 7 to the right-of-way, as shown on the Drawings, directed by the Engineer and 8 specified herein for: 9 a. New Service 10 b. New Service (Bored) 11 c. Private Service Relocation 12 d. Service Reinstatement 13 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 14 1. None. 15 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 16 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 17 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 18 3. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 19 4. Section 33 11 10 —Ductile Iron Pipe 20 5. Section 33 11 11 — Ductile Iron Fittings 21 6. Section 33 3120 — Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe 22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 A. Measurement and Payment [Items in this Section are intended to be combined for 24 specific project situations. For example - Items 1, 2 or 3 should be used alone for a 25 previously unserviced lot. Items 1, 2 or 3 should be used in conjunction with Item 5 for 26 a service relocate where the new service is 5 feet or less from the existing service. 27 Items I or 2 should be combined with Items 4 and 5 for a service relocate where the 28 service is being moved more than 5 feet from the existing service.] 29 1. New Sewer Service 30 a. Measurement 31 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each "Sewer Service" complete in 32 place. 33 b. Payment 34 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 35 will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Sewer Service" installed for: 36 a) Various sizes 37 c. The price bid shall include: 38 1) Furnishing and installing New Sanitary Sewer Service Line as specified by 39 the Drawings 40 2) Pavement removal 41 3) Excavation Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 26, 2013 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 33 31 50 - 2 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 2 of 10 4) Hauling 5) Disposal of excess material 6) Tee connection to main 7) Fittings 8) 2-way cleanout and cap with concrete pad 9) Surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro -mulch paid separately) 10) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment 11) Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill 12) Clean-up 2. New Ductile Iron Sewer Service a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Ductile Iron Sewer Service complete in place. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "DIP Sewer Service" installed for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing New DIP Sanitary Sewer Service Line as specified by the Drawings 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation 4) Hauling 5) Disposal of excess material 6) Tee connection to main 7) Fittings 8) 2-way cleanout and cap with concrete pad 9) Surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro -mulch paid separately) 10) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment 11) Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill 12) Clean-up 3. New Bored Sewer Service a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Bored Sewer Service complete in place. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Bored Sewer Service" installed for: a) Various sizes b) Various materials c. The price shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing New Sanitary Sewer Service Line as specified by the Drawings 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 26, 2013 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 33 31 50 - 3 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 3 of 10 4) Hauling 5) Disposal of excess material 6) Tee connection to main 7) Service Line 8) Fittings 9) 2-way cleanout and cap with concrete pad 10) Surface restoration surrounding 2-way cleanout 11) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill 12) Clean-up 4. Private Service Relocation a. Measurement 1) Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of the fitting, manhole or appurtenance b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot for "Private Sewer Service" installed for: a) Various sizes b) Various materials c. The price shall include: 1) Obtaining appropriate Permit 2) Obtaining Right of Entry 3) Performing relocation as specified in the Drawings 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess material 7) Service Line - private side by plumber 8) Fittings 9) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment 10) Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill 11) Clean-up — surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro - mulch paid separately) 5. Sewer Service Reconnection a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each "Sewer Service Reconnection" complete in place from public service line connection to private service line connection. b. Payment 1) The work performed in conjunction with the relocation of a sewer service, associated with private service line, fittings and cleanout 5 feet or less in any direction from the centerline of the existing service line and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the unit price per each "Sewer Service, Reconnection" performed for: a) Various service sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Private service line 2) Fittings 3) Private connection to sewer service 4) Pavement removal CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 26, 2013 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 33 31 50 - 4 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 4 of 10 5) Excavation 6) Hauling 7) Disposal of excess material 8) Surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro -mulch paid separately) 9) 10) 11) Clean-up 6. 2-way Cleanout a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each when only a "2-way Cleanout" is installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "2-way Cleanout" installed for: a) Various sizes b) Various materials c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing the 2-way Cleanout and cap as specified in the Drawings 2) Pavement removal 3) Concrete pad 4) Surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro -mulch paid separately) 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess material 7) Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill 8) Clean-up 7. Service Reinstatement a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Reinstatement of Service associated with the sewer main being rehabilitated by a trenchless method. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Sewer Service, Reinstatement" for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Tap to existing main (if required) 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation 4) Hauling 5) Disposal of excess material 6) Tee connection to main 7) Service line (if required) 8) Fittings 9) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 26, 2013 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 33 31 50 - 5 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 5 of 10 1 10) Clean-up — surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro- 2 mulch paid separately)references 3 B. Definitions 4 1. New Service 5 a. New service applies to the installation of a service with connection to a new or 6 existing sewer main. 7 b. The service materials would include service line, fittings and cleanout. 8 2. Bored Service 9 a. Bored service applies to the installation of a service with connection to a new or 10 existing sewer main including a bore under an existing road. 11 b. The service materials would include service line, fittings and cleanout. 12 3. Private Service Relocation 13 a. Private service relocation applies to the replacement of the existing sewer 14 service line on private property typically associated with the relocation of the 15 existing main. 16 b. Typical main relocation will be from a rear lot easement or alley to the street. 17 4. Service Reinstatement 18 a. Service reinstatement applies to the reconnection of an existing service to an 19 existing main that has been rehabilitated by trenchless methods such as pipe 20 enlargement (pipe bursting), slip lining or CIPP. 21 C. Reference Standards 22 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 23 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 24 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 25 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 26 a. ASTM D3034 Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) 27 (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings 28 b. ASTM D1785 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic 29 Pipe, Schedules 40, 80 and 120. 30 c. ASTM D2321 Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic 31 Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity -Flow Applications 32 d. ASTM D2412 Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading 33 Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel -Plate Loading 34 e. ASTM D3212 Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic 35 Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals 36 3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality 37 a. Title 30, Part 1, Chapter 217, Subchapter C, Rule 217.54 — Criteria for Laying 38 Pipe and Rule 39 b. Title 30, Part 1, Chapter 217, Subchapter C, 217.55 — Manholes and Related 40 Structures 41 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 42 A. Scheduling 43 1. Provide advance notice for service interruption to property owner and meet 44 requirements of Division 0. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 26, 2013 33 31 50 - 6 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 6 of 10 1 1.4 SUBMITTALS 2 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 3 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 4 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 5 A. Product data shall include, if applicable: 6 1. Tee connection or saddle 7 2. Fittings (including type of cleanout) 8 3. Service line 9 B. Certificates 10 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying that service line and fittings meet the provisions of 11 this Section. 12 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 15 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 16 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 17 1. Gravity pipe shall be stored and handled in accordance with the manufacturer's 18 guidelines. 19 2. Protect all parts such that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 20 delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 21 equipment are ready for operation. 22 3. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 23 site. 24 4. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 25 extremes in temperature. 26 5. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 27 6600. 28 1.10 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 29 1.11 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 30 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 31 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [NOT USED] 32 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 33 A. Manufacturers 34 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be 35 considered as shown in Section 0160 00. 36 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 26, 2013 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 33 31 50 - 7 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 7 of 10 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 3. The services and appurtenances shall be new and the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of services and appurtenances having similar service and size. B. Materials/Design Criteria 1. Service Line and Fittings (including tee connections) a. PVC pipe and fittings on public property shall be in accordance with Section 33 3120. b. PVC pipe and fittings on private property shall be Schedule 40 in accordance with ASTM D 1785. c. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be coated with ceramic epoxy in accordance with Section 33 11 10 and Section 33 11 11. 2. Service saddle a. Service saddles shall only be allowed when connecting a new service to an existing sanitary sewer main and shall: 1) Bea 1-piece prefabricated saddle, either polyethylene or PVC, with neoprene gasket for seal against main 2) Use saddle to fit outside diameter of main 3) Use saddle with grooves to retain band clamps 4) Use at least 2 stainless steel band clamps for securing saddles to the main b. Inserta tees service connections may not be used. 3. Cleanout a. Cleanout stack material should be in accordance with City Standard Details or as shown on Drawings. b. For paved areas, provide a cast iron cleanout and cast iron lid. c. For unpaved areas, provide PVC cleanout and polyethylene lid. 4. Coupling a. For connections between new PVC pipe stub out and existing service line, use rubber sleeve couplings with stainless steel double -band repair sleeves to connect to the line. 32 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 33 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 34 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 35 3.1 INSTALLERS 36 A. A licensed plumber is required for installations of the service line on private property. 37 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 38 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 39 3.4 INSTALLATION 40 A. General CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 26, 2013 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 33 31 50 - 8 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 8 of 10 1 1. Install service line, fittings and cleanout as specified herein, as specified in Section 2 33 05 10 and in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. 3 B. Handling 4 1. Haul and distribute service lines, fittings and cleanouts at the project site and handle 5 with care to avoid damage. 6 a. Inspect each segment of service line and reject or repair any damaged pipe 7 prior to lowering into the trench. 8 2. Do not handle the pipe in such a way that will damage the pipe. 9 C. Service Line 10 1. Lay service line at a minimum grade of 2 percent, as shown on City Standard 11 details, or at lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 12 2. If service line is installed by bore as an alternative to open cut, the cost associated 13 with open cut installation, such as pavement removal, trenching, embedment and 14 backfill and pavement patch will not be included as part of the bore installation. 15 3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with 33 05 10. 16 4. Embed PVC Pipe in accordance with 33 05 10. 17 D. Cleanout 18 1. Install out of traffic areas such as driveways, streets and sidewalks whenever 19 possible. 20 a. When not possible, install cast iron cleanout stack and cap. 21 2. Install 2-way cleanout in non -paved areas in accordance with City Standard Details. 22 3. Install 2-way cleanout in paved areas in accordance with City Standard Details. 23 E. Service line connection to main 24 1. New service on new or replacement main 25 a. Determine location of service connections before main installation so the 26 service fittings can be installed during main installation. 27 b. Connect service line to main with a molded or fabricated tee fitting. 28 2. Reconnection to main after pipe enlargement 29 a. Tapping the existing main and installing a strap on tee connection may be used. 30 b. Allow the new main to recover from imposed stretch before tapping and service 31 installation. 32 1) Follow manufacturer's recommendation for the length of time needed. 33 c. Tap main at 45 degree angle to horizontal when possible. 34 1) Avoid tapping the top of main. 35 d. Extend service line from main to property line or easement line before 36 connecting to the existing service line. 37 3. New service on existing main 38 a. Connect service line to main with a molded or fabricated tee fitting if possible. 39 b. Tapping the existing main and installing a strap on tee connection may be used. 40 F. Private Service Relocation 41 1. Requirements for the relocation of service line on private property 42 a. A licensed plumber must be used to install service line on private property. 43 b. Obtain permit from the Development Department for work on private property. 44 c. Pay for any inspection or permit fees associated with work on private property. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 26, 2013 33 31 50 - 9 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 9 of 10 1 d. Verify (by Exploratory Excavation of Existing Utilities) the elevations at the 2 building cleanout and compare to data on the Drawings before beginning 3 service installation. 4 e. Submit elevation information to the City inspector. 5 f. Verify that the 2 percent slope installation requirement can be met. 6 1) If the 2 percent slope cannot be met, verify with the Engineer that line may 7 be installed at the lesser slope. 8 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 9 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION 10 A. Service Relocation 11 1. All relocations that are not installed as designed or fail to meet the City code shall 12 be reinstalled at the Contractor's expense. 13 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 14 A. Inspections 15 1. Private property service line requires approval by the City plumbing inspector 16 before final acceptance. 17 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 18 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 19 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 20 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 21 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 22 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 23 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 24 25 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Throughout — Deep Sewer Service was removed 1.2 — Measurement and Payment Items were revised to include relocation and 12/20/2012 D. Johnson reconnection; Blue text was added for guidance in applying the bid Items; Price bid lists revised to include clean -out caps, pads and surface restoration. Added the phrase `, including grass' to lines; Part 1, 1.2.A.1.c.9, Partl, 1.2.A.2.c.9, Part 1,1.2.A.5.c.8, Partl, 1.2.A.6.c.4 2/13/2013 F. Griffin Added the phrase `- surface restoration, including grass' to lines; Part 1, 1.2.A.4.c.11, Part 1, 1.2.A.7.10 Removed the phrase `surrounding 2-way cleanout' from lines; CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 26, 2013 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 333150-10 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 10 of 10 Part 1, 1.2.A.1.c.9, Part 1, 1.2.A.2.c.9, Part 1, 1.2.A.6.c.4 Revised lines with `including grass' replacing with `excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydromulching paid separately)' 4/26/2013 F. Griffin Included in Part 1, 1.2, A, 1, c, 9; Part 1, 1.2, A, 2, c, 9; Part 1, 1.2, A, 4, c, 11; Part 1, 1.2, A, 5, c, 8; Part 1, 1.2, A, 6, c, 4; Part 1, 1.2, A, 7, c, 10 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 26, 2013 333920-1 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 1 of 7 1 SECTION 33 39 20 2 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE 3 [Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] 4 PART1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Sanitary Sewer, Water Appurtenance, or Reclaimed Water Appurtenance Precast 8 Concrete Manholes 9 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 10 1. None. 11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13 Contract 14 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 15 3. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -in -Place Concrete 16 4. Section 03 80 00 — Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 17 5. Section 33 0130 — Sewer and Manhole Testing 18 6. Section 33 05 13 — Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings 19 7. Section 33 39 60 — Epoxy Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures 20 8. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 21 22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 A. Measurement and Payment 24 1. Manhole 25 a. Measurement 26 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each concrete manhole installed. 27 b. Payment 28 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 29 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Manhole" installed for: 30 a) Various sizes 31 b) Various types 32 c. The price bid will include: 33 1) Manhole structure complete in place 34 2) Excavation 35 3) Forms 36 4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 37 5) Concrete 38 6) Backfill (except where imported CSS/CLSM is required around manhole in 39 construction drawings) 40 7) Foundation Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 333920-2 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 2 of 7 8) Drop pipe 9) Stubs 10) Frame 11) Cover 12) Grade rings 13) Pipe connections 14) Pavement removal 15) Hauling 16) Disposal of excess material 17) Placement and compaction of backfill 18) Clean-up 2. Extra Depth Manhole a. Measurement 1) Measurement for added depth beyond 6 feet will be per vertical foot, measured to the nearest 1/10 foot. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per vertical foot for "Extra Depth Manhole" specified for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid will include: 1) Manhole structure complete in place 2) Excavation 3) Forms 4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 5) Concrete 6) Backfill 7) Foundation 8) Drop pipe 9) Stubs 10) Frame 11) Cover 12) Grade rings 13) Pipe connections 14) Pavement removal 15) Hauling 16) Disposal of excess material 17) Placement and compaction of backfill 18) Clean-up 3. Imported EmbedmentBackfill - CSS/CLSM a. Measurement 1) Measured by the cubic yard as delivered to the site and recorded by truck ticket provided to the City b. Payment 1) Imported CSS/CLSM backfill around manholes/junction boxes shall be paid when the following conditions exist: a) When depths are 15 feet and greater/under existing or future pavement b) When working in redevelopment areas where work is required in constrained spaces CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 333920-3 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 3 of 7 c) When required in the Construction Drawings The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement' will be paid for at the unit price bid per cubic yard of "Imported Embedment/Backfill, CSS" or "Imported Embedment/Backfill, CLSM" for material placed in areas around manholes/junction boxes. NOTES TO DESIGNER— IF THE ABOVE CONDITIONS EXIST, USE OF CSS OR CLSM FOR EMBEDMENT/BACKFILL AROUND STRUCTURES IS REQUIRED TO BE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ON PLAN/PROFILE. 12 1.3 REFERENCES 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 A. Definitions 1. Manhole Type a. Standard Manhole (See City Standard Details) 1) Greater than 4 feet deep up to 6 feet deep b. Standard Drop Manhole (See City Standard Details) 1) Same as Standard Manhole with external drop connection(s) c. Type "A" Manhole (See City Standard Details) 1) Manhole set on a reinforced concrete block placed around 39-inch and larger sewer pipe. d. Shallow Manhole (See City Standard Details) 1) Less than four 4 deep with formed invert for sewer pipe diameters smaller than 39-inch 2. Manhole Size a. 4 foot diameter 1) Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 15-inch b. 5 foot diameter 1) Used with pipe ranging from 18-inch to 36-inch 2) See specific manhole design on Drawings for pipes larger than 36-inch. B. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C443, Standard Specification for Joint for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets b. C478, Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. c. C923, Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manholes Structures, Pipes, and Laterals. d. D 1187, Standard Specification for Asphalt -Base Emulsion for Use as Protective Coatings for Metal e. D 1227, Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing 3. OSHA CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 333920-4 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 4 of 7 1 a. Occupational Safety and Health Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety 2 Regulations for Construction, Subpart P - Excavations 3 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 4 1.5 SUBMITTALS 5 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 6 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 7 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 8 A. Product Data 9 1. Precast Concrete Manhole 10 2. Drop connection materials 11 3. Pipe connections at manhole walls 12 4. Stubs and stub plugs 13 5. Admixtures 14 6. Concrete Mix Design 15 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 18 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 19 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 20 1.12 WARRANTY 21 A. Manufacturer Warranty 22 1. Manufacturer's Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. 23 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 24 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 25 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS 26 A. Manufacturers 27 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be 28 considered as shown in Section 0160 00. 29 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 30 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 31 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 32 B. Materials 33 1. Precast Reinforced Concrete Sections — Conform to ASTM C478. 34 2. Precast Joints 35 a. Provide gasketed joints in accordance with ASTM C443. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 333920-5 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 5 of 7 1 b. Minimize number of segments. 2 c. Use long joints at the bottom and shorter joints toward the top. 3 d. Include manufacturer's stamp on each section. 4 3. Lifting Devices 5 a. Manhole sections and cones may be furnished with lift lugs or lift holes. 6 1) If lift lugs are provided, place 180 degrees apart. 7 2) If lift holes are provided, place 180 degrees apart and grout during manhole 8 installation. 9 4. Frame and Cover — Conform to Section 33 05 13. 10 5. Backfill — CSS/CLSM (when required in construction Drawings) — Conform to 11 Section 33 05 10. 12 6. Grade Ring — Conform to Section 33 05 13 and ASTM C478. 13 7. Pipe Connections 14 a. Utilize either an integrally cast embedded pipe connector or a boot -type 15 connector installed in a circular block out opening conforming to ASTM C923. 16 8. Steps 17 a. No steps are allowed. 18 9. Interior Coating or Liner — Conform to Section 33 39 60. 19 10. Exterior Coating 20 a. Coat with non-fibered asphaltic emulsion in accordance with ASTM D1187 21 Type I and ASTM D1227 Type III Class I. 22 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 23 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 24 PART 3 - EXECUTION 25 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 26 3.2 EXAMINATION 27 A. Evaluation and Assessment 28 1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance to the Drawings. 29 3.3 PREPARATION 30 A. Foundation Preparation 31 1. Excavate 8 inches below manhole foundation. 32 2. Replace excavated soil with coarse aggregate; creating a stable base for manhole 33 construction. 34 a. If soil conditions or ground water prevent use of coarse aggregate base a 2-inch 35 mud slab may be substituted. 36 3.4 INSTALLATION 37 A. Manhole 38 1. Construct manhole to dimensions shown on Drawings. 39 2. Precast Sections Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 333920-6 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 6 of 7 1 a. Provide bell -and -spigot design incorporating a premolded joint sealing 2 compound for wastewater use. 3 b. Clean bell spigot and gaskets, lubricate and join. 4 c. Minimize number of segments. 5 d. Use long joints used at the bottom and shorter joints toward the top. 6 B. Invert 7 1. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth waterway with no disruption of flow 8 at pipe -manhole connections. 9 2. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum 10 possible radius of curvature. 11 a. Provide curves for side inlets. 12 3. For all standard manholes provide full depth invert. 13 4. For example, if 8-inch pipe in connected to manhole construct the invert to full 8 14 inches in depth. 15 C. Drop Manhole Connection 16 1. Install drop connection when sewer line enters manhole higher than 24 inches 17 above the invert. 18 D. Final Rim Elevation 19 1. Install concrete grade rings for height adjustment. 20 a. Construct grade ring on load bearing shoulder of manhole. 21 b. Use sealant between rings as shown on Drawings. 22 2. Set frame on top of manhole or grade rings using continuous water sealant. 23 3. Remove debris, stones and dirt to ensure a watertight seal. 24 4. Do not use steel shims, wood, stones or other unspecified material to obtain the 25 final surface elevation of the manhole frame. 26 E. Internal coating 27 1. Internal coating application will conform to Section 33 39 60, if required by 28 Drawings. 29 F. External coating 30 1. Remove dirt, dust, oil and other contaminants that could interfere with adhesion of 31 the coating. 32 2. Cure manhole for 3 days before backfilling around the structure. 33 3. Application will follow manufacturer's recommendation. 34 G. Modifications and Pipe Penetrations 35 1. Conform to Section 03 80 00. 36 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 37 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 38 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 39 A. Field Tests and Inspections 40 1. Perform vacuum test in accordance with Section 33 0130. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 333920-7 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 7 of 7 1 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 2 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 4 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 5 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 6 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 7 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] ri 9 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.1.A.1 — Modified to include precast manholes for water and reclaimed water applications 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.3.13.2 — Modified to include ASTM C443, D 1187 and D 1227 as references 2.2.13.1-3 — Modified in accordance with new ASTM references 2.2.B.10 — Modified in accordance with new ASTM references 1.1 C. — Referenced 33 05 10 1.2 A. Revised to add pay item when imported CSS/LSM is required in Construction Drawings 12/13/2024 M Owen 1.3 B. — Updated reference standards 2.2 B. — Referenced 33 05 10 for import CSS/CLSM material if required in Construction Drawings 3.3 A. 2. — Corrected typo - coarse Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 33 39 60 -1 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 1 of 12 1 SECTION 33 39 60 2 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Application of a high -build epoxy coating system (or modified polymer liner 7 system, i.e. SpectraShield) to concrete utility structures such as manholes, lift 8 station wet wells, junction boxes or other concrete facilities that may need 9 protection from corrosive materials. This covers rehabilitation of existing sanitary 10 sewer structures and newly installed sanitary sewer structures. 11 2. For sanitary sewer mains 8-inch diameter and larger, use of a structural liner 12 system, Warren Environmental System 301, ARC S 11113 by A.W. Chesterton 13 Company, is acceptable. 14 3. For sanitary sewer mains 8-inch diameter and smaller, and less than 6-feet in depth, 15 use of a liner system, SpectraShield, is acceptable. 16 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 17 1. None. 18 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 19 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 20 Contract 21 2. Division 1— General Requirements 22 3. Section 33 0130 — Sewer and Manhole Testing 23 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24 A. Measurement and Payment 25 1. Manholes 26 a. Measurement 27 1) Measurement for this Item shallbe per vertical foot of coating as measured 28 from 2-inches below the bottom of the removable cover (not frame) to the top 29 of the bench. This includes lining of all exposed concrete, the bench and 30 invert, thru the use of flow control devices (i.e. temporary plugs, sand 31 bags), to temporarily block flow. However, as a last resort and with prior 32 written approval from Water Field Operations, if the flow cannot be 33 blocked temporarily, then the lining would stop 3-inches from the edge of 34 the water in the pipe. This item covers the total vertical footage for the 35 speck bid items of various manhole sizes (Le. 4 foot diameter, 5 foot 36 diameter, Speck Manhole Designs for lines larger than 36-inch, etc.) and 37 speck types (Standard Manhole, Drop Manhole, Type "A" Manhole, 38 Shallow Manhole, including additional depth beyond 6 foot). 39 b. Payment Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 H d 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 33 39 60 -2 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 2 of 12 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per vertical foot of "Manhole Liner" applied. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal of roots 2) Removal of existing coatings 3) Eliminating any leaks 4) Removal of steps 5) Repair/seal connection of the existing frame to chimney 6) Repairs of any cracks in the existing structure chimney, corbel (cone), wall, bench, including any replacement of damaged rebar, pipe 7) Surface cleaning 8) Furnishing and installing Liner as specified by the Drawings 9) Hauling 10) Disposal of excess material 11) Site Clean-up 12) Manhole and Invert Cleaning 13) Testing 14) Re -Testing 2. Non -Manhole Structures a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per square foot of area where the coating is applied. b. Payment 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot of "Structure Liner" applied. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal of roots 2) Removal of existing coatings 3) Eliminating any leaks 4) Removal of steps 5) Repair/seal connection of the existing frame to chimney 6) Repairs of any cracks in the existing structure chimney, corbel (cone), wall, bench, including any replacement of damaged rebar, pipe 7) Surface cleaning 8) Furnishing and installing Liner as specified by the Drawings 9) Hauling 10) Disposal of excess material 11) Site Clean-up 12) Manhole and Invert Cleaning 13) Testing 14) Re -Testing 1.3 REFERENCES A Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is Specifically cited. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 33 39 60 -3 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 3of12 1 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 2 a. D543, Standard Practices for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical 3 Reagents. 4 b. D638, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. 5 c. D695, Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. 6 d. D790, Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and 7 Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. 8 e. D4060, Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by 9 the Taber Abraser. 10 f. D4414, Standard Practice for Measurement of Wet Film Thickness by Notch 11 Gages. 12 g. D7234, Stand Test Method for Pull -Off Adhesion strength of Coatings on 13 Concrete Using Portable Pull -Off Adhesion Testers. 14 3. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 15 4. NACE International (NACE). Published standards from the National 16 Association of Corrosion Engineers 17 5. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). Employ a trench 18 safety system in accordance with Section 19 6. Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, (RCRA). 20 7. The Society for Protective Coatings/NACE International (SSPC/NACE): 21 a. SP 13/NACE No. 6, Surface Preparation of Concrete. This includes 22 monitoring for hydrogen sulfide, methane, or low oxygen. Also includes 23 flow control equipment. Surface preparation equipment may include high 24 pressure water cleaning (3500 psi) and shall be suited to provide a surface 25 compatible for installation of the liner system. Surface preparation shall 26 produce a clean, abraded, and sound surface, with no evidence of loose 27 concrete, loose brick, loose mortar, oil, grease, rust, scale, other 28 contaminants or debris, and shall display a surface profile suitable for 29 application of the liner system. 30 b. SP0188, Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New Protective Coatings on 31 Conductive Substrates 32 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 33 1.5 SUBMITTALS 34 A Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 35 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 36 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 37 A Product Data 38 1. Technical data sheet on each product used 39 2. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each product used 40 3. Copies of independent testing performed on the coating product indicating the 41 product meets the requirements as specified herein 42 4. Technical data sheet and project specific data for repair materials to be topcoated 43 with the coating product including application, cure time and surface preparation 44 procedures Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 33 39 60 -4 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 4 of 12 1 5. Material and method for repair of leaks or cracks in the structure. This 2 applies to repair work on both existing structures, manholes and new installed 3 manholes (including Developer projects) that have been identified with cracks, 4 voids, signs of infiltration, other structural defects or other related 5 construction damage. 6 B. Contractor Data 7 1. Current documentation from coating product manufacturer certifying Contractor's 8 training (and/or licensed) as an approved installer and equipment complies with the 9 Quality Assurance requirements specified herein 10 2. 5 recent references of Contractor indicating successful application of coating 11 product(s) of the same material type as specified herein, applied by spray 12 application within the municipal wastewater environment. References shall include 13 at least the following: owner name, City inspector name and phone number, project 14 name/number, size and linear footage of sanitary sewer main, manhole diameter, 15 structure dimensions and number of each, square feet (or vertical feet) of product 16 installed, contract cost, and contract duration. Contractor must demonstrate a 17 successful history of installing the product in structures of similar size and scope 18 and update this each time the contractor applies for and renews its Prequalif"ication 19 for the Water Department. 20 3. For Developer Projects — at the time of Contractor selection, the 21 Pre qualification Statement, Section 00 4512 shall be submitted to the City, 22 clearly indicating the contractor prequalified for installation of 23 structure/manhole liner. No other bid submittals shall be accepted that 24 include lining contractors whose pre qualification term has expired or is not on 25 the active contractor list at the time of Contractor selection. If the submitted 26 forms for this project not acceptable, the City will refer to the current active 27 contractor prequalification list, and the Contractor shall select the appropriate 28 manhole lining subcontractor based on the project scope of work. The 29 Contractor shall then provide the revised Pre qualification Statement Section 30 00 4512 for review and acceptance. 31 4. This Specification (along with the CCTV Specification) and the associated 32 submittals including the work plan, QA/QC, testing, closeout documents, etc. 33 shall be discussed as part of the Pre -Construction Agenda for each project 34 (Developer projects included). 35 5. For any project, Developer projects included - If the Contractor proceeds with 36 application of an unapproved lining product and/or using an unqualified 37 subcontractor for lining, the City shall recommend either repair and/or 38 removal of any defective lining material and have the Contractor select an 39 approved subcontractor that can apply the approved lining materials. This 40 work shall be at no additional cost to the City. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 33 39 60 - 5 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 5of12 1 6. Schedule and Sequence of Construction— Considering this is a specialized 2 installation performed by only certified applicators, the schedule for this work 3 has a lead time that shall be included in the Contractor's schedule. If the 4 Contractor does not provide written notification and/or fails to schedule the 5 subcontractor in advance, the City shall not be responsible for any additional 6 costs and/or delays caused by the Contractor. Contractor shall provide the 7 updated construction schedule and work plan (including manhole preparation, 8 repairs, lining, testing, etc.) in accordance with Section 013216 at least 1 week 9 prior to start of lining activities to the City Inspector, City Project Manager, 10 Water Field Operations, and Water Capital Projects. Equipment shall be on - II site and in working order for the testing. If the Contractor is unable to have 12 equipment ready for testing, the test date shall be rescheduled accordingly 13 with the Inspector. The updated construction schedule shall clearly indicate 14 all related construction activities at the manholes before and after lining. All 15 paving activities, including any final grade adjustments for manholes outside 16 pavement, shall be completed before Contractor begins lining work. After 17 liner installation, Contractor shall wait a minimum of 48 hours to allow the 18 liner material to fully cure before returning the system to normal service. 19 CCTV per Section 33 0131 shall be scheduled after the lining has been 20 completed to document and confirm the manholes have been lined. 21 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 22 A. Testing Documentation 23 1. Provide test results required in Section 2.4 and Section 3.7 to City. 24 a. Include the following manhole or structure location information: 25 1) Existing sanitary sewer main/lateral number. For Developer Projects, 26 provide proposed sanitary sewer line number as designated on the plans 27 and provide the existing sanitary sewer main/lateral number at 28 connection to the existing manhole (if applicable). 29 2) Station number 30 3) GIS ID number (if provided during construction). 31 b. Inspection report of each manhole/structure tested (See attached sample 32 reports to be used for Wet Film Thickness, Manhole Holiday/Spark 33 Detection, and Manhole Adhesion Test). 34 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 35 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 36 A. Qualifications 37 1. Contractor 38 a. Be trained by, or have training approved and certified by, the coating product 39 manufacturer for the handling, mixing, application and inspection of the coating 40 product(s) to be used as specified herein 41 b. Initiate and enforce quality controlproccdures consistent with the coating 42 product(s) manufacturer recommendations and applicable NACE or SSPC 43 standards as referenced herein 44 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 45 A. Keep materials dry, protected from weather and stored undercover. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 33 39 60 -6 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 6 of 12 1 B. Store coating materials between 50 degrees F and 90 degrees F. 2 C. Do not store near flame, heat or strong oxidants. 3 D. Handle coating materials according to their material safety data sheets. 4 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS 5 A. Provide confined space entry, flow diversion and/or bypass plans as necessary to 6 perform the specified work. Active flows shall be diverted with flow through plugs as 7 required to ensure that flow is maintained off the surfaces to be lined. 8 1.12 WARRANTY 9 A. Contractor Warranty 10 1. Contractor's Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 0. 11 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 12 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS A. Repair and Resurfacing Products 1. Compatible with the specified coating product(s) in order to bond effectively, thus forming a composite system 2. Used and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations 3. The repair and resurfacing products must meet the following: a. 100 percent solids, solvent -free epoxy grout specifically formulated for epoxy topcoating compatibility b. Factory blended, rapid setting, high early strength, fiber reinforced, non -shrink repair mortar that can be toweled or pneumatically spray applied and specifically formulated to be suitable for topcoating with the specked coating productused B. Coating Product 1. Capable of being installed and curing properly within a manhole or concrete utility environment 2. Resistant to all forms of chemical or bacteriological attack found in municipal sanitary sewer systems; and, capable of adhering to typical manhole structure substrates 3. The 100 percent solids, solvent -free ultra high -build epoxy system shall exhibit the following characteristics: a. Application Temperature — 50 degrees F, minimum b. Thickness —125 mils minimum for newly installed structures; 250 mils minimum for rehabilitation of existing structures (Warren Environmental System 301, ARC S 1HB by A.W. Chesterton Company) c. Color — White, Light Blue, or Beige d. Compressive Strength (per ASTM D695) — 8,800 psi minimum e. Tensile Strength (per ASTM D638) — 7,500 psi minimum f. Hardness, Shore D (per ASTM D4541) — 70 minimum Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 33 39 60 -7 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 7 of 12 1 g. Abrasion Resistance (per ASTM D4060 CS 17F Wheel) — 80 mg loss 2 maximum 3 h. Flexural Modulus (per ASTM D790) — 400,000 psi minimum 4 i. Flexural Strength (per ASTM D790)—12,000 psi minimum 5 j. Adhesion to Concrete, mode of failure (ASTM D4541): Substrate (concrete) 6 failure 7 k. Chemical Resistance (per ASTM D543/G20) all types of service for: 8 1) Municipal sanitary sewer environment 9 2) Sulfuric acid, 70 percent 10 3) Sodium hydroxide, 20 percent 11 4. Or, the multi -layer modified polyurea and polyurethane shall exhibit the following 12 characteristics: 13 a. Application Temperature — 50 degrees F, minimum 14 b. Thickness — 500 mils minimum (SpectraShield) 15 c. Moisture Barrier and Final Corrosion Barrier 16 1) Color —Pink 17 2) Tensile Strength (per ASTM D412) — 2550 psi minimum 18 3) Hardness, Shore D (per ASTM D2240) — 56 minimum 19 4) Abrasion Resistance (per ASTM D4060) — 20 mg loss maximum 20 5) Percent Elongation (per ASTM D412) — 269 21 d. Surfacer 22 1) Compressive Strength (per ASTMD1621) —100 psimn7iinum 23 2) Density (per ASTM D1622) — 5 lbs/cu ft minimum 24 3) Shear Strength (per ASTM C273) — 230 psi minimum 25 4) Closed Cell Content (per ASTM D1940) —>95% 26 C. Coating Application Equipment 27 1. Manufacturer approved heated plural component spray equipment 28 2. Hard to reach areas, primer application and touch-up may be performed using hand 29 tools. 30 3. Applicator shall use approved specialty equipment that is adequate in size, capacity, 31 and number sufficient to accomplish the work in a timely manner. 32 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 33 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 34 A. Coating Thickness Testing 35 1. Film Thickness Testing for epoxy systems 36 a. Take wet film thickness gauge measurements per ASTM D4414 —Standard 37 Practice for Measurement of Wet Film Thickness by Notch Gages at 3 locations 38 within the manhole, 2 spaced equally apart along the wall and 1 on the bench. 39 1) Document and attest measurements and provide to the City using the form 40 at the end of this specification. 41 2. Thickness testing for modified polymer liner system 42 a. Upon installation of the Final Corrosion Barrier insert probe into substrate for 43 depth of system measurement at 3 locations within the manhole, 2 spaced 44 equally apart along the wall and 1 on the bench. 45 3. Document all testing results and provide to the City using the form at the end of this 46 specification. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 33 39 60 - 8 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 8 of 12 B. Non -Conforming Work 2 1. City reserves the right to require additional testing depending on the rate of failure. 3 2. City will select testing locations. 4 C. Testing Frequency 5 1. Projects with 10 or less manholes and/or structures test all. 6 2. Projects with greater than 10 manholes and/or structures, test at least 10 and test 25 7 percent of manholes and/or structures after the first 10. 8 3. City will select the manholes and/or structures to be tested. 9 PART 3- EXECUTION 10 3.1 INSTALLERS 11 A. All installers shall be certified applicators approved by the manufacturers. Applicator 12 shall use adequate number of skilled workmen that have been trained and experienced for 13 the approved product. 14 15 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 16 3.3 PREPARATION 17 A. Manhole Preparation 18 1. Stop active flows via damming, plugging or diverting as required to ensure all 19 liquids are maintained below or away from the surfaces to be coated. 20 2. Maintain temperature of the surface to be coated between 40 and 120 degrees F. 21 3. Shield specified surfaces to avoid exposure of direct sunlight or other intense heat 22 source. 23 a. Where varying surface temperatures do exist, coating installation should be 24 scheduled when the temperature is falling versus rising. 25 B. Surface Preparation 26 1. Remove oils, roots, grease, incompatible existing coatings, waxes, form release, 27 curing compounds, efflorescence, sealers, salts or other contaminants which may 28 affect the performance and adhesion of the coating to the substrate. Remove any 29 steps found in the structure. 30 2. Remove concrete and/or mortar damaged by corrosion, chemical attack or other 31 means of degradation so that only sound substrate remains. 32 3. Surface preparation method, or combination of methods, that may be used include 33 high pressure water cleaning, high pressure water jetting, abrasive blasting, 34 shotblasting, grinding, scarifying, detergent water cleaning, hot water blasting and 35 others as described in SSPC SP 13/NACENo. 6. 36 4. All methods used shall be performed in a manner that provides a uniform, sound, 37 clean, neutralized, surface suitable for the specified coating product. 38 5. After completion of surface preparation, inspect for leaks, cracks, holes, exposed 39 rebar, ring and cover condition, invert condition, and inlet/outlet pipe condition. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 H 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 33 39 60 -9 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 9 of 12 6. After defects in the structure have been identified, seal cracks, repair exposed rebar with new rebar to match existing, repair leaks and cracks with grout or other methods approved by the Manufacturer and the City. All new rebar shall be embedded in 1 '/2 inch epoxy mastic. Replace/seal connection between existing frame and chimney if it is found loose or not attached. 7. The repair materials shall be trowel or spray applied by the lining Contractor utilizing proper equipment on to specified surfaces. The equipment shall be specially designed to accurately ratio and apply the specified materials and shall be regularly maintained and in proper working order. The repair mortar and epoxy topcoat must share the same epoxy matrix to ensure a bonded weld. No cementitious repair material, quick setting high strength concrete with latex or curing agent additives, or quick set mortars will be allowed. Proper surface preparation procedures must be followed to ensure adequate bond strength to any surface to be coated. New cement cure time is at least 30 days prior to coating. The repair materials as specified in this Section shall apply to both existing structures and new installed structures. This includes Developer projects, in which new installed structures/manholes have been identified with either cracks, voids, signs of infiltration, other structural defects or other related construction damage. 20 3.4 INSTALLATION 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 A. General 1. Perform coating after the sewer line replacement/repairs, grade adjustments and grouting are complete. 2. Perform application procedures per recommendations ofthe coating product manufacturer, including environmental controls, product handling, mixing and applic ation. B. Temperature 1. Only perform application if surface temperature is between 40 and 120 degrees F. 2. Make no application if freezing is expected to occur inside the manhole within 24 hours after application. C. Coating 1. Spray apply per manufacturer's recommendation at a minimum film thickness as noted in Section 2.2.13. 2. Apply coating from bottom of manhole frame to the bench/trough, including the bench/trough. 3. After walls are coated, remove bench covers and spray bench/trough to at least the same thickness as the walls. 4. Apply any topcoat or additional coats within the product's recoat window. a. Additional surface preparation is required if the recoat window is exceeded. 5. Allow a minimum of 48 hours of cure time or be set hard to touch before reactivating flow. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 33 39 60 -10 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 10 of 12 1 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 2 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 4 A. Each structure will be visually inspected by the City the same day following the 5 application. 6 B. Groundwater infiltration of the system shall be zero. 7 C. All pipe connections shallbe open and clear. 8 D. The inspector will check for deficiencies, pinholes, voids, cracks, uncured spots, 9 delamination, and thin spots. Any deficiencies in the liner shall be marked and repaired 10 according to the procedures outlined by the Manufacturer. 11 E. If leaks are detected they will be chipped back, plugged and coated immediately with 12 protective epoxy resin coating. 13 1. Make repair 24 hours after leak detection. 14 F. Post Installation Coating Tests 15 1. Wet Film Testing 16 2. Adhesion Testing 17 a. Adhesion test the liner at a minimum of three locations (cone area, mid -section, 18 and bottom of the structure). For structures exceeding 6-feet add one additional 19 test for every additional 6-feet. For example: 6-foot manhole — 3 tests. 6-feet, 1- 20 inch manhole thru 11-feet, 11-inch manhole — 4 tests, 12-foot manhole — 5 tests. 21 Etc... Tests performed per ASTM D7234 — Standard Test Method for Pull -Off 22 Adhesion Strength of Coatings on Concrete Using Portable Pull -Off Adhesion 23 Testers. 24 1) Document and attest all test results repairs made and provide to the City 25 (see structure/manhole report form for adhesion testing at the end of this 26 specification). 27 2) The adhesive used to attach the dollies shall have a tensile strength greater 28 that the liner. 29 3) Failure of the dolly adhesive is deemed anon -test and requires retesting. 30 4) All the pull tests shall exceed 300 psi or concrete failure with more than 31 50% of the subsurface adhered to the coating. If over 1/3rd fail, additional tests 32 may be required by the City. If additional tests fail the City may require 33 removal and replacement of the liner at the contractor's expense. 34 3. Holiday Detection Testing 35 a. Holiday Detection test the liner per NACE SP0188 — Discontinuity (Holiday) 36 Testing of New Protective Coatings on Conductive Substrates. Mark all 37 detected holidays. Repair all holidays in accordance to coating manufacturer's 38 recommendations. 39 1) Document and attest all test results repairs made and provide to the 40 City (see structure/manhole report for holiday detection testing at the 41 end of this specification). Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 33 39 60 -11 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 11 of 12 1 2) For example, the typical testing requirements are 100 volts per mil to 2 12,500 volts to test 125 mils. Contractor shall mark any location that 3 shows a spark or potential for a pinhole and repair these locations per 4 manufacturer recommendations. 5 4. CCTV 6 a. Post Construction CCTV recordings shall be made after all other testing is 7 completed, including the repairs that are made to the lining following any test 8 failures. 9 b. After liner installation, conduct post -CCTV in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 10 Video camera shall be lowered from the top of the manhole to the invert, to video I 1 all lined surfaces, prior to beginning post -CCTV of the main. Payment for this 12 work is subsidiary to the cost for the post -CCTV of the main. 13 c. A bonded third -party testing company shall perform the testing. 14 d. Or Contractor may perform tests if witnessed by representative of the coating 15 manufacturer. Coating manufacturer representative to provide certification that 16 Contractor performed tests in accordance with noted standards. 17 G. Non -Conforming Work 18 1. City reserves the right to require additional testing depending on the rate of failure. 19 2. City will select testing locations. 20 3. Repair all defects according to the manufacturer's recommendations. 21 R Testing Frequency 22 1. Projects with 10 or less manholes and/or structures test all. 23 2. Projects with greater than 10 manholes and/or structures, test at least 10 and test 25 24 percent of manholes and/or structures after the first 10. 25 3. City will select the manholes and/or structures to be tested. 26 L Test manhole for final acceptance according to Section 33 0130. 27 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 28 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 29 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 30 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 31 A. Provide all test results from testing per Section 2.4 and applicator certifications per 32 Section 3.1 and in accordance with Section 1.7. In addition, perform vacuum test and 33 provide results using the test form per Section 33 0130, Sewer and Manhole Testing. 34 B. Upon final completion of the work, the manufacturer and/or the testing firm will 35 provide a written certification of proper application to the City. 36 C. The certification will confirm that the deficient areas were repaired in accordance with 37 the procedure set forth in this Spec ification. The final report will detail the location of the 38 repairs in the structure and description of the repairs. See attached testing forms. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 33 39 60 -12 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES 4 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] Page 12 of 12 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Further clarification on the sizes and types of manholes under Part 1.2. Removal of Raven Lining system and inclusion of SpectraShield and Warren Environmental 09-23-2020 J. Kasavich System 301, and ARC S1HB by A.W. Chesterton Company. Additional source quality control and field quality control test requirements. Added testing forms for Wet Film Thickness, Manhole Holiday/Spark Detection, and Manhole Adhesion T est. 4-21-2021 J. Kasavich Provided minor revisions to clarify howtestingis to be recorded and order of testing. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 POST INSTALLATION FORT WORTH MANHOLE LINER INSPECTION FORM WET FILM THICKNESS Company Name: Address: Phone #: Cell: Work: Coating Date: Crew Leader: Project Name: Project #: Contractor: Owner: Thickness of Coating: Location of Structure: MANHOLE INFORMATION Line & Station #: Other: Structure Type: (check one) 4' DI MH TYPE A FLDW DIV BOX S' DI MH TYPE B FLDW DIV BOX 6' DI MH JUNCTION BOX T DI MH SPHIPHON ENTRY BOX METERING STATION Wet Film Thickness Measurements Wet Film Thickness Gauge per ASTM D4414 at 3 Locations Within the Manhole Two (2) Spaced Equally Apart Along the Wall and One (1) on the Bench Steps: Yes / No Structure Material: Lining Material: Comments: MH Depth: MH Width: Bench: Mil (Gauge) Invert (Sprayed) *If No, Justify Indicate Measurements on the Diagram Above Yes / No 125 / 250 Yes / *No POST INSTALLATION MANHOLE ADHESION TEST FORM Company Name: Address: Phone #: Cell: Work: Coating Date: Crew Leader: Project Name: Project #: Contractor: Owner: Thickness of Epoxy Coating: Location of Structure: Line & Station #: Structure Type: (check one) Other: MANHOLE INFORMATION 4' DI MH TYPE A FLDW DIV BOX S' DI MH TYPE B FLDW DIV BOX V DI MH JUNCTION BOX T DI MH SPHIPHON ENTRY BOX METERING STATION Adhesion Test Results (ASTM D7234) FORT WORTH Inspection Date: Inspection Company: Inspector Name: Manhole Depth: Number of Tests: Test Results: Indicate test locations on drawing Comments: *Non -Manhole Structures may require additional sketches to indicate testing location for all testing procedures. Include additional sketches as needed. POST INSTALLATION FORT WORTH MANHOLE HOLIDAY/SPARK DETECTION TEST FORM -q"*� Company Name: Address: Phone #: Cell: Work: Coating Date: Crew Leader: Project Name: Project #: Contractor: Owner: Thickness of Coating: Location of Structure: Line & Station #: Structure Type: (check one) Other: MANHOLE INFORMATION 4' DI MH TYPE A FLDW DIV BOX S' DI MH TYPE B FLDW DIV BOX V DI MH JUNCTION BOX T DI MH SPHIPHON ENTRY BOX METERING STATION Holiday Detection Test Results (NACE SP0188) Liner Material: Indicate defect locations on drawing Spark Tester Serial #: Voltage Setting: Inspection Date: Inspection Company: Inspector Name: Repair Date: Comments: *Non -Manhole Structures may require additional sketches to indicate testing location for all testing procedures. Include additional sketches as needed. POST INSTALLATION MANHOLE VACUUM TEST FORM Company Name: Address: Phone #: Cell: Work: Coating Date: Crew Leader: Project Name: Project #: Contractor: Owner: Indicate Pass/Fail: Location of Structure: Manhole Pour or Placement Date: Line & Station #: Other: Structure Type: (check one) MANHOLE INFORMATION 4' DI MH TYPE A FLDW DIV BOX 5' DI MH TYPE B FLDW DIV BOX 6' DI MH JUNCTION BOX T DI MH SPHIPHON ENTRY BOX METERING STATION Vacuum Test Results FORT WORTH Inspection Date: Repair Locations Inspection Company: Inspector Name: Repair Date: Repair Location: Type of Repair: Repair Materials: Comments: 334110-1 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS Page 1 of 12 SECTION 33 4110 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Furnishing and installing reinforced concrete storm drain pipe and culverts, including: a. Pipe or box fittings b. Connection of drain lines to curb inlets c. All joints d. All connections to new or existing pipe or headwalls, manholes, etc., to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 33 0131 — Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 4. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -in -Place Concrete 5. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 6. Section 33 05 23 — Hand Tunneling 7. Section 03 34 13 - Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment Reinforced Concrete Storm Drain Pipe a. Measurement 1) Measured along the longitudinal centerline of the pipe from the initial beginning point as shown on Drawings to the end of construction as shown on Drawings, excluding inside diameters of any manholes encountered b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of "RCP" installed for: a) Various sizes b) Various classes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing the specified diameter pipe and appurtenant fittings 2) Mobilization 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 3341 10-2 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS Page 2 of 12 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess material 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 9) Gaskets 10) Clean-up 11) Cleaning 12) Jointing 13) Connections to all drainage structures Reinforced Concrete Storm Drain Culverts a. Measurement 1) Measured along the longitudinal centerline of the pipe from the initial beginning point as shown on Drawings to the end of construction as shown on Drawings, excluding inside diameters of any manholes encountered b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of "Box Culvert" installed for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing the specified diameter pipe and appurtenant fittings 2) Mobilization 3) Pavement removal 4) Excavation 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess material 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 9) Gaskets 10) Clean-up 11) Cleaning 12) Jointing 13) Connections to all drainage structures 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): a. T111, Inorganic Matter or Ash in Bituminous Materials. 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A185, Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete. b. A497, Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Deformed, for Concrete. c. C76, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 3341 10 - 3 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS Page 3 of 12 d. C361, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low -Head Pressure Pipe. e. C443, Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets. f. C497, Standard Test Methods for Concrete Pipe, Manhole Sections, or Tile. g. C506, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Arch Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. h. C507, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. i. C990, Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants. j. C1433, Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Monolithic Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, and Sewers. k. D4, Standard Test Method for Bitumen Content. 1. D6, Standard Test Method for Loss on Heating of Oil and Asphaltic Compounds. in. D36, Standard Test Method for Softening Point of Bitumen (Ring -and -Ball Apparatus). n. D71, Standard Test Method for Relative Density of Solid Pitch and Asphalt (Displacement Method). o. D92, Standard Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup Tester. p. D 113, Standard Test Method for Ductility of Bituminous Materials. q. D217, Standard Test Methods for Cone Penetration of Lubricating Grease. 4. TxDOT Test Procedures (Tex): a. Tex-704-I, Making, Curing, and Testing Compression Test Specimens for Precast Concrete 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATION SUBMITTALS A. Certificates 1. Furnish manufacturer's certificate of compliance that their product meets the physical testing requirements of this Specification for the materials referenced including, but not limited to: a. Reinforced concrete pipe b. Concrete box culvert c. Jointing materials Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 3341 10 - 4 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS Page 4 of 12 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 6600. 2. Keep pipe clean and fully drained during storage. 3. Transport, handle and store pipe and fittings as recommended by manufacturer. 4. Repair or replace any damaged pipe before installation per the manufacturer's recommendation. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS A. Fabrication Precast Reinforced Concrete Pipe a. Provide precast storm sewer pipe that conforms to ASTM C76, ASTM C506 or ASTM C507 for circular, arch or elliptical pipe respectively. b. Utilize a machine made process or cast by a process that will provide uniform placement of a mixture of cement, aggregate and water proportional to provide a homogeneous concrete meeting the specified strength requirements. c. Mix concrete in a central batch plant or other approved batching facility where the quality and uniformity of the concrete is assured. d. Do not use transit mixed concrete to manufacture precast concrete pipe. 2. Concrete Box Culvert a. Cast -in -Place 1) Conform to Section 03 30 00. b. Precast 1) Furnish machine made precast boxes in accordance with ASTM C1433. 2) Utilize a machine made process or cast by a process that will provide uniform placement of a mixture of cement, aggregate, and water proportional to provide a homogeneous concrete meeting the specified strength requirements. 3) Concrete water to cement ratio not to exceed 0.53 by weight 4) Utilize minimum 470 pounds of cement per cubic yard of concrete unless mix designs with lower cement content demonstrate that the quality and performance of the sections meet the requirements of this Specification. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 3341 10 - 5 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS Page 5 of 12 5) Mix concrete in a central batch plant or other approved batching facility where the quality and uniformity of the concrete is assured. 6) Do not use transit mixed concrete to manufacture precast concrete box culvert. 7) Utilize welded wire fabric steel reinforcement conforming to ASTM A 18 5 or ASTM A497. Jointing Materials a. Use any of the materials described in this Section for the making of joints. 1) Furnish a manufacturer's certificate of compliance for all jointing materials. 2) Cold Applied Preformed Plastic Gaskets/Flexible Joint Sealants a) Provide flexible joint sealants that meet the requirements of ASTM C990. b) Utilize 1 continuous gasket conforming to the joint shape for each joint. c) Plastic gasket shall be produced from blends of refined hydrocarbon resins and plasticizing compounds reinforced with inert mineral filler and shall contain no solvents, irritating fumes or obnoxious odors. d) Use flexible joint sealants that do not depend on oxidizing, evaporating or chemical action for its adhesive or cohesive strength. e) Supply in extruded rope form of suitable cross section and size as to fill the joint space when the pipes are joined. f) Provide a size of the pre -formed flexible joint sealant in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and large enough to properly seal the joint and obtain the squeeze out as described under construction methods. g) The gasket joint sealer shall be protected by a suitable removable 2- piece wrapper, and the 2-piece wrapper shall be so designed that %2 may be removed longitudinally without disturbing the other''V2 to facilitate application as noted below. h) The chemical composition of the gasket joint sealing compound as shipped shall meet the requirements of Table 1 when tested in accordance with the test methods shown. Table 1. Sealing Compound Chemical Composition Composition Test Method Percent by Weight Bitumen ASTM D4 Bitumen Content 50-70 Ash -Inert Mineral Matter AASHTO T111 30-50 Volatile Matter at 325 degrees F ASTM D6 Loss on Heating of Oil and Asphaltic Compounds 2.0 Max i) Gasket joint sealing compound when immersed for 30 days at ambient room temperature separately in 5 percent solution of caustic potash, a mixture of 5 percent hydrochloric acid, a 5 percent solution of sulfuric acid and a saturated hydrogen sulfide (H2S) solution shall show no visible deterioration. j) The physical properties of the gasket joint sealing compound as shipped shall meet the requirements in Table 2 when tested in accordance with the test methods shown. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 3341 10 - 6 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS Page 6of12 Table 2. Sealing Compound Physical Properties Property Test Method Typical Analysis Specific Gravity at 77 degrees F ASTM D71 1.20 to 1.35 Ductility at 77 degrees F ASTM D113 5.0 centimeters minimum Point at 77 degrees F ASTM D36 320 degrees F minimum -Softening Penetration 32 degrees F (300-gms) 60-seconds ASTM D217 75 minimum 77 degrees F (150-gms) 5-seconds 50 to 120 115 degrees F (150-gms) 5-seconds 150 max Flash Point C.O.C. ASTM D92 600 degrees F Fire Point C.O.0 625 degrees F 3) Rubber Gaskets a) Provide gaskets that conform to ASTM C361 or ASTM C443. b) Meet the requirements of ASTM C443 for design of the joints and permissible variations in dimensions. B. Design Criteria Reinforced Concrete Pipe a. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, furnish Class III concrete pipe with shell thickness, circumferential reinforcement and strength conforming to the requirements of ASTM C76, ASTM C506 or ASTM C507 for circular, arch or elliptical pipe respectively, except as modified below: 1) Manufacture pipes larger than 60-inch diameter by using 2 lines of circular reinforcement. 2) For Class III pipes larger than 60-inch diameter, manufacturer may, at its option, furnish pipe manufactured with either Wall "B" or Wall "C" minimum thicknesses and the applicable minimum steel area as listed for circular cages in Table 11 of ASTM C76, provided test strength requirements for Class III pipe are satisfactorily met. b. Jacking, Boring, or Tunneling 1) Design pipe for jacking, boring or tunneling conforming to the requirements of Section 33 05 23. 2) When requested, provide design notes and drawings signed and sealed by a Texas licensed professional engineer. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections Reinforced Concrete Pipe a. Acceptance of pipe will be determined by the results of the following tests: 1) Material tests required in ASTM C76, ASTM C506 or ASTM C507. 2) Absorption tests in accordance with ASTM C497. 3) 3-edge bearing tests in accordance with ASTM C497. a) Testing Rate (1) If tested for 0.01-inch crack only: (a) Test 0.8 percent of pipe sections for each size included in order (2) If tested for 0.01-inch crack and ultimate load: Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 3341 10 - 7 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS Page 7of12 (a) Test 0.2 percent of pipe sections for each size included in order b) Pipes that have been tested only to the formation of a 0.01 inch crack and that meet the 0.01 inch test load requirements shall be accepted for use. c) Failed Pipe (1) Test 2 consecutive joints in the same mix series if a specimen fails to meet test requirements. (2) Entire pipe series will be rejected if 1 of the consecutive joints fails to meet test requirements. d) Pipes larger than 1 inch in diameter may be accepted on the basis of material tests and inspection of completed product as an alternate to 3- edge bearing test, at the option of the manufacturer. (1) Acceptance of pipe will be determined by the results of the material tests as required in ASTM C76, ASTM C506 or ASTM C507. (a) Perform crushing tests on cores taken from barrel of completed and cured pipe. (b) Perform absorption tests on samples from pipe wall. (c) Inspect finished pipe including amount and placement of reinforcement. (2) Manufacturer will furnish facilities and personnel for taking core samples from pipe barrel and for determining compressive strength of samples. (3) Manufacturer will plug and seal core holes if samples meet strength requirements. (a) Plug and seal sections in a manner that the pipe section will meet all test requirements of ASTM C76, ASTM C506 or ASTM C507. (b) Pipe sections plugged and sealed as described above will be accepted for use. 4) Inspect the finished pipe to determine its conformance with the required design. 2. Cast -in -Place Concrete Box Culvert a. Provide test specimens that meet the requirements of Division 03. Precast Box Culvert a. Make test specimens in test cylinders at the same time and in the same manner as the box sections they represent. b. Make a minimum of 4 test cylinders for each day's production run and each mix design. c. Cure test cylinders in the same manner and for the same times as the boxes they represent. d. Test the specimens in accordance with Tex-704-I. B. Sizes and Permissible Variations 1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe a. Ensure that variations in diameter, size, shape, wall thickness, reinforcement, placement of reinforcement, laying length and the permissible under run of length are in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification for each type of pipe as referred to previously. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 334110-8 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS Page 8 of 12 b. Where rubber gasket pipe joints are to be used, the design of joints and permissible variations in dimensions shall be in accordance with ASTM C443, Sections 7 and 8. 2. Cast -in -Place or Precast Box Culvert a. Ensure that precast sections of either type meet the following requirements: 1) The inside vertical and horizontal dimensions do not vary from Drawing requirements by more than 1/2 inch or 1 percent, whichever is greater. 2) The horizontal or vertical plane at each end of the box section does not vary from perpendicular by more than 1/2 inch or 1 percent, whichever is greater, measured on the inside faces of the section. 3) The sides of a section at each end do not vary from being perpendicular to the top and bottom by more than 1/2 inch or 1 percent, whichever is greater, when measured diagonally between opposite interior corners. b. Ensure that wall and slab thicknesses are not less than shown on the Drawings except for occasional deficiencies not greater than 1/4 inch or 5 percent, whichever is greater. 1) If proper jointing is not affected, thicknesses in excess of Drawing requirements are acceptable. c. Deviations from the above tolerances will be acceptable if the sections can be fitted at the plant or job site and the joint opening at any point does not exceed 1 inch. 1) Use match marks for proper installation on sections that have been accepted in this manner. C. Workmanship and Finish 1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe a. Ensure that pipe is substantially free from fractures, large or deep cracks and surface roughness. b. Ensure that ends of pipe are normal to the walls and centerline of the pipe within the limits of variations allowed as stated previously. 2. Cast -in -Place or Precast Box Culvert a. Fine cracks on the surface of the member that do not extend to the plane of the nearest reinforcement are acceptable unless the cracks are numerous and extensive. b. Repair cracks that extend into the plane of the reinforcing steel in an approved manner. c. Excessive damage, honeycomb or cracking will be subject to structural review. d. The City may accept boxes with repairs that are sound, properly finished and cured in conformance with pertinent Specifications. e. When fine cracks on the surface indicate poor curing practices, discontinue further production of precast sections until corrections are made and proper curing is provided. D. Curing 1. Cure pipe/box in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification for each type of pipe as referred to above. E. Marking 1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe a. Clearly mark the following information on each section of pipe: Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 3341 10 - 9 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN PIPE/CULVERTS Page 9 of 12 1) Class of pipe 2) ASTM designation 3) Date of manufacture 4) Identification of plant 5) Name or trademark of the manufacturer 6) Pipe to be used for jacking and boring b. For pipe with elliptical reinforcement, in addition to above, clearly mark 1 end of each section during the process of manufacture or immediately after with the following: 1) The location of the top or bottom of the pipe as it should be installed, unless the external shape of the pipe is such that the correct position of the top and bottom is obvious 2) Mark the pipe section by indenting or painting with waterproof paint. 2. Cast -in -Place or Precast Box Culvert a. Mark precast boxes with the following: 1) Name or trademark of the producer 2) Date of manufacture 3) Box size 4) Minimum and maximum fill heights b. For boxes without lifting holes, mark 1 end of each box section on the inside and outside walls to indicate the top or bottom as it will be installed. c. Indent markings into the box section or paint them on each box with waterproof paint. F. Pipe/Box Rejection 1. Individual sections of pipe/box maybe rejected if any of the Specification requirements are not met or if any of the following exist: a. Fractures or cracks passing through the shell, with the exception of a single end crack that does not exceed the depth of the joint b. Defects that indicate imperfect proportioning, mixing and molding c. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture d. Damaged ends which would prevent making a satisfactory joint e. Any continuous crack having a surface width of 0.01 inch or more and extending for a length of 12 inch or more 2. Mark rejected pipe/box with painted "REJECTED". 3. Remove rejected pipe/box immediately from job site and replace with pipe/box meeting the requirements of this Specification. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 3341 10-10 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN P1PEXULVERTS Page 10 of 12 1. Conform to the requirements of Section 33 05 10 for excavation and embedment for open -cut type installation. 2. Conform to the requirements of Section 33 05 23 when jacking, boring or tunneling methods are specified on Drawings. 3. Establish and maintain lines and grades. B. Pipe/Box Laying — Trench Installation 1. Ensure that pipe/box and fittings are laid and jointed in firm trench bottom conditions. 2. Start laying pipe/box on the bedding at the outlet or downstream end with the spigot or tongue end of the pipe joint pointing downstream, and proceed toward the inlet or upstream end with the abutting sections properly matched, true to the established lines and grades. 3. Provide appropriate facilities for hoisting and lowering the sections of pipe/box according to manufacturer's recommendation. 4. Lift and lower sections of pipe/box into trench without damaging pipe or disturbing the prepared bedding or sides of trench. 5. Carefully clean pipe/box ends before pipe is placed in trench. 6. Protect pipe/box open end to prevent entrance of earth or bedding material as each length of pipe/box is laid. 7. Fit, match and lay pipe/box to form a smooth, uniform conduit. 8. When elliptical pipe with circular reinforcing or circular pipe with elliptical reinforcing is used, lay the pipe in trench so that the markings for top or bottom are not more than 5 degrees from the vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the pipe 9. Remove and re -lay, without extra compensation, pipe/box that is not in alignment or that shows excessive settlement after laying. C. Multiple Barrel Box Culvert Placement 1. Fill the annular space between multiple boxes with crushed rock or CLSM according to 03 34 13. a. Water jetting will not be allowed between parallel boxes. 2. Start the laying of boxes on the bedding at the outlet end and proceed toward the inlet end with the abutting sections properly matched. 3. Fit, match and lay boxes to form a smooth, uniform conduit true to the established lines and grades. D. Jointing Cold Applied Preformed Plastic Gaskets/Flexible Joint Sealants a. Brush -apply a suitable primer, recommended by the manufacturer of the gasket joint sealer, to tongue and groove joint surfaces and end surfaces. 1) Ensure that surface to be primed is clean and dry when primer is applied. 2) Ensure that primer is not applied over mud, sand, dirt or sharp cement protrusions. 3) Allow primer to dry and harden. b. Attach plastic gasket sealer around tapered tongue or tapered groove near the pipe joint hub or shoulder, before laying pipe in trench. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 3341 10 - 11 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN P1PEXULVERTS Page 11 of 12 c. Remove paper wrapper from 1 side only of the 2-piece wrapper on gasket and press it firmly to the clean, dry pipe joint surface. 1) Do not remove the outside wrapper until immediately before pushing pipe into its final position. d. Align the tongue correctly with the flare of the groove. e. Remove outside wrapper on the gasket and pull or push pipe home with sufficient force (back hoe shovel, chain hoist, ratchet hoist or winch) to cause evidence of gasket material squeeze -out on inside or outside around complete pipe joint circumference. 1) Remove any joint material that pushed out into the interior of pipe. 2) Ensure that pipe is pulled home in a straight line with all parts of pipe on line and grade at all times. f. Proceed with backfilling of pipe laid with plastic gasket joints as soon as joint has been inspected and approved by the Engineer or Inspector. 1) Take special precautions in placing and compacting backfill to avoid damage to joints. g. When the atmospheric temperature is below 60 degrees F, store pre -formed flexible joint sealants in an area warmed to above 70' degrees F or artificially warmed to this temperature in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 1) Apply gaskets to pipe joints immediately prior to placing pipe in trench, followed by connection to previously laid pipe. 2. Rubber Gaskets a. Make the joint assembly according to the recommendations of the gasket manufacturer. b. When using rubber gaskets, make joints watertight. c. Backfill after the joint has been inspected and approved. E. Backfill 1. Conform to the requirements of Section 33 05 10 for backfilling pipe/box trenches. F. Pipe fittings 1. Poured Concrete Pipe Collars a. Provide collars for locations shown on Drawings. b. Collar cost is considered subsidiary to bid price for furnishing and installing reinforced concrete pipe. No extra payment will be made for installation of concrete pipe collars shown on the Drawings. 2. Shop and Field -Fabricated Wyes, Tees, Crosses and Bends a. Furnish and install shop or field -fabricated wyes, tees, crosses or bends as indicated on Drawings or required by the Engineer. b. Shop -fabricate fittings for maximum pipe size less than 24-inches in diameter for the larger pipe. c. Field -fabricate fittings with 24-inch or greater diameter for the larger pipe. d. Field -fabricate fittings for box culverts. e. Take care in fabrication that concrete walls of pipe are broken back only enough to provide the required finished opening. f. Join reinforcing mesh or bars by bending, twisting or spot welding to provide a rigid connection. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 3341 10 - 12 REINFORCED CONCRETE STORM DRAIN P1PEXULVERTS Page 12 of 12 g. Concrete or mortar (as specified in this segment) shall be wiped over the reinforcing wires connecting the 2 pipe joints, compacted by light blows, shaped to the contour of the pipe barrels, lightly brushed for fmish and cured under wet burlap. Poured Concrete Pipe Plugs a. Plug pipe ends with a fabricated unit as shown on Drawings, when conduit lines terminate at locations with no connection to drainage structures. b. Concrete pipe plug cost is considered subsidiary to bid price for furnishing and installing reinforced concrete pipe. No extra payment will be made for installation of concrete pipe plugs shown on the Drawings. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests and Inspections 1. Video Inspection a. Perform post -construction TV inspection of all installed reinforced concrete pipes/boxes conforming to the requirements of Section 33 01 31. 2. Ensure that pipes/boxes are installed correctly and are free of significant debris. a. At the City's discretion, replace any pipe/box that is determined to have jointing problems, cracking or significant debris. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 334910-1 STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES Page 1 of 7 1 SECTION 33 49 10 2 STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES 3 [Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] 4 PART 1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 A. Section Includes: 1. Storm drain cast -in -place concrete manholes and junction boxes B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Division 3 — Concrete 4. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -In -Place Concrete 5. Section 03 80 00 — Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 6. Section 31 23 16 — Unclassified Excavation 7. Section 3150 00 — Excavation Support and Protection 8. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 9. Section 33 05 13 — Frame, Cover and Grade Rings 20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 A. Measurement and Payment 1. Storm Drain Manhole Risers a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Manhole Riser complete, or completed to the stage of construction required by Drawings. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Manhole Riser" installed for: a) Various Sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Mobilization 2) Excavation 3) Hauling 4) Disposal of excess materials 5) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 7) Manhole construction 8) Manhole frames CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 334910-2 STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES Page 2 of 7 9) Steps 10) Ring and Cover 11) Clean-up 2. Storm Junction Boxes a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Junction Box complete, or completed to the stage of construction required by Drawings. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Storm Junction Box installed for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Mobilization 2) Excavation 3) Hauling 4) Disposal of excess materials 5) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill (except where CSS/CLSM is required around manhole/junction box in construction drawings) 6) Junction Box construction 7) Junction Box frames 8) Steps 9) Ring and Cover 10) Clean-up 3. Storm Junction Structure a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Junction Structure complete, or completed to the stage of construction required by Drawings. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the lump sum price bid per each "Storm Junction Structure" location. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Mobilization 2) Excavation 3) Hauling 4) Disposal of excess materials 5) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 7) Junction Box construction 8) Junction Box frames 9) Steps 10) Ring and Cover 11) Clean-up 4. Imported EmbedmentBackfill - CSS/CLSM a. Measurement 1) Measured by the cubic yard as delivered to the site and recorded by truck ticket provided to the City CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 334910-3 STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES Page 3 of 7 1 b. Payment 2 1) Imported CSS/CLSM backfill around manholes/junction boxes shall be paid 3 when the following conditions exist: 4 a) When depths are 15 feet and greater/under existing or future pavement 5 b) When working in redevelopment areas where work is required in 6 constrained spaces 7 c) When required in the Construction Drawings 8 9 The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 10 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 11 price bid per cubic yard of "Imported Embedment/Backfill, CSS" or 12 "Imported EmbedmentBackfill, CLSM" for material placed in areas around 13 manholes/junction boxes. 14 15 NOTES TO DESIGNER — IF THE ABOVE CONDITIONS EXIST, USE OF CSS 16 OR CLSM FOR EMBEDMENT/BACKFILL AROUND STRUCTURES IS 17 REQUIRED TO BE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ON PLAN/PROFILE. 18 1.3 REFERENCES 19 A. Reference Standards 20 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard 21 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 22 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 23 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 24 a. C478, Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole 25 Sections. 26 b. D4101, Standard Specification for Polypropylene Injection and Extrusion 27 Materials. 28 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 29 1.5 SUBMITTALS 30 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 31 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 32 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATION SUBMITTALS 33 A. Certificates 34 1. Furnish manufacturer's certificate of compliance that their product meets the 35 physical testing requirements of this Specification for the materials referenced. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 334910-4 STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES Page 4 of 7 1 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 4 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 5 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 6 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 7 PART 2- PRODUCTS 8 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] o, 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS —CAST IN PLACE 24 2.3 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 A. Concrete 1. Furnish concrete that conforms to the provisions of Section 03 30 00. B. Reinforcing Steel 1. Furnish reinforcing steel that conforms to the requirements of Section 03 30 00. C. Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers 1. Provide frames, grates, rings and covers that conform to dimensions and materials shown on Drawings and Section 33 05 13. 2. Ensure that covers and grates fit properly into frames and seat uniformly and solidly. D. Backfill — CSS/CLSM (when required in construction Drawings) — Conform to Section 3305 10. E. Steps 1. Provide polypropylene supports and steps to the shape and dimensions shown on Drawings that meet the requirements of ASTM D4101 and ASTM C478, Section 16, "Steps and Ladders." EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS — PRECAST A. Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00. B. Materials 1. Precast Reinforced Concrete Sections — Conform to ASTM C478. 2. Precast Joints a. Provide gasketed joints in accordance with ASTM C443. b. Minimize number of segments. c. Use long joints at the bottom and shorter joints toward the top. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 334910-5 STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES Page 5 of 7 1 d. Include manufacturer's stamp on each section. 2 3. Lifting Devices 3 a. Manhole sections and cones may be furnished with lift lugs or lift holes. 4 1) If lift lugs are provided, place 180 degrees apart. 5 2) If lift holes are provided, place 180 degrees apart and grout during manhole 6 installation. 7 4. Frame and Cover — Conform to Section 33 05 13. 8 5. Backfill — CSS/CLSM (when required in construction Drawings) — Conform to 9 Section 33 05 10. 10 6. Grade Ring — Conform to Section 33 05 13 and ASTM C478. 11 7. Pipe Connections 12 a. Utilize either an integrally cast embedded pipe connector or a boot -type 13 connector installed in a circular block out opening conforming to ASTM C923. 14 2.4 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 15 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 16 PART 3 - EXECUTION 17 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 18 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 19 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 20 3.4 INSTALLATION 21 A. General 22 1. Perform all concrete work in accordance with Division 3. 23 2. Use of forms is required for all concrete walls, except where the nature of the 24 surrounding material is such that it can be trimmed to a smooth vertical face 25 a. Outside form for concrete bases supporting brick walls may be omitted with 26 approval from the Engineer. 27 3. Cast polypropylene supports and steps into concrete walls when concrete is placed 28 or drill and grout steps in place after concrete placement. 29 B. Excavation and Embedment 30 1. Conform to the requirements of Section 3123 16, Section 31 50 00 and Section 33 31 05 10, where applicable. 32 C. Manholes for Precast Concrete Drain Pipes 33 1. Construct manholes for precast concrete pipe drains as soon as is practicable after 34 drain lines into or through the manhole locations are completed. 35 2. Neatly cut all drain pipes at the inside face of the walls of the manhole and point up 36 with mortar. 37 D. Manholes for Monolithic Drain Pipes 38 1. Construct bases for manholes on monolithic drain pipes either monolithically with 39 the drain pipe or after the pipe is constructed. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 334910-6 STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES Page 6 of 7 1 E. Manholes for Box Drains 2 1. Cast bases for manholes for box drains as an integral part of the drainage system. 3 2. Manholes may be constructed prior to backfilling or, if the Contractor so elects, 4 manhole opening may be temporarily covered with timber to facilitate compaction 5 of backfill for the pipe system as a whole with tractor equipment. 6 a. Perform required excavation for manhole, construct manhole and backfill in 7 accordance with Drawings. 8 3. For manholes that are over 5-feet deep, include all manhole steps required in the 9 wall of the box drain. 10 F. Junction Structures 11 1. All structures shall be installed as specified in Drawings. 12 G. Inverts 13 1. Shape and route floor inverts passing out or through the manhole as shown on the 14 Drawings. 15 2. Shape by adding and shaping mortar or concrete after the base is cast or by placing 16 the required additional material with the base. 17 H. Curing 18 1. Cure all exposed concrete as required in Division 3. 19 1. Finishing 20 1. Finish all concrete as required in Division 3. 21 J. Form Removal 22 1. Remove concrete form as required in Division 3. 23 K. Placement and Treatment of Castings, Frames, and Fittings 24 1. Place castings, frames and fittings in positions indicated on Drawings or as directed 25 by Engineer, true to line and correct elevation. 26 2. Frames or fittings set in new concrete or mortar 27 a. Place and position anchors or bolts before concrete mortar is placed. 28 b. Do not disturb unit until mortar or concrete has set. 29 3. Frames or fittings placed upon previously constructed masonry 30 a. Bring bearing surface or masonry true to line and grade, and present an even 31 bearing surface, so that entire face or back of unit will come in contact with 32 masonry. 33 b. Set unit in mortar beds or anchor to masonry, as indicated on Drawings or as 34 directed and approved by the Engineer. 35 4. Ensure that units are set firm and secure. 36 5. Allow concrete or mortar to harden for a minimum 7 days. 37 6. Replace and fasten down grates or covers. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 334910-7 STORM DRAIN MANHOLES AND JUNCTION BOXES Page 7 of 7 1 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 2 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 4 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 5 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 6 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 7 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 8 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 9 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 10 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 11 12 13 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Renamed specification 1.1 C. — Referenced 33 05 10 1.2 A. Revised to add pay item when imported CSS/LSM is required in Construction 12/13/24 M Owen Drawings 2.2 B. — Referenced 33 05 10 for import CSS/CLSM material if required in Construction Drawings 2.3 — Added Precast requirements Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 1 2 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 33 49 20 CURB AND DROP INLETS 33 49 20 -1 CURB AND DROP INLETS Page 1 of 5 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Construction of inlets, complete in place or to the stage detailed 7 a. Including furnishing and installing frames, grates, rings and covers 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1— General Requirements 13 3. Division 3 —Concrete 14 4. Section 02 41 13 — Selective Site Demolition 15 5. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -In -Place Concrete 16 6. Section 03 80 00 — Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 17 7. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 18 8. Section 33 05 13 — Frame, Cover and Grade Rings 19 9. Section 33 05 14 — Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes and Other Structures 20 to Grade 21 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 22 A Measurement and Payment 23 1. Measurement 24 a. Measurement for this Item shallbe per each inlet complete in place. 25 2. Payment 26 a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item 27 shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Inlet" installed for or per 28 "Remove and Replace Inlet Top": 29 1) Various types 30 2) Various sizes 31 3. The price bid shall include: 32 a. Furnishing and installing the specified Inlet 33 b. Mobilization 34 c . Exc avation 35 d. Hauling 36 e. Disposal of excess materials 37 f. Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 38 g. Furnishing, placement and compaction ofbackfill 39 h. Concrete 40 i. Reinforcing steel Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 33 4920 -2 CURB AND DROP INLETS Page 2 of 5 1 j. Mortar 2 k. Aluminum and castings 3 1. Frames 4 in. Grates 5 n. Rings and covers 6 o. Clean-up 7 1.3 REFERENCES 8 A. Reference Standards 9 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 10 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 11 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 12 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 13 a. C478, Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole and 14 Inlet Sections. 15 b. D4101, Standard Specification for Polypropylene Injection and Extrusion 16 Materials. 17 c. C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for 18 Curing Concrete. 19 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT). 20 a. Departmental Materials Specification (DMS): 21 1) 7340, Qualification Procedure for Multi -Project Fabrication Plants of 22 Precast Concrete Manholes and Inlets. 23 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENT [NOT USED] 24 1.5 SUBMITTALS 25 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 26 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 27 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 28 A. Product Data 29 1. Precast Concrete Inlet 30 2. Pipe connections at inlet walls 31 3. Stubs and stub plugs 32 4. Admixtures 33 5. Concrete Mix Design 34 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 35 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 37 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 38 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 39 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 33 4920 -3 CURB AND DROP INLETS Page 3 of 5 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 2.1 OWNER-FURNISBED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 4 A. Materials 5 1. Concrete 6 a. Furnish concrete that conforms to the provisions of Section 03 30 00. 7 2. Reinforcing Steel 8 a. Furnish reinforcing steel that conforms to the requirements of Section 03 30 00. 9 3. Mortar 10 a. Furnish mortar per Section 03 80 00. 11 4. Steps 12 a. Provide polypropylene supports and steps conforming to the shape and 13 dimensions shown on the Drawings that meet the requirements of ASTM 14 D4101 and ASTM C478, Section 16, "Steps and Ladders." 15 5. Curing Materials 16 a. Curing materials shall conform to the provisions of Division 3. 17 6. Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers 18 a. Provide frames, grates, rings and covers that conform to dimensions and 19 materials shown on Drawings and Section 33 05 13. 20 b. Ensure that covers and grates fit properly into frames and seat uniformly and 21 solidly. 22 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 23 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 24 PART 3 - EXECUTION 25 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 26 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 27 3.3 PREPARATION 28 A. Removal 29 1. Remove all or portions of existing structures in accordance with Section 02 41 13. 30 2. Drill, dowel, and grout in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 31 3.4 INSTALLATION 32 A- Interface with Other Work 33 1. All types of inlets may be built either in 1 stage or in 2 stages, described as Stage I 34 and Stage lI. 35 a. Build inlets designed to match the final roadway surface in stages. 36 2. Construct the Stage I portion of inlets as shown on the Drawings or as specified 111 37 this Section. 38 a. Furnish and install a temporary cover as approved by the Engineer. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 33 4920 -4 CURB AND DROP INLETS Page 4 of 5 1 3. Construct Stage II after the pavement structure is substantially complete unless 2 otherwise approved by the Engineer. 3 a. For Stage II, construct the remaining wall height and top of inlet and furnish 4 and install any frames, grates, rings and covers, manhole steps, curb beams or 5 collecting basins required. 6 B. Cast -In -Place Inlets 7 1. Construct cast -in -place inlets in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 8 a. Forms will be required for all concrete walls. 9 b. Outside wall forms for cast -in -place concrete maybe omitted with the approval 10 of the Engineer if the surrounding material can be trimmed to a smooth vertical 11 face. 12 2. Cast polypropylene steps into the concrete walls when the concrete is placed, or 13 drill and grout steps in place after concrete placement. 14 C. Inlets for Precast Concrete Drain Pipes 15 1. Construct inlets for precast concrete drainpipes as soon as is practicable after storm 16 drain lines into or through the inlet locations are completed. 17 a. Neatly cut all pipes at the inside face of the walls of the inlet and point up with 18 mortar. 19 D. Inlets for Monolithic Drain Pipes 20 1. Construct bases for inlets on monolithic drain pipes either monolithically with the 21 storm drain or after the storm drain is constructed. 22 E. Inverts 23 1. Shape and route floor inverts passing out or through the inlet as shown on the 24 Drawings. 25 2. Shape by adding and shaping mortar or concrete after the base is cast or by placing 26 the required additional material with the base. 27 F. Finishing Complete Inlets 28 1. Complete inlets in accordance with the Drawings. 29 2. Backfill to original ground elevation in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 30 G. Finishing Stage I Construction 31 1. Complete Stage I construction by constructing the walls to the elevations shown on 32 the Drawings and backfilling to required elevations in accordance with Section 33 33 0510. 34 H. Stage II Construction 35 1. Construct subgrade and base course or concrete pavement construction over Stage I 36 inlet construction, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 37 2. Excavate to expose the top of Stage I construction and complete the inlet in 38 accordance with the Drawings and these Specifications, including backfill and 39 cleaning of all debris from the bottom of the manhole or inlet. 40 1. Form Removal 41 1. Forms used in the construction of "Inlets" which support vertical loads will remain 42 in place at least 24 hours after the concrete is placed. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 33 49 20 - 5 CURB AND DROP INLETS Page 5of5 1 2. Other forms shall remain in place for a minimum time 24 hours after concrete is 2 placed, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 3 J. Curing 4 1. Cure all exposed concrete as required in Section 03 30 00. 5 K Finishing 6 1. Conform to Section 03 30 00. 7 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 8 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 9 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 11 3.9 ADJUSTING 12 A. Refer to Section 33 05 14. 13 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 14 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 16 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 17 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] IN 19 20 21 22 END OF SECTION Revis ion Log DATE NAME SUMMARYOF CHANCE / 1 I /2022 M Owen Revised measurement and payment section to include bid item for "Remove and Replace Inlet Top" Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 334940-1 STORM DRAIN HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS AND SAFETY END TREATMENTS Page 1 of 5 SECTION 33 49 40 STORM DRAIN HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS AND SAFETY END TREATMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Storm drain headwalls, wingwalls, and safety end treatments B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 3. Section 02 41 13 — Selective Site Demolition 4. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -In -Place Concrete 5. Section 31 37 00 — Riprap 6. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 7. Section 33 41 10 — Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe/Culverts D. Standard Details 1. Concrete Headwall - Refer to TXDOT Fort Worth District Details 2. Concrete Wingwall - Refer to TXDOT Fort Worth District Details 3. Safety End Treatment - Refer to TXDOT Fort Worth District Details 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Concrete Headwall a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each "Headwall" satisfactorily completed as specified on the Drawings. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Headwall" installed for: a) Various pipe sizes b) Various types c) Various number of pipes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Constructing, furnishing, transporting and installing the Concrete Headwall 2) Connecting to the existing structure 3) Breaking back, removing and disposing of portions of the existing structure 4) Replacing portions of the existing structure to make connections 5) Excavation 6) Hauling Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 33 49 40 - 2 STORM DRAIN HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS AND SAFETY END TREATMENTS Page 2 of 5 7) Disposal of excess material 8) Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill 9) Concrete, as required by Drawings 10) Reinforcing Steel, if required by Drawings 11) Corrugated metal pipe, if required by Drawings 12) Reinforced concrete pipe, if required by Drawings 13) Clean-up 2. Safety End Treatment a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each "SET" satisfactorily completed as specified on the Drawings. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "SET" installed for: a) Various types b) Various pipe sizes c) Various number of pipes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Constructing, furnishing, transporting and installing the Concrete Headwall 2) Connecting to the existing structure 3) Breaking back, removing and disposing of portions of the existing structure 4) Replacing portions of the existing structure to make connections 5) Excavation 6) Hauling 7) Disposal of excess materials 8) Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill 9) Concrete, as required by Drawings 10) Reinforcing Steel, if required by Drawings 11) Corrugated metal pipe, if required by Drawings 12) Reinforced concrete pipe, if required by Drawings 13) Clean-up 1.3 REFERENCES A. Definitions 1. Headwalls - all walls, including wings, at the ends of single -barrel and multiple - barrel pipe culvert structures 2. Wingwalls - all walls at the ends of single -barrel or multiple -barrel box culvert structures B. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS 1. Refer to Section 03 30 00. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 33 49 40 - 3 STORM DRAIN HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS AND SAFETY END TREATMENTS Page 3 of 5 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 1. Marking a. Before shipment from the casting or fabrication yard, clearly mark the following on each precast unit: 1) Date of manufacture 2) Name or trademark of the manufacturer 3) Type and size designation 2. Causes for Rejection a. Precast units may be rejected for not meeting any one of the Specification requirements. b. Individual units may also be rejected for fractures or cracks passing through the wall or surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture surfaces. c. Remove rejected units from the project, and replace them with acceptable units meeting the requirements of this Section. B. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 6600. 2. Store precast units on a level surface. 3. Do not place any loads on precast concrete units until design strength is reached. 4. Do not ship units until design strength requirements have been met. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS A. Materials 1. Concrete a. Furnish concrete that conforms to the provisions of Section 03 30 00. 2. Reinforcing Steel a. Furnish reinforcing steel that conforms to the requirements of Section 03 30 00. B. Fabrication 1. Fabricate cast -in -place concrete units and precast units in accordance with Section 03 30 00. Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 33 49 40 - 4 STORM DRAIN HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS AND SAFETY END TREATMENTS Page 4 of 5 1) Safety End Treatment will be precast for 30-inch and smaller diameters and cast in place for greater than 30-inch diameters. Fabrication Tolerances a. Lifting Holes 1) For precast units, provide no more than 4 lifting holes in each section. 2) Lifting holes may be cast, cut into fresh concrete after form removal or drilled. 3) Provide lifting holes large enough for adequate lifting devices based on the size and weight of the section. a) The maximum hole diameter is 3 inches at the inside surface of the wall and 4 inches at the outside surface. b) Do not cut more than 1 longitudinal wire or 2 circumferential wires per layer of reinforcing steel when locating lift holes. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION A. Removal 1. Remove all or portions of existing structures in accordance with Section 02 41 13. 2. Drill, dowel and grout in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Interface with Other Work 1. Make connections to new or existing structures in accordance with the details shown on the Drawings. 2. Furnish jointing material in accordance with Section 33 41 10, or as shown on the Drawings. B. Excavation, Shaping, Bedding and Backfill a. Excavate, shape, bed and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. b. Take special precautions in placing and compacting the backfill to avoid any movement or damage to the units. c. Bed precast units on foundations of firm and stable material accurately shaped to conform to the bases of the units. C. Placement of Precast Units a. Provide adequate means to lift and place the precast units. 1) Utilize sufficient number of lifting holes to ensure that the units are not damaged during lifting. b. Fill lifting holes with mortar or concrete and cure. 1) Precast concrete or mortar plugs may be used. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 33 49 40 - 5 STORM DRAIN HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS AND SAFETY END TREATMENTS Page 5 of 5 3.5 REPAIR A. Occasional imperfections in manufacture or accidental damage sustained during handling may be repaired. 1. The repaired units will be acceptable if they conform to the requirements of this Section and the repairs are sound, properly finished and cured in conformance with pertinent Specifications. B. Repair spalled areas around lifting holes. 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [oR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Dave & Buster's Fort Worth CITY OF FORT WORTH 106406 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 34 41 20.01 - 1 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES Page 1 of 22 SECTION 34 4120.01 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Roadway illumination assemblies 2. Roadway illumination foundations 3. Removal of roadway illumination assemblies 4. Relocation of roadway illumination assemblies B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 3. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -in -Place Concrete 4. Section 33 05 10 —Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfll 5. Section 33 05 30 — Location of Existing Utilities 6. Section 34 41 10 —Traffic Signals 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Roadway Illumination Assemblies a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Roadway Illumination Assembly installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Rdwy Illum Assmbly" installed for: a) Various types c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing Roadway Illumination Assembly, if required 2) Assembling and installing each Roadway Illumination Assembly 3) Poles 4) Arms 5) Anchor bolts 6) Fixtures 7) Internal electrical conductors 8) Connection and mounting hardware 9) Bases 10) Lamps CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15, 2015 34 41 20.01 - 2 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES Page 2 of 22 11) Preparing submittals 12) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 13) Coordination and notification 14) Assembly and transportation of all items 15) Excavation, hauling, disposal of excess material 16) Protection of the excavation 17) Clean-up 18) Testing 2. Ornamental Illumination Assemblies a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Ornamental Assembly installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Ornamental Assmbly" installed for: a) Various types c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing Ornamental Illumination Assembly, if required 2) Assembling and installing each Ornamental Assembly 3) Poles 4) Arms 5) Anchor bolts 6) Fixtures 7) Internal electrical conductors 8) Connection and mounting hardware 9) Bases 10) Lamps 11) Preparing submittals 12) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 13) Coordination and notification 14) Assembly and transportation of all items 15) Excavation, hauling, disposal of excess material 16) Protection of the excavation 17) Clean-up 18) Testing Lighting Fixtures a. When a pay item for Illumination Assembly exists: 1) Measurement a) This Item is considered subsidiary to Illumination Assembly installation. 2) Payment a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each "Rdwy Illum Assmbly" or "Ornamental Assmbly" bid, and no other compensation will be allowed. b. When a pay item for Illumination Assembly does not exist: 1) Measurement a) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Lighting Fixture installed. 2) Payment a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Lighting Fixture" installed for: CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15, 2015 34 41 20.01 - 3 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES Page 3 of 22 (1) Various types (2) Various power 3) The price bid shall include: a) Furnishing Lighting Fixture, if required b) Assembling Lighting Fixture c) Wiring connections d) Disposal of any unused or replaced materials e) Clean-up 4. Roadway Illumination Foundations a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Roadway Illumination Foundation installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Rdwy Illum Foundation" installed for: a) Various types c. The price bid shall include: 1) Installing each Roadway Illumination Foundation 2) Reinforcing steel 3) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 4) Grounding rods 5) Coordination and notification 6) Excavation, hauling, disposal of excess material 7) Protection of the excavation 8) Clean-up 9) Testing 5. Contact Enclosure a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Contact Enclosure installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Contact Enclosure" installed for: a) Various mounting methods c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing Contact Enclosure 2) Mounting materials 3) Clean-up 6. Furnishing and Installing Wood Light Pole a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each 40' Wood Light Pole furnished and installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Furnish/Install 40' Wood Light Pole". c. The price bid shall include: 1) Excavation 2) Furnishing and installing each 40' Wood Light Pole 3) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15, 2015 34 41 20.01 - 4 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES Page 4 of 22 4) Clean-up 7. Furnishing and Installing Wood Light Pole Arm a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each 8' Wood Light Pole Arm furnished and installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Fumish/Install 8' Wood Light Pole Arm". c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing each 8' Wood Light Pole Arm 2) Clean-up 8. Aluminum Electrical Conductors a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of Aluminum Electrical Conductor installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of "Alum Elec Conductor" installed for: a) Various Sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing Aluminum Electrical Conductor 2) Testing 9. Conductor Reconnection a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each conductor reconnected. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Reconnect Conductor". c. The price bid shall include: 1) Reconnection of conductors using City approved method 2) Testing of connection 10. Street Light Pole Removal and Salvage a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Street Light removed and salvaged. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Salvage Street Light Pole" performed. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and salvage of Street Light Pole 2) Maintain existing street light circuit including new ground box and reconnection of circuits (if required by City) 3) Removal of existing street light pole foundation 2' below grade, back fill with like surrounding material 4) Delivery of salvaged materials to appropriate location 5) Clean-up 11. Street Light Pole Relocation a. Measurement CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15, 2015 34 41 20.01 - 5 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES Page 5 of 22 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Street Light Pole removed and salvaged. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Relocate Street Light Pole" performed. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and salvage of Street Light Pole 2) Delivery of salvaged materials to appropriate location 3) Replacement of pole to new location 4) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill material 5) Clean-up 1.3 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced within the text by their basic designation only. Versions listed shall be superseded by updated versions as they become available. A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. C136.2-2004 (or latest), American National Standard for Roadway and Area Lighting Equipment—Luminaire Voltage Classification 2. C136.10-2010 (or latest), American National Standard for Roadway and Area Lighting Equipment - Locking -Type Photocontrol Devices and Mating Receptacle Physical and Electrical Interchangeability and Testing 3. C136.15-2011 (or latest), American National Standard for Roadway and Area Lighting Equipment — Luminaire Field Identification 4. C136.22-2004 (R2009 or latest), American National Standard for Roadway and Area Lighting Equipment — Internal Labeling of Luminaires 5. C136.25-2009 (or latest), American National Standard for Roadway and Area Lighting Equipment — Ingress Protection (Resistance to Dust, Solid Objects and Moisture) for Luminaire Enclosures 6. C136.31-2010 (or latest), American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment — Luminaire Vibration 7. C136.37-2011 (or latest), American National Standard for Roadway and Area Lighting Equipment - Solid State Light Sources Used in Roadway and Area Lighting B. American Society for Testing and Materials International (ASTM) 1. B117-09 (or latest), Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus 2. D1654-08 (or latest), Standard Test Method for Evaluation of Painted or Coated Specimens Subjected to Corrosive Environments 3. D523-08 (or latest), Standard Test Method for Specular Gloss 4. G154-06 (or latest), Standard Practice for Operating Fluorescent Light Apparatus for UV Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials C. Council of the European Union (EC) 1. RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC, on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment D. Federal Trade Commission (FTC) 1. Green Guides, 16 CFR Part 260, Guides for the Use of Environmental Marketing Claims E. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA or IES) 1. DG-4-03 (or latest), Design Guide for Roadway Lighting Maintenance 2. HB-10-11 (or latest), IES Lighting Handbook, IOth Edition CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15, 2015 34 41 20.01 - 6 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES Page 6 of 22 3. LM-50-99 (or latest), IESNA Guide for Photometric Measurement of Roadway Lighting Installations 4. LM-61-06 (or latest), IESNA Approved Guide for Identifying Operating Factors Influencing Measured Vs. Predicted Performance for Installed Outdoor High Intensity Discharge (HID) Luminaires 5. LM-79-08 (or latest), IESNA Approved Method for the Electrical and Photometric Measurements of Solid -Sate Lighting Products 6. LM-80-08 (or latest), IESNA Approved Method for Measuring Lumen Maintenance of LED Light Sources 7. RP-8-00 (or latest), ANSI / IESNA American National Standard Practice for Roadway Lighting 8. RP-16-10 (or latest), ANSUIES Nomenclature and Definitions for Illuminating Engineering 9. TM-3-95 (or latest), A Discussion of Appendix E - "Classification of Luminaire Lighting Distribution," from ANSPIESNA RP-8-83 10. TM-15-11 (or latest), Luminaire Classification System for Outdoor Luminaires 11. TM-21-11 (or latest), Projecting Long Term Lumen Maintenance of LED Light Sources F. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 1. IEEE C62.41.2-2002 (or latest), IEEE Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in Low -Voltage (1000 V and less) AC Power Circuits 2. ANSI/IEEE C62.45-2002 (or latest), IEEE Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low -Voltage (1000 V and Less) AC Power Circuits G. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 1. ANSI/NEMA/ANSLG C78.377-2008 (or latest), American National Standard for the Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting Products H. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. 70 — National Electrical Code (NEC) 1. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 1. 1449, Surge Protective Devices 2. 1598, Luminaires 3. 8750, Light Emitting Diode (LED) Equipment for Use in Lighting Products J. Definitions 1. Lighting terminology used herein is defined in IES RP-16. See referenced documents for additional definitions. i. Exception: The term "driver" is used herein to broadly cover both drivers and power supplies, where applicable. ii. Clarification: The term "LED light source(s)" is used herein per IES LM-80 to broadly cover LED package(s), module(s), and array(s). 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination 1. Notify City at (817) 392-7738 a minimum of 7 days before beginning Work on the Project. 2. Notify Inspector prior to pouring roadway illumination assembly foundations. 3. Coordinate with Traffic Services Inspector for pole types, template dimensions and anchor bolts, and any questions about installing the foundations and conduit. 4. For location of City underground street luminaire cable and conduit call (817) 392-7738 or (817) 392-8100. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15, 2015 34 41 20.01 - 7 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES Page 7 of 22 5. Obtain and pay for all permits as required to Work in parkway. B. Preinstallation Meetings 1. Attend pre -construction meeting. 1.5 LIGHTING SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A. Energy Conservation 1. Connected Load a. Luminaires shall have maximum nominal luminaire input wattage as specified for each luminaire type in Appendix A. 2. Lighting Controls a. See separate controls specification identified in section 1.2 above, if applicable. b. See section 2.1-13 below for driver control interface and performance requirements. c. See section 2.1-K below for photocontrol receptacle requirements. B. Photometric Requirements 1. Luminaires shall meet the general criteria provided in the body of this specification and the particular criteria for each luminaire type defined in Appendix A. 1.6 REQUIRED SUBMITTALS FOR EACH LUMINAIRE TYPE DEFINED IN APPENDIX A A. General submittal content shall include 1. Completed Appendix E submittal form 2. Luminaire cutsheets 3. Cutsheets for LED light sources 4. Cutsheets for LED drivers) a. If dimmable LED driver is specified, provide diagrams illustrating light output and input power as a function of control signal. 5. Cutsheets for surge protection device, if applicable 6. Instructions for installation and maintenance 7. Summary of luminaire recycled content and recyclability per the FTC Green Guides, expressed by percentage of luminaire weight B. LM-79 luminaire photometric report(s) shall be produced by the test laboratory and include 1. Name of test laboratory a. The test laboratory must hold National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) accreditation for the IES LM-79 test procedure or must be qualified, verified, and recognized through the U.S. Department of Energy's CALIPER program. For more information, see http://ts.nist.gov/standards/scopes/eelit.htm or www.ssl.energy.gov/test—labs.html. 2. Report number 3. Date 4. Complete luminaire catalog number a. Provide explanation if catalog number in test report(s) does not match catalog number of luminaire submitted 1) Clarify whether discrepancy does not affect performance, e.g., in the case of differing luminaire housing color. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15, 2015 34 41 20.01 - 8 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES Page 8 of 22 2) If nominal performance of submitted and tested products differ, submit additional LM-79 report(s) and derivation as indicated in Appendix C. 5. Description of luminaire, LED light source(s), and LED driver(s) 6. Goniophotometry 7. Colorimetry C. Calculations and supporting test data per Appendix B indicating a lumen maintenance life of not less than 50,000 operating hours D. Computer -generated point -by -point photometric analysis of maintained photopic light levels as per Appendix A 1. Calculations shall be for maintained values, i.e. Light Loss Factor (LLF) < 1.0, where LLF = LLD x LDD x LATF, and a. Lamp Lumen Depreciation (LLD) 1) Shall be 0.85 (L70) for all luminaires. 2) Shall be the percentage of initial output calculated in section 1.6-C. b. Luminaire Dirt Depreciation (LDD) = 0.90, as per IES DG-4 for an enclosed and gasketed roadway luminaire installed in an environment with less than 150 µg/m3 airborne particulate matter and cleaned every four years. c. Luminaire Ambient Temperature Factor (LATF) = 1.00 2. Use of IES HB-10 mesopic multipliers a. Shall be disallowed herein, by assuming an S/P ratio of 1.00 for all luminaires. 3. Calculation/measurement points shall be per IES RP-8. E. Summary of Joint Electron Devices Engineering Council (JEDEC) or Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries (JEITA) reliability testing performed for LED packages F. Summary of reliability testing performed for LED driver(s) G. Written product warranty as per section 1.7 below 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Warranty Documentation 1. Provide manufacturer warranty information to the City. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Before approval and purchase, Supplier shall provide at the Owner's request luminaire sample(s) identical to product configuration(s) submitted for inspection at the Supplier's expense. Owner shall request IES LM-79 testing of luminaire sample(s) to verify performance is within manufacturer -reported tolerances and Photometric reports and .ies files, per IES LM- 63. The Photometric file must match the luminaire being submitted. B. After installation, Owner may perform IES LM-50 field measurements to verify performance requirements outlined in Appendix A, giving consideration to measurement uncertainties outlined in IES LM-61. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15, 2015 34 41 20.01 - 9 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES Page 9 of 22 1. Parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration occurs during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation. 2. Exposed anchor bolts shall be protected until pole shaft is installed. 3. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight and extremes in temperature. 4. The Contractor shall secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 0150 00. B. Delivery and Acceptance 1. Contactor and Inspector shall visually inspect roadway illumination assemblies after removal to determine the condition of the hardware. 2. Contractor shall protect all salvable material during transport to City specified storage facility. 3. Delivered material must be in the same condition after removal, as agreed upon by Contractor and Inspector after removal. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY A. Provide a minimum ten-year warranty covering maintained integrity and functionality of 1. Luminaire housing, wiring, and connections 2. LED light source(s) a. Negligible light output from more than 10 percent of the LED packages constitutes luminaire failure. 3. LED driver(s) B. Warranty period shall begin 90 days after date of installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMINAIRE REQUIREMENTS A. General Requirements 1. Luminaires shall be as specified for each type in Appendix A. 2. Luminaire shall have an external label per ANSI C136.15 3. Luminaire shall have an internal label per ANSI C 136.22 to include date of manufacture. 4. Luminaire shall be rated for a minimum of IP65 per ANSI C 136.25. 5. Nominal luminaire input wattage shall account for nominal applied voltage and any reduction in driver efficiency due to sub -optimal driver loading. 6. Luminaires shall start and operate in -20°C to +50°C ambient. 7. Electrically test fully assembled luminaires before shipment from factory 8. Effective Projected Area (EPA) and weight of the luminaire shall not exceed the values indicated in Appendix A. 9. Luminaires shall be designed for ease of component replacement and end -of -life disassembly. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15, 2015 34 41 20.01 - 10 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES Page 10 of 22 10. Luminaires shall be rated for the ANSI C136.31 Vibration Level indicated in Appendix A. 11. LED light source(s) and driver(s) shall be RoHS compliant. 12. Transmissive optical components shall be applied in accordance with OEM design guidelines to ensure suitability for the thermal/mechanical/chemical environment. 13. Luminaires shall have 4 bolts for mounting to 1-1/4" to 2-3/8" Tenon arm for leveling and securing of luminaire to tenon arm. 2-Bolt connections shall not be permitted. 14. Luminaires shall come standard with 7-pin photocontrol dimming receptacle meeting ANSI C136.41 requirements. B. Driver 1. Rated for minimum of 50,000 hours. 2. Shall be specified with 0-1OV dimmable driver to accept input from 7-pin photocell receptacle. 3. Rated case temperature shall be suitable for operation in the luminaire operating in the ambient temperatures indicated in section 2.1-A above. 4. Shall accept the voltage or voltage range indicated in Appendix A at 50/60 Hz, and shall operate normally for input voltage fluctuations of plus or minus 10 percent. 5. Shall have a minimum Power Factor (PF) of 0.90 at full input power and across specified voltage range. 6. Control signal interface a. Luminaire types indicated "Required" in Appendix A shall accept a control signal as specified via separate controls specification referenced in section 1.2 above, e.g., for dimming. b. Luminaire types indicated "Not Required" in Appendix A need not accept a control signal. C. Electrical immunity Luminaire shall meet the "Basic" requirements in Appendix D. Manufacturer shall indicate on submittal form (Appendix E) whether failure of the electrical immunity system can possibly result in disconnect of power to luminaire. D. Electromagnetic interference 1. Shall have a maximum Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) of 20% at full input power and across specified voltage range. 2. Shall comply with FCC 47 CFR part 15 non -consumer RFUEMI standards. E. Electrical safety testing 1. Luminaire shall be listed for wet locations by an OSHA NRTL. 2. Luminaires shall have locality -appropriate governing mark and certification. F. Painted or finished luminaire components exposed to the environment 1. Shall exceed a rating of six per ASTM D 1654 after 1000hrs of testing per ASTM B 117. 2. The coating shall exhibit no greater than 30% reduction of gloss per ASTM D523, after 500 hours of QUV testing at ASTM G154 Cycle 6. G. Thermal management 1. Mechanical design of protruding external surfaces (heat sink fins) for shall facilitate hose - down cleaning and discourage debris accumulation. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15, 2015 34 41 20.01 - 11 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES Page 11 of 22 2. Liquids or other moving parts shall not be permitted. H. IES TM-15 limits for Backlight, Uplight, and Glare (BUG Ratings) shall be as specified for each luminaire type in Appendix A. 1. Calculation of BUG Ratings shall be for initial (worst -case) values, i.e., Light Loss Factor (LLF) = 1.0. 2. Luminaires shall not be tilted for calculations. I. Minimum Color Rendering Index (CRI): 70. J. Correlated Color Temperature (CCT) 1. If nominal CCT specified in Appendix A is listed in Table 1 below, measured CCT and Duv shall be as listed in Table 1. Table 1. Allowable CCT and Duv (adapted from NEMA C78.377) Manufacturer -Rated Nominal CCT (K) Allowable LM-79 Chromaticity Values Measured CCT (K) Measured Duv 2700 2580 to 2870 -0.006 to 0.006 3000 2870 to 3220 -0.006 to 0.006 3500 3220 to 3710 -0.006 to 0.006 4000 3710 to 4260 -0.005 to 0.007 4500 4260 to 4746 -0.005 to 0.007 5000 4745 to 5311 -0.004 to 0.008 5700 5310 to 6020 -0.004 to 0.008 6500 6020 to 7040 -0.003 to 0.009 2. If nominal CCT specified in Appendix A is not listed in Table 1, measured CCT and Duv shall be as per the criteria for Flexible CCT defined in NEMA C78.377. K. The following shall be in accordance with corresponding sections of ANSI C136.37 1. Wiring and grounding a. All internal components shall be assembled and pre -wired using modular electrical connections. 2. Mounting provisions a. Specific configurations are indicated in Appendix A 3. Terminal blocks for incoming AC lines 4. Photocontrol receptacle 5. Latching and hinging 6. Ingress protection 2.2 PRODUCT MANUFACTURERS A. Any manufacturer offering products that comply with the required product performance and operation criteria may be considered. B. Note if a field installed house side shield is available. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15, 2015 34 41 20.01 - 12 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES Page 12 of 22 2.3 MANUFACTURER SERVICES A. Manufacturer or local sales representative shall provide installation and troubleshooting support via telephone and/or email. END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/15/2015 F. Griffin Revise to LED type luminaires CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15, 2015 3441 20.01 - 13 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES Page 13 of 22 APPENDIX A APPLICATION -BASED SYSTEM SPECIFICATION LUMINAIRE TYPE "A" — ARTERIAL TYPICAL SITE PARAMETERS ROADWAY DATA: Lane width 12 ft Number of lanes, total on both sides of median 6 Shoulder width, drivelane to edge of pavement 5 ft Median width 10 ft IES pavement class. ❑ R1 ❑ R2 0 R3 ❑ R4 Posted speed limit ❑ <_ 25 mph 0 > 25 mph SIDEWALK DATA: Sidewalk width 6 ft Edge of sidewalk to edge of roadway pavement 4 ft LIGHT POLE DATA: Luminaire mounting height 40 ft Arm length, horizontal 9 ft Luminaires per pole 2 Pole set -back from edge of pavement 5 ft In -line pole spacing (one pole cycle) 200 ft Layout I Done side ❑ Opposite ❑ Staggered 0 Median PERFORMANCE CRITERIA: APPLICATION ROADWAY PHOTOPIC ILLUMINANCE: Maintained average horizontal at pavement 0.9 FC Avg:min uniformity ratio 3:1 PHOTOPIC LUMINANCE: Maintained average luminance n/a Avg:min uniformity ratio n/a Max:min uniformity ratio n/a SIDEWALKS PHOTOPIC ILLUMINANCE: Maintained average horizontal at pavement 0.2 FC Avg:min uniformity ratio (horizontal) n/a Maintained min. vertical illum. at 4.9 ft, in directions of travel 0.1 FC PERFORMANCE CRITERIA: LED LUMINAIRE INPUT POWER: Max. nominal luminaire input power 150W NOMINAL CCT: Rated correlated color temperature 3000 I< CUTOFF CLASS: Max. nominal backlight-uplight-glare ratings FULL CUTOFF VOLTAGE: Nominal luminaire input voltage 120-277V FINISH: Luminaire housing finish color Gray WEIGHT: Maximum luminaire weight 30 Ib EPA: Maximum effective projected area 0.9 ft, MOUNTING: Mtg. method ❑ Post -top Z Side -arm ❑ Trunnion/yoke ❑ Swivel -tenon Tenon nominal pipe size (NPS) 1-1/4 n/4inches And 2 3/8 inches VIBRATION: ANSI test level 0 Level 1 (normal) Q Level 2 (bridge/overpass) CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15. 2015 34 41 20.01 - 14 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES Page 14 of 22 DRIVER: Wireless control 10 350mA 0 530mA 21700mA compatible Appendix B Estimating LED Lumen Maintenance IES TM-21 allows for extrapolation of expected lumen maintenance from available test data. The extent of such extrapolation is limited by the duration of testing completed and the number of samples used in the testing. The TM-21 methodology shall be used by the manufacturer to determine lamp lumen depreciation (LLD) at end of lumen maintenance life per section 1.6-C. The applicant may estimate lumen maintenance in one of two ways: Option 1: Component Performance Under this compliance path, the applicant must submit calculations per TM-21 predicting lumen maintenance at the luminaire level using In Situ Temperature Measurement Testing (ISTMT) and LM-80 data. To be eligible for the Component Performance option, ALL of the conditions below must be met. If ANY of the conditions is not met, the component performance option may not be used and the applicant must use Option 2 for compliance. 1. The LED light source(s) have been tested according to LM-80. 2. The LED drive current specified by the luminaire manufacturer is less than or equal to the drive current specified in the LM-80 test report. 3. The LED light source(s) manufacturer prescribes/indicates a temperature measurement point (Ts) on the light source(s). 4. The Ts is accessible to allow temporary attachment of a thermocouple for measurement of in situ temperature. Access via a temporary hole in the housing, tightly resealed during testing with putty or other flexible sealant is allowable. 5. For the hottest LED light source in the luminaire, the temperature measured at the Ts during ISTMT is less than or equal to the temperature specified in the LM-80 test report for the corresponding drive current or higher, within the manufacturer's specified operating current range. a. The ISTMT laboratory must be approved by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Lab (NRTL), must be qualified, verified, and recognized through DOE's CALIPER program, or must be recognized through UL's Data Acceptance Program. b. The ISTMT must be conducted with the luminaire installed in the appropriate application as defined by ANSI/UL 1598 (hardwired luminaires), with bird -fouling CITY OF FORT WORTH Drive & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15, 2015 3441 20.01 - 15 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES Page 15 of 22 appropriately simulated (and documented by photograph) as determined by the manufacturer. Option 2: Luminaire Performance Under this compliance path, the applicant must submit TM-21 calculations based on LM-79 photometric test data for no less than three samples of the entire luminaire. Duration of operation and interval between photometric tests shall conform to the TM-21 criteria for LED light sources. For example, testing solely at 0 and 6000 hours of operation would not be adequate for the purposes of extrapolation. Between LM-79 tests, the luminaire test samples must be operated long-term in the appropriate application as defined by ANSI/UL 1598 (hardwired luminaires). The test laboratory must hold NVLAP accreditation for the LM-79 test procedure or must be qualified, verified, and recognized through the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE)'s CALIPER program. The extent of allowable extrapolation (either 5.5 or 6 times the test duration) depends on the total number of LED light sources (no less than 10 and preferably more than 19) installed in the luminaire samples, as per TM-21. This compliance path poses a greater testing burden to luminaire manufacturers but incorporates long-term testing of other components in the system, such as drivers. Under either compliance path, values used for extrapolation shall be summarized per TM-21 Tables 1 and 2. Submitted values for lumen maintenance lifetime and the associated percentage lumen maintenance shall be "reported" rather than "projected" as defined by TM-21. Supporting diagrams are requested to facilitate interpretation by Owner. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dive & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15, 2015 34 41 20.01 - 16 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES Page 16 of 22 APPENDIX C PRODUCT FAMILY TESTING LM-79 AND ISTMT It is recognized that due to the time and cost required for product testing, it would not be realistic to expect manufacturers offering a multitude of unique luminaire configurations to test every possible configuration. Therefore, the "product families" method may be utilized for LM-79 and ISTMT, whereby manufacturers identify a set of representative products for which test data can be used to demonstrate the accuracy of interpolated or extrapolated performance of product configurations lacking test data. Precedent for this approach can be found in LM-80. If the particular luminaire configuration submitted has not been tested, the performance may be conservatively represented by test data for another luminaire configuration having: • The same intensity distribution (typically only applies to LM-79) • The same or lower nominal CCT • The same or higher nominal drive current • The same or greater number of LED light source(s) • The same or lower percentage driver loading and efficiency • The same or smaller size luminaire housing. A more accurate estimate of performance can be obtained by linear interpolation between two or more tests differing in terms of the six parameters listed above. For example, consider a hypothetical luminaire offered in a single size housing, and having the following parameters: 0 Three intensity distributions: IES Type II, III, or IV 0 Three CCTs: 4000, 5000, and 6000K • Three drive currents: 350, 525, and 700 mA • Four LED quantities: 20, 40, 60, or 80 LEDs. Table CA illustrates a set of tests which could allow for accurate interpolation between tested configurations, given a single luminaire housing size and essentially constant driver efficiency; these 10 tests may provide representative data for the 108 possible product configurations. Note that normalized intensity distribution must not be affected by the other three parameters. Table C.1. Representative testing of a single luminaire housing size Tests Intensity distribution CCT Drive current # of LEDs CITY OF FORT WORTH Dive & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15, 2015 3441 20.01 - 17 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES Page 17 of 22 (I ES Type) (K) (mA) 1, 2, 3 II, III, IV 4000 700 80 4,5 IV 5000, 6000 700 80 6,7 IV 4000 325,525 80 8, 9, 10 IV 4000 700 20, 40, 60 For example, the manufacturer could detail interpolation as shown in Table C.2, applying the following multipliers to the base test #2 to model a configuration with Type III intensity distribution, 5000K CCT, 525 mA drive current, and 40 LEDs: • Ratio of test #4 lumens to test #3 lumens • Ratio of test #7 lumens to test #3 lumens • Ratio of test #9 lumens to test #3 lumens. Table C.2. Multipliers for Test #2 to yield: Type III , 5000K, 525mA, 40 LEDs Test # Intensity distribution (I ES Type) CCT (K) Drive current (mA) # of LEDs Multiplier (lumens ratio) 2 III 4000 700 80 n/a 3 IV 4000 700 80 n/a 4 IV 5000 700 80 #4 / #3 7 IV 1 4000 525 1 80 #7 / #3 9 IV 1 4000 700 1 40 #9 / #3 Interpolation between minimal LM-79 and ISTMT data is more difficult if housing size increases with increasing wattage; it may not be clear whether the lowest -wattage configuration would be expected to "run cooler" than the highest -wattage configuration. In these circumstances, the adequacy of submitted data is subject to Owner approval. At this time, the "successor" method cannot be used; luminaires tested must utilize the LED light source(s) characterized by the submitted LM-80 report. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dive & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15, 2015 3441 20.01 - 18 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES APPENDIX D ELECTRICAL IMMUNITY Test Procedure Page 18 of 22 • Electrical Immunity Tests 1, 2 and 3, as defined by their Test Specifications, shall be performed on an entire powered and connected luminaire, including any control modules housed within the luminaire, but excluding any control modules mounted externally, such as a NEMA socket connected photo -control. A shorting cap should be placed across any such exterior connector. • The luminaire shall be connected to an AC power source with a configuration appropriate for nominal operation. The AC power source shall have a minimum available short-circuit current of 200A. The luminaire shall be tested at the nominal input voltage specified in Appendix A, or at the highest input voltage in the input voltage range specified in Appendix A. • Electrical Immunity test waveforms shall be superimposed on the input AC power line at a point within 6 inches (15cm) of entry into the luminaire using appropriate high -voltage probes and a series coupler/decoupler network (CDN) appropriate for each coupling mode, as defined by ANSI/IEEE C62.45-2002. The test area for all tests shall be set up according to ANSI/IEEE C62.45- 2002, as appropriate. • Prior to electrical immunity testing a set of diagnostic measurements shall be performed, and the results recorded to note the pre -test function of the luminaire after it has reached thermal equilibrium. These measurements should include at a minimum: a) For all luminaires, Real Power, Input RMS Current, Power Factor and THD at full power/light output b) For luminaires specified as dimmable, Real Power, Input RMS Current, Power Factor and THD at a minimum of 4 additional dimmed levels, including the rated minimum dimmed level • Tests shall be applied in sequential order (Test 1, followed by Test 2, followed by Test 3). If a failure occurs during Test 3, then Test 3 shall be re -applied to a secondary luminaire of identical construction. • Following the completion of Tests 1, 2, and 3, the same set of diagnostic measurements performed pre -test should be repeated for all tested luminaires, and the results recorded to note the post-test function of the luminaire(s). • A luminaire must function normally and show no evidence of failure following the completion of Test 1 + Test 2 + Test 3 (for a single tested luminaire), or the completion of Test 1 + Test 2 on a primary luminaire and Test 3 on a secondary luminaire. Abnormal behavior during testing is acceptable. • A luminaire failure will be deemed to have occurred if any of the following conditions exists following the completion of testing: a) A hard power reset is required to return to normal operation CITY OF FORT WORTH Dive & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15, 2015 34 41 20.01 - 19 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES Page 19 of 22 b) A noticeable reduction in full light output (e.g. one or more LEDs fail to produce light, or become unstable) is observed c) Any of the post-test diagnostic measurements exceeds by ±5% the corresponding pre -test diagnostic measurement. d) The luminaire, or any component in the luminaire (including but not limited to an electrical connector, a driver, a protection component or module) has ignited or shows evidence of melting or other heat -induced damage. Evidence of cracking, splitting, rupturing, or smoke damage on any component is acceptable. Test Specifications NOTE: L1 is typically "HOT", L2 is typically "NEUTRAL" and PE = Protective Earth. Test 1) Ring Wave: The luminaire shall be subjected to repetitive strikes of a "C Low Ring Wave" as defined in IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Scenario 1, Location Category C. The test strikes shall be applied as specified by Table D.1. Prior to testing, the ring wave generator shall be calibrated to simultaneously meet BOTH the specified short circuit current peak and open circuit voltage peak MINIMUM requirements. Note that this may require that the generator charging voltage be raised above the specified level to obtain the specified current peak. Calibrated current probes/transformers designed for measuring high -frequency currents shall be used to measure test waveform currents. Test waveform current shapes and peaks for all strikes shall be compared to ensure uniformity throughout each set (coupling mode + polarity/phase angle) of test strikes, and the average peak current shall be calculated and recorded. If any individual peak current in a set exceeds by ±10% the average, the test setup shall be checked, and the test strikes repeated. Table D.1: 0.5 µS —100Hz Ring Wave Specification Parameter Test Level/Configuration Short Circuit Current Peak 0.5 kA Open Circuit Voltage Peak 6 kV Source Impedance 12 Q Coupling Modes L1 to PE, L2 to PE, L1 to L2 Polarity and Phase Angle Positive at 90' and Negative at 270` Test Strikes 5 for each Coupling Mode and Polarity/Phase Angle combination Time between Strikes 1 minute Total Number of Strikes = 5 strikes x 4 coupling modes x 2 polarity/phase angles = 40 total strikes CITY OF FORT WORTH Dive & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15, 2015 34 41 20.01 - 20 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES Page 20 of 22 Test 2) Combination Wave: The luminaire shall be subjected to repetitive strikes of a "C High Combination Wave" or "C Low Combination Wave", as defined in IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Scenario 1, Location Category C. The test strikes shall be applied as specified by Table D.2. The "Low" test level shall be used for luminaires with Basic Electrical Immunity requirements, while the "High" test level shall be used for luminaires with Elevated Electrical Immunity requirements. Prior to testing, the combination wave generator shall be calibrated to simultaneously meet BOTH the specified short circuit current peak and open circuit voltage peak MINIMUM requirements. Note that this may require that the generator charging voltage be raised above the specified level to obtain the specified current peak. Calibrated current probes/transformers designed for measuring high -frequency currents shall be used to measure test waveform currents. Test waveform current shapes and peaks for all strikes shall be compared to ensure uniformity throughout each set (coupling mode + polarity/phase angle) of test strikes, and the average peak current shall be calculated and recorded. If any individual peak current in a set exceeds by ±10% the average, the test setup shall be checked, and the test strikes repeated. Table D.2: 1.2/5OgS — 8/20 µS Combination Wave Specification Parameter Test Level/ Configuration 1.2/50 µS Open Circuit Voltage Peak Low: 6 kV High: 10kV 8/20 µS Short Circuit Current Peak Low: 3 kA High: 10kA Source Impedance 20 Coupling Modes L1 to PE, L2 to PE, L1 to L2 Polarity and Phase Angle Positive at 90' and Negative at 270° Test Strikes 5 for each Coupling Mode and Polarity/Phase Angle combination Time Between Strikes 1 minute Total Number of Strikes = 5 strikes x 4 coupling modes x 2 polarity/phase angles = 40 total strikes Test 3) Electrical Fast Transient (EFT): The luminaire shall be subjected to "Electrical Fast Transient Bursts", as defined in IEEE C62.41.2 -2002. The test area shall be set up according to IEEE C62.45-2002. The bursts shall be applied as specified by Table D.3. Direct coupling is required; the use of a coupling clamp is not allowed. Table D.3: Electrical Fast Transient (EFT) Specification Parameter Test Level/ Configuration Open Circuit Voltage Peak 3 kV Burst Repetition Rate 2.5 kHz Burst Duration 15 mS Burst Period 300 mS CITY OF FORT WORTH Dive & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15, 2015 34 41 20.01 - 21 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES Page 21 of 22 Coupling Modes L1 to PE, L2 to PE, L1 to L2 Polarity Positive and Negative Test Duration 1 minute for each Coupling Mode and Polarity combination Total Test Duration = 1 minute x 7 coupling modes x 2 polarities = 14 minutes CITY OF FORT WORTH Dive & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15, 2015 34 41 20.01 - 22 ARTERIAL LED ROADWAY LUMINAIRES Page 22 of 22 APPENDIX E PRODUCT SUBMITTAL FORM Luminaire Type' Manufacturer Model number Housing finish color Tenon nominal pipe size (inches) Nominal luminaire weight (lb) Nominal luminaire EPA (ft') Nominal input voltage (V) ANSI vibration test level Level 1 (Normal) Level 2 (bridge/overpass) Nominal BUG Ratings Make/model of LED light source(s) Make/model of LED driver(s) Dimmability Dimmable Not dimmable Control signal interface Upon electrical immunity system failure Possible disconnect No possible disconnect Thermal management Moving parts No moving parts Lumen maintenance testing duration (hr) Reported lumen maintenance life (hr) z Warranty period (yr) Parameter Nominal value Tolerance (%) Initial photopic output (Im) Maintained photopic output (Im) Lamp lumen depreciation Initial input power (W) Maintained input power (W) Initial LED drive current (mA) Maintained LED drive current (mA) Drive current used In -situ LED Tc (°C) CCT (K) Additional product description 1 See Appendix A, and attach supporting documentation as required. z Value shall be no less than as specified in section 1.6-C, and shall not exceed six times the testing duration indicated in the row above. Value shall be consistent with values submitted in the rows below for maintained light output, maintained input power, and maintained drive current. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised June 15, 2015 34 41 20 - 1 ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES Page 1 of 12 SECTION 34 4120 ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Roadway illumination assemblies 2. Roadway illumination foundations 3. Removal of roadway illumination assemblies 4. Relocation of roadway illumination assemblies B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 3. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -in -Place Concrete 4. Section 33 05 10 —Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 5. Section 33 05 30 —Location of Existing Utilities 6. Section 34 41 10 —Traffic Signals 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Roadway Illumination Assemblies a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Roadway Illumination Assembly installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Rdwy Illum Assmbly" installed for: a) Various types c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing Roadway Illumination Assembly, if required 2) Assembling and installing each Roadway Illumination Assembly 3) Poles 4) Arms 5) Anchor bolts 6) Fixtures 7) Internal electrical conductors 8) Connection and mounting hardware 9) Bases 10) Lamps CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 34 41 20 - 2 ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES Page 2 of 12 11) Preparing submittals 12) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 13) Coordination and notification 14) Assembly and transportation of all items 15) Excavation, hauling, disposal of excess material 16) Protection of the excavation 17) Clean-up 18) Testing 2. Ornamental Illumination Assemblies a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Ornamental Assembly installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Ornamental Assmbly" installed for: a) Various types c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing Ornamental Illumination Assembly, if required 2) Assembling and installing each Ornamental Assembly 3) Poles 4) Arms 5) Anchor bolts 6) Fixtures 7) Internal electrical conductors 8) Connection and mounting hardware 9) Bases 10) Lamps 11) Preparing submittals 12) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 13) Coordination and notification 14) Assembly and transportation of all items 15) Excavation, hauling, disposal of excess material 16) Protection of the excavation 17) Clean-up 18) Testing 3. Lighting Fixtures a. When a pay item for Illumination Assembly exists: 1) Measurement a) This Item is considered subsidiary to Illumination Assembly installation. 2) Payment a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each "Rdwy Illum Assmbly" or "Ornamental Assmbly" bid, and no other compensation will be allowed. b. When a pay item for Illumination Assembly does not exist: 1) Measurement a) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Lighting Fixture installed. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 34 41 20 - 3 ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES Page 3 of 12 2) Payment a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Lighting Fixture" installed for: (1) Various types (2) Various power 3) The price bid shall include: a) Furnishing Lighting Fixture, if required b) Assembling Lighting Fixture c) Wiring connections d) Disposal of any unused or replaced materials e) Clean-up 4. Roadway Illumination Foundations a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Roadway Illumination Foundation installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Rdwy Illum Foundation" installed for: a) Various types c. The price bid shall include: 1) Installing each Roadway Illumination Foundation 2) Reinforcing steel 3) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 4) Grounding rods 5) Coordination and notification 6) Excavation, hauling, disposal of excess material 7) Protection of the excavation 8) Clean-up 9) Testing 5. Contact Enclosure a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Contact Enclosure installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Contact Enclosure" installed for: a) Various mounting methods c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing Contact Enclosure 2) Mounting materials 3) Clean-up 6. Furnishing and Installing Wood Light Pole a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each 40' Wood Light Pole furnished and installed. b. Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 34 41 20 - 4 ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES Page 4 of 12 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Furnish/Install 40' Wood Light Pole". c. The price bid shall include: 1) Excavation 2) Furnishing and installing each 40' Wood Light Pole 3) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 4) Clean-up 7. Furnishing and Installing Wood Light Pole Arm a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each 8' Wood Light Pole Arm furnished and installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Furnish/Install 8' Wood Light Pole Arm". c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing each 8' Wood Light Pole Arm 2) Clean-up 8. Aluminum Electrical Conductors a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of Aluminum Electrical Conductor installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of "Alum Elec Conductor" installed for: a) Various Sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing Aluminum Electrical Conductor 2) Testing 9. Conductor Reconnection a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each conductor reconnected. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Reconnect Conductor". c. The price bid shall include: 1) Reconnection of conductors using City approved method 2) Testing of connection 10. Street Light Pole Removal and Salvage a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Street Light removed and salvaged. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Salvage Street Light Pole" performed. c. The price bid shall include: CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 34 41 20 - 5 ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES Page 5 of 12 1) Removal and salvage of Street Light Pole 2) Maintain existing street light circuit including new ground box and reconnection of circuits (if required by City) 3) Removal of existing street light pole foundation 2' below grade, back fill with like surrounding material 4) Delivery of salvaged materials to appropriate location 5) Clean-up 11. Street Light Pole Relocation a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Street Light Pole removed and salvaged. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Relocate Street Light Pole" performed. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal and salvage of Street Light Pole 2) Delivery of salvaged materials to appropriate location 3) Replacement of pole to new location 4) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill material 5) Clean-up 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. National Electric Code (NEC) 3. Texas State Law, Article 1426C 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination 1. Notify City at (817) 392-7738 a minimum of 7 days before beginning Work on the Proj ect. 2. Notify Inspector prior to pouring roadway illumination assembly foundations. 3. Coordinate with Traffic Services Inspector for pole types, template dimensions and anchor bolts, and any questions about installing the foundations and conduit. 4. For location of City underground street luminaire cable and conduit call (817) 392- 7738 or (817) 392-8100. 5. Obtain and pay for all permits as required to Work in parkway. B. Preinstallation Meetings 1. Attend pre -construction meeting. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings will be required for each Illumination Assembly and shall include: 1. Material Data CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 34 41 20 - 6 ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES Page 6of12 2. Pole dimensions and data 3. Luminaire arm dimensions and data 4. Attachment details 5. Fixtures 6. Base details 7. Anchor bolt data 8. Wall thickness 9. Permissible loading and allowable stress B. Product Data submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. C. All submittals shall be approved by the Engineer or the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for specials. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Data Sheets 1. Submit product data sheets for roadway illumination assemblies to City for approval prior to ordering materials. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Warranty Documentation 1. Provide manufacturer warranty information to the City. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration occurs during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation. 2. Exposed anchor bolts shall be protected until pole shaft is installed. 3. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight and extremes in temperature. 4. The Contractor shall secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 0150 00. B. Delivery and Acceptance 1. Contactor and Inspector shall visually inspect roadway illumination assemblies after removal to determine the condition of the hardware. 2. Contractor shall protect all salvable material during transport to City specified storage facility. 3. Delivered material must be in the same condition after removal, as agreed upon by Contractor and Inspector after removal. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 34 41 20 - 7 ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES Page 7 of 12 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer Warranty 1. Manufacturer's warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS TO BE PURCHASED FROM THE CITY A. Refer to Drawings and Contract Documents to determine if any Items are to be purchased from the City and installed by the Contractor. B. Items eligible for purchase from the City include: 1. Roadway Illumination poles 2. Contactors 2.2 ASSEMBLIES, EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed in the City's Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 0160 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. B. Description 1. Regulatory Requirements a. All Work related to the installation of roadway illumination assemblies shall be in compliance with the National Electric Code (NEC). 2. Roadway Illumination Assemblies a. Poles, arms, light fixtures and lamps shall conform to City Standard Details. b. Ornamental Assemblies 1) Refer to Drawings for ornamental pole specifications. c. Lighting Fixtures 1) Refer to Drawings for lighting fixture specifications. d. Foundations 1) Concrete shall conform to Section 03 30 00. e. Wood Light Poles 1) Wood Poles for electrical service shall be ANSI Class 5 treated timber. a) For other applications, Class 2 treated timber is allowed. 2) All treated wood poles shall be free from pith holes. a) Trimmed scars are allowable up to a depth of 2-inches in poles up to 10 inches in diameter. b) Scars 115 of the pole diameter at the scar location will be allowable for wood poles larger than 10-inches. 3) Wood poles shall not deviate from straight more than 1 inch in 10 feet of length. a) Only a single sweep shall be permitted. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 34 41 20 - 8 ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES Page 8 of 12 b) A straight line adjoining the midpoint of the pole at the butt with the midpoint of the pole at the top shall not at any intermediate pass through the external surface of the pole. c) Only a single twist of spiral grain will be permitted. 4) Butt slivering due to felling shall be permitted if the distance from the outside circumference is not less than'/4 inch and the height is not more than 1 foot. 5) Timber shall be treated for preservation in accordance with AWPA C4 pressure treatment methods. a) The poles shall have the minimum net retention of preservative treatment shown in the following table: Treatment(pounds Minimum Retention per cubic foot Creosote 9.0 Pentachloro henol 0.45 ACA/CCA 0.6 6) Pole Markings 7) All markings shall be in accordance with the following table: a) The bottom brand shall be placed squarely on the face of each pole 10 feet from the butt. Marking Description of Markin Supplier's code or trademark (ic. Pole Treating PTC Company) Plant location and year of treatment (ie. Forestville, F-01 2001) SPC Species and preservative code (ie. southern pine, creosote 5-35 Class -length (ie. Class 5, 35-footpole) 8) A treatment certification will be required with each shipment of treated timber poles including: a) Name of treatment company b) Location of treatment plant c) Applicable product standard (AWPA C4) d) Charge number e) Date of treatment f) Contents of charges (poles) g) Preservative treatment h) Measured preservative retention values f. Wood Light Pole Arms 1) Refer to City Standard Detail Drawings for light pole arm specifications. g. Aluminum Electrical Conductors 1) Refer to Drawings for conductor sizes 2) Use stranded insulated conductors that are rated for 600 volts 3) Approved for wet locations 4) Marked in accordance with UL, NEC, and CSA requirements 3. Roadway illumination pole foundations a. Foundations shall be Class C (3000 PSI) concrete. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 34 41 20 - 9 ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES Page 9of12 1) Refer to Section 03 30 00. b. Foundation shall be 24 or 30 inches in diameter unless shown otherwise in the Drawings. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections 1. Notify the Traffic Services Division Inspector 24 hours in advance (between 8:00 am and 5:00 pm) of all concrete pours at (817) 392-7738. a. Inspector must be present when concrete is placed on the Project Site. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Verification of Conditions 1. Contractor shall verify by exploratory excavation, if needed, that existing underground utilities are not in conflict with proposed foundations. a. All exploratory excavation shall conform to Section 33 05 30. 2. Contractor shall contact the following entities at least 48 hours in advance of excavation: a. DIG TESS b. City of Fort Worth Water Department c. City of Fort Worth T/PW Department 3. No additional payment will be made for relocation of any foundations or conduit due to location of existing utilities. 4. The Engineer may shift an assembly's location, if necessary, to avoid conflict with utilities. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protection of In -Place Conditions 1. Contractor shall be responsible for the following at no additional cost to the City: a. Prevent any property damage to property owner's poles, fences, shrubs, mailboxes, etc. Any damaged property will be restored as directed by Engineer. b. Adjust and repair any existing landscaping and the sprinkler systems as directed by the Engineer to allow for the placement of all roadway illumination equipment. This shall be done in a manner equal to or better than the areas adjacent to the damaged areas. c. Provide access to all driveways during construction, unless authorized by the inspector. d. Protect all underground and overhead utilities and repair any damages. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Foundations CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 34 41 20 - 10 ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES Page 10 of 12 1. Dimensions shown on Drawings for locations of street light foundations, conduit and other items may be varied to meet local conditions; subject to approval of Engineer. 2. Foundation piers shall be drilled plumb. 3. The top of foundation shall be poured level. 4. The top 3 inches of the exposed pier (height) above finished grade shall have the sonotube removed. 5. Anchor bolts shall extend above the top of the foundation concrete as shown on Anchor Bolt Detail. 6. Anchor bolts, ground rod, reinforcing, and conduit shall be in place before pouring concrete in pier foundations. 7. Pier foundations shall have 1 continuous concrete pour. 8. Foundations shall have a chamfered edge (beveled) at the top. 9. Top of foundation shall be 3 inches above the finished grade unless shown different on Drawings. 10. Foundations in medians shall be placed in the center of the median between the 2 curbs. 11. Foundations shall not be drilled within 3 feet of a water line or fire hydrant. 12. In residential areas foundations shall be placed in the street right of way (R.O.W.) in line with the property line between lots and at the break of the radius point of the street curb at street intersections. 13. Foundations shall not be placed in sidewalks (or location of future sidewalks) or sidewalk ramps. 14. No street light poles shall be placed on foundations prior to 7 days following pouring of concrete. B. Roadway Illumination Assemblies 1. Roadway Illumination Assemblies a. Use established industry and utility safety practices when installing poles located near overhead or underground utilities. Consult with the appropriate utility company before beginning work. b. Prevent scarring or marring of poles, mast arm, and fixtures. c. Stake, install, and align each assembly as shown on the plans. d. Do not use screw -in type foundations. e. Install anchor bolts and coat anchor bolt threads. f. Erect structures after foundation has attained its design strength as required in Section 03 30 00. g. Tighten anchor bolts for poles with shoe bases. h. Do not place grout between base plate and foundation. i. Test installed roadway illumination assembly with City inspector present. 2. Wood Light Pole a. All light pole installations should be coordinated with all appropriate utility companies prior to Work beginning. b. Drill holes for setting poles shall be a minimum of 1.5 diameters of the pole butt. c. Poles shall be set plumb, unless otherwise specified on the Drawings. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 34 41 20 - 11 ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES Page 11 of 12 d. Unless otherwise shown in Drawings, poles should be set to the minimum depths shown in the following table: Pole Length (feet) Minimum Setting Depth (feet) < 25 4.5 26-30 5.0 31-35 5.5 36-40 6.0 41-45 6.5 46-50 7.0 e. Backfill the hole around the pole thoroughly by tamping 6-inch lifts of backfill material until reaching natural grade. 1) Once grade is met, apply a last 6-inch lift in a cone shape around the pole to allow for settling. 2) Backfill in accordance to Section 33 05 10. f. Repair and clean-up surrounding area to a condition that is equal to or better than its condition prior to installation. 3.4 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.5 RELOCATION AND REMOVAL A. Relocation 1. Disconnect and remove conductors from abandoned circuits. 2. Remove abandoned circuit or ducts to a point 6 inches below final grade. 3. Reconnect conduit, ducts, conductors to be reused. 4. Replace damaged conduit, ducts, and conductors. 5. Do not use screw -in type foundations. 6. Install existing structures on new foundations. 7. Do not place grout between base plate and foundation. 8. Furnish and install new internal conductors, fused and unfused connectors, and fixtures. 9. Test installed roadway illumination assembly with City inspector present 10. Accept ownership of unsalvageable materials and dispose of in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations. B. Removal 1. Remove roadway illumination assembly components in accordance with established industry and utility safety practices. 2. Remove transformer bases from transformer base poles. 3. Remove luminaires and mast arms from the pole shaft. 4. Stockpile pole shafts, mast arms, and assembly hardware at a location designated by the City. 5. Pole shafts, mast arms, and assembly hardware will remain City property unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed. 6. Disconnect and remove conductors from abandoned circuits. CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 34 41 20 - 12 ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES Page 12 of 12 7. Remove abandoned conduit and ducts to a point 6 inches below final grade. 8. Destroy existing transformer bases to prevent reuse. 9. Remove abandoned concrete foundations to a point 2 ft. below final grade. 10. Backfill the hole with material that is equal in composition and density to the surrounding area. 11. Replace surfacing material with similar material to an equivalent condition. 12. Accept ownership of unsalvageable materials and dispose of in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations. 3.6 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.7 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.8 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.9 CLEANING A. Contractor shall clean up and remove all loose material resulting from construction operations. 3.10 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.11 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.12 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.13 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised December 20, 2012 APPENDIX [Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the Project final documentation] GC-4.01 Availability of Lands <Provide current statement of record(s) legal title and legal descriptions for lands upon which the Work is to be performed> GC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions <Provide reports and/or drawings relative to subsurface conditions at the Project Site (excluding Underground Facilities)> GC-4.04 Underground Facilities<Provide drawings and/or documents that provide information for Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Project Site> GC-4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site <Provide any report and/or drawing relative to hazardous environmental conditions at or contiguous to the Site> GC-6.06.1) Small Business Compliance <Provide Small Business Utilization Form> GC-6.07 Wage Rates <Provide the applicable wage rate table(s) for this Project> GC-6.09 Permits and Utilities <Provide all City obtained Permits available at the time ofAdvertisement> GC-6.24 Nondiscrimination <Provide form PR-1273, "Federal Requirements for Federal -Aid Construction Contracts" and any other related documents for Projects with Federal Assistance, otherwise write "None "> GR-01 60 00 Product Requirements <Provide City's current Standard Product List> CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised September 1, 2025 GC-4.01 Availability of Lands THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised September 1, 2025 GC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised September 1, 2025 GC-4.04 Underground Facilities THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised September 1, 2025 GC-4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised September 1, 2025 GC-6.06 D — Small Business Utilization Form THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised September 1, 2025 GC-6.07 Wage Rates THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised September 1, 2025 GC-6.09 Permits and Utilities THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised September 1, 2025 GC-6.24 Nondiscrimination THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised September 1, 2025 GR-01 60 00 Product Requirements THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH Dave & Buster's Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 106406 Revised September 1, 2025 CITY OF FORT WORTH Bid Documents Package Folder Contents Checklist FORT WORTH., Item Included No Item (Yes, No Comments & Initials or N/A 1 00 11 13 Invitation to Bidders.doc 00 41 00_00 43 13_00 42 43_00 43 2 37_00 45 1200 35 13_Bid Proposal Workbook.xls 3 00 45 11_Bidders Prequalifications.doc 4 00 45 13—Bidders Qualification Application.xls 5 00 45 26—Contractor Compliance with Workers Compensation Law.doc Complete Specifications and Contract 6 Document in pdf form (Referenced Specifications in Construction Specifications Folder 7 Complete Plan Set in pdf form Request project Buzzsaw Folder from 8 IT for Advertisement and request public URL Confirm AutoCAD files (dwf/ dxf files) of 9 the construction plan sheets are in the Final Drawings folder 10 Plan Holder Registration 11 Plan Holder List and Pre -Bid Mtg Sign -in Sheet This Document — filled out by the PM 12 confirming all items have been uploaded Rev: 6/17/2019 2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES (Heavy and Highway Construction Projects) CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION Wage Rate Asphalt Distributor Operator $ 15.32 Asphalt Paving Machine Operator $ 13.99 Asphalt Raker $ 12.69 Broom or Sweeper Operator $ 11.74 Concrete Finisher, Paving and Structures $ 14.12 Concrete Pavement Finishing Machine Operator $ 16.05 Concrete Saw Operator $ 14.48 Crane Operator, Hydraulic 80 tons or less $ 18.12 Crane Operator, Lattice Boom 80 Tons or Less $ 17.27 Crane Operator, Lattice Boom Over 80 Tons $ 20.52 Crawler Tractor Operator $ 14.07 Electrician $ 19.80 Excavator Operator, 50,000 pounds or less $ 17.19 Excavator Operator, Over 50,000 pounds $ 16.99 Flagger $ 10.06 Form Builder/Setter, Structures $ 13.84 Form Setter, Paving & Curb $ 13.16 Foundation Drill Operator, Crawler Mounted $ 17.99 Foundation Drill Operator, Truck Mounted $ 21.07 Front End Loader Operator, 3 CY or Less $ 13.69 Front End Loader Operator, Over 3 CY $ 14.72 Laborer, Common $ 10.72 Laborer, Utility $ 12.32 Loader/Backhoe Operator $ 15.18 Mechanic $ 17.68 Milling Machine Operator $ 14.32 Motor Grader Operator, Fine Grade $ 17.19 Motor Grader Operator, Rough $ 16.02 Off Road Hauler $ 12.25 Pavement Marking Machine Operator $ 13.63 Pipelayer $ 13.24 Reclaimer/Pulverizer Operator $ 11.01 Reinforcing Steel Worker $ 16.18 Roller Operator, Asphalt $ 13.08 Roller Operator, Other $ 11.51 Scraper Operator $ 12.96 Servicer $ 14.58 Small Slipform Machine Operator $ 15.96 Spreader Box Operator $ 14.73 Truck Driver Lowboy -Float $ 16.24 Truck Driver Transit -Mix $ 14.14 Truck Driver, Single Axle $ 12.31 Truck Driver, Single or Tandem Axle Dump Truck $ 12.62 Truck Driver, Tandem Axle Tractor with Semi Trailer $ 12.86 Welder $ 14.84 Work Zone Barricade Servicer $ 11.68 The Davis -Bacon Act prevailing wage rates shown for Heavy and Highway construction projects were determined by the United States Department of Labor and current as of September 2013. The titles and descriptions for the classifications listed are detailed in the AGC of Texas' Standard Job Classifications and Descriptions for Highway, Heavy, Utilities, and Industrial Construction in Texas. Page 1 of 1 2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES (Commercial Construction Projects) CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION Wage Rate AC Mechanic $ 25.24 AC Mechanic Helper $ 13.67 Acoustical Ceiling Installer $ 16.83 Acoustical Ceiling Installer Helper $ 12.70 Bricklayer/Stone Mason $ 19.45 Bricklayer/Stone Mason Trainee $ 13.31 Bricklayer/Stone Mason Helper $ 10.91 Carpenter $ 17.75 Carpenter Helper $ 14.32 Concrete Cutter/Sawer $ 17.00 Concrete Cutter/Sawer Helper $ 11.00 Concrete Finisher $ 15.77 Concrete Finisher Helper $ 11.00 Concrete Form Builder $ 15.27 Concrete Form Builder Helper $ 11.00 Drywall Mechanic $ 15.36 Drywall Helper $ 12.54 Drywall Taper $ 15.00 Drywall Taper Helper $ 11.50 Electrician (Journeyman) $ 19.63 Electrician Apprentice (Helper) $ 15.64 Electronic Technician $ 20.00 Floor Layer $ 18.00 Floor Layer Helper $ 10.00 Glazier $ 21.03 Glazier Helper $ 12.81 Insulator $ 16.59 Insulator Helper $ 11.21 Laborer Common $ 10.89 Laborer Skilled $ 14.15 Lather $ 12.99 Metal Building Assembler $ 16.00 Metal Building Assembler Helper $ 12.00 Metal Installer (Miscellaneous) $ 13.00 Metal Installer Helper (Miscellaneous) $ 11.00 Metal Stud Framer $ 16.12 Metal Stud Framer Helper $ 12.54 Painter $ 16.44 Painter Helper $ 9.98 Pipefitter $ 21.22 Pipefitter Helper $ 15.39 Plasterer $ 16.17 Plasterer Helper $ 12.85 Plumber $ 21.98 Plumber Helper $ 15.85 Reinforcing Steel Setter $ 12.87 Page 1 of 2 Reinforcing Steel Setter Helper $ 11.08 Roofer $ 16.90 Roofer Helper $ 11.15 Sheet Metal Worker $ 16.35 Sheet Metal Worker Helper $ 13.11 Sprinkler System Installer $ 19.17 Sprinkler System Installer Helper $ 14.15 Steel Worker Structural $ 17.00 Steel Worker Structural Helper $ 13.74 Waterproofer $ 15.00 Equipment Operators Concrete Pump $ 18.50 Crane, Clamsheel, Backhoe, Derrick, D'Line Shovel $ 19.31 Forklift $ 16.45 Foundation Drill Operator $ 22.50 Front End Loader $ 16.97 Truck Driver $ 16.77 Welder $ 19.96 Welder Helper $ 13.00 The prevailing wage rates shown for Commercial construction projects were based on a salary survey conducted and published by the North Texas Construction Industry (Fall 2012) Independently compiled by the Lane Gorman Trubitt, PLLC Construction Group. The descriptions for the classifications listed are provided on the TEXO's (The Construction Association) website. www.texoassociation.org/Chapter/wagerates.asp Page 2 of 2 V CD N CD Q Cfl 00 N O N U1 a -0 CD �v CD � CD D=3 O �m cn C 0 ° ° 0 CD Er n 5D. CD a c m' v W CD w v CD Qcn m cn in 3 o C 6 cn (D n O C CD O_ O 3 CD CD cn 3 v co C s CD cn cn O v 3 CD W a Q CD O (D' 0 CD CD CD C lD u *CDCD W;1 C7 O Co Q 05,3 v n w CQCD(n -n;:1.5 O ,Z 0 c cc CD � cQ 3 =' CD v 0 cn ci 0 CD (nn C/ ;31 =r-n CD 3' CD cn 0CD cD o v °-o v a CD CD cn (Q CD 0 o 3 � C77, y (7 C7 CD CD " 0 v C v (D <� O 7' c� ` nm v . CD < CD `0 CD a m CD 0 Q CD con 0 m ODD :3' w ° ;:L O °- CD cD o m � W 0 cn CD a ayCD cn o�°' 0 7 = n. W X Icn 0 Cl) 7 O CD CD CD 7 CD O C� �C: cn�. CD vcn v � cn w c. o_ CQ ° o O a 3 O CD C CD F• cncc CD O CD n (O O a) 3 C cn o' CD 7• CD 3 v 77 CCD v 0 CD v CD CD 0 o- a CD v CD N COD E 0 CD 7 O CD Q C o_ :0in a CD O o cn 0 : �. CD in Q CD : v a �. o E fD =3 CD co o na m Q ° O 0 m v _. 0- 0 v * v = o cQ 3m �C:cD CL0 $ _=3 m X � M n CD C C 3 O O CD N cr c, 3 E O N cr : N nCD (Q r' CD (D 0 3 _. CD � 3 (D CD CD Q' CD � 0 CD v M Co 0 cn < 0 m;.�-CD CD 0 0 cn a: 3 (nt� "0 3 CD — Q.S9 �. a O ccnn =3CD� to � v O .c O = O N O 0 :3 rn, 3 CD N 3 cD a c: a cQ O (n M CD I fl. 7 O O CD (p V O O N C O ooOWmao W'v M0WM ID a:E aM•0: v���m0 o� �0 0�v� `< � N rmlW v0 >m m>rnm 0 (0) 00 0 m � z� (a Do m (D Z —ni zZ0 o O'a c DDm 0 ° ar 03 m m 0 rn CD ❑CD W D Z n co a r W D c Cl) ❑ Z cn W Cl) W 3 -n ❑ CD U) cn C n n c Cl) U) rt q f!! W m Cl) 0 X o -ri o N m v CD W ElN N m O O c m W � W v o a n Z O h 0 o 1N 0 'o O o CD rt -] -0 CD CD / k CD c � 0 0 � � 0 h / � 2 CD m $ CL rL 0 K & 0 / n 0 U) m CL c � � C 2 e CD ± % � OD � 0 N) 7 n m _0 > W n z 0 m _0 > co n z q 2 ƒ i k 2& : 2 ° CL\ 2 0 q CDU q 0 % d CDU q I �> m �> 2 2 ■ -12 QO (n z 11) az QO 7 7k kk %M %M �@ �® E$ E$ m@ m@ q $9 n _ z ¥ H 40 z a w & k k 0 m & 0 k F) M 0 @ 0 U 0 0 @ i q 0 z 0 @ m k z 0 @ m 9 g m m@ g m m@ CD 0 p; m 0 M \ k k CD k ƒ m / m c c CD (P C U) � 0 0 m m O Q g@ g@ �2 �2 � n � n I I ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ � \ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ C ( w O ¥ z \ w O t z 0 / \ \ $ C < E / \ $ o < E / \ Cl) / .. � \ \ g / , , _ _ _ CD / \ / 0 N J ƒ ¥. / ) 3 \ m = _. 59\ \(/ _ 0 > = D a Co @. \ ) \ �fƒ 7g] ©l<CD f \CD- CD� $ \ \ ¥. / j * / cc \ ( cn\o CD -. o 2�a § 2 3 cn _ } E\Q /\0 /§\ /?� e m 2 2CD ®\ C \/3 \ g \ j n 0 /�\ \ 0 \/J . e �/} U) ZT CI- Cc E s m \\\ � = 3 /§J \(\ \ c / U) E / / \ / \ � _ Q (D N) 0 � pi CD cn' CD Q CO Cb N O N U1 0 m m D uo 0z 0 m M D w 0z 0 m M D C" 0z 0 3 =• 0 Q. 0. c a, OD z m o 3 �, � 0 a 0. c cn OD z E o m 3 A) 3• 0 a a� c OD z E N =' N �m 0 = CD y n, m N �rn 2 = (D m= N N �rn M Cj) DD CD D nz co nD z (D nz �, z pv y z m ov y z 2) pv 0 3 ;aD 0 3 �D 0 3 �D chv Nv �v U Cl) -U N -V Cl) mM mM mM m m m rn z z --q DM 4A z `� z Dm 40 z `G z DM EF) CD 9 0 CD F) CD c0 -% '� c °Oc '� cn °cn0c i C. c M N o Q c CD <D cn c Q. cn CD Tz M cn Co .Q m _X -4 m c;a -1 m �•� CCD V► C < rL F) CD N C < CL F (D (► C < Q, F C m cn Cl) cn C � N — cn C — cn C — cn C (D ur 'a • a CD N -0 -p fD r r r m m m Cl) Cl) cn O O O v v v m m m v v v —� cn —� cn --I cn Fm FD-0 CD "D n( �( �(D -; � 0 z rL 0 z: 0 z: a� X -n 0 0 C7 c X -n co 0 0 �� rr c x � pp C) 0 ��a a c X p p p y co D cQ D ca 0 n 3 C) l< l< -] ¥ M. cn / N 'a n 0 CL m O / e m ± % � � 2 � 0 N) 7 CL CL U) @ m ] \ D � CL (A @ � 0 CD 2 c ] rr CD g / n 0 / R 2 CD m CL � CD � � CD � � � 0 §. CL cn � § � m \ a)* » k X / o E_§\ e Q (D5 R (D< ] a / 2 /\\o 0 Co >/ » _ % ° 0e/9 _ ®co M (D (D -. / S \ \ \ 0 \ / y \ __. cooCn \ / / 0 9 a)_ \ e % = 0= 0 0 0 0 7 x o e � _ 0 e / \ - 7 § ƒ \ 3) \ \ - o \ j M \ 0- \ 7 \ / ®?0 0 \% _0 :3 (D 9 7 7 $ _ (D\ ) / \ cnc = o (D= = §�\�m %§ 7j/=¥\ c9 2 0 / \ (D(D\ / _ / ®0/ °0 ® ® 3 0 / / \ G @ 7 o « a / j 0 ƒ / cne o m - = 7 = / y J I\ j / 0 \l< c)— -D e/ 0- 3 3 3 °° £ 7 0 -0 ° 13 & - c 6. I / \ /. § \k�\2ƒ �% ° ° 2 $ \ � 7 \ (D —(D- ®f I m o° 8 0 ¥ 0- 0-0 @_ / k�= 0 (D o \ \ .3 e= (D 0 �� �7/ \� m 7 m 0 (D0 D - (D0 ® 0 = 3 7 / o e = o . cnZY cn \ °\0T. (D / _ 0 / $ 0 o e _._ c < $>m/0-n y o 0 a) 3 CD 7 n e cn -* R F CD 0� » 7 +. ( \ ® /E9=c J ::-�J j e T \ E, _, 0 o 7/ \\ O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O / r r D E3 f E3 D / f \ E k ¥ J k 0 3 ° � ;o m D r cn kCT � . _E CD § S - ƒ cn cn 2 ƒ o CL (D CL k Q 2 0 0 w o ƒ CD / 0 ƒ § ƒ 0 w O cp g 2 2 7 2 (D « (D/c Q � r c o m § m / @ 0 0 R 4n 40 � _ Q D A 0 cil ou CD (D. CD Q Cb N C) N cn v (Q CD Ul O h CJ1 -]